es2000AC SMC EN 0005a

SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE
e-STUDIO2000AC/2500AC
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE OPERATION PROCEDURE
03 TEST MODE
04 TEST PRINT MODE
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
08 SETTING MODE
13 FUNCTION MODE
Test Print (05) Codes
Code List Version Ver05 © 2016 - 2019 Toshiba Tec Corporation All rights reserved
Under the copyright laws, this manual cannot be
SM Version Ver05 reproduced in any form without prior written permission
SYS Version T370HD0W120x of Toshiba Tec Corporation.
Release Date March 2019

SME150004E0
R150521Q3005-TTEC
Explanatory notes
Model name Expression in code list
e-STUDIO2000AC 20ppm
e-STUDIO2500AC 25ppm
GENERAL PRECAUTIONS REGARDING THE SERVICE FOR - Do not lift the machine by the areas in the figure that are shaded when lifting it.
THIS EQUIPMENT
The installation and service shall be done by a qualified service
technician.
1. Transportation/Installation
- When transporting/installing the equipment, employ two persons and be sure to hold the
positions as shown in the figure.
The equipment is quite heavy and weighs approximately 60 kg (132.27 lb.), therefore pay full
attention when handling it.
2. General Precautions at Service

- Be sure to turn the power OFF and unplug the power cable during service (except for the service
should be done with the power turned ON).
- After the power cable is disconnected, an electric charge may remain in the boards of the
equipment. Therefore, be sure to disconnect or connect the connectors when about 1 minute
(e.g.: the time for taking off the rear cover) has passed after the power cable is disconnected.
- Unplug the power cable and clean the area around the prongs of the plug and socket outlet once
a year or more. A fire may occur when dust lies on this area.
- When the parts are disassembled, reassembly is the reverse of disassembly unless otherwise
- Be sure not to hold the movable parts or units (e.g. the control panel, ADU or RADF) when noted in this manual or other related documents. Be careful not to install small parts such as
transporting the equipment. screws, washers, pins, E-rings, star washers, harnesses in the wrong places.
- Be sure to use a dedicated outlet with AC 110V/15A, 120V/12A, 220-240V/8A for its power - Basically, the equipment should not be operated with any parts removed or disassembled.
source. - The PC board must be stored in an anti-electrostatic bag and handled carefully using a antistatic
- The equipment must be grounded for safety. wrist strap since the ICs on it may be damaged due to static electricity.
- Select a suitable place for installation. Avoid excessive heat, high humidity, dust, vibration and
direct sunlight. Caution: Before using the antistatic wrist strap, unplug the power cable of the equipment and
- Provide proper ventilation since the equipment emits a slight amount of ozone. make sure that there are no charged objects which are not insulated in the vicinity.
- To insure adequate working space for the copying operation, keep a minimum clearance of 30
- Be sure not to touch high-temperature sections such as the fuser unit, damp heater and areas
cm (11.8”) on the left, 80 cm (32”) on the right and 20 cm (7.9”) on the rear.
around them.
- The equipment shall be installed near the socket outlet and shall be easily accessible.
- Be sure not to touch high-voltage sections such as the chargers, transfer belt, 2nd transfer roller,
- Be sure to fix and plug in the power cable securely after the installation so that no one trips over
developer, high-voltage transformer, and power supply unit. Especially, the board of these
it.
components should not be touched since the electric charge may remain in the capacitors, etc.
- If the unpacking place and where the equipment is to be installed differ, perform image quality
on them even after the power is turned OFF.
adjustment (automatic gamma adjustment) according to the temperature and humidity of the
- Make sure that the equipment will not operate before touching potentially dangerous places (e.g.
place of installation and the paper to be used.
rotating/operating sections such as gears, belts pulleys, and fans).
- When the equipment is used after the option is removed, be sure to install the parts or the covers
- Be careful when removing the covers since there might be the parts with very sharp edges
which have been taken off so that the inside of the equipment is not exposed.
underneath.
- Do not use an ozone generator near the MFP. Or, place any ozone generator as far away from
- When servicing the equipment with the power turned ON, be sure not to touch live sections and
the MFP as possible.
rotating/operating sections.
- Use designated jigs and tools.
- Use recommended measuring instruments or equivalents.
- Return the equipment to the original state and check the operation when the service is finished.
- Be very careful to treat the touch panel gently and never hit it. Breaking the surface could cause
malfunctions.
- Do not leave plastic bags where children can get at them. This may cause an accident such as
suffocation if a child puts his/her head into a bag. Plastic bags of options or service parts must be
brought back.
- There is a risk of an electric shock or fire resulting from the damage to the harness covering or
conduction blockage. To avoid this, be sure to wire the harness in the same way as that before
disassembling when the equipment is assembled/disassembled.
3. General operations
- Check the procedures and perform them as described in the Service Manual. Caution:
- Make sure you do not lose your balance. Dispose of used batteries and IC-RAMs including lithium batteries according to this manual.
- Avoid exposure to your skin and wear protective gloves as needed. Attention:
Se débarrasser de batteries et IC-RAMs usés y compris les batteries en lithium selon ce manuel.
4. Important Service Parts for Safety Vorsicht:
- The breaker, door switch, fuse, thermostat, thermofuse, thermistor, batteries, IC-RAMs Entsorgung der gebrauchten Batterien und IC-RAMs (inclusive der Lithium-Batterie) nach diesem
including lithium batteries, etc. are particularly important for safety. Be sure to handle/install them Handbuch.
properly. If these parts are short-circuited and their functions become ineffective, they may
result in fatal accidents such as explosion or fire. Avoid short-circuiting and do not use parts not
recommended by Toshiba Tec Corporation.
5. Cautionary Labels
- During servicing, be sure to check the rating plate and cautionary labels to see if there is any
dirt on their surface and if they are properly stuck to the equipment.
[3]
[2]
[1]
[7]
[6]
[4]
[5]
[4]
[1] Identification label

[2] Warning for high temperature area (fuser unit)
[3] Warning for high temperature area
[4] Machine serial number label
[5] Warning for high voltage area
[6] Warning for high temperature area
[7] Warning for service
6. Disposal of the Equipment, Supplies, Packing Materials, Used Batteries and IC-RAMs
- Regarding the recovery and disposal of the equipment, supplies, packing materials, used
batteries and IC-RAMs including lithium batteries, follow the relevant local regulations or rules.
ALLGEMEINE SICHERHEITSMASSNAHMEN IN BEZUG AUF 2. Allgemeine Sicherheitsmassnahmen in bezug auf die Wartung
- Während der Wartung das Gerät ausschalten und das Netzkabel herausziehen (ausser Wartung,
DIE WARTUNG die bei einem eingeschalteten Gerät, durchgeführt werden muss).
- Das Netzkabel herausziehen und den Bereich um die Steckerpole und die Steckdose die
Die Installation und die Wartung sind von einem qualifizierten Service- Umgebung in der Nähe von den Steckerzacken und der Steckdose wenigstens einmal im Jahr
Techniker durchzuführen. reinigen. Wenn Staub sich in dieser Gegend ansammelt, kann dies ein Feuer verursachen.
- Wenn die Teile auseinandergenommen werden, wenn nicht anders in diesem Handbuch usw
1. Transport/Installation erklärt, ist das Zusammenbauen in umgekehrter Reihenfolge durchzuführen. Aufpassen, dass
- Zum Transportieren/Installieren des Gerätes werden 2 Personen benötigt. Nur an den in der kleine Teile wie Schrauben, Dichtungsringe, Bolzen, E-Ringe, Stern-Dichtungsringe,
Abbildung gezeigten Stellen tragen. Kabelbäume nicht an den verkehrten Stellen eingebaut werden.
Das Gerät ist sehr schwer und wiegt etwa 60 kg; deshalb muss bei der Handhabung des Geräts - Grundsätzlich darf das Gerät mit enfernten oder auseinandergenommenen Teilen nicht in
besonders aufgepasst werden. Betrieb genommen werden.
- Das PC-Board muss in einer Anti-elektrostatischen Hülle gelagert werden. Nur Mit einer
Manschette bei Betätigung eines Armbandes anfassen, sonst könnte es sein, dass die
integrierten Schaltkreise durch statische Elektrizität beschädigt werden.
Vorsicht: Vor Benutzung der Manschette der Betätigung des Armbandes, das Netzkabel des
Gerätes herausziehen und prüfen, dass es in der Nähe keine geladenen
Gegenstände, die nicht isoliert sind, gibt.
- Auf keinen Fall Hochtemperaturbereiche, wie die Fixiereinheit, die Heizquelle und die
umliegenden Bereiche, berühren.
- Auf keinen Fall Hochspannungsbereiche, wie die Ladeeinheiten, das Transferband, die zweite
Transferwalze, die Entwicklereinheit, den Hochspannungstransformator und das Netzgerät,
berühren. Insbesondere sollten die Platinen dieser Komponenten nicht berührt werden, da die
- Beim Transportieren des Geräts nicht an den beweglichen Teilen oder Einheiten (z.B. das Kondensatoren usw. auch nach dem Ausschalten des Geräts noch elektrisch geladen sein
Bedienungsfeld, die Duplexeinheit oder die automatische Dokumentenzuführung) halten. können.
- Eine spezielle Steckdose mit Stromversorgung von AC 110V/15A, 120V/12A, 220-240V/8A als - Vor dem Berühren potenziell gefährlicher Bereiche (z. B. drehbare oder betriebsrelevante
Stromquelle verwenden. Bereiche, wie Zahnräder, Riemen, Riemenscheiben und Lüfter) sicherstellen, dass das Gerät
- Das Gerät ist aus Sicherheitsgründen zu erden. sich nicht bedienen lässt.
- Einen geeigneten Standort für die Installation wählen. Standorte mit zuviel Hitze, hoher - Beim Entfernen von Abdeckungen vorsichtig vorgehen, da sich darunter scharfkantige
Luftfeuchtigkeit, Staub, Vibrieren und direkter Sonneneinstrahlung sind zu vermeiden. Komponenten befinden können.
- Für ausreichende Belüftung sorgen, da das Gerät etwas Ozon abgibt. - Beim Entfernen von Abdeckungen vorsichtig vorgehen, da sich darunter scharfkantige
- Um einen optimalen Kopierbetrieb zu gewährleisten, muss ein Abstand von mindestens 80 cm Komponenten befinden können.
links, 80 cm rechts und 20 cm dahinter eingehalten werden. - Ausschließlich vorgesehene Werkzeuge und Hilfsmittel verwenden.
- Das Gerät ist in der Nähe der Steckdose zu installieren; diese muss leicht zu erreichen sein. - Empfohlene oder gleichwertige Messgeräte verwenden.
- Nach der Installation muss das Netzkabel richtig hineingesteckt und befestigt werden, damit - Nach Abschluss der Wartungsarbeiten das Gerät in den ursprünglichen Zustand zurück
niemand darüber stolpern kann. versetzen und den einwandfreien Betrieb überprüfen.
- Falls der Auspackungsstandort und der Installationsstandort des Geräts verschieden sind, die - Das berührungsempfindliche Bedienungsfeld stets vorsichtig handhaben und keinen Stößen
Bildqualitätsjustierung (automatische Gammajustierung) je nach der Temperatur und aussetzen. Wenn die Oberfläche beschädigt wird, kann dies zu Funktionsstörungen führen.
Luftfeuchtigkeit des Installationsstandorts und der Papiersorte, die verwendet wird, durchführen. - Bewahren Sie Kunststofftüten kindersicher auf. Es besteht Erstickungsgefahr, wenn sich Kinder
beim Spielen eine Kunststofftüte über den Kopf ziehen. Bitte nehmen Sie die Kunststofftüten von
Optionen oder Serviceparts wieder zurück.
- Wenn der Schutzmantel eines Kabels oder die Steckerisolierung beschädigt werden, besteht
Brandgefahr oder die Gefahr eines elektrischen Schlags. Um dies zu vermeiden, sollten Kabel in
der gleichen Weise verlegt werden, wie sie vor der Demontage/dem Transport verlegt waren.
3. Allgemeine Sicherheïtsmassnahmen
- Die Verfahren sind zu überprüfen und wie im Wartungshandbuch beschrieben durchzüfuhren.
- Vorsichtig, dass Sie nicht umfallen.
- Um Aussetzung zur Haut zur vermeiden, tragen Sie wenn nötig Schutzhandschuhe.
4. Sicherheitsrelevante Wartungsteile
- Der Leistungsschutzschalter, der Türschalter, die Sicherung, der Thermostat, die
Thermosicherung, der Thermistor, der Akkus, die IC-RAMs einschließlich der Lithiumakkus
usw. sind besonders sicherheitsrelevant. Sie müssen unbedingt korrekt gehandhabt und
installiert werden. Wenn diese Teile kurzgeschlossen und funktionsunfähig werden, kann dies
zu schwerwiegenden Schäden, wie einer Explosion oder einem Abbrand, führen. Kurzschlüsse
sind zu vermeiden, und es sind ausschließlich Teile zu verwenden, die von der Toshiba Tec
Corporation empfohlen sind.
5. Warnetiketten
- Im Rahmen der Wartung unbedingt das Leistungsschild und die Etiketten mit Warnhinweisen
überprüfen [z. B. „Unplug the power cable during service“ („Netzkabel vor Beginn der
Wartungsarbeiten abziehen“), „CAUTION. HOT“ („VORSICHT, HEISS“), „CAUTION. HIGH
VOLTAGE“ („VORSICHT, HOCHSPANNUNG“)], um sicherzustellen, dass sie nicht verschmutzt
sind und korrekt am Gerät angebracht sind.
6. Entsorgung des Geräts, der Verbrauchs- und Verpackungsmaterialien, alter Akkus und IC-RAMs
- In Bezug auf die Entsorgung und Wiederverwertung des Geräts, der Verbrauchs- und
Verpackungsmaterialien, alter Akkus und IC-RAMs, einschließlich Lithiumakkus, sind die
einschlägigen nationalen oder regionalen Vorschriften zu befolgen.
Caution:
Dispose of used batteries and IC-RAMs including lithium batteries according to this manual.
Attention:
Se débarrasser de batteries et IC-RAMs usés y compris les batteries en lithium selon ce manuel.
Vorsicht:
Entsorgung der gebrauchten Batterien und IC-RAMs (inclusive der Lithium-Batterie) nach diesem
Handbuch.
03 TEST MODE
1 Input check
The status of each input signal can be checked by operating the [F1], [F2], [F3] and the digital keys.
<Operation procedure>
[F1]
[F2]
or Self-diagnostic
[FS] [03] [START] [Digital keys] (LCD ON)
[F3] mode OFF
[CLEAR] [CLEAR]
Notes:
• When the [START] button is pressed, the equipment enters the input check mode and the following screen appears.
• "100%" is displayed on the input check mode ready screen. "C%" is displayed when [F1] is turned ON. "F%" is displayed when [F2] is turned ON. "S%" is dis-
played when [F3] is turned ON.
• The PRINT DATA lamp blinks when the input check is running.
Fig. 1
-1-
2 Output check
The status of the output signal can be checked.
Fig. 2
Procedure 1
Operation Stop Operation Self-diagnostic

[FS] [03] (Code) [START] [START]
ON code OFF mode OFF
Procedure 2
Operation Test mode Self-diagnostic

[FS] [03] *1 (Code) [START] One direction [CLEAR]
standby mode OFF
*1 To perform the fax line 2 test, press the [F2] key to switch the line mode. (By pressing the [F2] key, the line mode is switched between line1 and line 2.)
-2-
Procedure 3
Operation Operation Test mode Self-diagnostic

[FS] [03] (Code) [START] [START] [CLEAR]
ON OFF standby mode OFF
Procedure 4
[FS] [03] (Code) [START] Self-diagnostic mode OFF
Procedure 5
[FS] [03] *1 (Code) [START] [Digital keys] [START] Self-diagnostic

mode OFF
[START]
*1 To perform the fax line 2 test, press the [F2] key to switch the line mode. (By pressing the [F2] key, the line mode is switched between line1 and line 2.)
* Return to the standby screen for code input by pressing [CLEAR].
-3-
04 TEST PRINT MODE
The embedded test pattern can be printed out.
Procedure 1
[FS] (Code) (Media selection) [START] Self-diagnostic

[04] Operation [CLEAR]
Continuous mode OFF
Test Printing
Procedure 2
Media Color Self-diagnostic

[FS] [04] (Code) [START] [START] Operation [CLEAR]
selection selection Continuous mode OFF
[CLEAR] Test Printing
Procedure 5
[CLEAR]
[FS] [04] (Code) (Media (Color [Digital key] [START] Operation [CLEAR] Self-diagnostic
selection) selection) (Input density) (Continuous mode OFF
[CLEAR] Test Print)
Notes:
• When an error occurs, it is indicated on the panel, but the recovery operation is not performed. Turn OFF the power and then back ON to clear the error.
• During test printing, [CLEAR] is disabled when “Wait adding toner” is displayed.
Tips
In the (Color selection) of <Procedure 2> or <Procedure 5>, the printing method is different between [K(1)] and [K(4)] as follows.
• [K(1)]: Printing by bringing one K color developer unit into contact with the transfer belt
• [K(4)]: The developer units of four (YMCK) colors are brought into contact with the transfer belt, but the test pattern is printed in K color only.
* The number in parentheses indicates the contact of the developer unit and the transfer belt.
-4-
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE
Various adjustments can be performed.
• [05] indicates that the equipment is shifted to the [CLASSIC] mode after [05 ADJUSTMENT MODE] is selected.
• The procedure indicated by the dotted lines should be performed when a check using a printout is required.
Procedure 1
[Digital key]
[Digital key] Self-diagnostic
[FS] [05] [START] *[FUNCTION CLEAR] [OK]
(Code) mode OFF
(Key in a value) Stores value
in RAM [TEST COPY]
[CANCEL]
[CLEAR] [START]
(Corrects value)
* Press the [FUNCTION CLEAR] button to enter minus (-).
Procedure 2
[FS] [05] [Digital key]

(Code)
[START] ( Value
displayed ) [OK]
(Value unchangeable)
Self-diagnostic
mode OFF
[TEST COPY]
[START]
Procedure 3
[UP]
[Digital key] or [OK] Self-diagnostic
[FS] [05] [START]
(Code) [DOWN] mode OFF
(Stores value in RAM)
(Adjust a value) [TEST COPY]
[CANCEL]
[START]
[FUNCTION CLEAR]
(Corrects value)
-5-
Procedure 4
[CANCEL]
[START]
Self-diagnostic
[FS] [05] [Digital key] [START] [Digital key] [START] [Digital key] [OK]
mode OFF
(Code) (Sub code) *[FUNCTION CLEAR] Stores value
in RAM [TEST COPY]
(Key in a value)
[CLEAR]
(Corrects value) [CLEAR] [START]
(Corrects value)
Procedure 5
[CANCEL]
[FS] [05] [Digital key] [START] Automatic [OK] Self-diagnostic
adjustment mode OFF
(Code) Stores value
in RAM [TEST COPY]
[START]
Procedure 6
[Digital key] Automatic Self-diagnostic

[FS] [05] [START]
(Code) adjustment mode OFF
[TEST COPY]
*[CANCEL] or [CLEAR]
[START]
* When the automatic adjustment ends abnormally, an error message is displayed.

* Return to the standby screen by pressing [CANCEL] or [CLEAR].
-6-
Procedure 7
*1
*1 [OK]
[Digital key] [Digital key] Automatic Self-diagnostic
[FS] [05] [START] [START] Stores value
(Code) (Sub-code) adjustment mode OFF
in RAM
[TEST COPY]
[CLEAR]
(Corrects value) [START]
*2
[CANCEL]
*1 If there is no sub-code, entry is unnecessary.

*2 When the automatic adjustment ends abnormally, an error message is displayed. Return to the standby screen by pressing [CANCEL].
Procedure 10
[Digital key] [Digital key] Value [OK] Self-diagnostic

[FS] [05] [START] [START]
(Code) (Sub-code) displayed Value mode OFF
unchangeable [TEST COPY]
[CLEAR]
(Corrects value) [START]
Procedure 12
[FS] [Digital key] [START] [Digital key] [OK] Self-diagnostic

[05]
(Code) (Key in a value) (Stores value mode OFF
[START] (Ringing) in RAM)
[CLEAR]
(Corrects value) [CLEAR]
[CANCEL]
-7-
Procedure 14
[UP] Self-diagnostic
[FS] [05] [Digital key] [START] [Digital key] [START] or [OK] mode OFF
(Code) (Sub-code) [DOWN] Stores value
(Adjust a value) in RAM [TEST COPY]
[CLEAR] [FUNCTION CLEAR] [START]

(Corrects value) (Corrects value)
Procedure 17
[CANCEL] or [CLEAR]
[UP] [UP]
[TEST COPY]
or Automatic or Self-diagnostic
[FS] [05] [Digital key]
(Code)
[START]
[DOWN] ( adjustment ) [DOWN] [OK]
[STAR T]
mode OFF
(Adjust a value) (Adjust a value) Stores value
in RAM
* The automatic adjustment starts when 2 minutes have passed after the [START] button is pressed.
Notes:
The fuser belt / fuser roller temperature control at the adjustment mode is different from that in the normal state. Therefore, the problem of the fusing efficiency
may occur in the test copying in the adjustment mode. In that case, turn ON the power normally, leave the equipment for approx. 3 minutes after it has entered
the ready state and then start up the adjustment mode again.
05 ADJUSTMENT MODE (Test print)

Various test printings can be performed.
One sheet of the test print for various patterns can be printed out by entering a 1 to 3-digit code and pressing [TEST PRINT] in the [CLASSIC] Mode standby screen
in [05 ADJUSTMENT MODE].
-8-
08 SETTING MODE
Various settings can be set.
[08] indicates that the equipment is shifted to the [CLASSIC] mode after [08 SETTING MODE] is selected.
Procedure 1
[CANCEL]
[Digital key] [Digital key] [OK] Self-diagnostic
[FS] [08] [START]
(Code) *[FUNCTION CLEAR] (Stores value in RAM) mode OFF
Sets or
changes value
[CLEAR]
(Corrects value)
Procedure 2
[Digital key] [OK] Self-diagnostic

[FS] [08] [START]
(Code) mode OFF
Adjustment value
cannot be changed
Procedure 3

[FS] [08] [START] [INITIALIZE] (Automatic setting)
(Code) mode OFF
[CANCEL]
-9-
Procedure 4
[CANCEL]
[START]
[Digital key] [Digital key] Self-diagnostic
[FS] [08] [START] [START] [Digital key] [OK]
(Code) (Sub-code) mode OFF
* [FUNCTION CLEAR] (Stores value
Sets or in RAM)
changes value
[CLEAR] [CLEAR]
Procedure 5
[CANCEL]
[FS] [08] [START] [OK]
(Code) Sets or mode OFF
changes value (Stores value in RAM)
[CLEAR]
(Corrects value)
Procedure 9
[CANCEL]
[FS] [08] [START] [Select icon] [OK]
(Code) mode OFF
(Stores value in RAM)
[CLEAR]
(Corrects value)
- 10 -
Procedure 10
[CANCEL]
*2
[START]
*1
[Digital key] [Digital key] *1 [Digital key] [Digital key] Self-diagnostic
[FS] [08] [START] [START] [START] [OK]
(Code) (Sub-code) (1st setting) (2nd setting) mode OFF
(Stores value
in RAM)
[CLEAR] [CLEAR]

*2 The [START] button is not operable if no sub-code is entered.
Procedure 11
[CANCEL]
*1 [Digital key]
[Digital key] [Digital key] *1 or [OK] Self-diagnostic
[FS] [08] [START] [START]
(Code) (Sub-code) [Software keyboard] (Stores value in RAM) mode OFF
*2 [PAUSE]
Sets or
changes value [CLEAR]
(Corrects value)
*2 Press [MONITOR/PAUSE] to enter (-) when inputting a telephone number.
Procedure 14
[CANCEL]
[FS] [08] [START] [START] [OK]
(Code) (Sub-code) mode OFF
Adjustment value
cannot be changed
[CLEAR]
(Corrects value)
- 11 -
13 FAX FUNCTION MODE
Various fax functions can be set.
Notes:
The data automatically received during the self-diagnostic mode are sometimes not printed. Therefore, be sure to disconnect the modular cord form the line
connector (LINE1, LINE2) of the equipment before starting the self-diagnostic mode. After the equipment is released from the self-diagnostic mode, reconnect
the modular cord.
1. Setting procedure
The setting value of the specified code can be changed.
[Digital key]
[FS] [FAX] [13] [START] [OK] [POWER] OFF
(Code)
Adjustment value
cannot be changed
2. Confirmation procedure
[CANCEL]
[Digital key]
[FS] [FAX] [13] [START] [Digital key] [OK] [POWER] OFF
(Code)
Sets or (Stores value
changes value in RAM)
[CLEAR]
(Corrects value)
- 12 -
e-STUDIO2000AC/2500AC e-STUDIO2000AC/2500AC
Input check (Test mode 03) Stop/Non-regular

A Drum / TBU motor Normal rotation
rotation
Items to be checked and the condition of the equipment when the buttons [A] to [H] are highlighted are Stop/Non-regular
B Fuser motor Normal rotation
listed on the following pages. rotation
Paper feeding/developer unit drive Stop/Non-regular
C Normal rotation
[F2] button: OFF/[F1] button: OFF/[F3] button: OFF [5] motor rotation
("100%" is displayed.) D Waste toner box full detection sensor Transmissive Shielded
E - - -
Contents F - - -
Highlighted display Normal display G - - -
Digital H - - -
Button Items to check
key A - - -
e.g. e.g.
B Fusing abnormality Normal Abnormal
1st drawer paper width detection C - - -
A OFF ON D - - -
sensor 3 [6]
1st drawer paper width detection E - - -
B OFF ON F - - -
sensor 2
1st drawer paper width detection G - - -
C OFF ON H - - -
sensor 1
1st drawer paper width detection A Side cover switch Open Closed
D OFF ON
sensor 0
[1] 1st drawer paper length detection JSP cover open detection /
E OFF ON B Open Closed
sensor 3 Bridge unit cover open detection
1st drawer paper length detection
F OFF ON
sensor 2 C Front cover switch Open Closed
1st drawer paper length detection Open/Blowout of
G OFF ON [7] D Cover open detection switch Normal
sensor 1 24V fuse
1st drawer paper length detection Power off/Not
H OFF ON E SYS power supply Power on
sensor 0 connected
Bypass feed paper width detection F - - -
A OFF (H) ON (L)
sensor 3 Power off/Not
Bypass feed paper width detection G PFC status detection connected/Firmware Normal
B OFF (H) ON (L)
sensor 2 abnormality
Bypass feed paper width detection H - - -
C OFF (H) ON (L)
[2] sensor 1
Bypass feed paper width detection A Developer unit connection detection (K) Not connected Connected
D OFF (H) ON (L)
sensor 0
E Bypass feed sensor No paper Paper present B Developer unit connection detection (C) Not connected Connected
F - - - Developer unit connection detection
G - - - C Not connected Connected
(M)
H - - -
A Option connection detection signal B (Refer to table2) (Refer to table2) [8] D Developer unit connection detection (Y) Not connected Connected
B Option connection detection signal A (Refer to table2) (Refer to table2) Occurrence of
C PFC connection detection Not connected Connected E High-voltage leak detection Normal
charging leak
D Finisher connection detection Connected Not connected 1st transfer roller status detection
[3] F Color drive Black drive
E Fuser unit connection detection Connected Not connected sensor
F - - - G Drum switching detection sensor Black drive Color drive
G - - - H - - -
H - - - A Registration sensor No paper Paper present
A New/Old drum detection (K) Old New B Feed sensor Paper present No paper
B New/Old drum detection (C) Old New C Exit sensor No paper Paper present
C New/Old drum detection (M) Old New D - - -
D New/Old drum detection (Y) Old New [9]
[4] E Paper clinging detection sensor Paper present No paper
E New/Old developer unit detection (K) Old New F Registration pass sensor No paper Paper present
F New/Old developer unit detection (C) Old New G ADU entrance sensor No paper Paper present
G New/Old developer unit detection (M) Old New H ADU exit sensor No paper Paper present
H New/Old developer unit detection (Y) Old New
03 TEST MODE (Input Check) 1 Ver04 03 TEST MODE (Input Check) 2 Ver04
Bridge unit transport sensor-1 [F2] button: ON/[F1] button: OFF/[F3] button OFF
A No paper Paper present
(Entrance sensor) ("F%" is displayed.)
Bridge unit transport sensor-2 (Exit
B No paper Paper present Contents
sensor)
Digital Highlighted display Normal display
RLY ejection full sensor (When bridge Button Items to check
C Not full Full key
[0] unit is connected) e.g. e.g.
D JSP upper ejection tray full sensor Full Not full
E - - - A Image position aligning sensor (Rear) Toner present Toner not present
F 1st drawer detection switch Open Closed
B Image position aligning sensor (Front) Toner present Toner not present
G 1st drawer empty sensor No paper Paper present
H - - - C - - -
[1]
D - - -
E - - -
F - - -
G - - -
H - - -
A - - -
B - - -
C - - -
D - - -
[2]
E - - -
F - - -
G - - -
H - - -
A - - -
B - - -
C LCF connection detection Not connected Connected
D PFP connection detection Not connected Connected
[3] E - - -
F - - -
Open/Blowout of
G Cover open detection (PFC side) Closed
24V fuse
H - - -
Jam access cover opening/closing
A Open Closed
switch
B - - -
C - - -
D 2nd drawer paper feed sensor No paper Paper present
[4]
Tray at upper limit Other than upper
E 2nd drawer tray-up sensor
position limit position
F 2nd drawer detection switch Open Closed
G 2nd drawer empty sensor No paper Paper present
H 2nd drawer paper remaining sensor Shielded Transmissive
A - - -
B - - -
C Platen sensor-1 Platen cove opened Platen cover closed
Automatic original detection sensor-1
D Original present No original
(A/LT format)
[5] Automatic original detection sensor-2
E Original present No original
(LT format only)
F RADF/DSDF connection Connected Not connected
G Platen sensor-2 Platen cove opened Platen cover closed
Other than home
H Carriage home position sensor Home position
position
A - - - [F2] button: OFF/[F1] button: ON/[F3] button OFF

B - - - ("C%" is displayed.)
C - - -
D - - - Contents
[6]
E - - - Digital Highlighted display Normal display
F - - - Button Items to check
key
G - - - e.g. e.g.
H - - -
A RADF tray original length sensor Original present No original Temperature/humidity sensor (displays
B RADF original empty sensor Original present No original [1] - - Temperature [°C]
temperature inside of the equipment)
RADF upper cover opening/closing
C Cover opened Cover closed Temperature/humidity sensor (displays
detection sensor [2] - - Humidity [%RH]
[7] D - - - humidity inside of the equipment)
E RADF exit sensor Original present No original [3] - Drum thermistor temperature - Temperature [°C]
F RADF intermediate sensor Original present No original
G RADF read-in sensor Original present No original [4] - - - -
H RADF registration sensor Original present No original Tray at upper limit Other than upper
A PFP upper drawer tray-up sensor
RADF original tray width sensor 3 B PFP upper drawer detection sensor Open Closed
A OFF(H) ON(L)
(Refer to table3) C PFP upper drawer paper empty sensor No paper Paper present
PFP upper drawer paper nearly empty
D Shielded Transmissive
RADF original tray width sensor 2 sensor
B OFF(H) ON(L) [5] Tray at upper limit Other than upper
(Refer to table3) E PFP lower drawer tray-up sensor
[8] RADF original tray width sensor 1 F PFP lower drawer detection sensor Open Closed
C OFF(H) ON(L) G PFP lower drawer paper empty sensor No paper Paper present
(Refer to table3)
PFP lower drawer paper nearly empty
D - - - H Shielded Transmissive
E RADF original length sensor Original present No original sensor
F RADF original width sensor 1 Original present No original PFP upper drawer paper width
A OFF ON
G RADF original width sensor 2 Original present No original detection sensor 3
H - - -
2nd drawer paper width detection PFP upper drawer paper width
A OFF ON B OFF ON
sensor 3 detection sensor 2
2nd drawer paper width detection PFP upper drawer paper width
B OFF ON C OFF ON
2nd drawer paper width detection
C OFF ON PFP upper drawer paper width
sensor 1 D OFF ON
2nd drawer paper width detection detection sensor 0
D OFF ON [6]
sensor 0 PFP upper drawer paper length
[9] 2nd drawer paper length detection E OFF ON
E OFF ON detection sensor 3
sensor 3
2nd drawer paper length detection PFP upper drawer paper length
F OFF ON F OFF ON
G OFF ON G OFF ON
H OFF ON H OFF ON
Paper feeding jam releasing cover
A Open Closed
opening/closing switch
B - - -
C PFP transport sensor (Upper) No paper Paper present
D PFP transport sensor (Lower) No paper Paper present
[0]
E - - -
F - - -
G - - -
Accelerating/Deceler
H PFP motor Normal rotation
ating/Stopped
PFP lower drawer paper width Table 1. Relation between the status of the bypass paper width sensor and paper size (width)
A OFF ON
detection sensor 3 Bypass paper width sensor
PFP lower drawer paper width Paper width size
3 2 1 0
B OFF ON
detection sensor 2 L H H H A3/LD
PFP lower drawer paper width H L H H A4-R/LT-R
C OFF ON
detection sensor 1 H H L H A5-R/ST-R
PFP lower drawer paper width H H H L Card size
D OFF ON
[7] detection sensor 0 L L H H B4-R/LG
PFP lower drawer paper length
E OFF ON H L L H B5-R
detection sensor 3
F OFF ON Table 2. Option connection detection signal
detection sensor 2 A B
G OFF ON Bridge unit is connected L L
detection sensor 1 SIO read-in NG L H
H OFF ON No option is connected H H
detection sensor 0 JSP is connected H L
Tray at upper limit Other than upper
A LCF tray-up sensor
position limit position Table 3. Relation between the status of the original tray width sensor and paper size (width)
LCF feeding side drawer detection
B Open Closed Original tray width sensor Paper width size Paper width size
switch 1
3 2 (LT series) (A4 series)
C LCF feeding side empty sensor Paper present No paper
H H L - B5-R
D LCF feeding side paper stock sensor Nearly empty Normal
[8] Tray at bottom Other than bottom H L H ST-R A5-R
E LCF feeding side bottom sensor H L L LD / LT A3 / A4
position position
F - - - 8.5x8.5 / LT-R /
L H L A4-R / FOLIO
Position after tray Other than position KLG / 13"LG
G LCF end fence stop position sensor L L L COMPUTER B4 / B5
transport after tray transport
Other than home H (= high level): Open L (= low level): Short
H LCF end fence home position sensor Home position
position
LCF jam access cover open/close
A Closed Open
detection switch (5V)
LCF standby side tray detection:
B Open Closed
Drawer connector
C LCF standby side empty sensor No paper Paper present
D - - -
[9]
LCF standby side paper mis-stacking
E Properly loaded Paper misload
detection sensor
F LCF transport sensor No paper Paper present
G - - -
Accelerating/Deceler
H LCF transport motor Normal rotation
ating/Stopped
A - - -
B - - -
C - - -
D Security enabler Connectable Not connectable
[0] Judgement for acceptable USB storage
E Acceptable Not acceptable
device (*1)
F - - -
G - - -
H - - -
*1
- Be sure to install the USB storage device to the equipment and check if the device can be used
with this code.
- Be sure to turn OFF the write protection (the function to prevent data from erasure by the accidental
recording or deleting) of the USB storage device before performing the check, otherwise this code
cannot be used.
- It may take some time (2 sec. to 10 sec.) before this check is completed depending on the USB
storage device.
Output check (test mode 03) 1st transfer contact/release clutch + Mono/color switching
241 motor 2
Code Function Procedure * Operational with drum TBU motor ON
Drum/TBU motor ON 243 2nd drawer tray-up motor ON (tray up) 2
101 1 Developer bias (K) [DC] ON/OFF
* Operational without process unit Y/M/C/K 248 3
102 Waste toner paddle motor ON 1 * Operational without process unit K
108 Registration motor ON 1 Main charger (K) ON/OFF
252 3
109 PFP motor ON 1 * Operational without process unit K
110 ADU motor ON 1 Main charger (Y/M/C) ON/OFF
253 3
Paper feeding/developer unit drive motor ON * Operational without process unit Y/M/C
112 1 Developer bias (Y) [DC] ON/OFF
* Operational without process unit Y/M/C/K 254 3
113 Fuser motor ON 1 * Operational without process unit Y
Paper feeding/developer unit drive motor ON + Drum/TBU Developer bias (M) [DC] ON/OFF
255 3
114 motor ON (Normal speed) 1 * Operational without process unit M
* Remove the transfer belt before execution. Developer bias (C) [DC] ON/OFF
256 3
115 ADU motor ON (transport speed) 1 * Operational without process unit C
116 Reverse motor (reversal rotation) ON (transport speed) 1 261 Scan motor ON (Automatically stops at limit position) 2
118 LED head ON 1 262 Original present lamp ON/OFF 3
120 Reverse motor (normal rotation) ON 1 263 Error lamp ON/OFF 3
121 Reverse motor (reversal rotation) ON 1 267 Scanner exposure lamp ON/OFF 3
122 LCF motor ON 1 271 LCF tray-up motor UP/DOWN 2
125 Image position aligning sensor shutter ON (open) 1 274 Move cleaning position of shading sheet 2
126 Image position aligning sensor (front/rear) LED ON 1 277 Paper transport aging action 1 3
151 Code No.101 function OFF 1 278 PFP upper drawer tray-up motor ON (tray up) 2
152 Code No.102 function OFF 1 279 Paper transport aging action 2 3
158 Code No.108 function OFF 1 280 PFP lower drawer tray-up motor ON (tray up) 2
159 Code No.109 function OFF 1 281 RADF feed motor ON/OFF (normal rotation) 3
160 Code No.110 function OFF 1 282 RADF feed motor ON/OFF (reverse rotation) 3
162 Code No.112 function OFF 1 283 RADF read motor ON/OFF 3
163 Code No.113 function OFF 1 284 RADF exit/reverse motor ON/OFF (normal rotation) 3
164 Code No.114 function OFF 1 285 RADF exit/reverse motor ON/OFF (reverse rotation) 3
165 Code No.115 function OFF 1 295 Power OFF mode 4
166 Code No.116 function OFF 1 297 RADF fan motor ON/OFF 3
168 Code No.118 function OFF 1 301 Modem test 462Hz 2
201 1st drawer feed clutch ON/OFF 3 307 Modem test 2100Hz 2
202 2nd drawer feed clutch ON/OFF 3 308 Modem test V21 300bps 2
204 Bypass feed clutch ON/OFF 3 309 Modem test V27ter 2400bps 2
206 LCF pickup solenoid ON/OFF 3 310 Modem test V27ter 4800bps 2
207 LCF end fence reciprocating movement 2 311 Modem test V29 7200bps 2
209 LCF feed clutch ON/OFF 3 312 Modem test V29 9600bps 2
218 Key copy counter count up 2 313 Modem test V17 TC7200bps 2
225 PFP transport clutch ON/OFF 3 314 Modem test V17 TC9600bps 2
226 PFP upper drawer feed clutch ON/OFF 3 315 Modem test V17 12000bps 2
228 PFP lower drawer feed clutch ON/OFF 3 316 Modem test V17 14400bps 2
230 Transport clutch (H) ON/OFF 3 317 Modem test V34 2400 sr 2400 bps 2
232 Bridge unit gate solenoid ON/OFF 3 318 Modem test V34 2400 sr 4800 bps 2
233 Transport clutch (L) ON/OFF 3 319 Modem test V34 2400 sr 7200 bps 2
Discharge LED (K) ON/OFF 320 Modem test V34 2400 sr 9600 bps 2
235 * Do not let it radiate to the photoconductive drum for a long 3 321 Modem test V34 2400 sr 12000 bps 2
time. 322 Modem test V34 2400 sr 14400 bps 2
Discharge LED (Y/M/C) ON/OFF 323 Modem test V34 2400 sr 16800 bps 2
236 * Do not let it radiate to the photoconductive drum for a long 3 324 Modem test V34 2400 sr 19200 bps 2
time. 325 Modem test V34 2400 sr 21600 bps 2
240 Mono/color switching motor 2 326 Modem test V34 2800 sr 4800 bps 2
327 Modem test V34 2800 sr 7200 bps 2
03 TEST MODE (Output Check) 9 Ver04 03 TEST MODE (Output Check) 10 Ver04
329 Modem test V34 2800 sr 12000 bps 2 Toner motor (Y) ON/OFF
413 3
330 Modem test V34 2800 sr 14400 bps 2 * Operational without toner cartridge Y
331 Modem test V34 2800 sr 16800 bps 2 443 Ozone exhaust fan (low speed) ON/OFF 3
332 Modem test V34 2800 sr 19200 bps 2 444 Ozone exhaust fan (high speed) ON/OFF 3
333 Modem test V34 2800 sr 21600 bps 2 Finisher packing position shift
461 2
334 Modem test V34 2800 sr 24000 bps 2 * Available when MJ-1042 is connected only
372 Modem test ANSam 2
373 Modem test CM 2
374 Modem test JM 2
375 Modem test INFO0c & TONEB 2
376 Modem test INFO0c & TONEA 2
377 Modem test PPh & AC & ALT 2
378 Dialing test DTMF Single Tone 5
379 Dialing test DTMF Dual Tone 5
380 Dialing test 10PPS 5
381 Dialing test 20PPS 5
382 CML relay ON 2
Toner motor (K) ON/OFF
410 3
* Operational without toner cartridge K
Toner motor (C) ON/OFF
411 3
* Operational without toner cartridge C
Toner motor (M) ON/OFF
412 3
* Operational without toner cartridge M
03 TEST MODE (Output Check) 11 Ver04 03 TEST MODE (Output Check) 12 Ver04
04 TEST PRINT MODE

Output
Code Types of test pattern Remarks Operation
from
33 Overall halftone for printer (Image) 5 SYS
Printer secondary scanning direction

36 1 SYS
32 gradation steps (Image)
Pattern width: 2 dot, Pitch: 10
142 Grid pattern (black) 1 LGC
mm
Grid pattern (color selection Pattern width: 1 dot, Pitch: 10
204 1 LGC
available) mm
Grid pattern (color selection Pattern width: 2 dot, Pitch: 10
205 1 LGC
available) mm
245 Halftone (3 pixels) 1 LGC
For checking the image

270 Image quality control test pattern 1 LGC
quality control
286 Writing light source check pattern Pattern width: 4 dot, 4 pattern 1 LGC
04 TEST PRINT MODE 1

Sub- Default Acceptable Proc
05/08 Mode Element Sub Element Item Subitem Code Details RAM Contents ServiceUI
Code value value edure
05 Adjustment Process Development Auto adj. for dev. 2400 Adjustment for All (Y,M,C,K) 0~255 M The value starts changing approx. 3 minutes after 5 Yes
mode material supply this adjustment is started. The value is
and ATS automatically set during this adjustment (approx. 2
minutes).
(As the value increases, the sensor output
increases correspondingly.)
* This code can be executed only when the
developer unit is installed.
05 Adjustment Process Development Auto adj. for dev. 2401 Adjustment for Y 0~255 M The value starts changing approx. 3 minutes after 5 Yes
minutes).
05 Adjustment Process Development Auto adj. for dev. 2402 Adjustment for M 0~255 M The value starts changing approx. 3 minutes after 5 Yes
minutes).
05 Adjustment Process Development Auto adj. for dev. 2403 Adjustment for C 0~255 M The value starts changing approx. 3 minutes after 5 Yes
minutes).
05 Adjustment Process Development Auto adj. for dev. 2404 Adjustment for K 0~255 M The value starts changing approx. 3 minutes after 5 Yes
minutes).
05 Adjustment Process Development Adjustment of 2405 0 Adjustment of (YMCK) Y 120 0~255 M 4 Yes
mode auto-toner initial
adjustment
reference setting
value
05 Adjustment Process Development Adjustment of 2405 1 Adjustment of (YMCK) M 120 0~255 M 4 Yes
adjustment
reference setting
value
05 Adjustment Process Development Adjustment of 2405 2 Adjustment of (YMCK) C 120 0~255 M 4 Yes
adjustment
reference setting
value
05 Adjustment Mode 1 Ver05

05 Adjustment Process Development Adjustment of 2405 3 Adjustment of (YMCK) K 120 0~255 M 4 Yes
adjustment
reference setting
value
05 Adjustment Process Development Auto adj. for dev. 2406 Automatic adjustment (Y, 0~255 M The value starts changing approx. 3 minutes after 5 Yes
mode material supply M, C) this adjustment is started. The value is
minutes).
05 Adjustment Process Development Developer bias Y 2627 0 Lower limit 200 0~1000 M (Unit: V) 4 Yes
mode DC (-) calibration
voltage
05 Adjustment Process Development Developer bias Y 2627 1 Upper limit 900 0~1000 M (Unit: V) 4 Yes
voltage
05 Adjustment Process Development Developer bias M 2628 0 Lower limit 200 0~1000 M (Unit: V) 4 Yes
voltage
05 Adjustment Process Development Developer bias M 2628 1 Upper limit 900 0~1000 M (Unit: V) 4 Yes
voltage
05 Adjustment Process Development Developer bias C 2629 0 Lower limit 200 0~1000 M (Unit: V) 4 Yes
voltage
05 Adjustment Process Development Developer bias C 2629 1 Upper limit 900 0~1000 M (Unit: V) 4 Yes
voltage
05 Adjustment Process Development Developer bias K 2630 0 Lower limit 200 0~1000 M (Unit: V) 4 Yes
voltage
05 Adjustment Process Development Developer bias K 2630 1 Upper limit 900 0~1000 M (Unit: V) 4 Yes
voltage
05 Adjustment Process Image control Target value of 2662 0 Y 322 100~450 M Sets the target value of 1st pattern (high density) 4
mode 1st pattern (high control for image control.
density control) * After the value is changed, be sure to perform
the auto calibration.
05 Adjustment Process Image control Target value of 2662 1 M 312 100~450 M Sets the target value of 1st pattern (high density) 4
05 Adjustment Process Image control Target value of 2662 2 C 327 100~450 M Sets the target value of 1st pattern (high density) 4
05 Adjustment Process Image control Target value of 2662 3 K 333 100~450 M Sets the target value of 1st pattern (high density) 4

05 Adjustment Process Image control Image quality 2670 0 Y 5 0~16 M Sets the maximum correction number of time of 4
mode closed-loop the contrast voltage in the closed-loop control full
control contrast mode.
voltage
correction/Full
mode maximum
number of time
corrected
05 Adjustment Process Image control Image quality 2670 1 M 5 0~16 M Sets the maximum correction number of time of 4
voltage
correction/Full
mode maximum
number of time
corrected
05 Adjustment Process Image control Image quality 2670 2 C 5 0~16 M Sets the maximum correction number of time of 4
voltage
correction/Full
mode maximum
number of time
corrected
05 Adjustment Process Image control Image quality 2670 3 K 5 0~16 M Sets the maximum correction number of time of 4
voltage
correction/Full
mode maximum
number of time
corrected
05 Adjustment Process Image control Output value 2729 When the light source is 0 0~1023 M Displays the output value of image quality sensor 2
mode display of image OFF when the sensor light source is OFF.
quality sensor
05 Adjustment Process Image control Output value 2730 Transfer belt surface 0 0~1023 M Displays the output value of image quality sensor 2
mode display of image (when there is no test pattern) on the transfer belt.
quality sensor
05 Adjustment Process Image control Output value 2731 0 Y (First pattern) 0 0~1023 M Displays the output value of image quality sensor 10 Yes
mode display of image when the 1st pattern (high-density test pattern) is
quality sensor output. The larger the value, the smaller the toner
amount adhered becomes.
05 Adjustment Process Image control Output value 2731 1 M (First pattern) 0 0~1023 M Displays the output value of image quality sensor 10 Yes
05 Adjustment Process Image control Output value 2731 2 C (First pattern) 0 0~1023 M Displays the output value of image quality sensor 10 Yes
05 Adjustment Process Image control Output value 2731 3 K (First pattern) 0 0~1023 M Displays the output value of image quality sensor 10 Yes

05 Adjustment Process Image control Output value 2732 0 Y (Second pattern) 0 0~1023 M Displays the output value of image quality sensor 10 Yes
mode display of image when the 2nd pattern (low-density test pattern) is
05 Adjustment Process Image control Output value 2732 1 M (Second pattern) 0 0~1023 M Displays the output value of image quality sensor 10 Yes
05 Adjustment Process Image control Output value 2732 2 C (Second pattern) 0 0~1023 M Displays the output value of image quality sensor 10 Yes
05 Adjustment Process Image control Output value 2732 3 K (Second pattern) 0 0~1023 M Displays the output value of image quality sensor 10 Yes
05 Adjustment Process Image control 2734 Light amount adjustment 0 0~255 M The LED light amount adjustment value of this 2
mode result of image quality sensor is the reference value to set the reflected
sensor light from the belt surface.
05 Adjustment Process Image control 2737 Relative humidity display 0 0~100 M Displays the relative humidity at the latest 2
mode during latest closed-loop performing of the closed-loop control. (Unit: %)
control
05 Adjustment Process Image control Image quality 2738 Enforced performing in the M Performs the image quality closed-loop control in 6 Yes
mode closed-loop short color mode the short color mode.
control
05 Adjustment Process Image control Image quality 2739 Enforced performing in the M Performs the image quality closed-loop control in 6 Yes
mode closed-loop short black mode the short black mode.
control
05 Adjustment Process Image control 2740 Enforced performing of M Performs the image quality open-loop control. 6 Yes
mode image quality open-loop
control
05 Adjustment Process Image control Image quality 2742 Enforced performing of M Performs the image quality control. 6 Yes
mode closed-loop image quality control
control
05 Adjustment Process Image control 2745 Enforced performing of M Performs the image quality TRC control. 6 Yes
mode TRC control
05 Adjustment Process Image control Output value When a CE10 2756 0 Transfer belt surface 0 0~999 M Displays the sensor output value when the light 4
mode display of image error occurs source of the data writing is OFF at the most
quality sensor recent CE10 error.
*Only "0" can be entered.
05 Adjustment Process Image control Output value When an error 2757 0 Transfer belt surface 0 0~999 M Displays the sensor output value when the light 4
mode display of image equivalent to a source of the data writing is OFF at the most
quality sensor CE20 one occurs recent error detection equivalent to a CE20 one.
*Only "0" can be entered. (Unit: bit)
05 Adjustment Process Image control Output value When an error 2757 1 Light intensity adjustment 0 0~999 M Displays the light intensity adjustment value (bit) 4
mode display of image equivalent to a bit value of the light source of the data writing at the most
05 Adjustment Process Image control Output value When an error 2758 0 Transfer belt surface 0 0~999 M Displays the sensor output value when the light 4
mode display of image equivalent to a source of the data writing is OFF at the most
quality sensor CE40 one occurs recent error detection equivalent to a CE40 one

05 Adjustment Process Image control Output value When an error 2758 1 Light intensity adjustment 0 0~999 M Displays the light intensity adjustment value (bit) 4
mode display of image equivalent to a bit value of the light source of the data writing at the most
05 Adjustment Process Image control Output value When an error 2758 2 Y (First pattern) 0 0~999 M Displays the value which has scanned the Y/first 4
mode display of image equivalent to a pattern.
quality sensor CE40 one occurs *Only "0" can be entered. (Unit: bit)
05 Adjustment Process Image control Output value When an error 2758 3 M (First pattern) 0 0~999 M Displays the value which has scanned the M/first 4
05 Adjustment Process Image control Output value When an error 2758 4 C (First pattern) 0 0~999 M Displays the value which has scanned the C/first 4
05 Adjustment Process Image control Output value When an error 2758 5 K (First pattern) 0 0~999 M Displays the value which has scanned the K/first 4
05 Adjustment Process Image control Output value When an error 2758 6 Y (Second pattern) 0 0~999 M Displays the value which has scanned the 4
mode display of image equivalent to a Y/second pattern.
05 Adjustment Process Image control Output value When an error 2758 7 M (Second pattern) 0 0~999 M Displays the value which has scanned the 4
mode display of image equivalent to a M/second pattern.
05 Adjustment Process Image control Output value When an error 2758 8 C (Second pattern) 0 0~999 M Displays the value which has scanned the 4
mode display of image equivalent to a C/second pattern.
05 Adjustment Process Image control Output value When an error 2758 9 K (Second pattern) 0 0~999 M Displays the value which has scanned the 4
mode display of image equivalent to a K/second pattern.
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2761 Temperature/humidity 23 0~100 M Displays the temperature value set at the image 2
mode sensor temperature display quality open-loop control transfer correction.
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2762 Temperature/humidity 50 0~100 M Displays the humidity value set at the image 2
mode sensor humidity display quality open-loop control transfer correction.
05 Adjustment Process Charger 2763 Drum thermistor 23 0~100 M (Unit: ºC) 2
mode temperature display 1
05 Adjustment Process Charger 2764 Drum thermistor 0~100 M (Unit: ºC) 2
mode temperature display 2
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 1st transfer bias 2905 0 Y Standard speed 5 0~10 M Sets the offset amount of the 1st transfer output. 4
mode offset Offsetting level
0: 0.75 1: 0.80 2: 0.85 3: 0.90 4: 0.95 5: 1.00
6: 1.05 7: 1.10 8: 1.15 9: 1.20 10: 1.25
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 1st transfer bias 2905 1 M Standard speed 5 0~10 M Sets the offset amount of the 1st transfer output. 4
0: 0.75 1: 0.80 2: 0.85 3: 0.90 4: 0.95 5: 1.00
6: 1.05 7: 1.10 8: 1.15 9: 1.20 10: 1.25
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 1st transfer bias 2905 2 C Standard speed 5 0~10 M Sets the offset amount of the 1st transfer output. 4
0: 0.75 1: 0.80 2: 0.85 3: 0.90 4: 0.95 5: 1.00
6: 1.05 7: 1.10 8: 1.15 9: 1.20 10: 1.25
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 1st transfer bias 2905 3 K Standard speed 5 0~10 M Sets the offset amount of the 1st transfer output. 4
0: 0.75 1: 0.80 2: 0.85 3: 0.90 4: 0.95 5: 1.00
6: 1.05 7: 1.10 8: 1.15 9: 1.20 10: 1.25

05 Adjustment Process Transfer 1st transfer bias 2905 5 BK Standard speed 5 0~10 M Sets the offset amount of the 1st transfer output. 4
0: 0.75 1: 0.80 2: 0.85 3: 0.90 4: 0.95 5: 1.00
6: 1.05 7: 1.10 8: 1.15 9: 1.20 10: 1.25
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 1st transfer bias 2905 6 Y Decelerating 5 0~10 M Sets the offset amount of the 1st transfer output. 4
0: 0.75 1: 0.80 2: 0.85 3: 0.90 4: 0.95 5: 1.00
6: 1.05 7: 1.10 8: 1.15 9: 1.20 10: 1.25
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 1st transfer bias 2905 7 M Decelerating 5 0~10 M Sets the offset amount of the 1st transfer output. 4
0: 0.75 1: 0.80 2: 0.85 3: 0.90 4: 0.95 5: 1.00
6: 1.05 7: 1.10 8: 1.15 9: 1.20 10: 1.25
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 1st transfer bias 2905 8 C Decelerating 5 0~10 M Sets the offset amount of the 1st transfer output. 4
0: 0.75 1: 0.80 2: 0.85 3: 0.90 4: 0.95 5: 1.00
6: 1.05 7: 1.10 8: 1.15 9: 1.20 10: 1.25
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 1st transfer bias 2905 9 K Decelerating 5 0~10 M Sets the offset amount of the 1st transfer output. 4
0: 0.75 1: 0.80 2: 0.85 3: 0.90 4: 0.95 5: 1.00
6: 1.05 7: 1.10 8: 1.15 9: 1.20 10: 1.25
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 1st transfer bias 2905 11 BK Decelerating 5 0~10 M Sets the offset amount of the 1st transfer output. 4
0: 0.75 1: 0.80 2: 0.85 3: 0.90 4: 0.95 5: 1.00
6: 1.05 7: 1.10 8: 1.15 9: 1.20 10: 1.25
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Front side) 2934 0 Plain paper 5 0~15 M Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias in 4
mode offset the color mode (Front side).
When a larger value is set, printing density
becomes darker; however, the image quality may
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
* 11 to 15: Not used
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Front side) 2934 1 Thick paper 1 5 0~15 M Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias in 4
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Front side) 2934 2 Thick paper 2 5 0~15 M Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias in 4
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Front side) 2934 4 OHP 5 0~15 M Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias in 4
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0

05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Front side) 2934 5 Special paper 1 5 0~15 M Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias in 4
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Front side) 2934 6 Special paper 2 5 0~15 M Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias in 4
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Front side) 2934 7 Recycled paper 5 0~15 M Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias in 4
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Front side) 2934 10 Envelope 5 0~15 M Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias in 4
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Front side) 2934 16 User Media Type 1 5 0~15 M Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias in 4
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0

become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0

05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Back side) 2935 0 Plain paper 5 0~15 M Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias in 4
mode offset the color mode (Back side).
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Back side) 2935 1 Thick paper 1 5 0~15 M Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias in 4
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Back side) 2935 2 Thick paper 2 5 0~15 M Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias in 4
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Back side) 2935 5 Special paper 1 5 0~15 M Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias in 4
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Back side) 2935 6 Special paper 2 5 0~15 M Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias in 4
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Back side) 2935 7 Recycled paper 5 0~15 M Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias in 4
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Back side) 2935 10 Envelope 5 0~15 M Sets the offset amount of the 2nd transfer bias in 4
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0

05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Back side) 2935 16 User Media Type 1 5 0~15 M Sets the bias offset amount of the 2nd transfer 4
mode offset bias in the color mode (Back side).
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0

become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome 2936 0 Plain paper 5 0~15 M Sets the bias offset amount of the 2nd transfer 4
mode offset (Front side) bias in the monochrome mode (Front side).
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome 2936 1 Thick paper 1 5 0~15 M Sets the bias offset amount of the 2nd transfer 4
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome 2936 4 OHP 5 0~15 M Sets the bias offset amount of the 2nd transfer 4
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0

05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome 2936 5 Special paper 1 5 0~15 M Sets the bias offset amount of the 2nd transfer 4
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome 2936 7 Recycled paper 5 0~15 M Sets the bias offset amount of the 2nd transfer 4
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome 2936 10 Envelope 5 0~15 M Sets the bias offset amount of the 2nd transfer 4
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome 2936 16 User Media Type 1 5 0~15 M Sets the bias offset amount of the 2nd transfer 4
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0

become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0

05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome 2937 0 Plain paper 5 0~15 M Sets the bias offset amount of the 2nd transfer 4
mode offset (Back side) bias in the monochrome mode (Back side).
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome 2937 7 Recycled paper 5 0~15 M Sets the bias offset amount of the 2nd transfer 4
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome 2937 10 Envelope 5 0~15 M Sets the bias offset amount of the 2nd transfer 4
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0

become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0

become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
become worse.
0: 0 1: 0.2 2: 0.4 3: 0.6 4: 0.8 5: 1.0 6: 1.2 7:
1.4 8: 1.6 9: 1.8 10: 2.0 11: 2.2 12: 2.4 13:
2.6 14: 2.8 15: 3.0
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Front side) 2938 0 Plain paper (Leading edge) 0 0~16 M Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias (Front 4
mode correction factor side in the color mode).
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75
6: 0.70 7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11:
0.45 12: 0.40 13: 0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16:
0.20
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Front side) 2938 1 Thick paper 1 (Leading 0 0~16 M Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias (Front 4
mode correction factor edge) side in the color mode).
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75
6: 0.70 7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11:
0.45 12: 0.40 13: 0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16:
0.20
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Front side) 2938 2 Thick paper 2 (Leading 0 0~16 M Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias (Front 4
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75
6: 0.70 7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11:
0.45 12: 0.40 13: 0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16:
0.20
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Front side) 2938 4 OHP (Leading edge) 0 0~16 M Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias (Front 4
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75
6: 0.70 7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11:
0.45 12: 0.40 13: 0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16:
0.20

05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Front side) 2938 5 Special paper 1 (Leading 0 0~16 M Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias (Front 4
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75
6: 0.70 7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11:
0.45 12: 0.40 13: 0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16:
0.20
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Front side) 2938 6 Special paper 2 (Leading 0 0~16 M Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias (Front 4
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75
6: 0.70 7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11:
0.45 12: 0.40 13: 0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16:
0.20
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Front side) 2938 7 Recycled paper (Leading 0 0~16 M Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias (Front 4
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75
6: 0.70 7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11:
0.45 12: 0.40 13: 0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16:
0.20
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Front side) 2938 10 Envelope (Leading edge) 0 0~16 M Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias (Front 4
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75
6: 0.70 7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11:
0.45 12: 0.40 13: 0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16:
0.20
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Back side) 2939 0 Plain paper (Leading edge) 0 0~16 M Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias (Back 4
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75
6: 0.70 7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11:
0.45 12: 0.40 13: 0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16:
0.20
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Back side) 2939 1 Thick paper 1 (Leading 0 0~16 M Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias (Back 4
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75
6: 0.70 7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11:
0.45 12: 0.40 13: 0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16:
0.20
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Back side) 2939 2 Thick paper 2 (Leading 0 0~16 M Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias (Back 4
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75
6: 0.70 7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11:
0.45 12: 0.40 13: 0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16:
0.20
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Back side) 2939 5 Special paper 1 (Leading 0 0~16 M Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias (Back 4
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75
6: 0.70 7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11:
0.45 12: 0.40 13: 0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16:
0.20

05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Back side) 2939 6 Special paper 2 (Leading 0 0~16 M Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias (Back 4
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75
6: 0.70 7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11:
0.45 12: 0.40 13: 0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16:
0.20
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Back side) 2939 7 Recycled paper (Leading 0 0~16 M Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias (Back 4
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75
6: 0.70 7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11:
0.45 12: 0.40 13: 0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16:
0.20
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Color (Back side) 2939 10 Envelope (Leading edge) 0 0~16 M Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias (Back 4
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75
6: 0.70 7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11:
0.45 12: 0.40 13: 0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16:
0.20
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome 2940 0 Plain paper (Leading edge) 0 0~16 M Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias (Front 4
mode correction factor (Front side) side in the black mode).
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75
6: 0.70 7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11:
0.45 12: 0.40 13: 0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16:
0.20
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome 2940 1 Thick paper 1 (Leading 0 0~16 M Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias (Front 4
mode correction factor (Front side) edge) side in the black mode).
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75
6: 0.70 7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11:
0.45 12: 0.40 13: 0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16:
0.20
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome 2940 2 Thick paper 2 (Leading 0 0~16 M Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias (Front 4
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75
6: 0.70 7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11:
0.45 12: 0.40 13: 0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16:
0.20
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome 2940 4 OHP (Leading edge) 0 0~16 M Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias (Front 4
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75
6: 0.70 7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11:
0.45 12: 0.40 13: 0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16:
0.20
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome 2940 5 Special paper 1 (Leading 0 0~16 M Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias (Front 4
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75
6: 0.70 7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11:
0.45 12: 0.40 13: 0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16:
0.20

05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome 2940 6 Special paper 2 (Leading 0 0~16 M Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias (Front 4
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75
6: 0.70 7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11:
0.45 12: 0.40 13: 0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16:
0.20
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome 2940 7 Recycled paper (Leading 0 0~16 M Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias (Front 4
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75
6: 0.70 7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11:
0.45 12: 0.40 13: 0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16:
0.20
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome 2940 10 Envelope (Leading edge) 0 0~16 M Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias (Front 4
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75
6: 0.70 7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11:
0.45 12: 0.40 13: 0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16:
0.20
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome 2941 0 Plain paper (Leading edge) 0 0~16 M Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias (Back 4
mode correction factor (Back side) side in the black mode).
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75
6: 0.70 7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11:
0.45 12: 0.40 13: 0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16:
0.20
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome 2941 1 Thick paper 1 (Leading 0 0~16 M Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias (Back 4
mode correction factor (Back side) edge) side in the black mode).
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75
6: 0.70 7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11:
0.45 12: 0.40 13: 0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16:
0.20
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome 2941 2 Thick paper 2 (Leading 0 0~16 M Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias (Back 4
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75
6: 0.70 7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11:
0.45 12: 0.40 13: 0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16:
0.20
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome 2941 5 Special paper 1 (Leading 0 0~16 M Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias (Back 4
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75
6: 0.70 7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11:
0.45 12: 0.40 13: 0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16:
0.20
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome 2941 6 Special paper 2 (Leading 0 0~16 M Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias (Back 4
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75
6: 0.70 7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11:
0.45 12: 0.40 13: 0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16:
0.20

05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome 2941 7 Recycled paper (Leading 0 0~16 M Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias (Back 4
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75
6: 0.70 7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11:
0.45 12: 0.40 13: 0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16:
0.20
05 Adjustment Process Transfer 2nd transfer bias Monochrome 2941 10 Envelope (Leading edge) 0 0~16 M Corrects the 2nd transfer leading edge bias (Back 4
mode correction factor (Back side) side in the black mode).
Offsetting level
0: 1.00 1: 0.95 2: 0.90 3: 0.85 4: 0.80 5: 0.75
6: 0.70 7: 0.65 8: 0.60 9: 0.55 10: 0.50 11:
0.45 12: 0.40 13: 0.35 14: 0.30 15: 0.25 16:
0.20
05 Adjustment Process Transfer Number of time 2961 0 Standard speed/High speed 0 0~7 M 0: Once 1: Twice 2: 3 times 3: 5 times 4: 7 4
mode of cleaning at times 5: 10 times 6: 12 times 7: 15 times
printing end
05 Adjustment Process Transfer Number of time 2961 1 Decelerating 0 0~7 M 0: Once 1: Twice 2: 3 times 3: 5 times 4: 7 4
printing end
05 Adjustment Process Transfer Setting of At jam recovery / 2962 0 Standard speed/High speed 5 0~7 M 0: Once 1: Twice 2: 3 times 3: 5 times 4: 7 4
mode number of bypass non- times 5: 10 times 6: 12 times 7: 15 times
cleaning times standard printing
05 Adjustment Process Transfer Setting of At jam recovery / 2962 1 Decelerating 5 0~7 M 0: Once 1: Twice 2: 3 times 3: 5 times 4: 7 4
mode number of bypass non- times 5: 10 times 6: 12 times 7: 15 times
cleaning times standard printing
05 Adjustment Process Transfer Number of time 2963 Standard speed 0 0~7 M 0: Once 1: Twice 2: 3 times 3: 5 times 4: 7 1
image quality
control end
05 Adjustment Process Transfer Setting value of 2964 0 Standard speed 4 -50~25 M Corrects the 2nd transfer bias. Perform this when 4
mode 2nd transfer the back side of the paper is soiled.
restraining * When the cause is that the 2nd transfer roller
current 2 has been soiled by the control correction pattern
on the transfer belt.
(Unit: μA)
05 Adjustment Process Transfer Setting value of 2964 1 Decelerating 4 -50~25 M (Unit: μA) 4
mode 2nd transfer
restraining
current 2
05 Adjustment Process Transfer Setting of Enforced toner 2966 0 Standard speed/High speed 2 0~7 M 0: Once 1: Twice 2: 3 times 3: 5 times 4: 7 4
mode number of supply/Wait for times 5: 10 times 6: 12 times 7: 15 times
cleaning times fusing completed
05 Adjustment Process Transfer Setting of Enforced toner 2966 1 Decelerating 2 0~7 M 0: Once 1: Twice 2: 3 times 3: 5 times 4: 7 4
mode number of supply/Wait for times 5: 10 times 6: 12 times 7: 15 times
cleaning times fusing completed
05 Adjustment Process Transfer Setting of Tab paper 2995 Decelerating 3 0~7 M 0: Once 1: Twice 2: 3 times 3: 5 times 4: 7 1
mode number of times 5: 10 times 6: 12 times 7: 15 times
cleaning times

05 Adjustment Scanner DF Front side 3009 Log table switching 2 0~4 SYS Adjusts the reproduction ratio of the background 1
mode in DF scanning. When a larger value is set,
background fogging or see-through images will
occur easily.
0: Same log table as the one used at copying with
original glass
1: Background reproduction - Light 2
2: Background reproduction - Light 1
3: Background reproduction - Dark 1
4: Background reproduction - Dark 2
* Be sure to confirm that the height of the DF is
appropriate before the value is changed.
05 Adjustment Scanner Scanner Image location 3030 Primary scanning direction 110 0~255 SYS When the value increases by "1", the image shifts 1 Yes
mode adjustment (scan. section) by approx. 0.04233 mm toward the front side of
the paper.
05 Adjustment Scanner Scanner Image location 3031 Secondary scanning 140 90~148 SYS When the value increases by "1", the image shifts 1 Yes
mode adjustment direction (scan.section) by approx. 0.08193 mm toward the trailing edge of
the paper.
05 Adjustment Scanner Scanner Reproduction 3032 Adj. secondary 136 63~193 SYS When the value increases by "1", the reproduction 1 Yes
mode ratio adjustment scan.direction ratio in the secondary scanning direction (vertical
to paper feeding direction) increases by approx.
0.018 %.
05 Adjustment Scanner Scanner Distortion mode 3033 Distortion mode - Moves carriages to the adjusting position. 6 Yes
mode
05 Adjustment Scanner Scanner Shading position 3034 Original glass 117 92~165 SYS 0.08193 mm/step 1
mode adjustment
05 Adjustment Scanner Scanner Shading position 3035 RADF 133 92~165 SYS 0.08193 mm/step 1
mode adjustment
05 Adjustment Scanner DF Alignment 3040 Front side 12 0~30 SYS When the value increases by "1", the aligning 1 Yes
mode position amount increases by approx. 0.5 mm.
adjustment
05 Adjustment Scanner RADF Alignment 3041 Back side 12 0~30 SYS When the value increases by "1", the aligning 1 Yes
mode position amount increases by approx. 0.5 mm.
adjustment
05 Adjustment Scanner DF 3042 RADF transport speed fine 50 0~100 SYS When the value increases by "1", the reproduction 1 Yes
mode adjustment ratio of the secondary scanning direction when
using the DF increases by approx. 0.1%.
05 Adjustment Scanner DF 3043 Sideways deviation 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases by "1", the image of 1 Yes
mode adjustment original fed from the DF shifts toward the rear side
of paper by approx. 0.08423 mm.
05 Adjustment Scanner DF Leading edge 3044 Front side 71 0~200 SYS When the value increases by "1", the copied 1 Yes
mode position image of original fed from the DF shifts toward the
adjustment trailing edge of paper by approx.0.2 mm.
05 Adjustment Scanner DF Leading edge 3045 Back side 71 0~200 SYS When the value increases by "1", the copied 1 Yes
mode position image of original fed from the DF shifts toward the
adjustment trailing edge of paper by approx.0.2 mm.
05 Adjustment Scanner Scanner Data transfer of 3203 SLG board -> SYS board - Acquires the characteristics values of the scanner 6
mode characteristic (shading correction factor/RGB color correction
value factor/reproduction ratio color deviation correction
factor/shading position correction
factor/reproduction ratio correction value in
primary scanning direction).

05 Adjustment Scanner Scanner 3209 Data transfer of - Transfers the characteristic values of the scanner 6
mode characteristic value of (shading correction factor/RGB color
scanner/SYS board -> SLG correction/reproduction ratio color aberration
board correction/shading position correction
factor/reproduction ratio correction value in
primary scanning direction)
05 Adjustment Scanner Scanner Shading 3218 Shading correction plate - Performs adjustment for shading correction plate 6
mode correction by automatically detecting dust. If dust is
detected, shading correction is performed by
avoiding the dust.
05 Adjustment Scanner Scanner Automatic dust 3219 DF glass - Performs adjustment for the DF glass by 6 Yes
mode detection automatically detecting dust.
05 Adjustment Scanner Scanner Size detection of 3233 Position adjustment in the 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the detection range for size of original. 1
mode original primary scanning direction
05 Adjustment Scanner Scanner Size detection of 3234 Waiting position adjustment 200 0~255 SYS Adjusts the position where the carriage stops at 1
mode original of carriage the size detection of the original.
Default value: 200 (20 mm from leading edge of
original)
Maximum value: 255 (25.5 mm from leading edge
of original)
Minimum value: 0 (0 mm from leading edge of
original)
05 Adjustment Scanner Scanner Size detection of 3236 Adjustment of lamp lighting 64 0~255 SYS Adjusts the lighting time of the lamp at the size 1
mode original time detection of the original.
Maximum value: 255 (Minimum time + 2040ms)
Minimum value: 0 (Minimum time)
05 Adjustment Scanner Scanner Size detection of 3237 Starting time adjustment of 64 0~255 SYS Adjusts the starting time of lamp lighting when the 1
mode original lamp lighting detection accuracy of dark originals is poor.
Maximum value: 255 (Minimum time + 2040 ms)
Minimum value: 0 (Minimum time)
05 Adjustment Scanner LED light 3270 Automatic adjustment - Performs adjustment when the LED light source 6
mode source has been replaced.
05 Adjustment Scanner DF Trailing edge 3350 Front 50 0~100 SYS When the value increases by "1", the trailing edge 1
mode adjustment of side(DSDF)Duplex(RADF) of scanned original becomes longer by 0.3 mm at
scanning DF copying.
When the value decreases by "1", the trailing
edge of scanned original becomes shorter by 0.3
mm at DF copying.
* This code is effective when the value of 08-3075
is "1" (Allowed).
05 Adjustment Scanner DF Dust detection Slit glass 3360 Number of errors 0 0~255 SCN The number of times in which dust is detected 1 Yes
mode while this is performed in the DF.
05 Adjustment Scanner DF Dust detection Slit glass 3361 Section of errors 0 0~255 SCN The number of places in which dust is detected 1 Yes
mode while this is performed in the DF.
05 Adjustment Scanner DSDF 3400 Self-diagnostic code - Changes the default values of 05-3044, 3045, 6
mode switching 3042 and 3043 to the ones for the DSDF.
* Change them only when the DSDF is installed.
05 Adjustment Scanner RADF 3401 Self-diagnostic code - Changes the default values of 05-3044, 3045, 6
mode switching 3042 and 3043 to the ones for the RADF.
* Change them only when the RADF is installed.
05 Adjustment Printer Image Adjustment of 4005 PPC 128 0~255 M When the value increases by "1", the writing start 1 Yes
mode primary scanning position shifts to the front side by approx. 0.0423
writing start mm.

05 Adjustment Printer Image Adjustment of 4006 PRT Refer to 0~255 M When the value increases by "1", the writing start 1 Yes
mode primary scanning contents position shifts to the front side by approx. 0.0423
writing start mm.
<Default value>
JPD: 116
NAD: 126
Others: 128
05 Adjustment Printer Drive Fine adjustment 4016 0 Transport speed: Standard 133 0~255 M 0.1%/step 4
mode of ADU motor speed
rotational speed
05 Adjustment Printer Drive Fine adjustment 4016 4 Transport speed: 128 0~255 M 0.1%/step 4
mode of ADU motor Decelerating
rotational speed
05 Adjustment Printer Drive Fine adjustment 4016 8 Transport speed1 128 0~255 M 0.1%/step 4
mode of ADU motor
rotational speed
mode of ADU motor
rotational speed
mode of ADU motor
rotational speed
mode of ADU motor
rotational speed
05 Adjustment Printer Image Adjustment of 4018 0 1st drawer 128 0~255 M When the value increases by "1", the image shifts 4
mode drawer sideways toward the front side by 0.0423 mm.
deviation
05 Adjustment Printer Image Adjustment of 4018 1 2nd drawer 128 0~255 M When the value increases by "1", the image shifts 4
deviation
05 Adjustment Printer Image Adjustment of 4018 2 PFP upper drawer 128 0~255 M When the value increases by "1", the image shifts 4
deviation
05 Adjustment Printer Image Adjustment of 4018 3 PFP lower drawer 128 0~255 M When the value increases by "1", the image shifts 4
deviation
05 Adjustment Printer Image Adjustment of 4018 4 LCF 128 0~255 M When the value increases by "1", the image shifts 4
deviation
05 Adjustment Printer Image Adjustment of 4018 5 Bypass feeding 128 0~255 M When the value increases by "1", the image shifts 4
deviation
05 Adjustment Printer Image Adjustment of Duplex feeding 4019 0 Long size 128 0~255 M When the value increases by "1", the image shifts 4 Yes
mode primary scanning toward the front side by 0.0423 mm.
writing start for * The value of this code is reflected to 08-4019-1
ADU to 2.
05 Adjustment Printer Image Adjustment of Duplex feeding 4019 1 Short size 128 0~255 M When the value increases by "1", the image shifts 4 Yes
writing start for
ADU

05 Adjustment Printer Image Adjustment of Duplex feeding 4019 2 Middle size 128 0~255 M When the value increases by "1", the image shifts 4 Yes
writing start for
ADU
05 Adjustment Printer Image Top margin 4050 PPC 0 0~255 M When the value increases by "1", the blank area 1 Yes
mode adjustment becomes wider by approx. 0.0423 mm.
05 Adjustment Printer Image Right margin 4052 PPC Refer to 0~255 M When the value increases by "1", the blank area 1 Yes
mode adjustment contents becomes wider by approx. 0.0423 mm.
<Default value>
NAD: 10
Other: 0
05 Adjustment Printer Image Bottom margin 4053 PPC 0 0~255 M When the value increases by "1", the blank area 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Printer Image Top margin 4054 PRT 24 0~255 M When the value increases by "1", the blank area 1
05 Adjustment Printer Image Right margin 4056 PRT 0 0~255 M When the value increases by "1", the blank area 1
05 Adjustment Printer Image Bottom margin 4057 PRT 0 0~255 M When the value increases by "1", the blank area 1
05 Adjustment Printer Image Leading edge Standard speed 4058 1st drawer 50 0~100 M When the value increases by "1", the image shifts 1 Yes
mode position toward the trailing edge of the paper by approx.
adjustment 0.1 mm.
05 Adjustment Printer Image Leading edge Standard speed 4059 2nd drawer 50 0~100 M When the value increases by "1", the image shifts 1 Yes
adjustment 0.1 mm.
05 Adjustment Printer Image Leading edge Standard speed 4060 PFP upper drawer 50 0~100 M When the value increases by "1", the image shifts 1 Yes
adjustment 0.1 mm.
05 Adjustment Printer Image Leading edge Standard speed 4061 Bypass feeding Refer to 0~100 M When the value increases by "1", the image shifts 1 Yes
mode position contents toward the trailing edge of the paper by approx.
adjustment 0.1 mm.
<Default value>
NAD: 54
Others: 55
05 Adjustment Printer Image Leading edge Standard speed 4062 Duplex feeding 47 0~100 M When the value increases by "1", the image shifts 1 Yes
adjustment 0.1 mm.
05 Adjustment Printer Image Bottom margin Duplex (Back 4064 0 Plain paper (K) 24 0~255 M When the value increases by "1", the blank area 4
mode adjustment side) becomes wider by approx. 0.0423 mm.
* The value of 05-4053 or 05-4057 is taken as a
reference one.
05 Adjustment Printer Image Bottom margin Duplex (Back 4064 1 Plain paper (K) 18 0~255 M When the value increases by "1", the blank area 4
reference one.
05 Adjustment Printer Image Bottom margin Duplex (Back 4064 2 Plain paper (Color) 24 0~255 M When the value increases by "1", the blank area 4
reference one.
05 Adjustment Printer Image Bottom margin Duplex (Back 4064 3 Plain paper (Color) 18 0~255 M When the value increases by "1", the blank area 4
reference one.

05 Adjustment Printer Image Bottom margin Duplex (Back 4064 4 Thick paper 1 18 0~255 M When the value increases by "1", the blank area 4
reference one.
05 Adjustment Printer Image Bottom margin Duplex (Back 4064 5 Thick paper 1 12 0~255 M When the value increases by "1", the blank area 4
reference one.
05 Adjustment Printer Image Leading edge 4065 Reference for adjustment Refer to 0~200 M When the value increases by "1", the image shifts 1
adjustment 0.1 mm.
(Decelerated) <Default value>
NAD: 97
Others: 106
05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment 1st drawer 4100 0 Plain/Recycled/Thick paper 34 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4 Yes
mode system position (Long size) amount increases by approx. 0.5 mm.
adjustment <Paper length>
Long size: 330 mm or longer
Middle size: 220 mm to 329 mm
Short size 1: 205 mm to 219 mm
Short size 3: 159 mm or shorter
mode system position (Middle size) amount increases by approx. 0.5 mm.
mode system position (Short size 1) amount increases by approx. 0.5 mm.

05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment 2nd drawer 4101 0 Plain/Recycled/Thick paper 32 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment Bypass feeding 4103 0 Plain/Recycled/Thick/Thin 12 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4 Yes
mode system position paper (Long size) amount increases by approx. 0.5 mm.
mode system position paper (Middle size) amount increases by approx. 0.5 mm.

mode system position paper (Short size 1) amount increases by approx. 0.5 mm.
05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment Bypass feeding 4104 0 Thick paper 1 (Long size) 25 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4 Yes
mode system position amount increases by approx. 0.6 mm.
05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment Bypass feeding 4104 1 Thick paper 1 (Middle size) 25 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment Bypass feeding 4104 2 Thick paper 1 (Short size 1) 25 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4 Yes

05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment Bypass feeding 4105 0 Thick paper 2/Envelope 25 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment Bypass feeding 4106 0 Thick paper 3/4 (Long size) 25 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4 Yes

05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment Bypass feeding 4106 1 Thick paper 3/4 (Middle 25 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4 Yes
mode system position size) amount increases by approx. 0.6 mm.
05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment Bypass feeding 4106 2 Thick paper 3/4 (Short size 25 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4 Yes
mode system position 1) amount increases by approx. 0.6 mm.
05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment Bypass feeding 4107 0 OHP (Long size) 28 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment Bypass feeding 4107 1 OHP (Middle size) 28 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment Bypass feeding 4107 2 OHP (Short size 1) 28 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4 Yes

05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment PFP upper drawer 4108 0 Plain/Recycled/Thick paper 34 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4 Yes

05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment PFP lower drawer 4109 0 Plain/Recycled/Thick paper 34 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment ADU 4110 0 Plain/Recycled/Thick paper 36 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4 Yes

05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment LCF 4111 Plain paper 24 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Adjustment of Bypass feeding 4112 0 Plain/Recycled/Thick paper 4 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the paper 4
mode system paper pushing pushing amount at bypass feeding increases by
amount at approx. 0.9 mm.
feeding
05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Adjustment of Bypass feeding 4112 1 Thick1/2/3/4/Special /OHP 20 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the paper 4
feeding
05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Adjustment of 1st drawer 4113 0 Plain/Recycled/Thick paper 10 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the paper 4
feeding
05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Adjustment of 1st drawer 4113 1 Thick1/2/3/4/Special 20 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the paper 4
mode system paper pushing pushing amount at feeding from 1st drawer
amount at increases by approx. 0.6 mm.
feeding
05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment 1st drawer 4115 0 Thick paper 1/2/3 (Long 39 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4 Yes

05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment 1st drawer 4115 1 Thick paper 1/2/3 (Middle 39 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment 1st drawer 4115 2 Thick paper 1/2/3 (Short 39 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4 Yes
mode system position size 1) amount increases by approx. 0.6 mm.
05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment 2nd drawer 4116 0 Thick paper 1/2/3/Envelope 32 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4 Yes

05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment PFP upper drawer 4117 0 Thick paper 1/2/3/Envelope 34 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4 Yes

05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment PFP lower drawer 4118 0 Thick paper 1/2/3/Envelope 34 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment ADU 4120 0 Thick paper 1/2/3/Special 27 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4 Yes
mode system position paper (Long size) amount increases by approx. 0.8 mm.
mode system position paper (Middle size) amount increases by approx. 0.8 mm.

05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment Bypass feeding 4128 0 Special paper 1 (Long size) 25 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment Bypass feeding 4128 1 Special paper 1 (Middle 25 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment Bypass feeding 4128 2 Special paper 1 (Short size 25 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4 Yes

05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment Bypass feeding 4129 0 Special paper 2 (Long size) 25 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment Bypass feeding 4129 1 Special paper 2 (Middle 25 0~63 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Printer Image Leading edge Standard speed 4402 Common items Refer to 0~200 M When the value increases by "1", the image shifts 1 Yes
adjustment 0.1 mm.
<Default value>
JPD: 130
NAD: 123
Others: 132

05 Adjustment Printer Drive Fine adj. of 4526 0 Transport speed: Standard Refer to 0~255 M When the value increases, the motor speed 4
mode drum/transfer speed contents becomes faster. (0.056%/step)
belt motor speed <Default value>
JPD: 136
NAD: 128
Others: 135
05 Adjustment Printer Drive Fine adj. of 4526 4 Transport speed: 128 0~255 M When the value increases, the motor speed 4
mode drum/transfer Decelerating becomes faster. (0.063%/step)
belt motor speed
05 Adjustment Printer Drive Fine adjustment 4529 0 Transport speed: Standard 131 0~255 M (0.1%/step) 4
mode of fuser belt speed
rotational speed
05 Adjustment Printer Drive Fine adjustment PRT (Long size) 4529 3 Transport speed: Standard 128 0~255 M (0.1%/step) 4
mode of fuser belt speed
rotational speed
05 Adjustment Printer Drive Fine adjustment 4529 4 Transport speed: 128 0~255 M (0.1%/step) 4
mode of fuser belt Decelerating
rotational speed
05 Adjustment Printer Drive Fine adjustment PRT (Long size) 4529 7 Transport speed: 128 0~255 M (0.1%/step) 4
mode of fuser belt Decelerating
rotational speed
05 Adjustment Printer Drive Fine adjustment 4532 0 Transport speed: Standard 126 0~255 M (0.1%/step) 4
mode of feed/transport speed
motor rotational
speed
05 Adjustment Printer Drive Fine adjustment PRT (Long size) 4532 3 Transport speed: Standard 128 0~255 M (0.1%/step) 4
mode of feed/transport speed
motor rotational
speed
05 Adjustment Printer Drive Fine adjustment 4532 4 Transport speed: 129 0~255 M (0.1%/step) 4
mode of feed/transport Decelerating
motor rotational
speed
05 Adjustment Printer Drive Fine adjustment PRT (Long size) 4532 7 Transport speed: 128 0~255 M (0.1%/step) 4
mode of feed/transport Decelerating
motor rotational
speed
05 Adjustment Printer Drive Fine adjustment 4535 0 Transport speed: Standard 105 0~255 M When the value increases, the motor speed 4
mode of exit motor speed becomes faster. (0.1%/step)
rotational speed
05 Adjustment Printer Drive Fine adjustment PRT (Long size) 4535 3 Transport speed: Standard 128 0~255 M When the value increases, the motor speed 4
mode of exit motor speed becomes faster. (0.1%/step)
rotational speed
05 Adjustment Printer Drive Fine adjustment 4535 4 Transport speed: 128 0~255 M When the value increases, the motor speed 4
mode of exit motor Decelerating becomes faster. (0.1%/step)
rotational speed
05 Adjustment Printer Drive Fine adjustment PRT (Long size) 4535 7 Transport speed: 128 0~255 M When the value increases, the motor speed 4
mode of exit motor Decelerating becomes faster. (0.1%/step)
rotational speed
05 Adjustment Printer Drive Fine adjustment 4535 8 Transport speed1 128 0~255 M When the value increases, the motor speed 4
mode of exit motor becomes faster. (0.1%/step)
rotational speed

rotational speed
rotational speed
rotational speed
05 Adjustment Printer Drive Fine adjustment 4535 12 Transport speed: Standard 128 0~255 M When the value increases, the motor speed 4
mode of exit motor speed (Transport in ADU) becomes faster. (0.1%/step)
rotational speed
05 Adjustment Printer Drive Fine adjustment PRT (Long size) 4535 15 Transport speed: Standard 128 0~255 M When the value increases, the motor speed 4
mode of exit motor speed (Transport in ADU) becomes faster. (0.1%/step)
rotational speed
05 Adjustment Printer Drive Fine adjustment 4535 16 Transport speed: 128 0~255 M When the value increases, the motor speed 4
mode of exit motor Decelerating (Transport in becomes faster. (0.1%/step)
rotational speed ADU)
05 Adjustment Printer Drive Fine adjustment PRT (Long size) 4535 19 Transport speed: 128 0~255 M When the value increases, the motor speed 4
mode of exit motor Decelerating (Transport in becomes faster. (0.1%/step)
rotational speed ADU)
05 Adjustment Printer Image Leading edge Standard speed 4560 PFP lower drawer 50 0~100 M When the value increases by "1", the image shifts 1 Yes
adjustment 0.1 mm.
05 Adjustment Printer Image Leading edge Standard speed 4561 T-LCF 50 0~100 M When the value increases by "1", the image shifts 1 Yes
adjustment 0.1 mm.
05 Adjustment Printer Image Auxiliary 1st drawer 4562 0 Thick paper 1 56 0~100 M When the value increases by "1", the image shifts 4
mode adjustment value toward the trailing edge of the paper by approx.
of leading edge 0.1 mm.
position
adjustment
05 Adjustment Printer Image Auxiliary 2nd drawer 4563 0 Thick paper 1 56 0~100 M When the value increases by "1", the image shifts 4
position
adjustment
05 Adjustment Printer Image Auxiliary PFP upper drawer 4564 0 Thick paper 1 56 0~100 M When the value increases by "1", the image shifts 4
position
adjustment
05 Adjustment Printer Image Auxiliary PFP lower drawer 4565 0 Thick paper 1 56 0~100 M When the value increases by "1", the image shifts 4
position
adjustment
05 Adjustment Printer Image Leading edge Bypass feeding 4567 0 Thick paper 1 59 0~100 M When the value increases by "1", the image shifts 4
adjustment 0.1 mm.
(Decelerated)

adjustment 0.1 mm.
(Decelerated)
adjustment 0.1 mm.
(Decelerated)
05 Adjustment Printer Image Leading edge Bypass feeding 4567 3 OHP 56 0~100 M When the value increases by "1", the image shifts 4
adjustment 0.1 mm.
(Decelerated)
05 Adjustment Printer Image Leading edge Bypass feeding 4567 4 Special paper 1 64 0~100 M When the value increases by "1", the image shifts 4
adjustment 0.1 mm.
(Decelerated)
05 Adjustment Printer Image Leading edge Bypass feeding 4567 5 Special paper 2 64 0~100 M When the value increases by "1", the image shifts 4
adjustment 0.1 mm.
(Decelerated)
05 Adjustment Printer Image Auxiliary ADU 4568 0 Thick paper 1 56 0~100 M When the value increases by "1", the image shifts 4
position
adjustment
05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment 4579 Using icons M Press the button on the LCD. 4 Yes
mode system position
adjustment
05 Adjustment Printer Image control 4719 Forced color registration M Forcibly performs the color registration control 6 Yes
mode control adjustment in order to eliminate the color
deviation of Y, M, C and K colors.
05 Adjustment Printer Image control 4720 Displaying parameters for 0~255 M Checks the cause of a "CA00" error when it 2 Yes
mode color regist. occurs.
05 Adjustment Printer Image Image void Top margin 4731 0 PPC (Monochrome) 29 0~48 M (0.4 mm/10step) 4
mode correction code
05 Adjustment Printer Image Image void Top margin 4731 1 PPC (Color) 48 0~48 M (0.4 mm/10step) 4
05 Adjustment Printer Image Image void Top margin 4731 2 PRT (Monochrome) 29 0~48 M (0.4 mm/10step) 4
05 Adjustment Printer Image Image void Top margin 4731 3 PRT (Color) 29 0~48 M (0.4 mm/10step) 4
05 Adjustment Printer Image Image void Bottom margin 4731 4 PPC (Monochrome) 24 0~48 M (0.4 mm/10step) 4
05 Adjustment Printer Image Image void Bottom margin 4731 5 PPC (Color) 24 0~48 M (0.4 mm/10step) 4
05 Adjustment Printer Image Image void Bottom margin 4731 6 PRT (Monochrome) 36 0~48 M (0.4 mm/10step) 4
05 Adjustment Printer Image Image void Bottom margin 4731 7 PRT (Color) 36 0~48 M (0.4 mm/10step) 4

05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Setting method 4800 0 1st drawer Refer to 0~2 SYS 0: Manual 4
mode system of drawer size contents 1: Automatic (mm)
2: Automatic (inch)
<Default value>
NAD: 2
Others: 1
05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Setting method 4800 1 2nd drawer Refer to 0~2 SYS 0: Manual 4
2: Automatic (inch)
<Default value>
NAD: 2
Others: 1
05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Setting method 4800 2 3rd drawer Refer to 0~2 SYS 0: Manual 4
2: Automatic (inch)
<Default value>
NAD: 2
Others: 1
05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Setting method 4800 3 4th drawer Refer to 0~2 SYS 0: Manual 4
2: Automatic (inch)
<Default value>
NAD: 2
Others: 1
05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment Drawer/Batch 4808 0 Plain paper/Recycled 0 -20~20 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4
mode system position conversion paper/Thick paper amount increases by approx. 0.5 mm.
adjustment
05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment Bypass 4808 1 Plain paper/Recycled 0 -20~20 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4
mode system position feeding/Batch paper/Thick paper amount increases by approx. 0.5 mm.
adjustment conversion
05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment ADU/Batch 4808 2 Plain paper/Recycled 0 -20~20 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4
mode system position conversion paper/Thick paper amount increases by approx. 0.5 mm.
adjustment
05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment Drawer/Batch 4809 0 Thick paper 1 0 -20~20 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4
mode system position conversion amount increases by approx. 0.6 mm.
adjustment
05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment Bypass 4809 1 Thick paper 1 0 -20~20 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4
mode system position feeding/Batch amount increases by approx. 0.6 mm.
05 Adjustment Printer Feeding Alignment ADU/Batch 4809 2 Thick paper 1 0 -20~20 M When the value increases by "1", the aligning 4
adjustment
adjustment
adjustment
adjustment

adjustment
05 Adjustment Printer Finisher Alignment 4822 0 Front 0 -17~17 M 0.2 mm/step 4 Yes
mode position
adjustment
05 Adjustment Printer Finisher Alignment 4822 1 Rear 0 -17~17 M 0.2 mm/step 4 Yes
mode position
adjustment
05 Adjustment Printer Finisher Stapling position 4823 0 Rear – One place 0 -17~17 M 0.2 mm/step 4 Yes
mode adjustment
05 Adjustment Printer Finisher Stapling position 4823 1 Rear – One place (R-series 0 -17~17 M 0.2 mm/step 4 Yes
mode adjustment size)
05 Adjustment Printer Finisher Stapling position 4823 2 Front – One place 0 -17~17 M 0.2 mm/step 4 Yes
mode adjustment
05 Adjustment Printer Finisher Stapling position 4823 3 Front – One place (R-series 0 -17~17 M 0.2 mm/step 4 Yes
mode adjustment size)
05 Adjustment Printer Finisher Stapling position 4823 4 Center – 2 places 0 -17~17 M 0.2 mm/step 4 Yes
mode adjustment
05 Adjustment Printer Finisher 4825 Adjustment of hole punch 0 -17~12 M 0.2 mm/step 1 Yes
mode position
05 Adjustment Printer Image Amount of void 4831 Non-standard paper by 100 0~200 M Adjusts the amount of void at the trailing edge of 1 Yes
mode at the trailing bypass feeding non-standard paper by bypass feeding. When the
edge value is too small, stain may appear on the back
side of paper.
0.1 mm/step.
05 Adjustment Printer Aligning ADU Small-sized paper 4832 0 Plain/Recycled/Thick 0 0~50 M 0.6 mm/step 4
mode adjustment
05 Adjustment Printer Aligning ADU Small-sized paper 4832 1 Thick1/2/3/Special 0 0~50 M 0.6 mm/step 4
mode adjustment
05 Adjustment Printer 4833 Recovery from toner M Perform this code to recover from toner 6
mode empty/waste toner full empty/waste toner full.
05 Adjustment Finisher Alignment Hole punch 4838 0 Feeding direction 6 0~11 FIN Adjusts the hole punch position in the paper 4
mode position position feeding direction. When a positive value is set, it
adjustment shifts toward the feeding side. When a negative
value is set, it shifts toward the exit side.
0: Finisher not installed
1: -1.10 mm 2: -0.88 mm 3: -0.66 mm 4: -0.44
mm
5: -0.22 mm 6: 0.00 mm 7: +0.22 mm 8: +0.44
mm
9: +0.66 mm 10: +0.88 mm 11: +1.10 mm

05 Adjustment Finisher Alignment Horizontal 4838 1 A-series paper 6 0~11 FIN Adjusts the horizontal position of the paper. When 4
mode position position of the a positive value is set, the pitch of the alignment
adjustment paper plate becomes smaller. When a negative value is
set, the pitch of the alignment plate becomes
larger.
1: -2.10 mm 2: -1.68 mm 3: -1.26 mm 4: -0.84
mm
5: -0.42 mm 6: 0.00 mm 7: +0.42 mm 8: +0.84
mm
9: +1.26 mm 10: +1.68 mm 11: +2.10 mm
05 Adjustment Finisher Alignment Horizontal 4838 2 LT-series paper 6 0~11 FIN Adjusts the horizontal position of the paper. When 4
mode position position of the a positive value is set, the pitch of the alignment
adjustment paper plate becomes smaller. When a negative value is
set, the pitch of the alignment plate becomes
larger.
1: -2.10 mm 2: -1.68 mm 3: -1.26 mm 4: -0.84
mm
5: -0.42 mm 6: 0.00 mm 7: +0.42 mm 8: +0.84
mm
9: +1.26 mm 10: +1.68 mm 11: +2.10 mm
05 Adjustment Finisher Alignment Stapling position 4838 3 Stapling position 9 0~17 FIN Adjusts the stapling position. When a positive 4
mode position value is set, it shifts toward the rear side. When a
adjustment negative value is set, it shifts toward the front side.
1: -2.16 mm 2: -1.89 mm 3: -1.62 mm 4: -1.35
mm
5: -1.08 mm 6: -0.81 mm 7: -0.54 mm 8: -0.27
mm
9: ±0.00 mm 10: +0.27 mm 11: +0.54 mm 12:
+0.81 mm
13: +1.08 mm 14: +1.35 mm 15: +1.62 mm 16:
+1.89 mm
17: +2.16 mm
05 Adjustment Finisher Alignment Saddle stitch 4838 4 A3, LD 11 0~15 FIN Adjusts the saddle stitch stapling position in the 4
mode position stapling position paper feeding direction. When a positive value is
adjustment set, it shifts toward the trailing edge of the paper
(stacker hook side). When a negative value is set,
it shifts toward the leading edge of the paper.
1: -2.8 mm 2: -2.4 mm 3: -2.0 mm 4: -1.8 mm
5: -1.2 mm 6: -0.8 mm 7: -0.4 mm 8: 0.0 mm
9: +0.4 mm 10: +0.8 mm 11: +1.2 mm 12: +1.6
mm
13: +2.0 mm 14: +2.4 mm 15: +2.8 mm
05 Adjustment Finisher Alignment Saddle stitch 4838 5 Other than A3 and LD 11 0~15 FIN Adjusts the saddle stitch stapling position in the 4
mode position stapling position paper feeding direction. When a positive value is
1: -2.8 mm 2: -2.4 mm 3: -2.0 mm 4: -1.8 mm
5: -1.2 mm 6: -0.8 mm 7: -0.4 mm 8: 0.0 mm
9: +0.4 mm 10: +0.8 mm 11: +1.2 mm 12: +1.6
mm
13: +2.0 mm 14: +2.4 mm 15: +2.8 mm

05 Adjustment Finisher Alignment Saddle stitch 4838 6 A3, LD 8 0~15 FIN Adjusts the saddle stitch folding position in the 4
mode position folding position paper feeding direction. When a positive value is
1: -1.4 mm 2: -1.2 mm 3: -1.0 mm 4: -0.8 mm
5: -0.6 mm 6: -0.4 mm 7: -0.2 mm 8: 0.0 mm
9: +0.2 mm 10: +0.4 mm 11: +0.6 mm 12: +0.8
mm
13: +1.0 mm 14: +1.2 mm 15: +1.4 mm
05 Adjustment Finisher Alignment Saddle stitch 4838 7 Other than A3 and LD 8 0~15 FIN Adjusts the saddle stitch folding position in the 4
mode position folding position paper feeding direction. When a positive value is
1: -1.4 mm 2: -1.2 mm 3: -1.0 mm 4: -0.8 mm
5: -0.6 mm 6: -0.4 mm 7: -0.2 mm 8: 0.0 mm
9: +0.2 mm 10: +0.4 mm 11: +0.6 mm 12: +0.8
mm
13: +1.0 mm 14: +1.2 mm 15: +1.4 mm
05 Adjustment Finisher Ejection speed Stationary tray 4851 0 User Media Type 1 36 1~40 M When a larger value is set, the speed to eject 4
mode paper to the stationary tray increases.
05 Adjustment Finisher Ejection speed Movable tray 4852 0 User Media Type 1 8 1~16 M When a larger value is set, the speed to eject 4
mode paper to the movable tray increases.

05 Adjustment Finisher Ejection speed At sorting 4853 0 User Media Type 1 2 1~16 M When a larger value is set, the speed to eject 4
mode paper at sorting increases.
05 Adjustment Finisher Ejection speed At stapling 4854 0 User Media Type 1 1 1~15 M When a larger value is set, the speed to eject 4
mode paper at stapling increases.

05 Adjustment Finisher Stop position First page 4855 0 User Media Type 1 5 1~15 M When a larger value is set, the stop position shifts 4
mode toward the exit side. When a smaller value is set,
it shifts toward the feeding side.
05 Adjustment Finisher Stop position Second page 4856 0 User Media Type 1 3 1~12 M When a larger value is set, the stop position shifts 4

05 Adjustment Finisher Stop position Third page 4857 0 User Media Type 1 15 1~19 M When a larger value is set, the stop position shifts 4
05 Adjustment Finisher Transport First 4858 0 User Media Type 1 3 1~19 M When a larger value is set, the ejection position of 4
mode speed page/Second the paper on the finishing tray is shifted toward
page the exit side.
page the exit side.
page the exit side.

page the exit side.
page the exit side.
page the exit side.
page the exit side.
page the exit side.
page the exit side.
page the exit side.
05 Adjustment Finisher Transport Third page 4859 0 User Media Type 1 7 1~19 M When a larger value is set, the ejection position of 4
mode speed the paper on the finishing tray is shifted toward
the exit side.
the exit side.
the exit side.
the exit side.
the exit side.
the exit side.
the exit side.
the exit side.
the exit side.
the exit side.

05 Adjustment Finisher Transport Fourth page 4860 0 User Media Type 1 7 1~19 M When a larger value is set, the ejection position of 4
the exit side.
the exit side.
the exit side.
the exit side.
the exit side.
the exit side.
the exit side.
the exit side.
the exit side.
the exit side.
05 Adjustment Process Fuser 5990 Enforced performing of M Sets the amount of correction for the difference of 6
mode noncontact thermistor detected temperature caused by the gap between
correction the noncontact thermistor and heat roller. Perform
this code when the fuser unit or fuser unit related
parts are replaced. However, performing this code
is not necessary if the new or old detection control
is enabled.
05 Adjustment Image Reproduction Reproduction 7000 PPC 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases by "1", the reproduction 1
mode Processing ratio ratio adjustment ratio in the primary scanning direction increases
adjustment of primary by approx. 0.1%.
scanning
direction
05 Adjustment Image Reproduction Reproduction 7001 PRT/FAX 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases by "1", the reproduction 1
scanning
direction
05 Adjustment Image Reproduction Reproduction DF 7012 SCN (Front side) 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases by "1", the reproduction 1
scanning * Moire may occur depending on the setting value.
direction

05 Adjustment Image Background PPC/SCN (Black) 7025 DF 128 0~255 SYS The larger the adjustment value, the darker the 1 Yes
mode Processing offset background becomes. The smaller the adjustment
adjustment value, the lighter the background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PPC/SCN (Color) 7026 DF 128 0~255 SYS The larger the adjustment value, the darker the 1 Yes
mode Processing offset background becomes. The smaller the adjustment
adjustment value, the lighter the background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PPC 7056 Text/Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the sharper the image 1 Yes
mode Processing adjustment (Monochrome) becomes.
The smaller the value, the softer the image
becomes and the less moire appears.
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PPC 7057 Text 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the sharper the image 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PPC 7058 Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the sharper the image 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PPC 7061 Gray scale 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the sharper the image 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Background PPC Offset 7086 Text/Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 1
mode Processing adjustment (Monochrome) background becomes. The smaller the value, the lighter the
adjustment background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Smudged/faint PPC 7097 Text/Photo 2 0~4 SYS When a larger value is set, text and lines become 1 Yes
mode Processing text adjustment (Monochrome) thinner. When a smaller value is set, they become
thicker.
05 Adjustment Image Smudged/faint PPC 7098 Text 2 0~4 SYS When a larger value is set, text and lines become 1 Yes
thicker.
05 Adjustment Image Background PPC 7100 Text/Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 1 Yes
mode Processing adjustment (Monochrome) becomes. The smaller the value, the lighter the
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PPC 7101 Text 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 1 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PPC 7102 Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 1 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PPC 7105 Gray scale 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 1 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PPC 7106 Custom 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 1 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Density PPC Manual 7114 Text/Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1 Yes
mode Processing adjustment (Monochrome) adjustment/Center center value becomes.
value
05 Adjustment Image Density PPC Manual 7115 Text 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1 Yes
value

05 Adjustment Image Density PPC Manual 7116 Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1 Yes
value
05 Adjustment Image Density PPC Automatic density 7123 Text/Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image 1 Yes
mode Processing adjustment (Monochrome) adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Density PPC Automatic density 7124 Text 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Density PPC Automatic density 7125 Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Density PPC Manual 7134 Custom 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image of the 1 Yes
value
05 Adjustment Image Density PPC Automatic density 7137 Custom 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Density PPC Manual 7138 Gray scale 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1 Yes
value
05 Adjustment Image Density PPC Automatic density 7141 Gray scale 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image ADF noise PPC 7150 Custom 100 0~200 SYS When the value decreases, the effect of reducing 1
mode Processing reduction level (Monochrome) streaks (set with 08-7617) becomes larger. When
setting the value increases, the effect of reducing streaks
(set with 08-7617) becomes smaller.
When the value is too small, text might be blurry.
When "0" is set, this function is disabled.
05 Adjustment Image ADF noise PPC 7151 Text/Photo 100 0~200 SYS When the value decreases, the effect of reducing 1
05 Adjustment Image ADF noise PPC 7152 Text 100 0~200 SYS When the value decreases, the effect of reducing 1
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PPC Custom 7189 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image of the 4
mode Processing balance (Monochrome) area surrounding the target area becomes.
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PPC Custom 7189 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image of the 4
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PPC Custom 7189 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image of the 4
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PPC Text/Photo 7190 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image of the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PPC Text/Photo 7190 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image of the 4 Yes
adjustment

05 Adjustment Image Gamma PPC Text/Photo 7190 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image of the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PPC Text 7191 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image of the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PPC Text 7191 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image of the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PPC Text 7191 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image of the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PPC Photo 7192 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image of the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PPC Photo 7192 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image of the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PPC Photo 7192 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image of the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PPC Gray scale 7193 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image of the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PPC Gray scale 7193 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image of the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PPC Gray scale 7193 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image of the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Emission level PPC Text/Photo 7218 0 Emission level 0/4 0 0~255 SYS The smaller the value, the lower the emission 4 Yes
mode Processing setting (Monochrome) level becomes and the smaller the dots are
reproduced.
* Be sure to set the values for the sub codes as 0
< 1 < 2 < 3 < 4.
reproduced.
< 1 < 2 < 3 < 4.
reproduced.
< 1 < 2 < 3 < 4.
reproduced.
< 1 < 2 < 3 < 4.

reproduced.
< 1 < 2 < 3 < 4.
05 Adjustment Image Emission level PPC Text 7219 0 Emission level 0/4 0 0~255 SYS The smaller the value, the lower the emission 4 Yes
reproduced.
< 1 < 2 < 3 < 4.
reproduced.
< 1 < 2 < 3 < 4.
reproduced.
< 1 < 2 < 3 < 4.
reproduced.
< 1 < 2 < 3 < 4.
reproduced.
< 1 < 2 < 3 < 4.
05 Adjustment Image Range PPC Manual density 7237 Custom 1 0~1 SYS 0: Background peak - Fixed 1
mode Processing correction (Monochrome) adjustment 1: Background peak - Varied
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PPC 7249 Custom 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the sharper the image 1
05 Adjustment Image Smudged/faint PPC 7252 Custom 2 0~4 SYS When a larger value is set, text and lines become 1
thicker.
05 Adjustment Image Range PPC Manual density 7286 Text/Photo 0 0~1 SYS 0: Background peak - Fixed 1
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Range PPC Manual density 7287 Text 1 0~1 SYS 0: Background peak - Fixed 1
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Upper limit PRT 1200 dpi 7302 PS 176 0~255 SYS When a larger value is set, printing becomes 1 Yes
mode Processing value in toner (Monochrome) darker. When a smaller value is set, it becomes
saving mode lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Upper limit PRT 600 dpi 7307 0 PS 176 0~255 SYS When a larger value is set, printing becomes 4 Yes

05 Adjustment Image Upper limit PRT 600 dpi 7307 1 PCL 176 0~255 SYS When a larger value is set, printing becomes 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Upper limit PRT 600 dpi 7307 2 XPS 176 0~255 SYS When a larger value is set, printing becomes 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT PS/Smooth/1200 7309 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
mode Processing balance (Monochrome) dpi target area becomes higher.
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT PS/Smooth/1200 7309 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT PS/Smooth/1200 7309 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT PS/Detail/1200 dpi 7310 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
mode Processing balance (Monochrome) target area becomes higher.
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT PS/Detail/1200 dpi 7310 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT PS/Detail/1200 dpi 7310 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT PS/Smooth/600 7315 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT PS/Smooth/600 7315 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT PS/Smooth/600 7315 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT PS/Detail/600 dpi 7316 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT PS/Detail/600 dpi 7316 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT PS/Detail/600 dpi 7316 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT PCL/Smooth/600 7317 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT PCL/Smooth/600 7317 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT PCL/Smooth/600 7317 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
adjustment

05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT PCL/Detail/600 dpi 7318 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT PCL/Detail/600 dpi 7318 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT PCL/Detail/600 dpi 7318 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT XPS/Smooth/600 7319 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT XPS/Smooth/600 7319 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT XPS/Smooth/600 7319 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT XPS/Detail/600 7320 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT XPS/Detail/600 7320 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT XPS/Detail/600 7320 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Fine line PRT 7322 0 PS 1 0~1 SYS 0: Applied to all the contents for Image and 4 Yes
mode Processing enhancement (Monochrome) Graphic
switchover 1: Applied to all the contents, the small text for
Text and a thin line for Graphic
05 Adjustment Image Fine line PRT 7322 1 PCL 1 0~1 SYS 0: Applied to all the contents for Image and 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Fine line PRT 7322 2 XPS 1 0~1 SYS 0: Applied to all the contents for Image and 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Adjustment of PRT 600 dpi 7325 PS 2 0~9 SYS When a larger value is set, black text becomes 1
mode Processing smudged text (Monochrome) thinner. When a smaller value is set, it becomes
in black thicker.
05 Adjustment Image Adjustment of PRT 600 dpi 7326 PCL 2 0~9 SYS When a larger value is set, black text becomes 1
in black thicker.
05 Adjustment Image Adjustment of PRT 600 dpi 7327 XPS 2 0~9 SYS When a larger value is set, black text becomes 1
in black thicker.
05 Adjustment Image Fine line/text PRT 7340 PS 0 0~8 SYS When a larger value is set, fine lines and thin text 1 Yes
mode Processing density (Monochrome) become darker. When a smaller value is set, they
adjustment become lighter.

05 Adjustment Image Fine line/text PRT 7341 PCL 0 0~8 SYS When a larger value is set, fine lines and thin text 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Fine line/text PRT 7342 XPS 0 0~8 SYS When a larger value is set, fine lines and thin text 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Emission level PRT Toner save OFF 7350 0 Emission level 0/4 0 0~255 SYS The smaller the value, the lower the emission 4 Yes
reproduced.
< 1 < 2 < 3 < 4.
reproduced.
< 1 < 2 < 3 < 4.
reproduced.
< 1 < 2 < 3 < 4.
reproduced.
< 1 < 2 < 3 < 4.
reproduced.
< 1 < 2 < 3 < 4.
05 Adjustment Image Emission level PRT Box printing 7356 0 Emission level 0/4 0 0~255 SYS The smaller the value, the lower the emission 4
reproduced.
< 1 < 2 < 3 < 4.
reproduced.
< 1 < 2 < 3 < 4.
reproduced.
< 1 < 2 < 3 < 4.
reproduced.
< 1 < 2 < 3 < 4.

reproduced.
< 1 < 2 < 3 < 4.
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT PS/Auto 7357 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
mode Processing balance (Monochrome) (text)/1200 dpi target area becomes higher.
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT PS/Auto 7357 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT PS/Auto 7357 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
adjustment
mode Processing balance (Monochrome) (graphics)/1200 target area becomes higher.
adjustment dpi
adjustment dpi
adjustment dpi
mode Processing balance (Monochrome) (image)/1200 dpi target area becomes higher.
adjustment
adjustment
adjustment
adjustment
adjustment
adjustment
mode Processing balance (Monochrome) (graphics)/600 dpi target area becomes higher.
adjustment
adjustment
adjustment

adjustment
adjustment
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT PCL/Auto 7363 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT PCL/Auto 7363 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT PCL/Auto 7363 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
adjustment
adjustment
adjustment
adjustment
adjustment
adjustment
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT XPS/Auto 7366 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT XPS/Auto 7366 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma PRT XPS/Auto 7366 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
adjustment
adjustment
adjustment

adjustment
adjustment
adjustment
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Auto screen PRT 1200 dpi 7383 0 Text 1 0~1 SYS 0: Smooth 4
mode Processing settings 1: Detail
05 Adjustment Image Auto screen PRT 1200 dpi 7383 1 Graphics 0 0~1 SYS 0: Smooth 4
05 Adjustment Image Auto screen PRT 1200 dpi 7383 2 Image 0 0~1 SYS 0: Smooth 4
05 Adjustment Image PRT Text/gradation 600 dpi 7386 0 PS 0 0~1 SYS 0: Text reproduction priority 4
mode Processing switching 1: Gradation reproduction priority
05 Adjustment Image PRT Text/gradation 600 dpi 7386 1 PCL 0 0~1 SYS 0: Text reproduction priority 4
05 Adjustment Image PRT Text/gradation 600 dpi 7386 2 XPS 0 0~1 SYS 0: Text reproduction priority 4
05 Adjustment Image PRT Text/gradation 1200 dpi 7387 PS 0 0~1 SYS 0: Text reproduction priority 1
05 Adjustment Image ADF noise SCN (Black) 7400 Custom 100 0~200 SYS When the value decreases, the effect of reducing 1
mode Processing reduction level streaks (set with 08-8300) becomes larger. When
05 Adjustment Image ADF noise SCN (Black) 7401 Text/Photo 100 0~200 SYS When the value decreases, the effect of reducing 1
05 Adjustment Image ADF noise SCN (Black) 7402 Text 100 0~200 SYS When the value decreases, the effect of reducing 1
05 Adjustment Image ADF noise SCN (Black) 7403 Photo 100 0~200 SYS When the value decreases, the effect of reducing 1

05 Adjustment Image ADF noise SCN (Black) 7404 Gray scale 100 0~200 SYS When the value decreases, the effect of reducing 1
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness SCN 7430 Text/Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the sharper the image 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness SCN 7431 Text 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the sharper the image 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness SCN 7432 Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the sharper the image 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness SCN 7433 Gray scale 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the sharper the image 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Background SCN 7436 Text/Photo 128 0~255 SYS The smaller the value, the lighter the background 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Background SCN 7437 Text 128 0~255 SYS The smaller the value, the lighter the background 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Background SCN 7438 Photo 128 0~255 SYS The smaller the value, the lighter the background 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Background SCN 7439 Gray scale 128 0~255 SYS The smaller the value, the lighter the background 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Background SCN 7441 Custom 128 0~255 SYS The smaller the value, the lighter the background 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Density SCN Manual 7444 Text/Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1 Yes
value
05 Adjustment Image Density SCN Manual 7445 Text 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1 Yes
value
05 Adjustment Image Density SCN Manual 7446 Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1 Yes
value
05 Adjustment Image Density SCN Manual 7447 Gray scale 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1 Yes
value
05 Adjustment Image Density SCN Automatic density 7456 Text/Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1 Yes
mode Processing adjustment (Monochrome) adjustment center value becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Density SCN Automatic density 7457 Text 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Density SCN Automatic density 7458 Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Density SCN Automatic density 7459 Gray scale 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1 Yes

05 Adjustment Image Sharpness SCN 7470 Custom 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the sharper the image 1
05 Adjustment Image Density SCN Manual 7475 Custom 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1
value
05 Adjustment Image Density SCN Automatic density 7478 Custom 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1
05 Adjustment Image Gamma SCN Custom 7480 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image of the 4
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma SCN Custom 7480 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image of the 4
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma SCN Custom 7480 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image of the 4
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma SCN Text/Photo 7485 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image of the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma SCN Text/Photo 7485 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image of the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma SCN Text/Photo 7485 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image of the 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma SCN Photo 7487 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image of the 4
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma SCN Photo 7487 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image of the 4
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma SCN Photo 7487 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image of the 4
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma SCN Gray scale 7488 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image of the 4
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma SCN Gray scale 7488 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image of the 4
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Gamma SCN Gray scale 7488 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image of the 4
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Image NW scanning 7489 Amount of surrounding void 0 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the blank area around 1 Yes
mode Processing the scanned image becomes wider. (e.g.: In
network scanning with 600 dpi, if the setting value
is "1", the blank area increases by 1 dot.)
05 Adjustment Image Density FAX (Black) Manual 7533 Text/Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1
mode Processing adjustment adjustment/Center center value becomes.
value

05 Adjustment Image Density FAX (Black) Manual 7534 Text 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1
value
05 Adjustment Image Density FAX (Black) Manual 7535 Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1
value
05 Adjustment Image Density FAX (Black) Automatic density 7542 Text/Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image 1
mode Processing adjustment adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Density FAX (Black) Automatic density 7543 Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image 1
mode Processing adjustment adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Emission level FAX (Black) 7595 0 Emission level 0/4 0 0~255 SYS The smaller the value, the lower the emission 4
mode Processing setting level becomes and the smaller the dots are
reproduced.
< 1 < 2 < 3 < 4.
reproduced.
< 1 < 2 < 3 < 4.
reproduced.
< 1 < 2 < 3 < 4.
reproduced.
< 1 < 2 < 3 < 4.
reproduced.
< 1 < 2 < 3 < 4.
05 Adjustment Image Blank page 7618 PPC/SCN 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the more the original tends 1 Yes
mode Processing judgment to be judged as a blank page.
threshold
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image ACS judgment 7630 PPC/SCN 70 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the more the original tends 1 Yes
mode Processing threshold to be judged as black even in the auto color mode.
The smaller value, the more it tends to be judged
as color.
05 Adjustment Image Black area adj. PPC (Color) Selected 2colors 7641 0 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the larger the area 4 Yes
mode Processing in twin color recognized as black in the original becomes.
copy mode The smaller the value, the larger the area
recognized as colors other than black becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Black area adj. PPC (Color) Selected 2colors 7641 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the larger the area 4 Yes

05 Adjustment Image Black area adj. PPC (Color) Selected 2colors 7641 2 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the larger the area 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Black area adj. PPC (Color) Black and red 7642 0 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the larger the area 4 Yes
mode Processing in twin color recognized as red in the original becomes.
recognized as colors other than red becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Black area adj. PPC (Color) Black and red 7642 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the larger the area 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Black area adj. PPC (Color) Black and red 7642 2 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the larger the area 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color/Twin Magenta 7644 0 Y 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
mode Processing adjustment color color during mono color copying/twin color
copying. The larger the value, the darker the
density. The smaller the value, the lighter the
density.
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color/Twin Magenta 7644 1 M 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
density.
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color/Twin Magenta 7644 2 C 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
density.
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color/Twin Magenta 7644 3 K 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
density.
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color/Twin Yellow 7645 0 Y 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
density.
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color/Twin Yellow 7645 1 M 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
density.
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color/Twin Yellow 7645 2 C 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
density.

05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color/Twin Yellow 7645 3 K 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
density.
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color Yellow green 7646 0 Y 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
mode Processing adjustment color during mono color copying. The larger the
value, the darker the density. The smaller the
value, the lighter the density.
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color Yellow green 7646 1 M 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color Yellow green 7646 2 C 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color Yellow green 7646 3 K 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color/Twin Cyan 7647 0 Y 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
density.
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color/Twin Cyan 7647 1 M 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
density.
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color/Twin Cyan 7647 2 C 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
density.
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color/Twin Cyan 7647 3 K 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
density.
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color Pink 7648 0 Y 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color Pink 7648 1 M 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color Pink 7648 2 C 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes

05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color Pink 7648 3 K 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color/Twin Red 7649 0 Y 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
density.
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color/Twin Red 7649 1 M 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
density.
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color/Twin Red 7649 2 C 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
density.
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color/Twin Red 7649 3 K 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
density.
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color Orange 7650 0 Y 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color Orange 7650 1 M 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color Orange 7650 2 C 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color Orange 7650 3 K 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color/Twin Green 7651 0 Y 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
density.
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color/Twin Green 7651 1 M 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
density.
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color/Twin Green 7651 2 C 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
density.

05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color/Twin Green 7651 3 K 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
density.
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color/Twin Blue 7652 0 Y 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
density.
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color/Twin Blue 7652 1 M 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
density.
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color/Twin Blue 7652 2 C 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
density.
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color/Twin Blue 7652 3 K 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
density.
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color Purple 7653 0 Y 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color Purple 7653 1 M 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color Purple 7653 2 C 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Copy color Mono color Purple 7653 3 K 128 0~255 SYS Performs the density adjustment for the specified 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Background PPC (Color) 7656 Text/Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 1 Yes
mode Processing adjustment becomes. The smaller the value, the lighter the
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PPC (Color) 7657 Text 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 1 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PPC (Color) 7658 Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 1 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PPC (Color) 7659 Photo (developing paper) 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 1 Yes
background becomes.

05 Adjustment Image Background PPC (Color) 7660 Map 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 1 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PPC (Color) 7661 Custom 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 1 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PPC (Color) 7662 Red seal color 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 1
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Text/Photo 7665 0 Red 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the yellow 4
mode Processing adjustment of becomes. The smaller the value, the darker the
hue magenta becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Text/Photo 7665 1 Yellow 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the green 4
hue red becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Text/Photo 7665 2 Green 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the cyan 4
hue yellow becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Text/Photo 7665 3 Cyan 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the blue 4
hue green becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Text/Photo 7665 4 Blue 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the magenta 4
hue cyan becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Text/Photo 7665 5 Magenta 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the red becomes. 4
mode Processing adjustment of The smaller the value, the darker the blue
hue becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Text 7666 0 Red 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the yellow 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Text 7666 1 Yellow 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the green 4
hue red becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Text 7666 2 Green 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the cyan 4
hue yellow becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Text 7666 3 Cyan 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the blue 4
hue green becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Text 7666 4 Blue 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the magenta 4
hue cyan becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Text 7666 5 Magenta 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the red becomes. 4
hue becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Photo 7667 0 Red 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the yellow 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Photo 7667 1 Yellow 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the green 4
hue red becomes.

05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Photo 7667 2 Green 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the cyan 4
hue yellow becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Photo 7667 3 Cyan 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the blue 4
hue green becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Photo 7667 4 Blue 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the magenta 4
hue cyan becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Photo 7667 5 Magenta 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the red becomes. 4
hue becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Photo (developing 7668 0 Red 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the yellow 4
mode Processing adjustment of paper) becomes. The smaller the value, the darker the
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Photo (developing 7668 1 Yellow 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the green 4
hue red becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Photo (developing 7668 2 Green 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the cyan 4
hue yellow becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Photo (developing 7668 3 Cyan 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the blue 4
hue green becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Photo (developing 7668 4 Blue 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the magenta 4
hue cyan becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Photo (developing 7668 5 Magenta 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the red becomes. 4
mode Processing adjustment of paper) The smaller the value, the darker the blue
hue becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Map 7669 0 Red 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the yellow 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Map 7669 1 Yellow 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the green 4
hue red becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Map 7669 2 Green 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the cyan 4
hue yellow becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Map 7669 3 Cyan 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the blue 4
hue green becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Map 7669 4 Blue 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the magenta 4
hue cyan becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Map 7669 5 Magenta 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the red becomes. 4
hue becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Custom 7670 0 Red 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the yellow 4

05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Custom 7670 1 Yellow 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the green 4
hue red becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Custom 7670 2 Green 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the cyan 4
hue yellow becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Custom 7670 3 Cyan 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the blue 4
hue green becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Custom 7670 4 Blue 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the magenta 4
hue cyan becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Custom 7670 5 Magenta 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the red becomes. 4
hue becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Red seal color 7671 0 Red 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the yellow 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Red seal color 7671 1 Yellow 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the green 4
hue red becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Red seal color 7671 2 Green 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the cyan 4
hue yellow becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Red seal color 7671 3 Cyan 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the blue 4
hue green becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Red seal color 7671 4 Blue 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the magenta 4
hue cyan becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Red seal color 7671 5 Magenta 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the red becomes. 4
hue becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Text/Photo 7675 0 Red 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
mode Processing adjustment of and input the smaller value to decrease the
saturation saturation.
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Text/Photo 7675 1 Yellow 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Text/Photo 7675 2 Green 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Text/Photo 7675 3 Cyan 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Text/Photo 7675 4 Blue 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Text/Photo 7675 5 Magenta 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4

05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Text 7676 0 Red 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Text 7676 1 Yellow 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Text 7676 2 Green 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Text 7676 3 Cyan 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Text 7676 4 Blue 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Text 7676 5 Magenta 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Photo 7677 0 Red 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Photo 7677 1 Yellow 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Photo 7677 2 Green 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Photo 7677 3 Cyan 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Photo 7677 4 Blue 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Photo 7677 5 Magenta 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Photo (developing 7678 0 Red 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
mode Processing adjustment of paper) and input the smaller value to decrease the
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Photo (developing 7678 1 Yellow 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Photo (developing 7678 2 Green 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Photo (developing 7678 3 Cyan 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Photo (developing 7678 4 Blue 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4

05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Photo (developing 7678 5 Magenta 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Map 7679 0 Red 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Map 7679 1 Yellow 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Map 7679 2 Green 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Map 7679 3 Cyan 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Map 7679 4 Blue 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Map 7679 5 Magenta 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Custom 7680 0 Red 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Custom 7680 1 Yellow 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Custom 7680 2 Green 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Custom 7680 3 Cyan 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Custom 7680 4 Blue 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Custom 7680 5 Magenta 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Red seal color 7681 0 Red 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Red seal color 7681 1 Yellow 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Red seal color 7681 2 Green 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Red seal color 7681 3 Cyan 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4

05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Red seal color 7681 4 Blue 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Fine PPC (Color) Red seal color 7681 5 Magenta 128 0~255 SYS Input the larger value to increase the saturation, 4
05 Adjustment Image Color PPC (Color) 7690 Custom 0 0~4 SYS 0: Same as Text/Photo, printed image, text, map 1
mode Processing reproduction mode
selection 1: Same as Photo mode
2: Same as Red seal color mode
3: The gray level becomes a more bluish one than
the one specified in the setting value "0".
4: The highlight reproduction becomes more
emphasized than the one specified in the setting
value"0".
05 Adjustment Image ADF noise PPC (Color) Custom 7693 Enable/Disable setting 1 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode Processing reduction 1: Enabled
This code is enabled only when the value of 08-
7614 is "1"(Text/Photo).
05 Adjustment Image ADF noise PPC (Color) Text/Photo 7694 Enable/Disable setting 1 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode Processing reduction 1: Enabled
05 Adjustment Image Background PPC (Color) Mono color 7707 Text/Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 1 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PPC (Color) Mono color 7708 Text 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 1 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PPC (Color) Mono color 7709 Printed image 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 1 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PPC (Color) Twin color copy 7710 Text/Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 1 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PPC (Color) Twin color copy 7711 Text 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 1 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PPC (Color) Twin color copy 7712 Printed image 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 1 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Density PPC (Color) Manual 7713 Text/Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image 1 Yes
mode Processing adjustment adjustment/Center becomes.
value
05 Adjustment Image Density PPC (Color) Manual 7714 Text 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image 1 Yes
value
05 Adjustment Image Density PPC (Color) Manual 7715 Printed image 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image 1 Yes
value
05 Adjustment Image Density PPC (Color) Manual 7716 Photo (developing paper) 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image 1 Yes
value

05 Adjustment Image Density PPC (Color) Manual 7717 Map 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image 1 Yes
value
05 Adjustment Image Density PPC (Color) Manual 7718 Custom 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image 1 Yes
value
05 Adjustment Image Density PPC (Color) Manual 7719 Red seal color 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image 1
value
05 Adjustment Image Density PPC (Color) Automatic density 7720 Text/Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1 Yes
mode Processing adjustment adjustment center value becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Density PPC (Color) Automatic density 7721 Text 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Density PPC (Color) Automatic density 7722 Printed image 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Density PPC (Color) Automatic density 7723 Photo (developing paper) 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Density PPC (Color) Automatic density 7724 Map 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Density PPC (Color) Automatic density 7725 Custom 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Density PPC (Color) Automatic density 7726 Red seal color 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1
05 Adjustment Image Density Mono color Manual 7727 Text/Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image 1 Yes
value
05 Adjustment Image Density Mono color Manual 7728 Text 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image 1 Yes
value
05 Adjustment Image Density Mono color Manual 7729 Printed image 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image 1 Yes
value
05 Adjustment Image Density Mono color Automatic density 7730 Text/Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Density Mono color Automatic density 7731 Text 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Density Mono color Automatic density 7732 Printed image 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Density Twin color copy Manual 7733 Text/Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image 1 Yes
value
05 Adjustment Image Density Twin color copy Manual 7734 Text 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image 1 Yes
value
05 Adjustment Image Density Twin color copy Manual 7735 Printed image 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image 1 Yes
value
05 Adjustment Image Density Twin color copy Automatic density 7736 Text/Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1 Yes

05 Adjustment Image Density Twin color copy Automatic density 7737 Text 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Density Twin color copy Automatic density 7738 Printed image 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PPC (Color) Full color 7794 Red seal color 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the sharper the image 1
mode Processing adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PPC (Color) Full color 7795 Custom 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the sharper the image 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PPC (Color) Full color 7796 Text/Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the sharper the image 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PPC (Color) Full color 7797 Text 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the sharper the image 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PPC (Color) Full color 7798 Printed image 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the sharper the image 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PPC (Color) Full color 7799 Photo (developing paper) 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the sharper the image 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PPC (Color) Full color 7800 Map 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the sharper the image 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PPC (Color) Mono color 7801 Text/Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the sharper the image 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PPC (Color) Mono color 7802 Text 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the sharper the image 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PPC (Color) Mono color 7803 Printed image 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the sharper the image 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PPC (Color) Twin color 7804 Text/Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the sharper the image 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PPC (Color) Twin color 7805 Text 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the sharper the image 1 Yes

05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PPC (Color) Twin color 7806 Printed image 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the sharper the image 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Black header PPC (Color) 7811 Text/Photo 0 0~8 SYS The larger the value, the darker the header 1 Yes
mode Processing density level becomes.
adjustment The smaller the value, the lighter the header
becomes
05 Adjustment Image Black header PPC (Color) 7812 Text 0 0~8 SYS The larger the value, the darker the header 1 Yes
becomes
05 Adjustment Image Black header PPC (Color) 7816 Custom 0 0~8 SYS The larger the value, the darker the header 1 Yes
becomes
05 Adjustment Image Black header PPC (Color) 7817 Red seal color 0 0~8 SYS The larger the value, the darker the header 1
becomes
05 Adjustment Image Text/Photo PPC (Color) 7840 Text/Photo 0 0~9 SYS 1 to 4: Photo-oriented 1 Yes
mode Processing reproduction 0, 5: Default
level 6 to 9: Text-oriented
adjustment * Text is blurred if the value is to small. Noise
increases in the photo area if the value is to large.
05 Adjustment Image Text/Photo PPC (Color) 7841 Custom 0 0~9 SYS 1 to 4: Photo-oriented 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Text/Photo PPC (Color) 7842 Red seal color 0 0~9 SYS 1 to 4: Photo-oriented 1
05 Adjustment Image Reproducibility PPC Color 7843 0 Text/Photo 0 0~1 SYS 0: Black text priority 4
mode Processing of the black 1: Color text priority
text and the * When "1" is set, changing to blue text to black
color text can be prevented, but black fine lines tend to be
cut.
05 Adjustment Image Reproducibility PPC Color 7843 1 Text 0 0~1 SYS 0: Black text priority 4
cut.
05 Adjustment Image Reproducibility PPC Color 7843 2 Map 0 0~1 SYS 0: Black text priority 4
cut.
05 Adjustment Image Reproducibility PPC Color 7843 3 Custom 0 0~1 SYS 0: Black text priority 4
cut.

05 Adjustment Image Reproducibility PPC Color 7843 4 Red seal color 0 0~1 SYS 0: Black text priority 4
cut.
05 Adjustment Image Marker color PPC (Color) 7850 0 Y 3 0~6 SYS The color of the one-touch adjustment "Marker" 4 Yes
mode Processing adjustment can be adjusted.
05 Adjustment Image Marker color PPC (Color) 7850 1 M 3 0~6 SYS The color of the one-touch adjustment "Marker" 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Marker color PPC (Color) 7850 2 C 3 0~6 SYS The color of the one-touch adjustment "Marker" 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Marker color PPC (Color) 7850 3 R 3 0~6 SYS The color of the one-touch adjustment "Marker" 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Marker color PPC (Color) 7850 4 G 3 0~6 SYS The color of the one-touch adjustment "Marker" 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Marker color PPC (Color) 7850 5 B 3 0~6 SYS The color of the one-touch adjustment "Marker" 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Automatic PPC (Color) Color/Monochrom 7869 All media types - When color deviation is found in gradation 7 Yes
mode Processing gamma e reproduction, the gradation reproduction of 4
adjustment colors can be corrected with the automatic
gamma adjustment.
The result of the correction above will be applied
to all media types.
05 Adjustment Image Automatic PPC (Color) Color/Monochrom 7871 0 Plain paper - When color deviation is found in gradation 7 Yes
gamma adjustment.
for each media type.
05 Adjustment Image Automatic PPC (Color) Color/Monochrom 7871 1 Thick paper - When color deviation is found in gradation 7 Yes
gamma adjustment.
05 Adjustment Image Automatic PPC (Color) Color/Monochrom 7871 2 Recycled paper - When color deviation is found in gradation 7 Yes
gamma adjustment.
05 Adjustment Image Automatic PPC (Color) Color/Monochrom 7871 3 Thick paper 1 - When color deviation is found in gradation 7 Yes
gamma adjustment.
05 Adjustment Image Automatic PPC (Color) Color/Monochrom 7871 4 Thick paper 2 - When color deviation is found in gradation 7 Yes
gamma adjustment.

05 Adjustment Image Automatic PPC (Color) Color/Monochrom 7871 7 Special paper 1 - When color deviation is found in gradation 7 Yes
gamma adjustment.
to all media types.
05 Adjustment Image Automatic PPC (Color) Color/Monochrom 7871 8 Special paper 2 - When color deviation is found in gradation 7 Yes
gamma adjustment.
05 Adjustment Image Maximum text PPC (Color) 7889 Y 5 0~10 SYS The larger the value, the darker the text becomes. 1
mode Processing density
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Maximum text PPC (Color) 7890 M 5 0~10 SYS The larger the value, the darker the text becomes. 1
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Maximum text PPC (Color) 7891 C 5 0~10 SYS The larger the value, the darker the text becomes. 1
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Maximum text PPC (Color) 7892 K 5 0~10 SYS The larger the value, the darker the text becomes. 1
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Maximum PPC (Color) 7901 Envelope 255 0~255 SYS The smaller the value, the less toner is adhered to 1
mode Processing toner density the high-density section of the image.
adjustment * Image offset may occur if the value is too large.
05 Adjustment Image Maximum PPC (Color) 7902 Plain paper 255 0~255 SYS The smaller the value, the less toner is adhered to 1
05 Adjustment Image Maximum PPC (Color) 7903 Thick 255 0~255 SYS The smaller the value, the less toner is adhered to 1
05 Adjustment Image Maximum PPC (Color) 7904 Recycled paper 255 0~255 SYS The smaller the value, the less toner is adhered to 1
05 Adjustment Image Maximum PPC (Color) 7905 Thick paper 1 255 0~255 SYS The smaller the value, the less toner is adhered to 1
05 Adjustment Image Maximum PPC (Color) 7906 Thick paper 2 255 0~255 SYS The smaller the value, the less toner is adhered to 1
05 Adjustment Image Maximum PPC (Color) 7909 Special paper 1 255 0~255 SYS The smaller the value, the less toner is adhered to 1
05 Adjustment Image Maximum PPC (Color) 7910 Special paper 2 255 0~255 SYS The smaller the value, the less toner is adhered to 1
05 Adjustment Image Maximum PPC (Color) 7911 OHP 240 0~255 SYS The smaller the value, the less toner is adhered to 1

05 Adjustment Image Maximum PPC (Color) 7912 0 User Media Type 1 255 0~255 SYS When a smaller value is set, printing density 4
mode Processing toner density becomes lighter. When "0" is set, printing is
adjustment performed with a much too light density, resulting
in invisible images.
* Image offset may occur if the value is too large.

05 Adjustment Image Toner density PPC (Color) 7913 0 Plain paper 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4
mode Processing threshold than three types of toner are overlaid. When a
adjustment smaller value is set, toner scattering at the edge
of dark color is less likely to occur but the color
may become lighter.
The larger the value is set, the higher the
maximum amount of toner adhering becomes.
The smaller the value is set, the lower the
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PPC (Color) 7913 1 Thick paper 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PPC (Color) 7913 2 Recycled paper 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PPC (Color) 7913 3 Thick paper 1 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PPC (Color) 7913 4 Thick paper 2 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PPC (Color) 7913 7 Special paper 1 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4
may become lighter.

05 Adjustment Image Toner density PPC (Color) 7913 8 Special paper 2 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PPC (Color) 7913 11 Envelope 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PPC (Color) 7913 12 OHP 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (Y) Text/Photo 7960 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
mode Processing adjustment darker as the value increases.
*Be sure that this adjustment is made after
performing "Automatic gamma adjustment".
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (Y) Text/Photo 7960 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (Y) Text/Photo 7960 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (Y) Text 7961 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (Y) Text 7961 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (Y) Text 7961 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (Y) Photo 7962 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes

05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (Y) Photo 7962 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (Y) Photo 7962 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (Y) Photo (developing 7963 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
mode Processing adjustment paper) darker as the value increases.
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (Y) Photo (developing 7963 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (Y) Photo (developing 7963 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (Y) Map 7964 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (Y) Map 7964 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (Y) Map 7964 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (M) Text/Photo 7965 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (M) Text/Photo 7965 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (M) Text/Photo 7965 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (M) Text 7966 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (M) Text 7966 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes

05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (M) Text 7966 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (M) Photo 7967 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (M) Photo 7967 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (M) Photo 7967 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (M) Photo (developing 7968 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (M) Photo (developing 7968 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (M) Photo (developing 7968 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (M) Map 7969 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (M) Map 7969 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (M) Map 7969 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (C) Text/Photo 7970 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (C) Text/Photo 7970 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (C) Text/Photo 7970 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes

05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (C) Text 7971 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (C) Text 7971 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (C) Text 7971 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (C) Photo 7972 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (C) Photo 7972 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (C) Photo 7972 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (C) Photo (developing 7973 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (C) Photo (developing 7973 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (C) Photo (developing 7973 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (C) Map 7974 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (C) Map 7974 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (C) Map 7974 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (K) Text/Photo 7975 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes

05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (K) Text/Photo 7975 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (K) Text/Photo 7975 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (K) Text 7976 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (K) Text 7976 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (K) Text 7976 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (K) Photo 7977 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (K) Photo 7977 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (K) Photo 7977 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (K) Photo (developing 7978 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (K) Photo (developing 7978 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (K) Photo (developing 7978 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (K) Map 7979 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (K) Map 7979 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes

05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (K) Map 7979 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (Y) Custom 7980 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (Y) Custom 7980 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (Y) Custom 7980 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (M) Custom 7981 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (M) Custom 7981 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (M) Custom 7981 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (C) Custom 7982 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (C) Custom 7982 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (C) Custom 7982 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (K) Custom 7983 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (K) Custom 7983 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (K) Custom 7983 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes

05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (Y) Red seal color 7984 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (Y) Red seal color 7984 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (Y) Red seal color 7984 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (M) Red seal color 7985 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (M) Red seal color 7985 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (M) Red seal color 7985 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (C) Red seal color 7986 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (C) Red seal color 7986 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (C) Red seal color 7986 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (K) Red seal color 7987 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (K) Red seal color 7987 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) (K) Red seal color 7987 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) Text/Photo 7988 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS When a larger value is set, fine lines and thin text 4
mode Processing adjustment become darker. When a smaller value is set, they
(Text) (Y) become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) Text/Photo 7988 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS When a larger value is set, fine lines and thin text 4

05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) Text/Photo 7988 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS When a larger value is set, fine lines and thin text 4
(Text) (M) become lighter.
(Text) (C) become lighter.
(Text) (K) become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) Custom 7992 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS When a larger value is set, fine lines and thin text 4
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) Custom 7992 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS When a larger value is set, fine lines and thin text 4
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PPC (Color) Custom 7992 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS When a larger value is set, fine lines and thin text 4

05 Adjustment Image Image 2 color printing 8002 Color reproduction switching 0 0~1 SYS 0: Gradation priority 1
mode Processing 1: Text reproduction priority
05 Adjustment Image Automatic PRT (Color) 600 dpi 8004 0 Plain paper - When color deviation is found in gradation 7 Yes
mode Processing gamma reproduction, the gradation reproduction of 4
gamma adjustment.
05 Adjustment Image Automatic PRT (Color) 600 dpi 8004 1 Plain paper 2 - When color deviation is found in gradation 7 Yes
gamma adjustment.
05 Adjustment Image Automatic PRT (Color) 600 dpi 8004 2 Recycled paper - When color deviation is found in gradation 7 Yes
gamma adjustment.
05 Adjustment Image Automatic PRT (Color) 600 dpi 8004 3 Thick paper 1 - When color deviation is found in gradation 7 Yes
gamma adjustment.
gamma adjustment.
05 Adjustment Image Automatic PRT (Color) 600 dpi 8004 7 Special paper 1 - When color deviation is found in gradation 7 Yes
gamma adjustment.

gamma adjustment.
05 Adjustment Image Automatic PRT (Color) 1200 dpi 8005 0 Plain paper - When color deviation is found in gradation 7 Yes
gamma adjustment.
05 Adjustment Image Automatic PRT (Color) 1200 dpi 8005 1 Thick paper - When color deviation is found in gradation 7 Yes
gamma adjustment.
05 Adjustment Image Automatic PRT (Color) 1200 dpi 8005 2 Recycled paper - When color deviation is found in gradation 7 Yes
gamma adjustment.
gamma adjustment.
gamma adjustment.
gamma adjustment.
gamma adjustment.
05 Adjustment Image Automatic PRT (Color) 600 dpi 8008 All media types - When color deviation is found in gradation 7 Yes
gamma adjustment.
to all media types.

05 Adjustment Image Automatic PRT (Color) 1200 dpi 8009 All media types - When color deviation is found in gradation 7 Yes
gamma adjustment.
to all media types.
05 Adjustment Image Background PRT (Color) Smooth/600 dpi 8010 0 PS 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 4 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PRT (Color) Smooth/600 dpi 8010 1 PCL 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 4 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PRT (Color) Smooth/600 dpi 8010 2 XPS 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 4 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PRT (Twin color) Smooth/600 dpi 8011 0 PS 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 4 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PRT (Twin color) Smooth/600 dpi 8011 1 PCL 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 4 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PRT (Twin color) Smooth/600 dpi 8011 2 XPS 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 4 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PRT Smooth/600 dpi 8012 0 PS 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 4 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PRT Smooth/600 dpi 8012 1 PCL 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 4 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PRT Smooth/600 dpi 8012 2 XPS 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 4 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PRT (Color) 600 dpi/Detail 8013 0 PS 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 4 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PRT (Color) 600 dpi/Detail 8013 1 PCL 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 4 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PRT (Color) 600 dpi/Detail 8013 2 XPS 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 4 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PRT (Twin color) 600 dpi/Detail 8014 0 PS 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 4 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PRT (Twin color) 600 dpi/Detail 8014 1 PCL 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 4 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PRT (Twin color) 600 dpi/Detail 8014 2 XPS 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 4 Yes
background becomes.

05 Adjustment Image Background PRT 600 dpi/Detail 8015 0 PS 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 4 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PRT 600 dpi/Detail 8015 1 PCL 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 4 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PRT 600 dpi/Detail 8015 2 XPS 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 4 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PRT (Color) PS/1200 dpi 8016 Smooth 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 1 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PRT (Color) PS/1200 dpi 8017 Detail 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 1 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PRT PS/1200 dpi 8018 Smooth 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 1 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background PRT PS/1200 dpi 8019 Detail 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 1 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Black 8023 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
mode Processing adjustment color becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Black 8023 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Black 8023 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Cyan-Y 8024 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Cyan-Y 8024 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Cyan-Y 8024 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Cyan-M 8025 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Cyan-M 8025 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Cyan-M 8025 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Cyan-C 8026 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Cyan-C 8026 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Cyan-C 8026 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Magenta-Y 8027 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Magenta-Y 8027 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes

05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Magenta-Y 8027 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Magenta-M 8028 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Magenta-M 8028 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Magenta-M 8028 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Magenta-C 8029 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Magenta-C 8029 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Magenta-C 8029 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Yellow-Y 8030 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Yellow-Y 8030 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Yellow-Y 8030 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Yellow-M 8031 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Yellow-M 8031 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Yellow-M 8031 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Yellow-C 8032 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Yellow-C 8032 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Yellow-C 8032 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Red-Y 8033 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Red-Y 8033 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Red-Y 8033 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Red-M 8034 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Red-M 8034 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Red-M 8034 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Red-C 8035 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Red-C 8035 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes

05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Red-C 8035 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Green-Y 8036 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Green-Y 8036 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Green-Y 8036 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Green-M 8037 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Green-M 8037 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Green-M 8037 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Green-C 8038 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Green-C 8038 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Green-C 8038 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Blue-Y 8039 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Blue-Y 8039 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Blue-Y 8039 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Blue-M 8040 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Blue-M 8040 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Blue-M 8040 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Blue-C 8041 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Blue-C 8041 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Twin color) Blue-C 8041 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (Y) XPS/Smooth/600 8042 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
mode Processing adjustment dpi color becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (Y) XPS/Smooth/600 8042 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (Y) XPS/Smooth/600 8042 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (M) XPS/Smooth/600 8043 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (M) XPS/Smooth/600 8043 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes

05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (M) XPS/Smooth/600 8043 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (C) XPS/Smooth/600 8044 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (C) XPS/Smooth/600 8044 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (C) XPS/Smooth/600 8044 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (K) XPS/Smooth/600 8045 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (K) XPS/Smooth/600 8045 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (K) XPS/Smooth/600 8045 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (Y) XPS/Detail/600 8046 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (Y) XPS/Detail/600 8046 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (Y) XPS/Detail/600 8046 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (M) XPS/Detail/600 8047 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (M) XPS/Detail/600 8047 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (M) XPS/Detail/600 8047 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (C) XPS/Detail/600 8048 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (C) XPS/Detail/600 8048 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (C) XPS/Detail/600 8048 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (K) XPS/Detail/600 8049 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (K) XPS/Detail/600 8049 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (K) XPS/Detail/600 8049 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (Y) PS/Smooth/600 8050 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (Y) PS/Smooth/600 8050 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (Y) PS/Smooth/600 8050 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (M) PS/Smooth/600 8051 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (M) PS/Smooth/600 8051 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes

05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (M) PS/Smooth/600 8051 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (C) PS/Smooth/600 8052 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (C) PS/Smooth/600 8052 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (C) PS/Smooth/600 8052 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (K) PS/Smooth/600 8053 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (K) PS/Smooth/600 8053 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (K) PS/Smooth/600 8053 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (Y) PS/Detail/600 dpi 8054 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (Y) PS/Detail/600 dpi 8054 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (Y) PS/Detail/600 dpi 8054 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (M) PS/Detail/600 dpi 8055 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (M) PS/Detail/600 dpi 8055 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (M) PS/Detail/600 dpi 8055 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (C) PS/Detail/600 dpi 8056 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (C) PS/Detail/600 dpi 8056 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (C) PS/Detail/600 dpi 8056 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (K) PS/Detail/600 dpi 8057 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (K) PS/Detail/600 dpi 8057 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (K) PS/Detail/600 dpi 8057 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (Y) PCL/Smooth/600 8058 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (Y) PCL/Smooth/600 8058 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (Y) PCL/Smooth/600 8058 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (M) PCL/Smooth/600 8059 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (M) PCL/Smooth/600 8059 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes

05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (M) PCL/Smooth/600 8059 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (C) PCL/Smooth/600 8060 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (C) PCL/Smooth/600 8060 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (C) PCL/Smooth/600 8060 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (K) PCL/Smooth/600 8061 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (K) PCL/Smooth/600 8061 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (K) PCL/Smooth/600 8061 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (Y) PCL/Detail/600 dpi 8062 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (Y) PCL/Detail/600 dpi 8062 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (Y) PCL/Detail/600 dpi 8062 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (M) PCL/Detail/600 dpi 8063 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (M) PCL/Detail/600 dpi 8063 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (M) PCL/Detail/600 dpi 8063 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (C) PCL/Detail/600 dpi 8064 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (C) PCL/Detail/600 dpi 8064 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (C) PCL/Detail/600 dpi 8064 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (K) PCL/Detail/600 dpi 8065 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (K) PCL/Detail/600 dpi 8065 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (K) PCL/Detail/600 dpi 8065 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker only the target 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance NW PRT (Color) 8066 Switchover of adjustment 1 0~1 SYS Switches the image processing method for the 1
mode Processing adjustment mode density of solid images at color balance
adjustment for network printing.
0: Adjusts color balance with the solid image
density fixed
1: Adjusts color balance with the solid image
density varied

05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Detail/600 dpi 8070 0 Plain paper 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4 Yes
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Detail/600 dpi 8070 1 Thick paper 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4 Yes
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Detail/600 dpi 8070 2 Recycled paper 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4 Yes
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Detail/600 dpi 8070 3 Thick paper 1 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4 Yes
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Detail/600 dpi 8070 4 Thick paper 2 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4 Yes
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Detail/600 dpi 8070 7 Special paper 1 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4 Yes
may become lighter.

05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Detail/600 dpi 8070 8 Special paper 2 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4 Yes
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Detail/600 dpi 8070 11 Envelope 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4 Yes
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Detail/600 dpi 8070 12 OHP 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4 Yes
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Smooth/600 dpi 8071 0 Plain paper 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4 Yes
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Smooth/600 dpi 8071 1 Thick paper 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4 Yes
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Smooth/600 dpi 8071 2 Recycled paper 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4 Yes
may become lighter.

05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Smooth/600 dpi 8071 3 Thick paper 1 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4 Yes
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Smooth/600 dpi 8071 4 Thick paper 2 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4 Yes
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Smooth/600 dpi 8071 7 Special paper 1 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4 Yes
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Smooth/600 dpi 8071 8 Special paper 2 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4 Yes
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Smooth/600 dpi 8071 11 Envelope 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4 Yes
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Smooth/600 dpi 8071 12 OHP 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4 Yes
may become lighter.

05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Detail/1200 dpi 8089 0 Plain paper 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Detail/1200 dpi 8089 1 Thick paper 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Detail/1200 dpi 8089 2 Recycled paper 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Detail/1200 dpi 8089 3 Thick paper 1 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Detail/1200 dpi 8089 4 Thick paper 2 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Detail/1200 dpi 8089 7 Special paper 1 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4
may become lighter.

05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Detail/1200 dpi 8089 8 Special paper 2 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Detail/1200 dpi 8089 11 Envelope 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Detail/1200 dpi 8089 12 OHP 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Smooth/1200 dpi 8090 0 Plain paper 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Smooth/1200 dpi 8090 1 Thick paper 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Smooth/1200 dpi 8090 2 Recycled paper 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4
may become lighter.

05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Smooth/1200 dpi 8090 3 Thick paper 1 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Smooth/1200 dpi 8090 4 Thick paper 2 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Smooth/1200 dpi 8090 7 Special paper 1 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Smooth/1200 dpi 8090 8 Special paper 2 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Smooth/1200 dpi 8090 11 Envelope 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Toner density PRT (Color) Smooth/1200 dpi 8090 12 OHP 128 0~255 SYS Adjusts the amount of toner adhering when more 4
may become lighter.
05 Adjustment Image Fine line PRT (Twin color) 8101 0 PS 1 0~1 SYS 0: Applied to all the contents for Image and 4 Yes
mode Processing enhancement Graphic

05 Adjustment Image Fine line PRT (Twin color) 8101 1 PCL 1 0~1 SYS 0: Applied to all the contents for Image and 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Fine line PRT (Twin color) 8101 2 XPS 1 0~1 SYS 0: Applied to all the contents for Image and 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Fine line PRT (Color) 8102 0 PS 1 0~1 SYS 0: Applied to all the contents for Image and 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Fine line PRT (Color) 8102 1 PCL 1 0~1 SYS 0: Applied to all the contents for Image and 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Fine line PRT (Color) 8102 2 XPS 1 0~1 SYS 0: Applied to all the contents for Image and 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PRT (Color) Twin color 8108 0 Text 128 0~255 SYS 0: Sharpness OFF 4 Yes
mode Processing adjustment The larger the value, the sharper the image
becomes.
becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PRT (Color) Twin color 8108 1 Graphics 0 0~255 SYS 0: Sharpness OFF 4 Yes
becomes.
becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PRT (Color) Twin color 8108 2 Photo 128 0~255 SYS 0: Sharpness OFF 4 Yes
becomes.
becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PRT (Color) Red seal color 8109 0 Text 128 0~255 SYS 0: Sharpness OFF 4
becomes.
becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PRT (Color) Red seal color 8109 1 Graphics 128 0~255 SYS 0: Sharpness OFF 4
becomes.
becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PRT (Color) Red seal color 8109 2 Photo 128 0~255 SYS 0: Sharpness OFF 4
becomes.
becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PRT (Color) General 8110 0 Text 128 0~255 SYS 0: Sharpness OFF 4 Yes
becomes.
becomes.

05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PRT (Color) General 8110 1 Graphics 128 0~255 SYS 0: Sharpness OFF 4 Yes
becomes.
becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PRT (Color) General 8110 2 Photo 128 0~255 SYS 0: Sharpness OFF 4 Yes
becomes.
becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PRT (Color) Photo 8111 0 Text 128 0~255 SYS 0: Sharpness OFF 4 Yes
becomes.
becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PRT (Color) Photo 8111 1 Graphics 0 0~255 SYS 0: Sharpness OFF 4 Yes
becomes.
becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PRT (Color) Photo 8111 2 Photo 128 0~255 SYS 0: Sharpness OFF 4 Yes
becomes.
becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PRT (Color) Presentation 8112 0 Text 128 0~255 SYS 0: Sharpness OFF 4 Yes
becomes.
becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PRT (Color) Presentation 8112 1 Graphics 0 0~255 SYS 0: Sharpness OFF 4 Yes
becomes.
becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PRT (Color) Presentation 8112 2 Photo 128 0~255 SYS 0: Sharpness OFF 4 Yes
becomes.
becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PRT (Color) Line art 8113 0 Text 128 0~255 SYS 0: Sharpness OFF 4 Yes
becomes.
becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PRT (Color) Line art 8113 1 Graphics 128 0~255 SYS 0: Sharpness OFF 4 Yes
becomes.
becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PRT (Color) Line art 8113 2 Photo 128 0~255 SYS 0: Sharpness OFF 4 Yes
becomes.
becomes.

05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PRT White void 8114 0 Text 0 0~1 SYS While sharpness adjustment is enabled, set “1” 4
mode Processing adjustment reduction setting (Enabled) to suppress white voids which will occur
on object boundaries.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PRT White void 8114 1 Graphics 0 0~1 SYS While sharpness adjustment is enabled, set “1” 4
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PRT White void 8114 2 Image 0 0~1 SYS While sharpness adjustment is enabled, set “1” 4
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PRT e-BRIDGE/PS 8118 0 Text 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the sharper the image 4 Yes
mode Processing adjustment (Monochrome) becomes. The smaller the value, the softer the
image becomes.
If the value of 05-7322 is "0", the adjustment is
applied to text, and if the value is "1", the
adjustment is applied to text and others.
0: No adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PRT e-BRIDGE/PS 8118 1 Graphics 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the sharper the image 4 Yes
mode Processing adjustment (Monochrome) becomes. The smaller the value, the softer the
image becomes.
If the value of 05-7322 is "0", the adjustment is
applied to graphics, and if the value is "1", the
adjustment is applied to thin text.
0: No adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness PRT e-BRIDGE/PS 8118 2 Photo 128 0~255 SYS 0: Sharpness OFF 4 Yes
mode Processing adjustment (Monochrome) The larger the value, the sharper the image
becomes.
becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Adjustment of PRT (Color) PS 8121 600dpi 2 0~9 SYS When a larger value is set, black text becomes 1
mode Processing smudged text thinner. When a smaller value is set, it becomes
in black thicker.
05 Adjustment Image Adjustment of PRT (Color) PCL 8122 600dpi 2 0~9 SYS When a larger value is set, black text becomes 1
in black thicker.
05 Adjustment Image Adjustment of PRT (Color) XPS 8123 600dpi 2 0~9 SYS When a larger value is set, black text becomes 1
in black thicker.
05 Adjustment Image Adjustment of PRT (Twin color) PS 8124 600dpi 2 0~9 SYS When a larger value is set, black text becomes 1
in black thicker.
05 Adjustment Image Adjustment of PRT (Twin color) PCL 8125 600dpi 2 0~9 SYS When a larger value is set, black text becomes 1
in black thicker.
05 Adjustment Image Adjustment of PRT (Twin color) XPS 8126 600dpi 2 0~9 SYS When a larger value is set, black text becomes 1
in black thicker.
05 Adjustment Image Fine line/text PRT (Color) PS 8130 0 All 0 0~8 SYS When a larger value is set, text becomes darker. 4 Yes
mode Processing density When a smaller value is set, it becomes lighter.
adjustment

05 Adjustment Image Fine line/text PRT (Color) PS 8130 1 Photo 0 0~8 SYS When a larger value is set, text becomes darker. 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Fine line/text PRT (Color) PS 8130 2 Presentation 0 0~8 SYS When a larger value is set, text becomes darker. 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Fine line/text PRT (Color) PS 8130 3 Line drawing 0 0~8 SYS When a larger value is set, text becomes darker. 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Fine line/text PRT (Color) PCL 8131 0 All 0 0~8 SYS When a larger value is set, text becomes darker. 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Fine line/text PRT (Color) PCL 8131 1 Photo 0 0~8 SYS When a larger value is set, text becomes darker. 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Fine line/text PRT (Color) PCL 8131 2 Presentation 0 0~8 SYS When a larger value is set, text becomes darker. 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Fine line/text PRT (Color) PCL 8131 3 Line drawing 0 0~8 SYS When a larger value is set, text becomes darker. 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Fine line/text PRT (Color) XPS 8132 0 All 0 0~8 SYS When a larger value is set, text becomes darker. 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Fine line/text PRT (Color) XPS 8132 1 Photo 0 0~8 SYS When a larger value is set, text becomes darker. 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Fine line/text PRT (Color) XPS 8132 2 Presentation 0 0~8 SYS When a larger value is set, text becomes darker. 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Fine line/text PRT (Color) XPS 8132 3 Line drawing 0 0~8 SYS When a larger value is set, text becomes darker. 4 Yes
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Fine line/text PRT (Twin color) 8133 PS 0 0~8 SYS When a larger value is set, text becomes darker. 1
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Fine line/text PRT (Twin color) 8134 PCL 0 0~8 SYS When a larger value is set, text becomes darker. 1
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Fine line/text PRT (Twin color) 8135 XPS 0 0~8 SYS When a larger value is set, text becomes darker. 1
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Maximum PRT (Color) 600 dpi 8144 0 User Media Type 1 255 0~255 SYS When a smaller value is set, printing density 4

05 Adjustment Image Maximum PRT (Color) 600 dpi 8145 OHP 200 0~255 SYS When a smaller value is set, printing density 1 Yes
in invisible images. When a larger value is set,
printing density becomes darker.

05 Adjustment Image Maximum PRT (Color) 1200 dpi 8149 OHP 200 0~255 SYS When a smaller value is set, printing density 1
in invisible images. When a larger value is set,
printing density becomes darker.
05 Adjustment Image Upper limit PRT (Color/Two- 600 dpi 8160 0 PS 176 0~255 SYS The smaller the value, the lighter the printed 4 Yes
mode Processing value in toner color) image becomes.
saving mode
05 Adjustment Image Upper limit PRT (Color/Two- 600 dpi 8160 1 PCL 176 0~255 SYS The smaller the value, the lighter the printed 4 Yes
saving mode
05 Adjustment Image Upper limit PRT (Color/Two- 600 dpi 8160 2 XPS 176 0~255 SYS The smaller the value, the lighter the printed 4 Yes
saving mode

05 Adjustment Image Upper limit PRT (Color) 1200 dpi 8161 PS 176 0~255 SYS The smaller the value, the lighter the printed 1 Yes
mode Processing value in toner image becomes.
saving mode
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (Y) PS/Auto 8164 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
mode Processing adjustment (text)/1200 dpi darker as the value increases.
* Be sure that this adjustment is made after
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (Y) PS/Auto 8164 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (Y) PS/Auto 8164 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (M) PS/Auto 8165 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (M) PS/Auto 8165 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (M) PS/Auto 8165 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (C) PS/Auto 8166 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (C) PS/Auto 8166 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (C) PS/Auto 8166 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (K) PS/Auto 8167 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (K) PS/Auto 8167 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) (K) PS/Auto 8167 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS The target color, mode and density area become 4 Yes

mode Processing adjustment (graphics)/1200 darker as the value increases.
dpi * Be sure that this adjustment is made after
mode Processing adjustment (image)/1200 dpi darker as the value increases.

05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) PCL/Text 8210 0 General 8 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
mode Processing Black/Gray to be replaced with black becomes.
threshold The smaller the value, the narrower the range
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) PCL/Text 8210 1 Photo 8 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.

05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) PCL/Text 8210 2 Presentation 8 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) PCL/Text 8210 3 Line art 8 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) PCL/Graphic 8211 0 General 1 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) PCL/Graphic 8211 1 Photo 1 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) PCL/Graphic 8211 2 Presentation 1 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) PCL/Graphic 8211 3 Line art 8 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) PCL/Image 8212 0 General 1 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) PCL/Image 8212 1 Photo 1 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) PCL/Image 8212 2 Presentation 1 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) PCL/Image 8212 3 Line art 8 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) Twin color 8213 Text 8 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 1 Yes
mode Processing Black/Gray print/General to be replaced with black becomes.
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) Twin color 8214 Graphics 1 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 1 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) Twin color 8215 Image 1 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 1 Yes
adjustment becomes.

05 Adjustment Image Black selection PRT (Color) Twin color print 8218 Photo 0 0~1 SYS Sets whether the image on an original is printed in 1 Yes
mode Processing the color or the black mode.
0: OFF (printed in color)
1: ON (printed in black)
05 Adjustment Image Stroke PS/PDF 600 dpi 8239 0 Default setting 1 0~3 SYS This code is used to change the width of fine lines 4
mode Processing adjustment automatic stroke in PS and PDF printing. Automatic stroke
adjustment adjustment is the function that prevents the width
from changing according to the position.
This code sets whether automatic stroke
adjustment is enabled or disabled if it is not
included in the print data. If this setting is
disabled, there will be an increase in cases in
which the width of fine lines becomes thicker by 1
dot when they are printed.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
2: Forcibly disabled (Ignores command in printing
data)
3: Forcibly enabled (Ignores command in printing
data)
05 Adjustment Image Stroke PS/PDF 600 dpi 8239 1 Minimum stroke width when 1 1~2 SYS This code is used to change the width of fine lines 4
mode Processing adjustment automatic stroke disabled in PS and PDF printing. Automatic stroke
This code sets the minimum width of fine lines
when the automatic stroke adjustment is disabled.
For example, if automatic stroke adjustment is
disabled and the width of fine lines is set to "0" in
the PS command, the width of the lines becomes
1 dot if the value of this code is set to "1"; equally,
if it is set to "2", the width of the lines becomes 2
dots.
1: 1 dot
2: 2 dots
05 Adjustment Image Stroke PS/PDF 1200 dpi 8239 2 Default setting 1 0~3 SYS This code is used to change the width of fine lines 4
mode Processing adjustment automatic stroke in PS and PDF printing. Automatic stroke
This code sets whether automatic stroke
adjustment is enabled or disabled if it is not
included in the print data. If this setting is
disabled, there will be an increase in cases in
which the width of fine lines becomes thicker by 1
dot when they are printed.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
2: Forcibly disabled (Ignores command in printing
data)
3: Forcibly enabled (Ignores command in printing
data)

05 Adjustment Image Stroke PS/PDF 1200 dpi 8239 3 Minimum stroke width when 1 1~2 SYS This code is used to change the width of fine lines 4
mode Processing adjustment automatic stroke disabled in PS and PDF printing. Automatic stroke
This code sets the minimum width of fine lines
when the automatic stroke adjustment is disabled.
For example, if automatic stroke adjustment is
disabled and the width of fine lines is set to "0" in
the PS command, the width of the lines becomes
1 dot if the value of this code is set to "1"; equally,
if it is set to "2", the width of the lines becomes 2
dots.
1: 1 dot
2: 2 dots
05 Adjustment Image Line width PRT (Color) 8240 600 dpi 2 1~9 SYS The larger the value, the darker the fine lines 1 Yes
mode Processing minimum value become.
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Line width PRT (Color) 8241 1200 dpi 2 1~9 SYS The larger the value, the darker the fine lines 1
mode Processing minimum value become.
adjustment
05 Adjustment Image Line density PRT (Color) 1200 dpi 8242 0 Gray (K) 3 0~5 SYS The larger the value, the darker the fine line 4
05 Adjustment Image Line density PRT (Color) 1200 dpi 8242 1 Color (CMYK) 1 0~5 SYS The larger the value, the darker the fine line 4
05 Adjustment Image Line density PRT (Color) 1200 dpi 8243 0 Gray (K) lower limit value 1 0~255 SYS Specifies the effective density range of 05-8242 4
mode Processing adjustment from 0 to 255.
05 Adjustment Image Line density PRT (Color) 1200 dpi 8243 1 Gray (K) upper limit value 200 0~255 SYS Specifies the effective density range of 05-8242 4
mode Processing adjustment from 0 to 255.
05 Adjustment Image Line density PRT (Color) 1200 dpi 8243 2 Color (CMYK) lower limit 1 0~255 SYS Specifies the effective density range of 05-8242 4
mode Processing adjustment value from 0 to 255.
05 Adjustment Image Line density PRT (Color) 1200 dpi 8243 3 Color (CMYK) upper limit 255 0~255 SYS Specifies the effective density range of 05-8242 4
mode Processing adjustment value from 0 to 255.
05 Adjustment Image Auto Trapping PRT (Color) PS/Text, 8244 0 Trapping width (dot) 2 1~3 SYS Sets the value of width for Auto Trapping. When 4
mode Processing setting PS/Graphic the value increases, the bigger gap is suppressed,
but the overlap part becomes more visible.
1: 1 dot
2: 2 dot
3: 3 dot
05 Adjustment Image Auto Trapping PRT (Color) PS/Text, 8244 1 Trapping density (%) 128 0~255 SYS Sets the value of the overlap density of the data 4
mode Processing setting PS/Graphic for Auto Trapping. Set this when the overlap
density of the data is adjusted to reduce image
deviation. When the value increases, the bigger
gap is suppressed, but the overlap part becomes
more visible.
When a smaller value is set, the density becomes
darker.
05 Adjustment Image Auto Trapping PRT (Color) 8245 In direct printing 0 0~1 SYS Sets whether or not to perform auto trapping in 1
mode Processing setting direct printing.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) XPS/Text 8249 0 General 8 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.

05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) XPS/Text 8249 1 Photo 8 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) XPS/Text 8249 2 Presentation 8 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) XPS/Text 8249 3 Line art 8 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) XPS/Text 8249 4 Advanced 8 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) XPS/Graphic 8250 0 General 1 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) XPS/Graphic 8250 1 Photo 1 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) XPS/Graphic 8250 2 Presentation 1 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) XPS/Graphic 8250 3 Line art 8 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) XPS/Graphic 8250 4 Advanced 1 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) XPS/Image 8251 0 General 1 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) XPS/Image 8251 1 Photo 1 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) XPS/Image 8251 2 Presentation 1 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) XPS/Image 8251 3 Line art 8 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.

05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) XPS/Image 8251 4 Advanced 1 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) PS/Text 8252 0 General 8 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) PS/Text 8252 1 Photo 8 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) PS/Text 8252 2 Presentation 8 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) PS/Text 8252 3 Line art 8 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) PS/Text 8252 4 Advanced 8 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) PS/Graphic 8253 0 General 1 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) PS/Graphic 8253 1 Photo 1 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) PS/Graphic 8253 2 Presentation 1 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) PS/Graphic 8253 3 Line art 8 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) PS/Graphic 8253 4 Advanced 1 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) PS/Image 8254 0 General 1 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) PS/Image 8254 1 Photo 1 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.

05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) PS/Image 8254 2 Presentation 1 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) PS/Image 8254 3 Line art 8 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Pure PRT (Color) PS/Image 8254 4 Advanced 1 1~255 SYS The larger the value, the wider the range of colors 4 Yes
adjustment becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) PS/Smooth/1200 8268 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
mode Processing adjustment dpi/Y target area becomes higher.
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) PS/Smooth/1200 8268 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) PS/Smooth/1200 8268 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
mode Processing adjustment dpi/M target area becomes higher.
mode Processing adjustment dpi/C target area becomes higher.
mode Processing adjustment dpi/K target area becomes higher.
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) PS/Detail/1200 8272 0 Low density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) PS/Detail/1200 8272 1 Medium density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Color balance PRT (Color) PS/Detail/1200 8272 2 High density 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the density in the 4 Yes

05 Adjustment Image JPEG NW SCN (Color) 8304 0 Low 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the quality gets better, 4
mode Processing compression and the file size gets larger.
level
05 Adjustment Image JPEG NW SCN (Color) 8304 1 Mid 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the quality gets better, 4
level
05 Adjustment Image JPEG NW SCN (Color) 8304 2 High 128 0~255 SYS When the value increases, the quality gets better, 4
level
05 Adjustment Image Background SCN (Color) 8309 Text/Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 1 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background SCN (Color) 8310 Text 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 1 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Background SCN (Color) 8311 Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 1 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine SCN (Color) 8314 Text/Photo 1 0~4 SYS The larger the value, the darker the black side of 1 Yes
mode Processing adjustment of the image becomes.
black density
05 Adjustment Image Fine SCN (Color) 8315 Text 0 0~4 SYS The larger the value, the darker the black side of 1 Yes
black density
05 Adjustment Image Fine SCN (Color) 8316 Photo 0 0~4 SYS The larger the value, the darker the black side of 1 Yes
black density
05 Adjustment Image RGB SCN (Color) 8319 Text/Photo 0 0~3 SYS Sets the color space format of the output image. 1 Yes
mode Processing conversion 0: sRGB
method 1: AppleRGB
selection 2: ROMMRGB
3: AdobeRGB
05 Adjustment Image RGB SCN (Color) 8320 Text 0 0~3 SYS Sets the color space format of the output image. 1 Yes
method 1: AppleRGB
3: AdobeRGB

05 Adjustment Image RGB SCN (Color) 8321 Photo 0 0~3 SYS Sets the color space format of the output image. 1 Yes
method 1: AppleRGB
3: AdobeRGB
05 Adjustment Image Saturation SCN (Color) 8324 Text/Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the brighter the image 1 Yes
The smaller the value, the duller the image
becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Saturation SCN (Color) 8325 Text 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the brighter the image 1 Yes
becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Saturation SCN (Color) 8326 Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the brighter the image 1 Yes
becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness SCN (Color) Full color 8335 Text 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the sharper the image 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness SCN (Color) Full color 8336 Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the sharper the image 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Density SCN (Color) Manual 8339 Text/Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1 Yes
value
05 Adjustment Image Density SCN (Color) Manual 8340 Text 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1 Yes
value
05 Adjustment Image Density SCN (Color) Manual 8341 Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image at the 1 Yes
value
05 Adjustment Image Sharpness SCN (Color) Full color 8354 Text/Photo 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the sharper the image 1 Yes
05 Adjustment Image Background SCN (Color) 8370 Custom 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the background 1 Yes
background becomes.
05 Adjustment Image Fine SCN (Color) 8371 Custom 0 0~4 SYS The larger the value, the darker the black side of 1
black density
05 Adjustment Image RGB SCN (Color) 8372 Custom 0 0~3 SYS Sets the color space format of the output image. 1
method 1: AppleRGB
3: AdobeRGB
05 Adjustment Image Saturation SCN (Color) 8373 Custom 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the brighter the image 1
becomes.

05 Adjustment Image Sharpness SCN (Color) Full color 8375 Custom 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the sharper the image 1
05 Adjustment Image Density SCN (Color) Manual 8380 Custom 128 0~255 SYS The larger the value, the darker the image 1
value
05 Adjustment Image ADF noise SCN (Color) 8412 Custom 100 0~200 SYS When the value decreases, the effect of reducing 1
05 Adjustment Image ADF noise SCN (Color) 8413 Text/Photo 100 0~200 SYS When the value decreases, the effect of reducing 1
05 Adjustment Image ADF noise SCN (Color) 8414 Text 100 0~200 SYS When the value decreases, the effect of reducing 1
05 Adjustment Image ADF noise SCN (Color) 8415 Photo 100 0~200 SYS When the value decreases, the effect of reducing 1
05 Adjustment Image Contrast SCN (Color) Fine adjustment 8419 Text/Photo 128 0~255 SYS When a larger value is set, the contrast becomes 1
mode Processing adjustment value of the higher. When a smaller value is set, it becomes
center curve lower.
05 Adjustment Image Contrast SCN (Color) Fine adjustment 8420 Text 128 0~255 SYS When a larger value is set, the contrast becomes 1
center curve lower.
05 Adjustment Image Contrast SCN (Color) Fine adjustment 8421 Photo 128 0~255 SYS When a larger value is set, the contrast becomes 1
center curve lower.
05 Adjustment Image Contrast SCN (Color) Fine adjustment 8422 Custom 128 0~255 SYS When a larger value is set, the contrast becomes 1
center curve lower.
05 Adjustment Image RGB color SCN (Color) (R) Fine adjustment 8425 0 Text/Photo 128 0~255 SYS When a larger value is set, red becomes darker. 4
mode Processing balance value of the When a smaller value is set, it becomes lighter.
adjustment center curve
05 Adjustment Image RGB color SCN (Color) (G) Fine adjustment 8425 1 Text/Photo 128 0~255 SYS When a larger value is set, green becomes 4
mode Processing balance value of the darker. When a smaller value is set, it becomes
adjustment center curve lighter.
05 Adjustment Image RGB color SCN (Color) (B) Fine adjustment 8425 2 Text/Photo 128 0~255 SYS When a larger value is set, blue becomes darker. 4

05 Adjustment Image RGB color SCN (Color) (R) Fine adjustment 8426 0 Text 128 0~255 SYS When a larger value is set, red becomes darker. 4
05 Adjustment Image RGB color SCN (Color) (G) Fine adjustment 8426 1 Text 128 0~255 SYS When a larger value is set, green becomes 4
05 Adjustment Image RGB color SCN (Color) (B) Fine adjustment 8426 2 Text 128 0~255 SYS When a larger value is set, blue becomes darker. 4
05 Adjustment Image RGB color SCN (Color) (R) Fine adjustment 8427 0 Photo 128 0~255 SYS When a larger value is set, red becomes darker. 4
05 Adjustment Image RGB color SCN (Color) (G) Fine adjustment 8427 1 Photo 128 0~255 SYS When a larger value is set, green becomes 4
05 Adjustment Image RGB color SCN (Color) (B) Fine adjustment 8427 2 Photo 128 0~255 SYS When a larger value is set, blue becomes darker. 4
05 Adjustment Image RGB color SCN (Color) (R) Fine adjustment 8428 0 Custom 128 0~255 SYS When a larger value is set, red becomes darker. 4
05 Adjustment Image RGB color SCN (Color) (G) Fine adjustment 8428 1 Custom 128 0~255 SYS When a larger value is set, green becomes 4
05 Adjustment Image RGB color SCN (Color) (B) Fine adjustment 8428 2 Custom 128 0~255 SYS When a larger value is set, blue becomes darker. 4
05 Adjustment System Maintenance 9043 Equipment number (serial SYS If this code is performed, 08-9601 is performed. 7 1
mode number) display digits out of 9 digits can be entered except for
upper 2 digits (fixed digits).
05 Adjustment System Image 9104 Compression quality of 5 0~10 SYS 0-10 1
mode SLIM PDF background 0: High compression, low image quality
processing 10: Low compression, high image quality
05 Adjustment System Image 9107 Resolution of SLIM PDF 1 0~3 SYS 0: 75 dpi 1
mode background processing 1: 100 dpi
2: 150 dpi
3: 200 dpi
05 Adjustment FAX FAX 9850 Volume adjustment for 4 0~7 SYS When the value is entered for this code the ring 12
mode telephone/fax ringtone tone comes from the speaker at the set volume.
The set value is stored when the [OK] button is
pressed.
05 Adjustment System Maintenance 9960 Display of equipment Refer to 0~2 SYS Displays the equipment information in SRAM. 2
mode information (SRAM) contents 0: Not set
1: Destinations other than NAD
2: NAD
<Default value>
NAD: 2
Others: 1

08 Setting Process Fuser 2002 Fuser unit error status 0 0~71 M 0: No error 1: C411 error 2: C412 error 3: - 4: 1
mode counter C412 error 5: C445 error 6: C446 error 7: C447
error 8: - 9: C449 error 10: - 11: - 12: - 13: -
14: - 15: - 16: - 17: - 18: - 19: C449 error 20: -
21: - 22: C449 error 23: C449 error 24: C447
error 25: C449 error 26: - 27: C449 error 28: -
29: C449 error 30: - 31: - 32: - 33: - 34: - 35: -
36: - 37: - 38: C450 error 39: - 40: - 41: C451
error 42: - 43: - 44: - 45: - 46: - 47: - 48: C450
error 49: - 50: C452 error 51: - 52: - 53: - 54: -
55: - 56: - 57: - 58: - 59: - 60: - 61: - 62: -
63: - 64: - 65: - 66: - 67: - 68: - 69: - 70: -
71: -
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Center thermistor 2010 0 Plain (Monochrome) 10 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
mode temperature (Normal temperatures) 115ºC 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Center thermistor 2010 1 Plain (Color) (Normal 11 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
mode temperature temperatures) 115ºC 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Center thermistor 2010 2 Plain (Monochrome) (Low 11 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Center thermistor 2010 3 Plain (Color) (Low 12 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Center thermistor 2010 4 Thick (Monochrome) 12 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
mode temperature (Normal temperatures) 115ºC 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Center thermistor 2010 5 Thick (Color) (Normal 12 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Center thermistor 2010 6 Thick (Monochrome) (Low 12 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Center thermistor 2010 7 Thick (Color) (Low 13 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Center thermistor 2017 0 Special paper 1 (Except for 14 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
mode temperature Extra long size) 115ºC 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Center thermistor 2017 1 Special paper 2 (Except for 14 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Mode 1 Ver05

08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Side thermistor 2018 0 Special paper 1 (Except for 14 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Side thermistor 2018 1 Special paper 2 (Except for 14 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Pre-running time Special paper 1 2020 0 Except for Extra long size 0 0~16 M 0: Invalid 1: 0 sec. 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. 4: 4 sec. 4
mode for first printing 5: 5 sec. 6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec. 8: 8 sec. 9: 10 sec.
10: 12 sec. 11: 14 sec. 12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec.
14: 20 sec. 15: 25 sec. 16: 30 sec.
08 Setting Process Fuser Pre-running time Special paper 2 2020 1 Except for Extra long size 0 0~16 M 0: Invalid 1: 0 sec. 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. 4: 4 sec. 4
10: 12 sec. 11: 14 sec. 12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec.
14: 20 sec. 15: 25 sec. 16: 30 sec.
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing 2042 Center 0 0~25 M 0: OFF 1: 40ºC 2: 45ºC 3: 50ºC 4: 55ºC 5: 1 Yes
mode temperature in 60ºC 6: 65ºC 7: 70ºC 8: 75ºC 9: 80ºC 10:
the low power 85ºC 11: 90ºC 12: 95ºC 13: 100ºC 14: 105ºC
mode 15: 110ºC 16: 115ºC 17: 120ºC 18: 125ºC 19:
130ºC 20: 135ºC 21: 140ºC 22: 145ºC 23:
150ºC 24: 155ºC 25: 160ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Thick 1 2049 0 Except Extra long size 13 0~16 M 0: 90 ºC 1: 95 ºC 2: 100 ºC 3: 105 ºC 4: 110 ºC 4
mode temperature (Center thermistor) 5: 115 ºC 6: 120 ºC 7: 125 ºC 8: 130 ºC 9: 135
ºC 10: 140 ºC 11: 145 ºC 12: 150 ºC 13: 155
ºC 14: 160 ºC 15: 165 ºC 16: 170 ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Thick 2 2050 0 Except Extra long size 14 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
mode temperature (Center thermistor) 115ºC 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing OHP 2051 Center thermistor 14 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 1
mode temperature 115ºC 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Pre-running time 2052 OHP film 0 0~16 M 0: Invalid 1: 0 sec. 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. 4: 4 sec. 1
10: 12 sec. 11: 14 sec. 12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec.
14: 20 sec. 15: 25 sec. 16: 30 sec.
08 Setting Process Fuser Pre-running time Plain 2053 0 Monochrome (Low 0 0~16 M 0: Invalid 1: 0 sec. 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. 4: 4 sec. 4
mode for first printing temperature) 5: 5 sec. 6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec. 8: 8 sec. 9: 10 sec.
10: 12 sec. 11: 14 sec. 12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec.
14: 20 sec. 15: 25 sec. 16: 30 sec.
08 Setting Process Fuser Pre-running time Plain 2053 1 Color (Low temperature) 0 0~16 M 0: Invalid 1: 0 sec. 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. 4: 4 sec. 4
10: 12 sec. 11: 14 sec. 12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec.
14: 20 sec. 15: 25 sec. 16: 30 sec.
08 Setting Process Fuser Pre-running time Thick 2053 2 Monochrome (Low 0 0~16 M 0: Invalid 1: 0 sec. 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. 4: 4 sec. 4
10: 12 sec. 11: 14 sec. 12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec.
14: 20 sec. 15: 25 sec. 16: 30 sec.
08 Setting Process Fuser Pre-running time Thick 2053 3 Color (Low temperature) 0 0~16 M 0: Invalid 1: 0 sec. 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. 4: 4 sec. 4
10: 12 sec. 11: 14 sec. 12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec.
14: 20 sec. 15: 25 sec. 16: 30 sec.

08 Setting Process Fuser Pre-running time Thick 1 2054 0 Except Extra long size 0 0~16 M 0: Invalid 1: 0 sec. 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. 4: 4 sec. 4
10: 12 sec. 11: 14 sec. 12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec.
14: 20 sec. 15: 25 sec. 16: 30 sec.
08 Setting Process Fuser Pre-running time Thick 2 2055 0 Except Extra long size 0 0~16 M 0: Invalid 1: 0 sec. 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. 4: 4 sec. 4
10: 12 sec. 11: 14 sec. 12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec.
14: 20 sec. 15: 25 sec. 16: 30 sec.
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Thick 1 2079 0 Monochrome 4 0~16 M 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 4
mode setting to start 5: 145ºC 6: 150ºC 7: 155ºC 8: 160ºC 9: 165ºC
process for 10: 170ºC 11: 175ºC 12: Disable 13: 100ºC 14:
abnormality 105ºC 15: 110ºC 16: 115ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Thick 1 2079 1 Color 5 0~16 M 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Plain 2080 0 Monochrome (Normal 2 0~16 M 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 4
mode setting to start temperature) 5: 145ºC 6: 150ºC 7: 155ºC 8: 160ºC 9: 165ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Plain 2080 1 Color (Normal temperature) 3 0~16 M 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Thick 2080 2 Monochrome (Normal 3 0~16 M 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Thick 2080 3 Color (Normal temperature) 4 0~16 M 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Thick 2 2081 0 Monochrome 4 0~16 M 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Thick 2 2081 1 Color 5 0~16 M 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Applicable period Plain 2085 0 Monochrome (Low 8 0~11 M 0: Invalid (always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 4
mode of pre-running temperature) min. 4: 2 min. 5: 3 min. 6: 5 min. 7: 7 min. 8: 10
time for first min. 9: 15 min. 10: 30 min. 11: 60 min.
printing
08 Setting Process Fuser Applicable period Plain 2085 1 Color (Low temperature) 8 0~11 M 0: Invalid (always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 4
mode of pre-running min. 4: 2 min. 5: 3 min. 6: 5 min. 7: 7 min. 8: 10
printing
08 Setting Process Fuser Applicable period Thick 2085 2 Monochrome (Low 8 0~11 M 0: Invalid (always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 4
printing

08 Setting Process Fuser Applicable period Thick 2085 3 Color (Low temperature) 8 0~11 M 0: Invalid (always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 4
printing
08 Setting Process Fuser Applicable period Recycled 2085 4 Monochrome (Low 8 0~11 M 0: Invalid (always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 4
printing
08 Setting Process Fuser Applicable period Recycled 2085 5 Color (Low temperature) 8 0~11 M 0: Invalid (always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 4
printing
08 Setting Process Fuser Applicable period Thick 1 2085 8 Low temperature 8 0~11 M 0: Invalid (always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 4
printing
08 Setting Process Fuser Applicable period Thick 2 2085 9 Low temperature 8 0~11 M 0: Invalid (always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 4
printing
08 Setting Process Fuser Applicable period OHP 2085 12 Low temperature 8 0~11 M 0: Invalid (always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 4
printing
08 Setting Process Fuser Applicable period Special paper 1 2085 13 Low temperature 8 0~11 M 0: Invalid (always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 4
printing
08 Setting Process Fuser Applicable period Special paper 2 2085 14 Low temperature 8 0~11 M 0: Invalid (always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 4
printing
08 Setting Process Fuser Applicable period Envelope 2085 15 Low temperature 0 0~11 M 0: Invalid (always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 1 4
printing
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Plain 2087 0 Monochrome (Low 2 0~16 M 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Plain 2087 1 Color (Low temperature) 4 0~16 M 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Thick 2087 2 Monochrome (Low 3 0~16 M 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Thick 2087 3 Color (Low temperature) 4 0~16 M 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 4

08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature OHP 2088 Monochrome/Color 6 0~16 M 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 1
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Side thermistor 2140 0 Plain (Monochrome) 10 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
mode temperature (Normal temperature) 115ºC 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Side thermistor 2140 1 Plain/Color (Normal 11 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
mode temperature temperature) 115ºC 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Side thermistor 2140 2 Plain (Monochrome) (Low 11 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Side thermistor 2140 3 Plain/Color (Low 12 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Side thermistor 2140 4 Thick (Monochrome) 12 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Side thermistor 2140 5 Thick/Color (Normal 12 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Side thermistor 2140 6 Thick (Monochrome) (Low 12 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Side thermistor 2140 7 Thick/Color (Low 13 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing 2141 Side (Thick paper 1) 13 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 1
during printing 10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Side thermistor 2142 Thick 2 14 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 1
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser 2143 Fusing temperature during 14 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 1
mode printing (Side/Overhead 115ºC 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC
transparencies) 10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Retention period 2179 0 Plain/Recycled/Thin/Thick 0 0~10 M 0: Disabled 1: 10 sec. 2: 20 sec. 3: 30 sec. 4: 4
mode of temperature of 40 sec. 5: 50 sec. 6: 60 sec. 7: 90 sec. 8: 120
print operation at sec. 9: 150 sec. 10: 180 sec.
print end

08 Setting Process Fuser Retention period 2179 1 Thick 1~4/OHP/Special 0 0~10 M 0: Disabled 1: 10 sec. 2: 20 sec. 3: 30 sec. 4: 4
mode of temperature of 1~3/Extra long 40 sec. 5: 50 sec. 6: 60 sec. 7: 90 sec. 8: 120
print operation at size/Envelope sec. 9: 150 sec. 10: 180 sec.
print end
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Center thermistor 2190 0 Plain (Simplex) 0 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
mode drop at printing (Monochrome) (Normal Pattern4 5: Pattern5 6: Pattern6 7: Pattern7 8:
temperature) Pattern8 9: Pattern9 10: Pattern10 11:
Pattern11 12: Pattern12 13: Pattern13 14:
Pattern14 15: Pattern15 16: Pattern16
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Center thermistor 2190 1 Plain (Simplex) (Color) 0 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
mode drop at printing (Normal temperature) Pattern4 5: Pattern5 6: Pattern6 7: Pattern7 8:
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Center thermistor 2190 2 Thick (Simplex) 0 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Center thermistor 2190 3 Thick (Simplex) (Color) 0 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Center thermistor 2190 4 Recycled (Simplex) 0 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Center thermistor 2190 5 Recycled (Simplex) (Color) 0 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Center thermistor 2190 8 Thick 1 (Simplex) (Normal 0 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
mode drop at printing temperature) Pattern4 5: Pattern5 6: Pattern6 7: Pattern7 8:
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Center thermistor 2190 9 Thick 2 (Simplex) (Normal 0 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Center thermistor 2190 12 Special 1 (Simplex) 0 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Center thermistor 2190 13 Special 2 (Simplex) 0 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4

08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Center thermistor 2190 15 Plain (Duplex) 8 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Center thermistor 2190 16 Plain (Duplex) (Color) 8 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Center thermistor 2190 17 Thick (Duplex) 8 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Center thermistor 2190 18 Thick (Duplex) (Color) 8 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Center thermistor 2190 19 Recycled (Duplex) 0 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Center thermistor 2190 20 Recycled (Duplex) (Color) 0 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Center thermistor 2190 23 Thick 1 (Duplex) (Normal 0 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Center thermistor 2190 24 Thick 2 (Duplex) (Normal 0 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Center thermistor 2190 27 Special 1 (Duplex) (Normal 0 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Center thermistor 2190 28 Special 2 (Duplex) (Normal 0 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Side thermistor 2191 0 Plain (Simplex) 0 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
mode drop at printing (Monochrome) Pattern4 5: Pattern5 6: Pattern6 7: Pattern7 8:

08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Side thermistor 2191 1 Plain (Simplex) (Color) 0 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
mode drop at printing Pattern4 5: Pattern5 6: Pattern6 7: Pattern7 8:
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Side thermistor 2191 2 Thick (Simplex) 0 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Side thermistor 2191 3 Thick (Simplex) (Color) 0 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Side thermistor 2191 4 Recycled (Simplex) 0 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Side thermistor 2191 5 Recycled (Simplex) (Color) 0 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Side thermistor 2191 8 Thick 1 (Simplex) 0 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Side thermistor 2191 9 Thick 2 (Simplex) 0 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Side thermistor 2191 12 Special 1 (Simplex) 0 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Side thermistor 2191 13 Special 2 (Simplex) 0 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Side thermistor 2191 15 Plain (Duplex) 8 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Side thermistor 2191 16 Plain (Duplex) (Color) 8 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4

08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Side thermistor 2191 17 Thick (Duplex) 8 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Side thermistor 2191 18 Thick (Duplex) (Color) 8 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Side thermistor 2191 19 Recycled (Duplex) 0 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Side thermistor 2191 20 Recycled (Duplex) (Color) 0 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Side thermistor 2191 23 Thick 1 (Duplex) 0 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Side thermistor 2191 24 Thick 2 (Duplex) 0 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Side thermistor 2191 27 Special 1 (Duplex) 0 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Side thermistor 2191 28 Special 2 (Duplex) 0 0~16 M 0: None 1: Pattern1 2: Pattern2 3: Pattern3 4: 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Center thermistor 2194 0 Envelope (Normal 15 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Center thermistor 2194 1 Envelope (Low temperature) 15 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Side thermistor 2195 0 Envelope (Normal 15 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
mode temperature temperature) 115ºC 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10:
140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC

08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Side thermistor 2195 1 Envelope (Low temperature) 15 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
mode temperature 115ºC 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC 10:
140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Lower limit value Center thermistor 2205 0 Plain (Monochrome) 10 0~18 M 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 4
mode of control (Normal temperature) 105ºC 6: 110ºC 7: 115ºC 8: 120ºC 9: 125ºC
temperature 10: 130ºC 11: 135ºC 12: 140ºC 13: 145ºC 14:
150ºC 15: 155ºC 16: 160ºC 17: 165ºC 18:
170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Lower limit value Side thermistor 2205 1 Plain (Monochrome) 10 0~18 M 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 4
150ºC 15: 155ºC 16: 160ºC 17: 165ºC 18:
170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Lower limit value Center thermistor 2205 2 Plain (Color) (Normal 11 0~18 M 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 4
mode of control temperature) 105ºC 6: 110ºC 7: 115ºC 8: 120ºC 9: 125ºC
150ºC 15: 155ºC 16: 160ºC 17: 165ºC 18:
170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Lower limit value Side thermistor 2205 3 Plain (Color) (Normal 11 0~18 M 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 4
150ºC 15: 155ºC 16: 160ºC 17: 165ºC 18:
170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Lower limit value Center thermistor 2205 4 Thick (Monochrome) 12 0~18 M 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 4
150ºC 15: 155ºC 16: 160ºC 17: 165ºC 18:
170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Lower limit value Side thermistor 2205 5 Thick (Monochrome) 12 0~18 M 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 4
150ºC 15: 155ºC 16: 160ºC 17: 165ºC 18:
170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Lower limit value Center thermistor 2205 6 Thick (Color) (Normal 12 0~18 M 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 4
150ºC 15: 155ºC 16: 160ºC 17: 165ºC 18:
170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Lower limit value Side thermistor 2205 7 Thick (Color) (Normal 12 0~18 M 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 4
150ºC 15: 155ºC 16: 160ºC 17: 165ºC 18:
170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Lower limit value Center thermistor 2206 0 Plain (Monochrome) (Low 10 0~18 M 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 4
150ºC 15: 155ºC 16: 160ºC 17: 165ºC 18:
170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Lower limit value Side thermistor 2206 1 Plain (Monochrome) (Low 10 0~18 M 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 4
150ºC 15: 155ºC 16: 160ºC 17: 165ºC 18:
170ºC

08 Setting Process Fuser Lower limit value Center thermistor 2206 2 Plain (Color) (Low 12 0~18 M 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 4
150ºC 15: 155ºC 16: 160ºC 17: 165ºC 18:
170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Lower limit value Side thermistor 2206 3 Plain (Color) (Low 12 0~18 M 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 4
150ºC 15: 155ºC 16: 160ºC 17: 165ºC 18:
170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Lower limit value Center thermistor 2206 4 Thick (Monochrome) (Low 12 0~18 M 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 4
150ºC 15: 155ºC 16: 160ºC 17: 165ºC 18:
170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Lower limit value Side thermistor 2206 5 Thick (Monochrome) (Low 12 0~18 M 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 4
150ºC 15: 155ºC 16: 160ºC 17: 165ºC 18:
170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Lower limit value Center thermistor 2206 6 Thick (Color) (Low 13 0~18 M 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 4
150ºC 15: 155ºC 16: 160ºC 17: 165ºC 18:
170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Lower limit value Side thermistor 2206 7 Thick (Color) (Low 13 0~18 M 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 4
150ºC 15: 155ºC 16: 160ºC 17: 165ºC 18:
170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Lower limit value Center thermistor 2208 0 Thick 1 13 0~18 M 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 4
mode of control 105ºC 6: 110ºC 7: 115ºC 8: 120ºC 9: 125ºC
150ºC 15: 155ºC 16: 160ºC 17: 165ºC 18:
170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Lower limit value Side thermistor 2208 1 Thick 1 13 0~18 M 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 4
150ºC 15: 155ºC 16: 160ºC 17: 165ºC 18:
170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Lower limit value Center thermistor 2209 0 Thick 2 14 0~18 M 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 4
150ºC 15: 155ºC 16: 160ºC 17: 165ºC 18:
170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Lower limit value Side thermistor 2209 1 Thick 2 14 0~18 M 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 4
150ºC 15: 155ºC 16: 160ºC 17: 165ºC 18:
170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Envelope 2233 Monochrome/Color 6 0~16 M 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 1
process for 10: 170ºC 11: 175ºC 12: Disabled 13: 100ºC
abnormality 14: 105ºC 15: 110ºC 16: 115ºC

08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Special paper 1 2246 0 Monochrome/Color 6 0~16 M 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Special paper 2 2246 1 Monochrome/Color 6 0~16 M 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 4
08 Setting Process Fuser 2248 Threshold value for 2 0~10 M 0: Disabled 1: 30 sec. 2: 60 sec. 3: 90 sec. 4: 1
mode application time of pre- 120 sec. 5: 150 sec. 6: 180 sec. 7: 210 sec. 8:
running when finished 240 sec. 9: 270 sec. 10: 300 sec.
printing
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing 2250 Side 0 0~25 M 0: OFF 1: 40ºC 2: 45ºC 3: 50ºC 4: 55ºC 5: 1
mode temperature in 60ºC 6: 65ºC 7: 70ºC 8: 75ºC 9: 80ºC 10:
the low power 85ºC 11: 90ºC 12: 95ºC 13: 100ºC 14: 105ºC
mode 15: 110ºC 16: 115ºC 17: 120ºC 18: 125ºC 19:
130ºC 20: 135ºC 21: 140ºC 22: 145ºC 23:
150ºC 24: 155ºC 25: 160ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Pre-running time 2282 0 Envelope (Normal 5 0~15 M When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set 4
mode for first printing temperature) a larger value. When a larger value is set, the
fusing ability will become better, but it will take
longer for the printing to start.
0: Disabled 1: 1 sec. 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. 4: 4
sec. 5: 5 sec. 6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec. 8: 8 sec. 9: 9
sec. 10: 10 sec. 11: 12 sec. 12: 14 sec. 13: 16
sec. 14: 18 sec. 15: 20 sec.
08 Setting Process Fuser Pre-running time 2282 1 Envelope (Low temperature) 5 0~15 M When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set 4
mode for first printing a larger value. When a larger value is set, the
0: Disabled 1: 1 sec. 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. 4: 4
sec. 5: 5 sec. 6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec. 8: 8 sec. 9: 9
sec. 10: 10 sec. 11: 12 sec. 12: 14 sec. 13: 16
sec. 14: 18 sec. 15: 20 sec.
08 Setting Process Transfer Setting of 2nd 2307 For each destination (Paper Refer to 0~5 M 0: 80 g/m2 (21.3 lb.)/EUR 1
mode transfer bias thickness) contents 1: 75 g/m2 (20 lb.)/UC
table 2: 64 g/m2 (17.1 lb.)/JPN
3: -
4: -
5: -
<Default value>
MJD: 0
NAD: 1
Others: 2
08 Setting Process Charger 2365 Main charger wire 5 0~9 M Sets the display interval for cleaning if "Color 1 Yes
mode cleaning - cycle setting banding (in feeding direction)" occurs.
0: Invalid 1: 3,000 pages 2: 5,000 pages 3:
7,500 pages 4: 10,000 pages 5: 15,000 pages
6: 20,000 pages 7: 25,000 pages 8: 30,000
pages 9: 35,000 pages
* Judgment is carried out by means of the value
set in 08-6282-6.

08 Setting Process Cleaner 2370 Exhaust fan high-speed 6 0~10 M Sets the longer time if blurred image, white 1 Yes
mode rotation period in ready banding (at right angles to feeding direction), or
status color banding (at right angles to feeding direction)
occurs.
0: No control 1: 10 sec. 2: 20 sec. 3: 30 sec. 4:
40 sec. 5: 50 sec. 6: 1 min. 7: 2 min. 8: 3 min.
9: 7 min. 10: 15 min.
08 Setting Process General 2373 Enable/Disable setting of 1 0~1 M 0: Disabled 1
mode new or old detection of 1: Enabled
developer and cleaner
08 Setting Process Cleaner Control of 2380 Control setting of 1 0~1 M 0: Disabled 1 Yes
mode photoconductive photoconductive drum 1: Enabled
drum idling in idling in standby mode
standby mode
08 Setting Process Cleaner Control of 2381 Rotation starting time 0 0~6 M Refer to "3.11.4 Drum driving sleep mode". 1 Yes
mode photoconductive 0: 10 sec. 1: 20 sec. 2: 30 sec. 3: 1 min. 4: 2
drum idling in min. and 50 sec. 5: 6 min. and 50 sec. 6: 9 min.
standby mode and 50 sec.
08 Setting Process Cleaner Control of 2382 Time interval 4 0~7 M Refer to "3.11.4 Drum driving sleep mode". 1 Yes
mode photoconductive 0: 10 sec. 1: 20 sec. 2: 30 sec. 3: 1 min. 4: 2
drum idling in min. 5: 3 min. 6: 5 min. 7: 7 min.
standby mode
08 Setting Process Cleaner Control of 2383 Maximum number 5 0~6 M Refer to "3.11.4 Drum driving sleep mode". 1 Yes
mode photoconductive 0: Once 1: Twice 2: 3 times 3: 4 times 4: 5
drum idling in times 5: 7 times 6: 10 times
standby mode
08 Setting Process Development 2385 Setting of the number of 7 1~255 M Setting value x 10 (sheets) 1
mode sheets to shift to sleep
mode for the drum drive
08 Setting Process Fuser 2386 Condition of shift to pre- 4 0~7 M 0: None (Temperature condition is disabled) 1
mode sleep mode (temperature) 1: 10 degrees C or less 2: 12 degrees C or less
3: 14 degrees C or less 4: 16 degrees C or less
5: 18 degrees C or less 6: 20 degrees C or less
7: 22 degrees C or less
08 Setting Process Development Main 2387 Synchronization setting of 0 0~1 M Synchronizes the display timing of the cleaning of 1
mode charger/LED notice for cleaning the main charger and LED head. If the
head synchronization setting is enabled, the main
charger and LED head may become dirty because
of the insufficient cleaning.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting Process Image control Image quality Image quality 2486 Contrast voltage 1 0~1 M Sets whether or not correcting the contrast 1
mode closed-loop voltage in image quality control.
control 0: Invalid
1: Valid
08 Setting Process Image control Image quality Image quality 2492 At the first power-ON in the 1 0~2 M Sets the behavior of closed-loop control at power- 1
mode closed-loop morning ON when the fuser roller temperature becomes
control automatic below the specified level.
start-up 0: Disabled
1: Enabled (Performed in the short mode)
2: Enabled (Performed in the full mode)
08 Setting Process Image control Image quality 2493 Vc default value open 1 0~1 M 0: Calculated with environmental parameter 1
mode method selection 1: Result of last close + environmental variation

08 Setting Process Image control Image quality 2495 Enable/Disable setting of 1 0~1 M 0: Disabled 1
mode image quality close IQC 1: Enabled
Short mode
08 Setting Process Image control Image quality Image quality 2496 Period of time unattended 1 0~2 M Sets the behavior of closed-loop control at the 1
mode closed-loop operation start when the equipment has not been
control automatic used for a specified period of time in the energy
start-up saving mode.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (Performed in the short mode)
2: Enabled (Performed in the full mode)
08 Setting Process Image control Image quality 2497 Accumulated copied/printed 100 0~500 M (Unit: Sheet) 1
mode number of sheets setting 2
for start-up of short mode
IQC
08 Setting Process Image control Image quality Image quality 2498 Accumulated print volume 1 0~1 M Sets whether or not performing closed-loop 1
mode closed-loop control automatically when the specified number
control automatic of sheets has been printed out from the previous
start-up control.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting Process Image control Image quality Image quality 2500 When recovered from 1 0~1 M Sets whether or not performing closed-loop 1
mode closed-loop "Toner empty" control automatically when recovered from "Toner
control automatic empty".
start-up 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting Process Image control Image quality Image quality 2504 Temperature setting of 8 0~20 M Sets the fuser unit temperature to perform closed- 1
mode closed-loop fuser unit at power-ON loop control when "1" or "2" (valid) is set in 08-
control automatic 2492.
start-up 0: 20ºC 1: 25ºC 2: 30ºC 3: 35ºC 4: 40ºC 5:
45ºC 6: 50ºC 7: 55ºC 8: 60ºC 9: 65ºC 10:
70ºC 11: 75ºC 12: 80ºC 13: 85ºC 14: 90ºC 15:
95ºC 16: 100ºC 17: 105ºC 18: 110ºC 19:
115ºC 20: 120ºC
08 Setting Process Image control Image quality Auto start 2505 Relative humidity difference 2 0~6 M Color mode only. 1
mode 0: 0% 1: 5% 2: 10% 3: 15% 4: 20% 5: 25% 6:
30%
08 Setting Process Development 2506 Enable/disable setting of 1 0~1 M 0: Disabled 1
mode toner density correction 1: Enabled
control When setting the value of 08-2707 (Toner density
ratio manual offset control) to other than "0"
(Disabled), set the value of this code to "0"
(Disabled).
08 Setting Process Image control Image quality Auto start 2507 Period of time unattended 15 0~15 M Sets the unattended period of time to perform 1 Yes
mode closed-loop control automatically at the start of
operation when the equipment has not been used
for a specified period of time in the energy saving
mode.
0: 3 1: 5 2: 7 3: 10 4: 15 5: 20 6: 30 7: 45 8:
60 9: 90 10: 120 11: 150 12: 180 13: 240 14:
300 15: 360
(Unit: minute)

08 Setting Process Image control Image quality Image quality 2509 Setting of accumulated 1000 100~9999 M Sets the number of accumulated print volume to 1
mode closed-loop print volume perform closed-loop control when "1" (valid) is set
control automatic in 08-2498.
start-up Image problems may occur if the value extremely
smaller than the default value is set to the
equipment whose print ratio of monochrome is
relatively high.
(unit: pages)
08 Setting Process Image control Contrast voltage Standard speed 2513 0 Y 5 0~10 M 0: -100 1: -80 2: -60 3: -40 4: -20 5: 0 6: +20 4
mode offset correction 7: +40 8: +60 9: +80 10: +100
setting (Unit: V)
08 Setting Process Image control Contrast voltage Standard speed 2513 1 M 5 0~10 M 0: -100 1: -80 2: -60 3: -40 4: -20 5: 0 6: +20 4
setting (Unit: V)
08 Setting Process Image control Contrast voltage Standard speed 2513 2 C 5 0~10 M 0: -100 1: -80 2: -60 3: -40 4: -20 5: 0 6: +20 4
setting (Unit: V)
08 Setting Process Image control Contrast voltage Standard speed 2513 3 K 5 0~10 M 0: -100 1: -80 2: -60 3: -40 4: -20 5: 0 6: +20 4
setting (Unit: V)
08 Setting Process Image control Contrast voltage Decelerating 2514 0 Y 5 0~10 M 0: -100 1: -80 2: -60 3: -40 4: -20 5: 0 6: +20 4
setting (Unit: V)
08 Setting Process Image control Contrast voltage Decelerating 2514 1 M 5 0~10 M 0: -100 1: -80 2: -60 3: -40 4: -20 5: 0 6: +20 4
setting (Unit: V)
08 Setting Process Image control Contrast voltage Decelerating 2514 2 C 5 0~10 M 0: -100 1: -80 2: -60 3: -40 4: -20 5: 0 6: +20 4
setting (Unit: V)
08 Setting Process Image control Contrast voltage Decelerating 2514 3 K 5 0~10 M 0: -100 1: -80 2: -60 3: -40 4: -20 5: 0 6: +20 4
setting (Unit: V)
08 Setting Process Image control Abnormality Display/0 clearing 2528 Y 0 0~16 M Counts the abnormality detection of image quality 1 Yes
mode detection control.
Accumulating total of [CE10], [CE20] and [CE40]
08 Setting Process Image control Abnormality Display/0 clearing 2529 M 0 0~16 M Counts the abnormality detection of image quality 1 Yes
08 Setting Process Image control Abnormality Display/0 clearing 2530 C 0 0~16 M Counts the abnormality detection of image quality 1 Yes
08 Setting Process Image control Abnormality Display/0 clearing 2531 K 0 0~16 M Counts the abnormality detection of image quality 1 Yes
08 Setting Process Image control Potential on Standard speed 2548 0 Y 6 0~12 M 0: -30 1: -25 2: -20 3: -15 4: -10 5: -5 6: 0 7: 4
mode white 5 8: 10 9: 15 10: 20 11: 25 12: 30
background/Corr
ection setting
08 Setting Process Image control Potential on Standard speed 2548 1 M 6 0~12 M 0: -30 1: -25 2: -20 3: -15 4: -10 5: -5 6: 0 7: 4
mode white 5 8: 10 9: 15 10: 20 11: 25 12: 30
background/Corr
ection setting

08 Setting Process Image control Potential on Standard speed 2548 2 C 6 0~12 M 0: -30 1: -25 2: -20 3: -15 4: -10 5: -5 6: 0 7: 4
mode white 5 8: 10 9: 15 10: 20 11: 25 12: 30
background/Corr
ection setting
08 Setting Process Image control Potential on Standard speed 2548 3 K 6 0~12 M 0: -30 1: -25 2: -20 3: -15 4: -10 5: -5 6: 0 7: 4
mode white 5 8: 10 9: 15 10: 20 11: 25 12: 30
background/Corr
ection setting
08 Setting Process Image control Potential on Decelerating 2549 0 Y 6 0~12 M 0: -30 1: -25 2: -20 3: -15 4: -10 5: -5 6: 0 7: 4
mode white 5 8: 10 9: 15 10: 20 11: 25 12: 30
background/Corr
ection setting
08 Setting Process Image control Potential on Decelerating 2549 1 M 6 0~12 M 0: -30 1: -25 2: -20 3: -15 4: -10 5: -5 6: 0 7: 4
mode white 5 8: 10 9: 15 10: 20 11: 25 12: 30
background/Corr
ection setting
08 Setting Process Image control Potential on Decelerating 2549 2 C 6 0~12 M 0: -30 1: -25 2: -20 3: -15 4: -10 5: -5 6: 0 7: 4
mode white 5 8: 10 9: 15 10: 20 11: 25 12: 30
background/Corr
ection setting
08 Setting Process Image control Potential on Decelerating 2549 3 K 6 0~12 M 0: -30 1: -25 2: -20 3: -15 4: -10 5: -5 6: 0 7: 4
mode white 5 8: 10 9: 15 10: 20 11: 25 12: 30
background/Corr
ection setting
08 Setting Process Transfer 2556 1st transfer environmental 1 0~1 M 0: Disabled 1
mode control switchover 1: Enabled
08 Setting Process Image control Image quality 2600 Enable/disable setting of 1 0~1 M 0: Disabled 1
mode pattern formation of image 1: Enabled
quality TRC control
08 Setting Process LED Factor setting for Multiple values 2620 0 Normal speed (Y) 15 8~36 M Use this code to change the reproducibility of the 4
mode LED sub-line isolated points and thickness of fine lines in the
emission time image. The larger the value, the sharper the
isolated points become and the sharper and
thicker the fine lines become. Be sure to perform
image quality control after changing the value.
08 Setting Process LED Factor setting for Multiple values 2620 1 Normal speed (M) 15 8~36 M Use this code to change the reproducibility of the 4
08 Setting Process LED Factor setting for Multiple values 2620 2 Normal speed (C) 15 8~36 M Use this code to change the reproducibility of the 4
08 Setting Process LED Factor setting for Multiple values 2620 3 Normal speed (K) 15 8~36 M Use this code to change the reproducibility of the 4

08 Setting Process LED Factor setting for Multiple values 2620 4 Decelerating (Y) 15 8~36 M Use this code to change the reproducibility of the 4
08 Setting Process LED Factor setting for Multiple values 2620 5 Decelerating (M) 15 8~36 M Use this code to change the reproducibility of the 4
08 Setting Process LED Factor setting for Multiple values 2620 6 Decelerating (C) 15 8~36 M Use this code to change the reproducibility of the 4
08 Setting Process LED Factor setting for Multiple values 2620 7 Decelerating (K) 15 8~36 M Use this code to change the reproducibility of the 4
08 Setting Process LED Factor setting for Binary 2621 0 Normal speed (Y) 15 8~36 M Use this code to change the reproducibility of the 4
08 Setting Process LED Factor setting for Binary 2621 1 Normal speed (M) 15 8~36 M Use this code to change the reproducibility of the 4
08 Setting Process LED Factor setting for Binary 2621 2 Normal speed (C) 15 8~36 M Use this code to change the reproducibility of the 4
08 Setting Process LED Factor setting for Binary 2621 3 Normal speed (K) 15 8~36 M Use this code to change the reproducibility of the 4
08 Setting Process LED Factor setting for Binary 2621 4 Decelerating (Y) 15 8~36 M Use this code to change the reproducibility of the 4

08 Setting Process LED Factor setting for Binary 2621 5 Decelerating (M) 15 8~36 M Use this code to change the reproducibility of the 4
08 Setting Process LED Factor setting for Binary 2621 6 Decelerating (C) 15 8~36 M Use this code to change the reproducibility of the 4
08 Setting Process LED Factor setting for Binary 2621 7 Decelerating (K) 15 8~36 M Use this code to change the reproducibility of the 4
08 Setting Process LED Factor setting for 1200 dpi 2622 0 Normal speed (Y) 15 8~36 M Use this code to change the reproducibility of the 4
08 Setting Process LED Factor setting for 1200 dpi 2622 1 Normal speed (M) 15 8~36 M Use this code to change the reproducibility of the 4
08 Setting Process LED Factor setting for 1200 dpi 2622 2 Normal speed (C) 15 8~36 M Use this code to change the reproducibility of the 4
08 Setting Process LED Factor setting for 1200 dpi 2622 3 Normal speed (K) 15 8~36 M Use this code to change the reproducibility of the 4
08 Setting Process LED Factor setting for 1200 dpi 2622 4 Decelerating (Y) 15 8~36 M Use this code to change the reproducibility of the 4
08 Setting Process LED Factor setting for 1200 dpi 2622 5 Decelerating (M) 15 8~36 M Use this code to change the reproducibility of the 4

08 Setting Process LED Factor setting for 1200 dpi 2622 6 Decelerating (C) 15 8~36 M Use this code to change the reproducibility of the 4
08 Setting Process LED Factor setting for 1200 dpi 2622 7 Decelerating (K) 15 8~36 M Use this code to change the reproducibility of the 4
08 Setting Process Image control Refreshing 2677 Enable/Disable setting 0 0~1 M Sets whether the control to stabilize image quality 1
mode behavior after after the equipment is left unattended for a long
being left time is enabled or not. When this setting is
unattended enabled, the amount of toner consumption and
waste toner may increase.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting Process Image control Refreshing 2678 0 Display of number of times 0 0~9999 M Only 0 clear is available. 4
mode behavior after of execution (Level 1) (Unit: number of times)
being left
unattended
being left
unattended
being left
unattended
08 Setting Process Image control Refreshing 2679 0 Display of number of times 1 1~20 M (Unit: number of times) 4
mode behavior after of repeated execution
being left (Level 1)
unattended
unattended
unattended
08 Setting Process Development Toner density Y 2707 0 Y 0 0~8 M 0: Disabled 1: +4 bit 2: +7 bit 3: +10 bit 4: +14 4
mode ratio manual bit 5: -4 bit 6: -7 bit 7: -10 bit 8: -14 bit
offset control When setting the value of this code to other than
"0", set the value of 08-2506 (Enable/disable
setting of toner density correction control) to "0"
(Disabled).
08 Setting Process Development Toner density M 2707 1 M 0 0~8 M 0: Disabled 1: +4 bit 2: +7 bit 3: +10 bit 4: +14 4
(Disabled).

08 Setting Process Development Toner density C 2707 2 C 0 0~8 M 0: Disabled 1: +4 bit 2: +7 bit 3: +10 bit 4: +14 4
(Disabled).
08 Setting Process Development Toner density K 2707 3 K 0 0~8 M 0: Disabled 1: +4 bit 2: +7 bit 3: +10 bit 4: +14 4
(Disabled).
08 Setting Scanner Scanner 3015 Pre-scan setting switchover 0 0~1 SYS 0: Not performing pre-scanning 1 Yes
mode 1: Performing pre-scanning
08 Setting Scanner RADF 3021 Set for switchback-mixed 0 0~1 SYS This setting is whether the original length is 1 Yes
mode size copy detected or not by transporting without scanning
in reverse when A4-R/FOLIO paper or LT-R/LG
paper is detected in a mixed-size copying.
0: Disabled - AMS:
A series - Judges as A4-R without transporting in
reverse with no scanning.
LT series - Judges whether it is LT-R or LG by its
length
without transporting in reverse with no scanning.
APS:
A series - Judges whether it is A4-R or FOLIO
without
transporting in reverse with no scanning.
LT series - Judges whether it is LT-R or LG without
transporting in reverse with no scanning.
1: Enable 1 AMS:
A series - Judges whether it is A4-R or FOLIO by
transporting without scanning in reverse to detect
its length.
LT series - Judges whether it is LT-R or LG by
transporting
without scanning in reverse to detect its length.
APS:
The same as that of APS in 0: Disabled.
08 Setting Scanner 3025 Correction of carriage 2 0~2 SYS 0: No correction 1
mode position 1: Performs correction before scanning
2: Performs correction after scanning
08 Setting Scanner DF 3026 Maximum size detection 0 0~1 SYS Selects the detection method of the maximum 1
mode method for mixed-size length for the mixed-size original placed on the
original original tray of the DF.
0: Detecting by both the width and length sensors
on the original tray.
1: Detecting by only the width sensor on the
original tray.
* Set "1" if the maximum length of the original
cannot be detected by the length sensor(s) on the
original tray due to the mixed status of the
original. When "1" is set, an original on the original
tray is judged as the maximum size among
standard-size papers of the same length detected
by the width sensor. Therefore, if the actual length
of the original is shorter than judged, performance
will decrease.

08 Setting Scanner 3065 Initialization of model - Normally this code is not used. When an error 3
mode information in lens unit occurs by installing the lens unit used for other
models, perform this code to initialize the model
information.
08 Setting Scanner RADF 3075 Allowing of trailing edge 0 0~1 SYS 0: Not allowed 1
mode adjustment of scanning 1: Allowed
08 Setting Scanner RADF 3076 Detection method of Refer to 0~1 SYS 0: Detects the size by the sensor in the equipment. 1
mode original size contents 1: Detects the width of the original tray.
<Default value>
JPD: 1
Other: 0
08 Setting Scanner DSDF 3077 Tray up settings 0 0~1 SYS 0: Enabled 1
mode 1: Disabled
08 Setting Scanner Original glass 3080 Detection method of 1 1, 3 SYS 1: Two-step detection (lights twice) 1
mode original size 3: Single-step detection (lights once)
When "3" is set, the detection accuracy of dark
originals may decrease.
08 Setting Scanner DF 3090 Dust detection in the slit 1 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode glass 1: Enabled
08 Setting Scanner DSDF 3091 Dust detection in the 1 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode shading correction plate 1: Enabled
08 Setting System User interface Card reading 1st type 3500 Device setting 0 0~4294967 SYS 0 or 60001: USB HID KB I/F reader (Elatec TWN4 5 Yes
mode device 295 with KB I/F and others)
0 or 100001: Elatec TWN4 with Simple Protocol
F/W
60101 or 80101: Nuance(PC Only)
80001: Nuance(Binary Mode)
90001: Magnetic Stripe Card Reader I/F(Elatec
TWN4 with TOSHIBA proprietary F/W)
0003: SSFC mode
08 Setting System User interface Card reading 1st type 3501 Card reader format 0 0~4294967 SYS Sets the configuration of a card reader by means 5 Yes
mode device information -1 295 of "BLSP0000" (4-byte and 8 digits/the last 4
digits fixed with "0000"). This is set when "90001"
is selected in 3500.
- B: Bit Rate (other than 1 through 7: 9,600 bps)
1: 2,400 bps
2: 4,800 bps
3: 9,600 bps
4: 19,200 bps
5: 38,400 bps
6: 57,600 bps
7: 115,200 bps
- L: Data Length
7: 7 bits
8: 8 bits
- S: Stop Bit
1: 1 stop bits
2: 2 stop bits
3: 1.5 stop bits
- P: Parity
0: none
1: odd
2: even
08 Setting System User interface Card reading 1st type 3502 Card reader format 0 0~4294967 SYS 3502 JPD only 5 Yes
mode device information -2 295

08 Setting System User interface Card reading 1st type 3503 Card reader format 0 Refer to SYS 3503 JPD only 5 Yes
mode device information -3 contents
08 Setting System User interface Card reading 3504 Card authentication LDAP 0 0~100 SYS LDAP server number for the card authentication 1
mode device server when a noncontact IC card is used should be set.
08 Setting System User interface Control panel 3509 0 Volume 0 0~2 SYS Sets the volume of the operation sound. 4 Yes
mode touch sound 0: High
1: Low
2: OFF
08 Setting System User interface Control panel 3509 1 Tone 0 0~8 SYS Sets the solfa (tone) of the operation sound. 4 Yes
mode touch sound (Unit: kHz)
0: 2.0 1: 1.5 2: 1.8 3: 1.9 4: 2.1 5: 2.2 6: 2.4
7: 2.5 8: 2.8
08 Setting System 3510 Serial No. display (FRAM) SYS 2
mode
08 Setting System User interface Customized UI 3511 Installation - Installs the customized UI data. 3
mode
08 Setting System User interface Customized UI 3512 Uninstallation - Uninstalls the customized UI data to return them 3
mode to the status before the installation.
08 Setting System Built-in AppID 3515 0 Application 1 HDD/ The application ID of built-in application. This is 14
mode application SSD recorded at the installation. The values are
returned to the initial ones when the HDD is
replaced or cleared.


08 Setting System Built-in Version 3516 0 Application 1 HDD/ The version of built-in application. This is recorded 14
mode application SSD at the installation. The values are returned to the
initial ones when the HDD is replaced or cleared.


08 Setting System Built-in Number of start- 3517 0 Application 1 0 HDD/ Number of start-up times of installed built-in 14
mode application up times SSD application. The values are returned to the initial
ones when the HDD is replaced or cleared.


08 Setting System Built-in Product ID 3518 0 Application 1 HDD/ Product ID for built-in application and registered at 14
mode application SSD the installation
When the replacing or clearing of the HDD is
carried out, the value is returned to the default
one.
one.
one.
one.
one.
one.
one.
one.

one.
one.
one.
one.
one.
one.
one.
one.
one.
one.
one.

one.
one.
one.
one.
one.
one.
one.
one.
one.
one.
one.

08 Setting System General Available profile 3600 0 PS_IS34_00.icc - Displays PG Device Pure Gray TRC attribute for 14
mode display the current RGB Ink Sim profile and the same sub-
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.

code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.

code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.
code.

code.
code.
code.
08 Setting System General 3601 Recovery of the profile at 0 0~53 - Recovers the default RGB Ink Sim profile and PG 1
mode the shipment Device Pure Gray TRC in the same sub-code.
0: PS_IS34_00 1: PS_IS34_01 2:
PS_IS34_02 ・・・ 51: PS_IS34_51 52:
PS_IS34_52 53: PS_IS34_53
08 Setting System General 3602 Copying the profile at the 0 0~53 - Copies the default RGB Ink Sim profile and PG 1
mode shipment to USB memory Device Pure Gray TRC in the same sub-code to
the USB memory.
0: PS_IS34_00 1: PS_IS34_01 2:
PS_IS34_02 ・・・ 51: PS_IS34_51 52:
PS_IS34_52 53: PS_IS34_53
08 Setting System General 3603 Updating the profile at the 0 0~53 - Uploads the default RGB Ink Sim profile and PG 1
mode shipment from UBS memory Device PureGray TRC in the same sub-code from
the USB memory.
0: PS_IS34_00 1: PS_IS34_01 2:
PS_IS34_02 ・・・ 51: PS_IS34_51 52:
PS_IS34_52 53: PS_IS34_53
08 Setting System General Displaying the 3604 0 PS_IS34_00.000 - Displays the default RGB Ink Sim profile and PG 14
mode attribute of the Device PureGray TRC attribute in the same sub-
profile at the code.
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment

shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment

shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment

shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment

shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
08 Setting System General 3605 Making the profile available 0 0~53 - Selecting a profile Overwrites the adjusted RGB 1
mode Ink Sim profile on the current area
(PG CIE Based PureGray TRC in the same sub-
code is overwritten to the current area.)
0: PS_IS34_00 1: PS_IS34_01 2:
PS_IS34_02 ・・・ 51: PS_IS34_51 52:
PS_IS34_52 53: PS_IS34_53
08 Setting System General 3606 Copying the adjusted 0 0~53 - Copies the adjusted RGB Ink Sim profile and PG 1
mode profile to USB memory CIE Based Pure Gray TRC in the same sub-code
to USB memory.
0: PS_IS34_00 1: PS_IS34_01 2:
PS_IS34_02 ・・・ 51: PS_IS34_51 52:
PS_IS34_52 53: PS_IS34_53
08 Setting System General 3607 Uploading the adjusted 0 0~53 - Uploads the adjusted RGBInkSim profile and PG 1
mode profile from USB memory CIE Based PureGray TRC in the same sub-code
from the USB memory.
0: PS_IS34_00 1: PS_IS34_01 2:
PS_IS34_02 ・・・ 51: PS_IS34_51 52:
PS_IS34_52 53: PS_IS34_53
08 Setting System General Displaying the 3608 0 PS_IS34_00.001 SYS Displays the adjusted Output Profile and PG CIE 14
mode attribute of the Based Pure Gray TRC attribute in the same sub-
shipment

shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment

shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment

shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment

shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment

shipment
08 Setting System General 3609 Download function setting 1 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode of plug-in file for printer 1: Enabled
drivers * When the status is shifted to the high security
mode, the default value becomes "0".
08 Setting System General 3612 Date of unpacking 13 digits SYS Year/month/date/day/hour/minute/second 11 Yes
mode Example: 03 07 01 3 13 27 48
"Day" - "0" is for "Sunday".
Proceeds Monday through Saturday from "1" to
"6".
08 Setting System General 3615 List print USB storage 0 0~1 SYS 0: Enable (USB storage available) 1
mode setting 1: Disable (USB storage not available)
08 Setting System Electricity 3618 0 Sleep mode 0 0~4294967 SYS Counts the time during the Sleep mode. 4 Yes
mode monitoring 295 (Unit: Second)
08 Setting System Electricity 3618 1 Super Sleep mode 0 0~4294967 SYS Counts the time during the Super Sleep mode. 4 Yes
08 Setting System Electricity 3618 2 Energy Saving mode 0 0~4294967 SYS Counts the time during the Energy Saving mode. 4 Yes
08 Setting System Electricity 3618 3 Ready status 0 0~4294967 SYS Counts the time during the ready status. 4 Yes
08 Setting System Electricity 3618 4 Warm up status 0 0~4294967 SYS Counts the time during the warm up status. 4 Yes
08 Setting System Electricity 3618 5 Printing status 0 0~4294967 SYS Counts the time during printing. 4 Yes
08 Setting System Electricity 3618 6 Scanning status 0 0~4294967 SYS Counts the time during scanning. 4 Yes
08 Setting System General 3619 Clearing of service history - Initializes the service history list file. 3
mode list file
08 Setting System General Real time log 3623 Job filtering setting 0 0~65535 SYS Changes the target type of jobs for notification in 1
mode notification real time log notification function.
function
08 Setting System General Real time log 3624 Log item filtering setting 214748392 0~4294967 SYS Changes the target type of logs for notification in 5
mode notification 1 295 real time log notification function.
function
08 Setting System General Real time log 3626 Department information 0 0~1 SYS Sets whether the department information 1
mode notification transmission setting (number, name, code) is transmitted or not in the
function real time log notification function.
0: Department number, department name,
department code
1: Department number, department name
08 Setting System General 3627 User Media Type setting - When this code is carried out, the menu to 3
mode menu display install/uninstall the User Media Type is displayed.
08 Setting System General 3629 Enabling/Disabling 1 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode standard EWB function 1: Enabled
* This code is valid for NAD, MJD and AUD only.
08 Setting System Network 3631 Remote Access (SNMP) 1 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode 1: Enabled

08 Setting System User interface Display setting 3632 Early time toner 1 0~2 SYS Sets the display of the early time toner 1 Yes
mode replacement prevention replacement prevention message when the front
message cover is opened.
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed at the toner-near empty
2: Always displayed
08 Setting System General License control 3633 0 Pre-notification setting of 0 0~30 HDD/ 0: Notifies the day of the expiration of the 4
mode trial license expiration SSD limitation period
1 to 30: Notifies the specified day before the
expiration of the limitation period
08 Setting System General License control 3633 1 Pre-notification setting of 0 0~30 HDD/ 0: Notifies the day of the expiration of the 4
mode term license expiration SSD limitation period
1 to 30: Notifies the specified day before the
expiration of the limitation period
08 Setting System General License control 3634 Intermediate server URL Refer to Refer to HDD/ Sets the URL for a server which is built between a 11
mode setting contents contents SSD license server and an MFP
Maximum 256 letters
<Default value>
https://lic.toshiba-solutions.com/services/
08 Setting System User interface 3635 Trial copy function 1 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode 1: Enabled
08 Setting System Network Internet Fax 3637 Addition of transmission 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1 Yes
mode header 1: Enabled
08 Setting System Network Internet Fax 3638 Addition of receiving record 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1 Yes
mode 1: Enabled
08 Setting System Network Internet Fax 3639 Adding method of 1 1~2 SYS 1: Overwriting inside the image (5 mm from the 1 Yes
mode transmission header top)
2: Adding outside the image (5 mm from the top)
08 Setting System Network MDS Authentication 3640 Authentication of MDS 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled (Normal mode) 1
mode system 1: Enabled (MDS authentication mode)
* If the EWB license has not been installed at
startup, this code becomes "0".
* In order to enable this setting, specify the
following functions.
[Enable Port] or [Enable SSL/TLS Port](08-9819)
in ODCA Setting -> Enable(1)
[Department Code](08-3669) -> Disable(0)
[User Authentication](08-9264) -> Enable(1)
[User Authentication According to Function](08-
8630) -> Disable(0)
[Authentication Type](08-9293) -> MFP Local
Authentication(0)
[Auto Change Login User](08-8758) in Card
Authentication Setting -> Disable(0)
08 Setting System Network MDS Authentication 3641 Display in TopAccess 0 0~1 SYS Sets whether the information of MDS 1
mode Authentication will be displayed or not in
TopAccess and control panel.
0: Non display
1: Display
* When "1" is set in 3640, the setting value of this
code becomes "1" accordingly. The setting value
cannot be changed to "0".
* If the EWB license has not been installed at
startup, this code becomes "0".

08 Setting System NW print/NW 3642 0 Authentication method 0 0~4 SYS 0: Authentication with a user name and domain 4
mode Fax/Internet name (current method)
Fax 1: No authentication control in the equipment
2: Authentication with a user name only
3: Authentication with domain participation
information only
4: Authentication with an external application
08 Setting System DPWS Scan 3642 2 Job 0 0~4 SYS 0: Performs job authentication, permission check 4
mode authentication/Permission and Quota check.
check/Quota check 1: Does not perform job authentication,
permission check and Quota check.
4: Authentication with an external application
08 Setting System NW print/NW User 3642 3 Remote Scan 0 0~4 SYS 0: Normal authentication 4
mode Fax/Internet authentication 4: Authentication with an external application
Fax setting
08 Setting System NW print/NW User 3642 4 Client Application 0 0~4 SYS 0: Normal authentication 4
Fax setting
08 Setting System NW print/NW User 3642 5 TopAccess 0 0~4 SYS 0: Normal authentication 4
Fax setting
08 Setting System User interface 3643 Filtering condition for job 1 0~1 SYS 0: Filtered with user name 1
mode list on the panel 1: Filtered with domain name and user name
* This code is valid only when the value of 08-
3642-0 is "1".
08 Setting System General 3644 Login restriction for 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode reissued card 1: Enabled
08 Setting System User interface User 3646 Copy 1 0~1 HDD/ 0: Disabled 1
mode authentication SSD 1: Enabled
setting
08 Setting System User interface User 3647 Fax 1 0~1 HDD/ 0: Disabled 1
setting
08 Setting System User interface User 3648 Printer/e-Filing 1 0~1 HDD/ 0: Disabled 1
setting
08 Setting System User interface User 3649 Scanning 1 0~1 HDD/ 0: Disabled 1
setting
08 Setting System User interface User 3650 List print 1 0~1 HDD/ 0: Disabled 1
setting
08 Setting System User interface 3651 Authentication method for 1 0~1 HDD/ 0: Only password 1
mode administrator SSD 1: User name and password
08 Setting System User interface 3652 Switchover of card reader 0 0~1 SYS Switches the display on the control panel 1
mode display on the control panel (authentication screen) depending on the
connected card reader.
0: Non-contact type
1: Card insertion type

08 Setting System User interface 3653 Timing of the determined 0 0~1 SYS Selects the timing to be determined whether the 1
mode for the print job connectable print job connectable.
0: Consumables life priority
It is judged whether the following print job exists
by the time the last page of the predecessor job is
printed.
After the last page is discharged, the machine is
stopped when the following print job doesn't exist.
1: Print Performance priority
It is judged whether the following print job exists
by the time the last page of the predecessor job is
discharged.
08 Setting System Security Security Stamp Target 3654 0 Copy 0 0~1 HDD/ 0: OFF 4
mode SSD 1: ON
08 Setting System Security Security Stamp Target 3654 1 Print 0 0~1 HDD/ 0: OFF 4
mode SSD 1: ON
* When the value of this code is set to "1", the
value of 08-9306 is automatically set to "1"
(Disabled).
08 Setting System Security Security Stamp Target 3654 2 Fax TX 0 0~1 HDD/ 0: OFF 4
mode SSD 1: ON
08 Setting System Security Security Stamp Print 3654 3 e-Filing 0 0~1 HDD/ 0: OFF 4
mode SSD 1: ON
08 Setting System Security Security Stamp Information in the 3655 0 Date of unpacking 2 0~2 HDD/ 0: OFF 4
mode stamp SSD 1: Date
2: Date & Time
08 Setting System Security Security Stamp Information in the 3655 1 Card ID 1 0~1 HDD/ 0: OFF 4
mode stamp SSD 1: ON
08 Setting System Security Security Stamp Information in the 3655 2 User Name 1 0~1 HDD/ 0: OFF 4
mode stamp SSD 1: ON
08 Setting System Security Security Stamp 3655 3 Job ID 1 0~1 HDD/ 0: OFF 4
mode SSD 1: ON
08 Setting System Security Security Stamp 3655 4 Serial Number 1 0~1 HDD/ 0: OFF 4
mode SSD 1: ON
08 Setting System Security Security Stamp 3655 5 Department Name 1 0~1 HDD/ 0: OFF 4
mode SSD 1: ON
08 Setting System Security Security Stamp 3655 6 Optional text 1 0~1 HDD/ 0: OFF 4
mode SSD 1: ON
08 Setting System Security Security Stamp 3656 Setting UI 1 0~1 SYS 0: Not Display 1
mode 1: Display
08 Setting System Feeding 3657 List/report printing from the 0 0~1 SYS Sets to feed the paper from a drawer whose 1 Yes
mode system drawer specified for "Fax" attribute is specified to "FAX" when a list or report
is printed.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System Network Internet Fax 3658 To/Bcc Destination 0 0~1 SYS Switches the destination of an internet fax to be 1
mode sent to To or Bcc.
0: To
1: Bcc

08 Setting System FAX 3659 Image position and size 1 0~2 SYS This setting is applied only when a received fax 1 Yes
mode setting at the time of job is forwarded with a pdf format file.
forwarding received Fax 0: Sets to select the paper size from the drawers
jobs in which paper is loaded by corresponding to an
image size. The image position is the upper part
of the paper.
1: Sets to select the paper size from the drawers
in which paper is loaded by corresponding to an
image size. The image position is the center part
of the paper.
2: Sets to select a standard size paper
corresponding to an image size. The image
position is the upper part of the paper.
- If "FAX" has been set as the attribute of a
drawer, its paper size will be applied when "0" or
"1" is selected.
08 Setting System FAX 3661 Fax operation setting 1 0~2 SYS 0: Transmission is not operable during off-hook 1
mode during off-hook transmission 1: Direct transmission is operable during off-hook
2: Transmission is operable during off-hook
* If you set "2", select [Memory Transmission] in
[User Functions] - [User] - [FAX] - [TTI].
08 Setting System Scanning 3662 Waiting period for continue 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode after the RADF scanning 1: Enabled
* When "Enabled" is set, the screen to notify
continuity appears for 1 second after RADF
scanning has been completed.
08 Setting System 3666 Process of user 0 0~1 HDD/ 0: Normal process 1
mode authentication (SimpleBind) SSD 1: Special process
08 Setting System 3667 Addition of the QR code to Refer to 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1 Yes
mode the total counter list contents 1: Enabled
<Default value>
JPD: 1
Others: 0
08 Setting System User interface Department 3669 User Functions 1 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode setting 1: Enabled
08 Setting System User interface User 3670 User Functions 1 0~1 HDD/ 0: Disabled 1
setting
08 Setting System 3672 Setting for each debug log 0 0~1 SYS 0: 5M 1
mode file size 1: 10MB
08 Setting System Self-diagnostic 3673 In one-go setting from a - When processing is carried out, a setting file is 3 Yes
mode codes in one- USB storage device read from a USB storage device and the setting
go setting values of the self-diagnostic codes listed in the
setting file are written sequentially.
08 Setting System Network 3674 Specifying whether to 0 0~1 SYS 0: Not displayed 1
mode display the network timeout 1: Displayed
error page on the EWB or
not
08 Setting System Security 3676 Change of Remote-access- #1048#toshi HDD/ Maximum 65 letters 11
mode service user password ba SSD Sets a password for a built-in user "Remote-
access-service".
08 Setting System User interface Display/non- 3677 0 EWB access authorization 1 0~1 HDD/ 0: Not displayed 4
mode display of the setting SSD 1: Displayed
setting section

08 Setting System User interface Display/non- 3677 1 USB direct printing 1 0~1 HDD/ 0: Not displayed 4
mode display of the authorization setting SSD 1: Displayed
setting section
08 Setting System FAX 3678 Default address book 0 0~1 SYS Selects the address book to be displayed as 1 Yes
mode default.
0: Local address book
1: Shared address book
08 Setting System FAX Result list output 3680 0 Print settings 1 0~1 SYS 0: Not printed 4 Yes
mode 1: Printed
08 Setting System FAX Result list output 3680 1 File save settings 0 0~1 SYS 0: Not saved 4 Yes
mode 1: Saved
08 Setting System FAX Result list output 3680 2 E-mail transmission settings 0 0~1 SYS 0: Not sent 4 Yes
mode 1: Sent
08 Setting System Confidentiality 3681 Job Status/Job Log 0 0~3 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode 1: Only job status is made confidential.
2: Only job log is made confidential.
3: The job status and jog log are made
confidential.
08 Setting System Confidentiality 3682 0 User information 0 0~1 SYS 0: Does not make confidential. 4
mode 1: Makes confidential.
08 Setting System Confidentiality 3682 1 Send to information 0 0~1 SYS 0: Does not make confidential. 4
08 Setting System Confidentiality 3682 2 Send from information 0 0~1 SYS 0: Does not make confidential. 4
08 Setting System Confidentiality 3682 3 Agent information 0 0~1 SYS 0: Does not make confidential. 4
08 Setting System Address book 3683 Setting of 0 0~1 SYS Sets whether or not to allow the access to the 1
mode accessible/inaccessible address book from the outside (*).
from the outside * Outside: TopAccess, Outputmanagement I/F,
MIB, Client application
0: Allowed
1: Not allowed
08 Setting System Centering copy 3688 Default setting 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode 1: Enabled
08 Setting System Address book 3691 Maximum registration 30 0~6000 SYS Sets the upper limit of the numbers of the 1 Yes
mode numbers in FAVORITE addresses to be registered in FAVORITE of the
address book.
08 Setting System Address book Display setting Fax 3692 0 Tab displayed as default 0 0~2 SYS Selects the tab which is displayed when starting 4
mode the address book.
0: [SINGLE] tab
1: [GROUP] tab
2: [DIRECT] tab
08 Setting System Address book Display setting Fax 3692 1 Address book for [SINGLE] 0 0~1 SYS Selects the display style of the address book. 4
mode 0: Button style
1: List style
08 Setting System Address book Display setting Fax 3692 2 Address book for [GROUP] 1 0~1 SYS Selects the display style of the address book. 4
1: List style

08 Setting System Address book Display setting SCAN 3693 0 Tab displayed as default 0 0~2 SYS Selects the tab which is displayed when starting 4
mode the address book.
0: [SINGLE] tab
1: [GROUP] tab
2: [DIRECT] tab
08 Setting System Address book Display setting SCAN 3693 1 Address book for [SINGLE] 0 0~1 SYS Selects the display style of the address book. 4
1: List style
08 Setting System Address book Display setting SCAN 3693 2 Address book for [GROUP] 1 0~1 SYS Selects the display style of the address book. 4
1: List style
08 Setting System User interface 3694 Display method of the 0 0~1 SYS Sets how to express in the UI the combination of 1
mode prohibited combination in functions prohibited.
functions * Some functions in SCAN and OCR only
0: Disabling the button operation.
1: Button operation is enabled, but a pop-up is
displayed not to make a setting performance.
08 Setting System Embedded Default setting 3695 0 1st language Refer to 1~18 SYS Sets the initial value of the 1st language of the 4
mode OCR contents embedded OCR.
1: English
2: German
3: French
4: Spanish
5: Italian
6: Danish
7: Finnish
8: Norwegian
9: Swedish
10: Netherlandish
11: Polish
12: Russian
13: Japanese
14: Chinese(Simplified)
15: Chinese(Traditional)
16: Brazilian Portuguese
17: European Portuguese
18: Turkish
<Default value>
JPD: 13
CND: 14
TWD: 15
Other: 1

08 Setting System Embedded Default setting 3695 1 2nd language Refer to 0~18 SYS Sets the initial value of the 2nd language of the 4
mode OCR contents embedded OCR.
0: None
1: English
2: German
3: French
4: Spanish
5: Italian
6: Danish
7: Finnish
8: Norwegian
9: Swedish
10: Netherlandish
11: Polish
12: Russian
13: Japanese
14: Chinese(Simplified)
15: Chinese(Traditional)
16: Brazilian Portuguese
17: European Portuguese
18: Turkish
<Default value>
JPD/ARD: 1
Other: 0
08 Setting System Embedded Default setting 3695 2 Rotation correction 1 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 4
mode OCR 1: Enabled
08 Setting System Embedded Default setting Page creation 3695 3 XLSX (Multi) 0 0~1 SYS 0: 1 page in 1 sheet 4
mode OCR method 1: Compiles multiple pages in 1 sheet
08 Setting System Built-in 3698 Permission of the settings, 1 0~1 SYS 0: Built-in applications are not allowed 1
mode application installation and execution 1: Built-in applications are allowed
* "0" is set in the high security mode.
08 Setting System Waste toner 3699 Nearly-full notification 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode box setting 1: Enabled
08 Setting System Network 3702 Logon User Name of HDD/ Maximum 128 letters 11
mode Windows Domain SSD
Authentication
08 Setting System Network 3703 Logon User Name HDD/ Maximum 128 letters 11
mode Password of Windows SSD
Domain Authentication
08 Setting System Network 3704 PDC2 of user authentication SYS Maximum 128 letters 11
mode
08 Setting System Network 3705 BDC2 of user authentication SYS Maximum 128 letters 11
mode
08 Setting System Network 3706 PDC3 of user authentication SYS Maximum 128 letters 11
mode
08 Setting System Network 3707 BDC3 of user authentication SYS Maximum 128 letters 11
mode
08 Setting System Network 3708 PDC of Windows Domain HDD/ Maximum 128 letters 11
mode Authentication SSD
08 Setting System Network 3709 BDC of device HDD/ Maximum 128 letters 11
mode authentication SSD
08 Setting System Network 3718 Domain name of device HDD/ Maximum 128 letters 11
mode authentication SSD

08 Setting System Network 3719 Windows domain No. 2 of SYS Maximum 96 letters 11
mode user authentication
08 Setting System Network 3720 Windows domain No. 3 of SYS Maximum 96 letters 11
mode user authentication
08 Setting System Network 3721 AppleTalk device name MFP's HDD/ Maximum 32 letters 11
mode serial SSD "MFP's serial number" is set as default. Perform
number 08-9083 to set the default value.
08 Setting System Network 3722 PDC/BDC timeout value of 60 1~180 HDD/ Applied to the device authentication 1
mode Windows Domain SSD
Authentication (Unit:
Seconds)
08 Setting System Network 3723 User authentication 30 1~180 SYS Applied to the user authentication 1
mode PDC/BDC time-out period
(Unit: Seconds)
08 Setting System Network Windows domain User 3724 0 Setting for User 1 1~4 HDD/ Sets the Windows domain authentication method 4
mode authentication authentication authentication SSD for device authentication, user authentication.
method When the setting of the domain authentication
method is unknown, it's strongly recommended to
set the value of this code to "1" (Auto).
1: Auto
2: Kerberos
3: NTLMv2
4: NTLMv2
08 Setting System Network Windows domain Scan to 3724 1 Setting for Scan to 5 1~5 HDD/ Sets the authentication method of the SMB client 4
mode authentication SMB/Windows SMB/Windows Logon SSD (Scan to SMB/Windows logon).
method Logon 1: Kerberos/NTLMv1
2: Kerberos
3: NTLMv2
4: NTLMv1
5: Kerberos/NTLMv2
* If an SMB server to which Scan to SMB is
connected does not support the NTLMv2
authentication, change this code to "1"
(Kerberos/NTLMv1).
* If "1" (Kerberos/NTLMv1) is set, connection to
Mac OS X 10.10 or later becomes disabled.
08 Setting System Network 3725 IPP max connection 16 1~16 HDD/ 1
mode SSD
08 Setting System Network 3726 IPP active connection 10 1~16 HDD/ 1
mode SSD
08 Setting System Network 3727 LPD max connection 10 1~16 HDD/ 1
mode SSD
08 Setting System Network 3728 LPD active connection 10 1~16 HDD/ 1
mode SSD
08 Setting System Network 3729 ATalk PS max Connection 10 1~16 HDD/ 1
mode SSD
08 Setting System Network 3730 ATalk PS active Connection 10 1~16 HDD/ 1
mode SSD
08 Setting System Network 3731 Raw TCP max Connection 10 1~16 HDD/ 1
mode SSD
08 Setting System Network 3732 Raw TCP active connection 10 1~16 HDD/ 1
mode SSD

08 Setting System Network 3736 DNS client TimeOut 5 1~180 HDD/ Use when a timeout occurred at DNS client 1
mode SSD connection.
08 Setting System Network 3739 FTP Client TimeOut (SCAN) 30 1~180 HDD/ Use when a timeout occurred at FTP client 1
08 Setting System Network 3743 LDAP client TimeOut 5 1~180 HDD/ Use when a timeout occurred at LDAP client 1
08 Setting System Network DPWS 3754 Switching printer setting 1 1~2 HDD/ DPWS printer function is switched. 1
mode SSD 1: Enabled
2: Disabled
08 Setting System Network DPWS 3755 Switching scanner setting 1 1~2 HDD/ DPWS scanner function is switched. 1
mode SSD 1: Enabled
2: Disabled
08 Setting System Network DPWS 3757 Discovery Port Number 3702 1~65535 HDD/ Port number used for DPWS Discovery. 1
mode SSD
08 Setting System Network DPWS 3758 Metadata Exchange Port 50081 1~65535 HDD/ Port number used for DPWS Metadata Exchange. 1
mode Number SSD
08 Setting System Network DPWS 3759 Print Port Number 50082 1~65535 HDD/ Port number used for DPWS Print. 1
mode SSD
08 Setting System Network DPWS 3760 Scan Port Number 50083 1~65535 HDD/ Port number used for DPWS Scan. 1
mode SSD
08 Setting System Network DPWS 3765 Print Max numbers of 10 1~20 HDD/ Maximum numbers received from more than one 1
mode connection SSD connection request in the DPWS print.
08 Setting System Network DPWS 3766 Print Max numbers of 10 1~20 HDD/ Maximum numbers of data received from more 1
mode reception SSD than one clients in the DPWS print.
08 Setting System Network IPv6 3767 Switching IPv6 setting 1 1~2 HDD/ IPv6 function is switched. 1
mode SSD 1: Enabled
2: Disabled
08 Setting System Network IPv6 3768 Switching address 3 1~3 HDD/ IP (IPv6) address acquisition setting is switched. 1
mode acquisition SSD 1: Manual
2: Stateless
3: Stateful
08 Setting System Network IPv6 3770 IPv6 Address HDD/ Displays IPv6 address. Maximum 40 characters 11
mode SSD (byte).
08 Setting System Network IPv6 3771 Prefix display setting HDD/ Sets the length of the displayed prefix. Maximum 11
mode SSD 3 characters (byte).
08 Setting System Network IPv6 3772 Default Gateway setting HDD/ Sets the default gateway for IPv6 address. 11
mode SSD Maximum 40 characters (byte).
08 Setting System Network 3774 DHCPv6 Option setting 2 1~2 HDD/ DHCPv6 Option is switched when the Manual is 1
mode SSD set.
1: Enabled
2: Disabled
08 Setting System Network 3777 Stateless Address setting 1 1~2 HDD/ IP Address is acquired by both Stateless and 1
mode SSD State full Address.
1: Enabled
2: Disabled
08 Setting System Network 3778 Acquiring DHCPv6 Option 1 1~2 HDD/ When Stateless Address is selected, an option is 1
mode SSD acquired from DHCPv6 server.
1: Enabled
2: Disabled

08 Setting System Network 3779 Stateful Address setting 1 1~2 HDD/ IP Address is acquired from DHCPv6 server. 1
mode SSD 1: Enabled
2: Disabled
08 Setting System Network 3780 Stateful Option setting 1 1~2 HDD/ An option is acquired from DHCPv6 server. 1
mode SSD 1: Enabled
2: Disabled
08 Setting System Network IPv6 3781 Primary DNS Server HDD/ Registration of Primary DNS Server Address. 11
mode Address Registration SSD Maximum 40 characters (byte).
08 Setting System Network IPv6 3782 Secondary DNS Server HDD/ Registration of Secondary DNS Server Address. 11
mode Address Registration SSD Maximum 40 characters (byte).
08 Setting System Extension 3786 0 WSScan 1 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 4
mode setting for 1: Enabled
WSD
08 Setting System Network 3793 LLTD function setting 1 1~2 HDD/ Sets the LLTD function. 1
mode SSD 1: Enabled
2: Disabled
08 Setting System General 3797 PJL USTATUS setting 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether to remain or initialize the PJL 1
mode USTATUS setting for each job.
0: Remaining
1: Initialized
* This setting is available only when SNMP
communication is performed.
08 Setting System Built-in 3798 Upper limit of installation 30 0~100 SYS Sets the upper limit of the available installation 1
mode application number of the times of a built-in application.
08 Setting System Built-in 3799 Upper limit number of 15 0~100 SYS Sets the upper limit number of the built-in 1
mode application applications executed at applications which can be executed at one time in
one time the background
08 Setting System General Direct printing Default value 3802 Paper size setting Refer to 0~13 SYS 0: Ledger 1: Legal 2: Letter 3: Computer 4: 1
mode setting contents Statement 5: A3 6: A4 7: A5 9: B4 10: B5 11:
Folio 12: Legal13" 13: LetterSquare
<Default value>
NAD: 2
Others: 6
* In the printing of a PDF file, this setting will be
enabled while "0" (Disabled) is set in 08-3829-3
(Direct printing - Priority setting to the PDF original
size).
08 Setting System General USB media 3803 Enable/disable setting 1 0~1 SYS Sets the USB media direct printing function. 1
mode direct printing 0: Disabled
1: Enabled

08 Setting System Scanning 3805 Department Management 3 0~3 SYS Sets the department management with remote 1
mode setting by Remote Scan scanning as follows:
0: w/o GUI OFF, w/ GUI OFF
1: w/o GUI ON, w/ GUI OFF
2: w/o GUI OFF, w/ GUI ON
3: w/o GUI ON, w/ GUI ON
w/o GUI:
Remote scanning is operated on SSOP
application of eCOPY Inc.
w/ GUI:
Remote scanning is operated on TTEC-specific
GUI.
This setting is only for department management

with remote scanning. When GUI is set ON, a
department code dialog is displayed at the start-
up of remote scanning. This code is valid only
when the code 08-9120 is set "1 (Valid)".
08 Setting System Network Intranet Fax Sender e-mail 3809 Mixed transmission Refer to HDD/ When "2" is selected in 08-3810 (Internet and 11 Yes
mode address contents SSD Intranet Faxes are mixed), the address entered in
this code is used as the one for the Intranet Fax
sender.
Maximum 192 characters
* Once the HDD clearance has been performed,
the default value is set.
08 Setting System Network Intranet Fax 3810 Function setting 0 0~2 SYS When an Internet Fax is sent, Intranet Fax 1 Yes
mode communication is set.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
2: Internet and Intranet Faxes are mixed
When "0" is set, an Internet Fax is sent using an
SMTP server.
When "1" is set, Intranet Fax communication is
enabled and an Internet Fax is sent to MFPs on
the intranet without using an SMTP server. Since
no SMTP server is used, the SSL encryption and
SMTPAUTH function cannot be used for internet
Fax transmission.
When "2" is set, Internet and Intranet Faxes are
mixed.
If "1: Enabled" is set in 08-3810, set "1: Enabled"
in 08-3812 as well. In addition, if a port number
other than "25" is used for Intranet Fax, specify
the one to be used in 08-8847.
08 Setting System Network Intranet Fax 3811 Image encrypting at the 0 0~1 SYS When Intranet Fax communication is performed, 1 Yes
mode Intranet Fax an attached image is encrypted.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System Network Internet Fax 3812 Dummy full mode at 0 0~1 SYS When an Internet Fax is sent, the resolution ratio 1 Yes
mode transmission and the paper size of an attached image are set
to the full mode.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
If "1: Enabled" is set in 08-3810, set "1: Enabled"
in 08-3812 as well.

08 Setting System Scanning XPS file 3815 Thumbnail addition 1 0~1 SYS Thumbnail is added to the XPS file produced by 1
mode the Scan function.
0: Not added
1: Only the top page added
08 Setting System Scanning XPS file 3816 Paper size setting 1 0~1 SYS The paper size of the XPS file produced by the 1
mode Scan function is set.
0: Scanned image size
1: Standard size
08 Setting System Scanning PDF file 3817 Version setting 4 0, 1, 4 SYS The version of PDF file produced by the Scan 1
mode function is set.
0: PDF V1.3
1: PDF V1.4
4: PDF V1.7
08 Setting System User 3819 Shared HOME screen 0 0~1 SYS Sets whether or not to use the shared HOME 1
mode authentication screen while user authentication is enabled.
0: Not used
1: Used
08 Setting System e-BRIDGE 3820 Function setting 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1 Yes
mode CloudConnect 1: Enabled
08 Setting System e-BRIDGE 3822 Function setting of Proxy 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1 Yes
mode CloudConnect Server 1: Enabled
08 Setting System e-BRIDGE 3823 IP Address setting of Proxy Refer to Refer to SYS <Default value> 11 Yes
mode CloudConnect Server contents contents 0.0.0.0
<Acceptable value>
0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255
08 Setting System e-BRIDGE 3824 Port number setting of 80 1~65535 SYS 1 Yes
mode CloudConnect Proxy Server
08 Setting System e-BRIDGE 3825 Account ID setting of Proxy Refer to SYS Maximum 30 characters. 11 Yes
mode CloudConnect Server contents
08 Setting System e-BRIDGE 3826 Account password setting Refer to SYS Maximum 30 characters. 11 Yes
mode CloudConnect of Proxy Server contents
08 Setting System e-BRIDGE 3827 Connection server at ECC Refer to Refer to HDD/ Sets the URL of the server to be connected at 11 Yes
mode CloudConnect starting contents contents SSD ECC starting.
Maximum 259 characters (ASCII)
<Default value>
AUD: https://gsidevice-ap.toshiba-
solutions.com:443
Others: Blank
* When no value is set, the standard server of
ECC will be connected.
08 Setting System e-BRIDGE 3828 Limitation in connection to Refer to 0~1 SYS Sets whether or not to permit the connection of an 1 Yes
mode CloudConnect another ECC server contents ECC server other than the one set in 08-3827.
0: Connection not permitted
1: Connection permitted
<Default value>
AUD: 0
Others: 1
* When the setting value is "0" (Connection not
permitted), the server in the URL other than that
set in 08-3827 is not connected.
* When you want to change the setting value from
"1" to "0", be sure to do so before registering the
MFP in ECC.

08 Setting System General Direct printing Default value 3829 0 Color mode setting 0 0~2 SYS 0: Auto color 4
mode setting 1: Black
2: Full color
08 Setting System General Direct printing Default value 3829 1 Duplex setting 0 0~2 SYS 0: Single 4
mode setting 1: Book
2: Tablet
* This setting is not applied to e-mail direct
printing.
08 Setting System General Direct printing Default value 3829 2 Finishing setting 0 0~2 SYS 0: None 4
mode setting 1: Staple(Upper left)
2: Staple(Upper right)
* This setting is not applied to e-mail direct
printing.
08 Setting System General Direct printing Default value 3829 3 Priority setting to the PDF 1 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 4
mode setting original size 1: Enabled
08 Setting System General Direct printing Default value 3829 4 PDF size option setting 1 1~2 SYS 1: Fits to the paper size 4
mode setting 2: Reduces the size to fit to the paper size
* This setting will be enabled while "0" (Disabled)
is set in 08-3829-3 (Direct printing - Priority setting
to the PDF original size).
08 Setting System General E-mail direct 3830 0 Function setting 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 4
mode printing 1: Auto print
08 Setting System General E-mail direct 3830 1 E-mail header print setting 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 4
mode printing 1: Enabled
* Printing will not be performed even if this setting
is enabled while "0" (Disabled) is set in 08-3830-0
(E-mail direct printing - Function setting).
08 Setting System General E-mail direct 3830 2 E-mail body print setting 1 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 4
* Printing will not be performed even if this setting
is enabled while "0" (Disabled) is set in 08-3830-0
(E-mail direct printing - Function setting).
08 Setting System General 3833 Home directory function 0 0~1 SYS Function to store a file in the user's home 1
mode directory.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System General 3837 Display switching for the 0 0~1 SYS The display method of the machine name shown 1
mode machine name shown in in the event related notification is switched.
the notification 0: IP address
1: NetBIOS name
08 Setting System General License control 3840 Registration/deletion - Registers electronic keys for setting related 3 Yes
mode optional items (e.g. when the equipment is
delivered). Returns the license file having the
same ID as that in the one-time dongle. Displays
all the electronic keys stored in a USB media
connected to the equipment in a list. Displays
electronic keys registered in the equipment.
08 Setting System Option Fax 3847 Fax mis-transmission 0 0~1 SYS FAX mis-transmission prevention function is 1 Yes
mode prevention switched.
0: OFF (Disabled)
1: ON (Enabled)

08 Setting System Option Fax 3848 Restriction on Address 0 0~1 SYS Sets whether the address in the address book is 1 Yes
mode Book destination selectable or not for the FAX mis-transmission
prevention function.
0: OFF (Disabled)
1: ON (Enabled)
08 Setting System Option Fax 3849 Restriction on destination 0 0~1 SYS Sets whether the direct entry of the FAX number 1 Yes
mode direct entry is available or not for the FAX mis-transmission
prevention function.
0: OFF (Disabled)
1: ON (Enabled)
08 Setting System General 3851 Template display 0 0~1 SYS 0: ID number order 1
mode 1: Alphabetical order
08 Setting System General Summer time 3852 Summer time Automatic Refer to 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode change function contents 1: Enabled
<Default value>
MJD, NAD: 1
Others: 0
08 Setting System General Summer time 3853 Time to shift 2 0~7 SYS 0: +2:00 1: +1:30 2: +1:00 3: +0:30 4: -0:30 5: - 1
mode 1:00 6: -1:30 7: -2:00
08 Setting System General Summer time Start 3854 Month Refer to 1~12 SYS 1: Jan 2: Feb 3: Mar 4: Apr 5: May 1
mode contents 6: Jun 7: Jul 8: Aug 9: Sep 10: Oct
11: Nov 12: Dec
<Default value>
MJD, NAD: 3
Others: 1
08 Setting System General Summer time Start 3855 Week Refer to 1~5 SYS 1: 1st 2: 2nd 3: 3rd 4: 4th 5: Last 1
mode contents <Default value>
MJD: 5
NAD: 2
Others: 1
08 Setting System General Summer time Start 3856 Day of the week 0 0~6 SYS 0: Sun 1: Mon 2: Tue 3: Wed 4: Thu 5: Fri 6: 1
mode Sat
08 Setting System General Summer time Start 3857 Hours Refer to 0~23 SYS 0 to 23 1
MJD, NAD: 2
Others: 0
08 Setting System General Summer time Start 3858 Minutes 0 0~59 SYS 0 to 59 1
mode
08 Setting System General Summer time End 3859 Month Refer to 1~12 SYS 1: Jan 2: Feb 3: Mar 4: Apr 5: May 6: Jun 1
mode contents 7: Jul 8: Aug 9: Sep 10: Oct 11: Nov 12: Dec
<Default value>
MJD: 10
NAD: 11
Others: 1
08 Setting System General Summer time End 3860 Week Refer to 1~5 SYS 1: 1st 2: 2nd 3: 3rd 4: 4th 5: Last 1
MJD: 5
Others: 1
08 Setting System General Summer time End 3861 Day of the week 0 0~6 SYS 0: Sun 1: Mon 2: Tue 3: Wed 4: Thu 5: Fri 6: 1
mode Sat

08 Setting System General Summer time End 3862 Hours Refer to 0~23 SYS 0 to 23 1
MJD: 3
NAD: 2
Others: 0
08 Setting System General Summer time End 3863 Minutes 0 0~59 SYS 0 to 59 1
mode
08 Setting System Network 3864 Disclosure of telnet function 0 0~1 SYS 0: Not disclosed 1
mode 1: Disclosed
When this value is set to "0", the value of code 08-
3865 is set to "2".
08 Setting System Network 3865 Availability of telnet server 2 1~2 HDD/ 1: Enable 1
mode SSD 2: Disable
08 Setting System FAX 3875 Address confirmation for Refer to 0~1 SYS Enable this setting to display the address 1
mode multiple destinations contents confirmation screen before sending fax to prevent
wrong transmission when multiple destination
addresses are specified.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
<Default value>
JPD: 1
Others: 0
08 Setting System Anywhere Print 3876 Replacing Hold Job with 0 0~1 SYS Sets whether or not to replace Hold Job with 1
mode Anywhere Job Anywhere Job.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System Anywhere Print 3877 Print order of Anywhere Job 0 0~1 SYS Sets the print order of Anywhere Job. 1
mode 0: Received order
1: Displayed order in Job List
08 Setting System Anywhere Print 3878 Reprinting 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether or not to enable reprinting in the 1
mode Anywhere Print function.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System Anywhere Print 3879 Linkable unit numbers of 10 1~10 SYS Sets the linkable unit numbers of MFPs in the 1
mode MFPs Anywhere Print function.
(Unit: number)
08 Setting System Anywhere Print 3880 Print Data Converter 0 0~1 SYS Sets whether or not to apply Print Data Converter 1
mode (*) when Anywhere Job printing is performed.
* Print Data Converter: A tool for reflecting the
model specific settings such as image quality to
Anywhere Job. Since multiple Converters may
execute redundantly depending on the
environment, pay attention not to make a
consistency between their functions.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System Project code 3881 Disabled/enabled 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode 1: Enabled
08 Setting System Project code 3882 Action to a job without the 1 0~2 SYS Sets the action to be taken when a job without the 1
mode project code project code is received.
Applicable jobs: Printing, N/W-fax, Internet fax
0: Executed
1: Saved in the Hold queue
2: Deleted

08 Setting System Address book Shared address 3883 Disabled/enabled 0 0~2 SYS Sets whether or not to enable the address book 1
mode book sharing function. Select "2 (Enabled (Master))" to
share the address book of this equipment with
another MFP.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (Secondary)
2: Enabled (Primary)
08 Setting System Address book Shared address 3884 Shared address book 0 0~1 SYS Sets whether or not to allow the edition of the 1
mode book operation when "Slave" is shared address book by an administrator when "1
selected (Enabled (Slave))" is selected in 08-3883.
0: Not allowed
1: Allowed
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- Switching setting 3885 Log-in/log-off of (Built-in) 0 0~1 SYS Sets whether to register in the message log the 1 Yes
mode controlled service of message log Admin events which are logged in or logged off from an
registration MFP with (Built-in) Admin
0: Not registered in the message log
1: Registered in the message log
08 Setting System Address book Search screen 3886 Sort key selection Refer to 0~1 SYS 0: Index, full name, ID 1
mode contents 1: Index, ID
<Default value>
JPD: 1
Others: 0
08 Setting System User interface Card 3895 Card auto registration 0 0~1 HDD/ Sets whether or not automatically to register the 1
mode authentication SSD non-registered card when it is passed over,
without having displayed the user registration
screen
0: Disabled (registration screen displayed)
1: Enabled (registration screen not displayed)
08 Setting System User interface Card 3896 Password for card auto 8 digits Refer to HDD/ Sets the password which is registered 11
mode authentication registration contents SSD automatically when "1" is set to 08-3895.
Maximum 64 letters
08 Setting Printer Feeding 4010 Default setting of paper 0 0~5 SYS 0: A4/LT 1
mode system source 1: LCF
2: 1st drawer
3: 2nd drawer
4: PFP upper drawer
5: PFP lower drawer
08 Setting Printer Feeding Automatic Auto 4011 PPC 1 1~2 SYS Sets whether the drawer is changed automatically 1 Yes
mode system change of paper if the paper runs out in the selected drawer and
source the paper of the same size is in other drawer.
1: ON (Changes to the drawer with the same
paper direction and size: ex. A4 to A4)
paper size. Paper with the different direction is
acceptable as long as the size is the same: ex.,
A4 to A4-R, LT-R to LT. "1" is applied when the
staple/hole punch is specified.)
08 Setting Printer Laser 4012 Pre-running of print device 0 0~2 SYS Sets whether or not switching the status of print 1
mode device from the standby to the ready to print when
the original is set on the RADF or the platen cover
is opened.
0: Valid (when using RADF and the original is set
manually)
1: Invalid
2: Valid (when using RADF only)

08 Setting Printer Laser 4015 Time to shift to energy 3 0~6 SYS Switches the status of print device from the ready 1
mode saving of print device for print to the standby when a certain period of
time has passed from the pre-running. This code
sets the period to switch the status to the standby.
0: 15 sec. 1: 20 sec. 2: 25 sec. 3: 30 sec. 4: 35
sec. 5: 40 sec. 6: 45 sec.
This setting is effective when the value of 08-4012
is set to "0" or "2."
08 Setting Printer Feeding Automatic When a drawer is 4016 0 PPC 0 0~1 SYS Sets whether the automatic change of paper 4 Yes
mode system change of paper specified source is performed or not if the drawer is
source specified as the paper source and the paper in the
specified drawer runs out when coping.
0: Does not change the paper source automatically
1: Changes the paper source automatically
* The operation at the automatic change of the
paper source follows the setting conditions of 08-
4011.
08 Setting Printer Feeding Automatic When a drawer is 4016 1 Printing/BOX printing 0 0~1 SYS Sets whether the automatic change of paper 4 Yes
mode system change of paper specified source is performed or not if the drawer is
source specified as the paper source and the paper in the
specified drawer runs out when printing/BOX
printing.
0: Does not change the paper source automatically
1: Changes the paper source automatically
* The operation at the automatic change of the
paper source follows the setting conditions of 08-
9343.
08 Setting Printer 4017 Polygonal motor stop 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode function when the 1: Enabled
[FUNCTION CLEAR]
button is pressed
08 Setting Printer Feeding Feeding retry 1st drawer 4020 0 Plain/Recycled/Thin/Thick 5 0~5 M Sets the number of times feeding retry occurs 4 Yes
mode system number setting from the 1st drawer.
08 Setting Printer Feeding Feeding retry 1st drawer 4020 1 Other paper 5 0~5 M Sets the number of times feeding retry occurs 4 Yes
mode system number setting from the 1st drawer.
08 Setting Printer Feeding Feeding retry 2nd drawer 4021 0 Plain/Recycled/Thin/Thick 5 0~5 M Sets the number of times feeding retry occurs 4 Yes
mode system number setting from the 2nd drawer.
08 Setting Printer Feeding Feeding retry 2nd drawer 4021 1 Other paper 5 0~5 M Sets the number of times feeding retry occurs 4 Yes
mode system number setting from the 2nd drawer.
08 Setting Printer Feeding Feeding retry PFP upper drawer 4022 0 Plain/Recycled/Thin/Thick 5 0~5 M Sets the number of times feeding retry occurs 4 Yes
mode system number setting from the PFP upper drawer.
08 Setting Printer Feeding Feeding retry PFP upper drawer 4022 1 Other paper 5 0~5 M Sets the number of times feeding retry occurs 4 Yes
mode system number setting from the PFP upper drawer.
08 Setting Printer Feeding Feeding retry PFP lower drawer 4023 0 Plain/Recycled/Thin/Thick 5 0~5 M Sets the number of times feeding retry occurs 4 Yes
mode system number setting from the PFP lower drawer.
08 Setting Printer Feeding Feeding retry PFP lower drawer 4023 1 Other paper 5 0~5 M Sets the number of times feeding retry occurs 4 Yes
mode system number setting from the PFP lower drawer.
08 Setting Printer Feeding Feeding retry Bypass feeding 4024 0 Plain/Recycled/Thin/Thick 5 0~5 M Sets the number of times feeding retry occurs 4 Yes
mode system number setting from the bypass tray.
08 Setting Printer Feeding Feeding retry Bypass feeding 4024 1 Other paper 5 0~5 M Sets the number of times feeding retry occurs 4 Yes
mode system number setting from the bypass tray.
08 Setting Printer Feeding Feeding retry LCF 4025 Plain/Recycled/Thick 5 0~5 M Sets the number of times feeding retry occurs 1 Yes
mode system number setting from the LCF.

08 Setting Printer Feeding Paper size 4100 1st drawer Refer to 0~255 M Press the button on the LCD to select the size. 9
mode system setting contents This code is reset every time a paper size is
detected automatically.
4: A4
19: A3
20: A4-R
21: A5-R
37: B5
52: B4
53: B5-R
64: LT
80: LT-R
81: LD
82: LG
83: ST-R
84: COMP
85: FOLIO
86: 13"LG
87: 8.5" x 8.5"
129: 16K
144: 8K
145: 16K-R
254: Custom
<Default value>
NAD: 64
Others: 4
08 Setting Printer Feeding Paper size 4101 2nd drawer Refer to 0~255 M Press the button on the LCD to select the size. 9
4: A4
19: A3
20: A4-R
21: A5-R
37: B5
52: B4
53: B5-R
64: LT
80: LT-R
81: LD
82: LG
83: ST-R
84: COMP
85: FOLIO
86: 13"LG
87: 8.5" x 8.5"
112: CHO3-R
113: YOU4-R
114: COM10-R
115: Monarch-R
116: DL-R
121: Kaku2-R
129: 16K
144: 8K
145: 16K-R
254: Custom
<Default value>
NAD: 81
Others: 19

08 Setting Printer Feeding Paper size 4102 3rd drawer Refer to 0~255 M Press the button on the LCD to select the size. 9
4: A4
19: A3
20: A4-R
21: A5-R
37: B5
52: B4
53: B5-R
64: LT
80: LT-R
81: LD
82: LG
83: ST-R
84: COMP
85: FOLIO
86: 13"LG
87: 8.5" x 8.5"
112: CHO3-R
113: YOU4-R
114: COM10-R
115: Monarch-R
116: DL-R
121: Kaku2-R
129: 16K
144: 8K
145: 16K-R
254: Custom
<Default value>
NAD: 80
Others: 20

08 Setting Printer Feeding Paper size 4103 4th drawer Refer to 0~255 M Press the button on the LCD to select the size. 9
4: A4
19: A3
20: A4-R
21: A5-R
37: B5
52: B4
53: B5-R
64: LT
80: LT-R
81: LD
82: LG
83: ST-R
84: COMP
85: FOLIO
86: 13"LG
87: 8.5" x 8.5"
112: CHO3-R
113: YOU4-R
114: COM10-R
115: Monarch-R
116: DL-R
121: Kaku2-R
129: 16K
144: 8K
145: 16K-R
254: Custom
<Default value>
NAD: 82
JPD: 52
Others: 4
08 Setting Printer Feeding Paper size 4104 LCF Refer to 0~255 M Press the button on the LCD to select the size. 9
4: A4
19: A3
20: A4-R
21: A5-R
37: B5
52: B4
53: B5-R
64: LT
80: LT-R
81: LD
82: LG
83: ST-R
84: COMP
85: FOLIO
86: 13"LG
87: 8.5" x 8.5"
129: 16K
144: 8K
145: 16K-R
<Default value>
NAD: 64
Others: 4

08 Setting Printer Feeding 4105 PFP/LCF installation 0 0~4 M 0: Auto 1
mode system 1: PFP upper drawer installed
2: PFP upper and lower drawers installed
3: LCF installed
4: Neither PFP nor LCF installed
When the use of the PFP or LCF needs to be
stopped due to some reason such as a
malfunction, set "4" to this code.
When the PFP or LCF is newly installed, set "0" to
this code. When the PFP or LCF is removed, set
"4" to this code.
08 Setting Printer Feeding Paper size 4106 A3-R 4200/2970 1820~4320/ M Value of feeding/widthwise direction 10
mode system setting 1400~2970 (Unit : 0.1 mm)
08 Setting Printer Feeding Paper size 4109 B4-R 3640/2570 1820~4320/ M Value of feeding/widthwise direction 10
08 Setting Printer Feeding Paper size 4110 B5-R 2570/1820 1820~4320/ M Value of feeding/widthwise direction 10
08 Setting Printer Feeding Paper size 4111 LT-R 2794/2159 1820~4320/ M Value of feeding/widthwise direction 10
08 Setting Printer Feeding Paper size 4112 LD-R 4318/2794 1820~4320/ M Value of feeding/widthwise direction 10
08 Setting Printer Feeding Paper size 4113 LG-R 3556/2159 1820~4320/ M Value of feeding/widthwise direction 10
08 Setting Printer Feeding Paper size 4114 ST-R 2159/1397 1820~4320/ M Value of feeding/widthwise direction 10
08 Setting Printer Feeding Paper size 4115 COMPUTER-R 3556/2571 1820~4320/ M Value of feeding/widthwise direction 10
08 Setting Printer Feeding Paper size 4116 FOLIO-R 3300/2100 1820~4320/ M Value of feeding/widthwise direction 10
08 Setting Printer Feeding Paper size 4117 13"LG-R 3302/2159 1820~4320/ M Value of feeding/widthwise direction 10
08 Setting Printer Feeding Paper size 4118 8.5" x 8.5" 2159/2159 1820~4320/ M Value of feeding/widthwise direction 10
08 Setting Printer Feeding Paper size 4119 Non-standard 432/279 148~432/10 SYS Value of feeding/widthwise direction 10
mode system setting 5~297
08 Setting Printer Feeding Paper size 4120 8K-R 3900/2700 1820~4320/ M Value of feeding/widthwise direction 10
08 Setting Printer Feeding Paper size 4121 16K-R 2700/1950 1820~4320/ M Value of feeding/widthwise direction 10
08 Setting Printer Feeding Paper size 4122 A3-wide-R 4570/3050 1820~4570/ M Value of feeding/widthwise direction 10
08 Setting Printer Feeding Paper size 4124 #10-R 2413/1047 1480~4320/ M Value of feeding/widthwise direction 10

08 Setting Printer Feeding Paper size 4127 DL-R 2200/1100 1480~4320/ M Value of feeding/widthwise direction 10
08 Setting Printer Feeding 4131 Feeding retry setting 0 0~1 M 0: ON 1 Yes
mode system 1: OFF
* When the value of 08-9016 is set to "5", the
value of this code is automatically set to "1".
08 Setting Printer Feeding Paper size Copy 4140 Bypass feed 255 0~431 SYS Press the button on the LCD to select the size. 9
mode system setting 4: A4
19: A3
20: A4-R
21: A5-R
22: A6-R
37: B5
52: B4
53: B5-R
64: LT
80: LT-R
81: LD
82: LG
83: ST-R
84: COMP
85: FOLIO
86: 13"LG
87: 8.5" x 8.5"
129: 16K
144: 8K
145: 16K-R
146: JPostcard
255: Undefined
301: Com10
331: DL
361: Monarch
381: Cho3
391: You4
431: Kaku2
08 Setting Printer Feeding Paper size 4143 Envelope: Monarch-R 1905/984 1480~4320/ M Value of feeding/widthwise direction 10
08 Setting Printer Feeding Paper size 4144 Envelope: 120 x 235-R 2350/1200 1480~4320/ M Value of feeding/widthwise direction 10
08 Setting Printer Feeding Paper size 4145 Envelope: 105 x 235-R 2350/1050 1480~4320/ M Value of feeding/widthwise direction 10
08 Setting Printer Feeding Paper size 4205 LD-wide 4570/3050 1480~4570/ M Value of feeding/widthwise direction 10
08 Setting Printer Feeding Paper size 4206 Post card 1480/1000 1480~4320/ M Value of feeding/widthwise direction. 10
* Post card is supported only for JPN model.
08 Setting Printer Fuser Fusing error Center thermistor 4530 0 Thermistor output A/D value 0 0~255 M 4
mode temperature
08 Setting Printer Fuser Fusing error Center thermistor 4530 1 Data after correction 0 0~255 M 4
mode temperature
08 Setting Printer Fuser Fusing error Rear thermistor 4531 0 Thermistor output A/D value 0 0~255 M 4
mode temperature
08 Setting Printer Fuser Fusing error Rear thermistor 4531 1 Data after correction 0 0~255 M 4
mode temperature

08 Setting Printer Fuser Fusing error Side thermistor 4532 Thermistor output A/D value 0 0~255 M 1
mode temperature
08 Setting Printer Waste toner Continuous use 4541 Use number 0 0~10 M The continuous use number without replacing the 1
mode box after the full waste toner box with a new one after the waste
status is detected toner box full status has been detected.
08 Setting Printer Feeding 4542 Switching for incorrect size 0 0~1 M 0: Enabled 1 Yes
mode system jam detection 1: Disabled
08 Setting Printer Transfer Color registration 4546 Execution mode setting 4 0~6 M 0: Not performed automatically 1 Yes
mode control 1: (a)
2: (b)
3: (a)＋(b)＋(1)
4: (a)＋(b)＋(2)
5: (a)＋(b)＋(3)
6: (a)＋(b)＋(4)
<Description>
(a) Performs the adjustment automatically after
unit replacement, at pre-warming, and at recovery
from the sleep mode.
(b) Performs the adjustment automatically every
time after a specified period of time has passed.
(1) Never performs the adjustment at warming up
and after the first print job has completed.
(2) Performs the adjustment automatically after
the first print job has completed.
(3) If the adjustment was performed last time the
specified period of time has passed, (4) is applied.
If not, (2) is applied.
(4) Performs the adjustment automatically at
warming up.
08 Setting Printer Finisher 4547 Manual stapling time-out 15 3~30 M 3-30sec. 1
mode period (In increments of 1sec.)
08 Setting Printer Transfer Color registration Start-up time set 4550 0 1st startup 3 3~255 M 1st color registration control start-up time (Unit: 4 Yes
mode control for color minute) automatically set when the color
registration registration control has not been performed
automatically at power ON, recovery from the
ready status or recovery from the sleep mode.
08 Setting Printer Transfer Color registration Start-up time set 4550 1 2nd or subsequent startups 30 3~255 M Start-up time (Unit: minute) for 2nd or subsequent 4 Yes
mode control for color color registration control start-ups automatically
registration set when the color registration control has been
automatically performed after a specified period of
time.
08 Setting Printer Development Waste toner During printing 4551 0 Mixing start 2 0~6 M 0: 100 counts 4
mode mixing paddles 1: 200 counts
setting 2: 300 counts
3: 600 counts
4: 1200 counts
5: 2400 counts
6: 3600 counts
08 Setting Printer Development Waste toner During printing 4551 1 Rotation period 3 0~6 M 0: Agitated for 3 sec. 4
mode mixing paddles 1: Agitated for 4 sec.
setting 2: Agitated for 5 sec.
3: Agitated for 6 sec.

08 Setting Printer Feeding Pausing of 4553 1 2nd drawer 1 0~7 M 0: Disabled 4
mode system pushing paper 1: Enabled (recycled paper only)
2: Enabled (plain paper only)
3: Enabled (plain paper and recycled paper)
4: Enabled (thin paper only)
5: Enabled (recycled paper and thin paper)
6: Enabled (plain paper and thin paper)
7: Enabled (plain paper, recycled paper, and thin
paper)
08 Setting Printer Feeding Pausing of 4553 2 PFP upper drawer 1 0~7 M 0: Disabled 4
paper)
08 Setting Printer Feeding Pausing of 4553 3 PFP lower drawer 1 0~7 M 0: Disabled 4
paper)
08 Setting Printer Development Waste toner During warming- 4554 0 At normal status 1 0~5 M 0: Agitated for 2 sec. 4
mode mixing paddles up 1: Agitated for 3 sec.
setting 2: Agitated for 5 sec.
08 Setting Printer Development Waste toner During warming- 4554 1 During warming-up after 2 0~5 M 0: Agitated for 3 sec. 4
mode mixing paddles up used toner full status 1: Agitated for 5 sec.
setting detection 2: Agitated for 8 sec.
08 Setting Printer Transfer Color registration 4562 Time of pausing continuous 5 1~60 M Sets the time from reaching the start-up for color 1 Yes
mode control printing registration control to pausing the printing. (Unit:
minute)
08 Setting Printer Feeding Paper size 4567 SRA3 4500/3200 1480~4600/ M Value of feeding/widthwise direction 10
08 Setting Printer Feeding Paper size 4568 460 mm x 320 mm 4600/3200 1480~4600/ M Value of feeding/widthwise direction 10
08 Setting Printer General Checking of 4586 Models Refer to 370~377 M <Default value> 2
mode EEPROM data contents 370: e-STUDIO2000AC
on LGC board 371: e-STUDIO2500AC
No. 1
08 Setting Printer Transfer Color registration 4605 Accumulated counter value 0 0~9999999 M Counts the number of color registration control for 1 Yes
mode control 9 each starting mode. Color registration operations
other than those performed at the specified timing
are counted as 2.

08 Setting Printer General Destination 4608 Destination categorized Refer to 0~9 M For EEPROM on LGC board 2
mode code contents 0: NAD 1: MJD 2: JPD 3: ASD 5: TWD 6:
CND 8: AUD 9: ARD
<Default value>
MJD: 1, NAD: 0, JPD: 2, ASD: 3, AUD: 8, TWD: 5,
CND: 6, ARD: 9
08 Setting Printer Counter 4615 0 Counter for job number of 0 0~9999999 M Once 4
mode sheets 9
08 Setting Printer Counter 4615 1 Counter for job number of 0 0~9999999 M Twice 4
mode sheets 9
08 Setting Printer Counter 4615 2 Counter for job number of 0 0~9999999 M 3 times 4
mode sheets 9
08 Setting Printer Counter 4615 3 Counter for job number of 0 0~9999999 M Up to 5 times 4
mode sheets 9
mode sheets 9
mode sheets 9
mode sheets 9
mode sheets 9
mode sheets 9
mode sheets 9
mode sheets 9
mode sheets 9
08 Setting Printer Counter 4615 12 Counter for job number of 0 0~9999999 M 2001 times or more 4
mode sheets 9
08 Setting Printer Counter History storing 4616 0 Latest 0 0~255 M 0: No error 1: C411 error 14
mode area of fusing 2: C412 error 3: C443 error
error counter 4: Not used 5: C445, C465 error
6: C446, C466 error 7: C447 error
8: C468 error 9: C449 error
10 to 17: Not used 18: C468 error
29: C449 error 30: Not used
31: C4D0 error 32: C448 error
51: C452 error 52 to 255: Not used

08 Setting Printer Counter History storing 4616 1 Once earlier 0 0~255 M 0: No error 1: C411 error 14
6: C446, C466 error 7: C447 error
08 Setting Printer Counter History storing 4616 2 Twice earlier 0 0~255 M 0: No error 1: C411 error 14
6: C446, C466 error 7: C447 error
08 Setting Printer Counter History storing 4616 3 3 times earlier 0 0~255 M 0: No error 1: C411 error 14
6: C446, C466 error 7: C447 error

6: C446, C466 error 7: C447 error
6: C446, C466 error 7: C447 error
08 Setting Printer Feeding 4621 Bypass paper size 0 0~1 M Detects whether the size of paper fed by bypass 1
mode system detection setting feeding is the same as the paper size set on the
control panel. If the sizes are not the same, the
warning message is displayed (Paper jam does
not occur).
When the bypass paper size detection is broken,
the equipment can be used without the size
detection by disabling this setting. After repair,
enable this setting.
0: Enabled
1: Disabled
08 Setting Printer Feeding 4622 Bypass paper size 0 0~65535 M This is a counter for bypass paper size detection 1
mode system detection counter setting. If the printing is executed with the paper
size that differs from the paper size set on the
control panel, the counter is counted up.

08 Setting Printer All clear Destination 4659 Storing area for SYS Refer to 0~255 M Stores SYS-SRAM destination data when code 08- 2
mode destination information contents 9090 is performed.
0: MJD 1: NAD 2: JPD 3: AUD 4: CND 5: - 6:
TWD 7: - 8: - 9: ASD 10: ARD 11: -
<Default value>
JPD: 2, NAD: 1, MJD: 0, ASD: 9, AUD: 3, TWD: 6,
CND: 4, ARD: 10
08 Setting Printer Maintenance 4661 Serial number display for M 1st digit: Country of production (fixed) 1
mode engine 2nd digit: Model (fixed)
3rd digit: Dominical year (changes)
4th digit: Month (changes)
5th to 9th digit: Serial number (changes)
10th to 13th digit: ****
14th to 17th digit: Model information (changes)
("UNDEFINED" is displayed before input)
08 Setting Printer Counter Tray-up 4665 Error count process for tray- 1 0~1 M Switches the error count process for the tray-up 1
mode abnormality up abnormality abnormality.
0: An occurrence is counted as a 1-time error
when a tray-up abnormality is generated at least 1
time.
1: An occurrence is counted as a 1-time error
when a tray-up abnormality is generated at least 2
times in a row.
08 Setting Printer Counter Tray-up 2nd drawer 4669 0 1 time 0 0~255 M Displays the number of the tray-up abnormality 4
mode abnormality occurrences which are generated only 1 time.
An error is counted when "1" is set for 08-4665.
08 Setting Printer Counter Tray-up 2nd drawer 4669 1 2 times in a row 0 0~255 M Displays the number of the tray-up abnormality 4
mode abnormality occurrences which are generated 2 times in a row.
An error is counted when "1" is set for 08-4665,
and is listed in the error history.
08 Setting Printer Counter Tray-up 2nd drawer 4669 2 At least 3 times in a row 0 0~255 M Displays the number of the tray-up abnormality 4
mode abnormality occurrences which are generated at least 3 times
in a row. The 3 times error is counted as 1, the 4
times one is 2, the 5 times one is 3 and the later
ones are counted consequently.
08 Setting Printer Counter Tray-up 2nd drawer 4669 3 Total number of 0 0~255 M Displays the total number of tray-up abnormality 4
mode abnormality occurrences occurrences.
08 Setting Printer Counter Tray-up 3rd drawer 4670 0 1 time 0 0~255 M Displays the number of the tray-up abnormality 4
08 Setting Printer Counter Tray-up 3rd drawer 4670 1 2 times in a row 0 0~255 M Displays the number of the tray-up abnormality 4
08 Setting Printer Counter Tray-up 3rd drawer 4670 2 At least 3 times in a row 0 0~255 M Displays the number of the tray-up abnormality 4

08 Setting Printer Counter Tray-up 3rd drawer 4670 3 Total number of 0 0~255 M Displays the total number of tray-up abnormality 4
08 Setting Printer Counter Tray-up 4th drawer 4671 0 1 time 0 0~255 M Displays the number of the tray-up abnormality 4
08 Setting Printer Counter Tray-up 4th drawer 4671 1 2 times in a row 0 0~255 M Displays the number of the tray-up abnormality 4
08 Setting Printer Counter Tray-up 4th drawer 4671 2 At least 3 times in a row 0 0~255 M Displays the number of the tray-up abnormality 4
08 Setting Printer Counter Tray-up 4th drawer 4671 3 Total number of 0 0~255 M Displays the total number of tray-up abnormality 4
08 Setting Printer Feeding 4675 Paper ejection setting for 2 0~2 M 0: Disabled 1
mode system size error of bypass feeding 1: Position change of jammed paper
2: Ejects paper
08 Setting Printer Feeding 4676 Counter of paper ejection 0 0~65535 M Number of paper ejection 1
mode system for size error of bypass
feeding
08 Setting Printer General 4686 Printer ROM version M Displays the last 2 or 3 digits of the printer ROM 2
mode display at printer all clear version (08-9901) when printer all clear (08-9090)
is performed. The version number is described by
alphanumeric characters.
08 Setting Printer IC chip Board 4689 0 Y 0 0~255 M 0: Normal 4
mode information of 1: Access abnormality 1
toner cartridge 2: Access abnormality 2
3: Access abnormality 3
5: Occurrence of C911
08 Setting Printer IC chip Board 4689 1 M 0 0~255 M 0: Normal 4
08 Setting Printer IC chip Board 4689 2 C 0 0~255 M 0: Normal 4
08 Setting Printer IC chip Board 4689 3 K 0 0~255 M 0: Normal 4

08 Setting Printer Finisher Inner Finisher 4695 Batch writing of adjustment M When replacing the finisher control PC board, 3 Yes
mode value writes all the adjustment value (05-4822 to 4825)
of the finisher saved on the equipment to the
finisher control PC board.
08 Setting Printer Finisher Inner Finisher 4696 Batch read-in of adjustment M Copies and saves all the adjustment values of the 3 Yes
mode value finisher (05-4822 to 4825) to the equipment for
the replacement of the finisher control PC board
due to damage.
08 Setting Printer Feeding Paper size 4699 KAKU2-R 3320/2400 1480~4320/ M Value of feeding/widthwise direction 10
08 Setting Printer Maintenance Waste toner box 4700 Detection setting of nearly- 4 0~9 M Correction value to the near-full occurrence 1 Yes
mode full status counter
0: 0.40 1: 0.55 2: 0.70 3: 0.85 4: 1.00 5: 1.15
6: 1.30 7: 1.45 8: 1.60 9: Nearly-full detection is
disabled
08 Setting Printer Maintenance Display of details 4706 0 Y 0 0~15 M Displays the details of CE80. Enter "0" to clear the 4
mode of CE80 error.
0=Normal, 1=Error
bit0: Not connected
bit1: Mix
bit2: Checksum mismatch
bit3: Gradation module error
08 Setting Printer Maintenance Display of details 4706 1 M 0 0~15 M Displays the details of CE80. Enter "0" to clear the 4
mode of CE80 error.
0=Normal, 1=Error
bit0: Not connected
bit1: Mix
08 Setting Printer Maintenance Display of details 4706 2 C 0 0~15 M Displays the details of CE80. Enter "0" to clear the 4
mode of CE80 error.
0=Normal, 1=Error
bit0: Not connected
bit1: Mix
08 Setting Printer Maintenance Display of details 4706 3 K 0 0~15 M Displays the details of CE80. Enter "0" to clear the 4
mode of CE80 error.
0=Normal, 1=Error
bit0: Not connected
bit1: Mix
08 Setting Printer General 4708 Switchover setting of Refer to 0~1 M When feeding 305 x 457 mm sized paper by 1
mode transport control for custom contents bypass feeding, set the value of this code to "1"
size (297 x 431.8 mm) for JAM detection. When the value is set to "1",
the print speed decreases.
0: Disabled (Setting for 297 × 431.8 mm)
1: Enabled (Setting for 305 × 457 mm)
<Default value>
CND: 1
Others: 0

08 Setting Printer Feeding Performance 4713 0 Plain/Recycled/Thick 0 0~1 M Use this code when retry by bypass feeding 4
mode system improvement at occurs frequently and the performance decreases.
retry by bypass Note that the performance decreases if this
feeding setting is enabled when retry does not occur.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting Printer Feeding Performance 4713 1 Thick 1 0 0~1 M Use this code when retry by bypass feeding 4
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting Printer Feeding Performance 4713 2 Thick 2 0 0~1 M Use this code when retry by bypass feeding 4
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting Printer Feeding Performance 4713 3 Special 1~3/OHP 0 0~1 M Use this code when retry by bypass feeding 4
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting Printer Feeding Performance 4713 4 Envelope 0 0~1 M Use this code when retry by bypass feeding 4
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting Printer Feeding Performance 4713 5 User Media Type 1 0 0~1 M Use this code when retry by bypass feeding 4
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
0: Disabled
1: Enabled

0: Disabled
1: Enabled
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting Printer LED 4719 Enable/Disable setting of 1 0~2 M Set the value to "2" if the image of K color is 1
mode LED head distortion uneven. Set the value to "0" if the image of YMC
correction is uneven.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (Corrects YMCK respectively)
2: Enabled (Corrects YMC respectively)
08 Setting Printer LED Serial number Y 4720 0 Serial number 000000~99 M Serial number (6 digits) 14
mode display of LED 9999
head
08 Setting Printer LED Serial number Y 4720 1 Production date 00000~912 M Production date (YMMDD) 14
mode display of LED 31 Y: Last one digit of year
head
08 Setting Printer LED Serial number M 4720 2 Serial number 000000~99 M Serial number (6 digits) 14
head
08 Setting Printer LED Serial number M 4720 3 Production date 00000~912 M Production date (YMMDD) 14
head

08 Setting Printer LED Serial number C 4720 4 Serial number 000000~99 M Serial number (6 digits) 14
head
08 Setting Printer LED Serial number C 4720 5 Production date 00000~912 M Production date (YMMDD) 14
head
08 Setting Printer LED Serial number K 4720 6 Serial number 000000~99 M Serial number (6 digits) 14
head
08 Setting Printer LED Serial number K 4720 7 Production date 00000~912 M Production date (YMMDD) 14
head
08 Setting Printer LED I/F initialization 4722 Setting of occurrence check 0 0~1 M 0: Enabled 1
mode abnormality 1: Disabled
between LED
and LGC (CE81)
08 Setting Printer LED I/F initialization 4723 Occurrence flag 0 0~15 M The relationship between the values to be 1
mode abnormality displayed and the colors indicating errors are as
between LED below.
and LGC (CE81) 0: No error occurred, 1: Y, 2: M, 4: C, 8: K
If errors have occurred in the multiple colors, the
total value of that for each color will be displayed.
08 Setting Printer Image control 4744 Self check interval Setting 0 0~2 M 0: STANDARD 1
mode 1: LONGER
2: LONGEST
* Select "0" to give higher priority to the image
08 Setting Printer Finisher Special mode 4746 1 Shift amount setting at A4- 1 0~2 FIN 0: Finisher not installed 4
mode R sorting 1: 15 mm
2: 10 mm
08 Setting Printer Finisher Special mode 4746 2 Shift amount setting at 2 0~2 FIN 0: Finisher not installed 4
mode large-sized paper sorting 1: 15 mm
2: 12.5 mm
08 Setting Printer 4757 Fan stopping time 4 0~10 M When the time of the Ready status or Energy 1
mode Saving mode exceeds the setting value, the fans
other than the IH fan and the SYS fan are
stopped. When a smaller value is set, the noise at
paper feeding may become worse due to the rise
in temperature.
0: Not controlled 1: 15 min. 2: 20 min. 3: 25
min. 4: 30 min. 5: 35 min. 6: 40 min. 7: 45 min.
8: 50 min. 9: 55 min. 10: 60 min.
08 Setting Printer Waste toner Nearly-full 4760 Transcription efficiency 79 60~99 M (Unit: %) 1
mode box prediction setting
08 Setting Printer Waste toner Nearly-full 4761 Toner supply amount 100 85~115 M (Unit: %) 1
mode box prediction correction factor

08 Setting Printer Waste toner Continuous use 4768 Error generating setting Refer to 0~2 M Sets to generate an error if the equipment is used 1
mode box after the full contents continuously without placing the waste toner box
status is detected with a new one after the waste toner box full
status has been detected.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (Error can be released with power
OFF/ON)
2: Enabled (Error cannot be released with power
OFF/ON)
<Default value>
CND: 2
Others: 0
08 Setting Printer Drawer type 4803 1 2nd drawer 0 0~2 SYS 0: Auto detection 4
mode setting 1: Normal drawer
2: Envelope drawer
08 Setting Printer Drawer type 4803 2 3rd drawer 0 0~2 SYS 0: Auto detection 4
2: Envelope drawer
08 Setting Printer Drawer type 4803 3 4th drawer 0 0~2 SYS 0: Auto detection 4
2: Envelope drawer
08 Setting Process Development Toner near empty 5155 Toner near empty threshold 1 0~5 M 0: The period from the appearance of the toner 1 Yes
mode setting near-empty sign to the actual complete
consumption of the toner is set to long.
1: Normal (Default)
2: The period from the appearance of the toner
near-empty sign to the actual complete
consumption of the toner is set to short.
4: Toner near-empty status threshold value: (%)*
5: Toner near-empty status threshold value:
(Number of sheets)*
* The toner near-empty status is displayed if the
remaining amount of toner is equal to or less than
the amount set in 08-5810/5811 (percentage or
number of sheets).
08 Setting Process Development Toner near empty Fine adjustment 5156 0 Y 100 50~150 M Adjusts the threshold value for displaying 4
mode of threshold for remaining amount of toner and toner near empty.
displaying Display threshold value = default threshold value x
remaining toner setting value/100 (Unit: %)
and toner near
empty
08 Setting Process Development Toner near empty Fine adjustment 5156 1 M 100 50~150 M Adjusts the threshold value for displaying 4
and toner near
empty
08 Setting Process Development Toner near empty Fine adjustment 5156 2 C 100 50~150 M Adjusts the threshold value for displaying 4
and toner near
empty

08 Setting Process Development Toner near empty Fine adjustment 5156 3 K 100 50~150 M Adjusts the threshold value for displaying 4
and toner near
empty
08 Setting Process Fuser Pre-running 5204 0 Warm-up 0 0~60 M Setting value x 1 sec. 4
mode starting time at 0: Disabled
warm-up
08 Setting Process Fuser Pre-running 5204 1 Recovery from the sleep 0 0~60 M Setting value x 1 sec. 4
mode starting time at mode 0: Disabled
warm-up
08 Setting Process Fuser 5207 Extension control of warm- 0 0~1 M 0: Enabled 1
mode up 1: Disabled
08 Setting Process Fuser Sleep Temperature 5244 Paper 0 0~2 M 0: Disabled 1
mode correction for 1: 60 to 80g paper
allowing ready at 2: 81 to 1050g paper
recovery from
sleep mode
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Center thermistor 5258 0 User Media Type 1 10 0~22 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC 17: 175ºC 18:
180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21: 195ºC 22:
200ºC
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC 17: 175ºC 18:
180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21: 195ºC 22:
200ºC
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC 17: 175ºC 18:
180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21: 195ºC 22:
200ºC
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC 17: 175ºC 18:
180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21: 195ºC 22:
200ºC
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC 17: 175ºC 18:
180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21: 195ºC 22:
200ºC
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC 17: 175ºC 18:
180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21: 195ºC 22:
200ºC

10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC 17: 175ºC 18:
180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21: 195ºC 22:
200ºC
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC 17: 175ºC 18:
180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21: 195ºC 22:
200ºC
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC 17: 175ºC 18:
180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21: 195ºC 22:
200ºC
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC 17: 175ºC 18:
180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21: 195ºC 22:
200ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Side thermistor 5259 0 User Media Type 1 10 0~22 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC 17: 175ºC 18:
180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21: 195ºC 22:
200ºC
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC 17: 175ºC 18:
180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21: 195ºC 22:
200ºC
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC 17: 175ºC 18:
180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21: 195ºC 22:
200ºC
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC 17: 175ºC 18:
180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21: 195ºC 22:
200ºC
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC 17: 175ºC 18:
180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21: 195ºC 22:
200ºC

10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC 17: 175ºC 18:
180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21: 195ºC 22:
200ºC
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC 17: 175ºC 18:
180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21: 195ºC 22:
200ºC
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC 17: 175ºC 18:
180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21: 195ºC 22:
200ºC
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC 17: 175ºC 18:
180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21: 195ºC 22:
200ºC
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC 17: 175ºC 18:
180ºC 19: 185ºC 20: 190ºC 21: 195ºC 22:
200ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Pre-running time 5260 0 User Media Type 1 0 0~16 M When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set 4
0: Disabled 1: 0sec 2:2 sec 3: 3sec 4: 4sec 5:
5sec 6: 6sec 7: 7sec 8: 8sec 9: 10sec 10:
12sec 11: 14sec 12: 16sec 13: 18sec 14:
20sec 15: 25sec 16: 30sec
12sec 11: 14sec 12: 16sec 13: 18sec 14:
20sec 15: 25sec 16: 30sec
12sec 11: 14sec 12: 16sec 13: 18sec 14:
20sec 15: 25sec 16: 30sec

12sec 11: 14sec 12: 16sec 13: 18sec 14:
20sec 15: 25sec 16: 30sec
12sec 11: 14sec 12: 16sec 13: 18sec 14:
20sec 15: 25sec 16: 30sec
12sec 11: 14sec 12: 16sec 13: 18sec 14:
20sec 15: 25sec 16: 30sec
12sec 11: 14sec 12: 16sec 13: 18sec 14:
20sec 15: 25sec 16: 30sec
12sec 11: 14sec 12: 16sec 13: 18sec 14:
20sec 15: 25sec 16: 30sec
12sec 11: 14sec 12: 16sec 13: 18sec 14:
20sec 15: 25sec 16: 30sec
12sec 11: 14sec 12: 16sec 13: 18sec 14:
20sec 15: 25sec 16: 30sec

08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Center/Side 5261 0 User Media Type 1 1 0~16 M 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 4
mode setting to start thermistor 5: 145ºC 6: 150ºC 7: 155ºC 8: 160ºC 9: 165ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Intermittent 5262 0 User Media Type 1 0 0~1 M 0: Disabled 4
mode control 1: Enabled

08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Center thermistor 5293 0 Recycled (Monochrome) 10 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Center thermistor 5293 1 Recycled (Color) (Normal 11 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Center thermistor 5293 2 Recycled (Monochrome) 11 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
mode temperature (Low temperature) 115ºC 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Center thermistor 5293 3 Recycled (Color) (Low 12 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Side thermistor 5294 0 Recycled (Monochrome) 10 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Side thermistor 5294 1 Recycled (Color) (Normal 11 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Side thermistor 5294 2 Recycled (Monochrome) 11 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
mode temperature (Low temperature) 115ºC 6: 120ºC 7: 125ºC 8: 130ºC 9: 135ºC
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Fusing Side thermistor 5294 3 Recycled (Color) (Low 12 0~16 M 0: 90ºC 1: 95ºC 2: 100ºC 3: 105ºC 4: 110ºC 5: 4
10: 140ºC 11: 145ºC 12: 150ºC 13: 155ºC 14:
160ºC 15: 165ºC 16: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Pre-running time Recycled paper 5299 0 Black 0 0~16 M When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set 4
mode for first printing (At low a larger value. When a larger value is set, the
temperatures) fusing ability will become better, but it will take
0: Invalid 1: 0 sec. 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. 4: 4 sec.
5: 5 sec. 6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec. 8: 8 sec. 9: 10 sec.
10: 12 sec. 11: 14 sec. 12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec.
14: 20 sec. 15: 25 sec. 16: 30 sec.
08 Setting Process Fuser Pre-running time Recycled paper 5299 1 Color 0 0~16 M 0: Invalid 1: 0 sec. 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. 4: 4 sec. 4
mode for first printing (At low 5: 5 sec. 6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec. 8: 8 sec. 9: 10 sec.
temperatures) 10: 12 sec. 11: 14 sec. 12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec.
14: 20 sec. 15: 25 sec. 16: 30 sec.

08 Setting Process Fuser Lower limit value Center thermistor 5300 0 Recycled (Monochrome) 10 0~18 M 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 4
150ºC 15: 155ºC 16: 160ºC 17: 165ºC 18:
170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Lower limit value Side thermistor 5300 1 Recycled (Monochrome) 10 0~18 M 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 4
150ºC 15: 155ºC 16: 160ºC 17: 165ºC 18:
170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Lower limit value Center thermistor 5300 2 Recycled (Color) (Normal 11 0~18 M 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 4
150ºC 15: 155ºC 16: 160ºC 17: 165ºC 18:
170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Lower limit value Side thermistor 5300 3 Recycled (Color) (Normal 11 0~18 M 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 4
150ºC 15: 155ºC 16: 160ºC 17: 165ºC 18:
170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Lower limit value Center thermistor 5301 0 Recycled (Monochrome) 10 0~18 M 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 4
mode of control (Low temperature) 105ºC 6: 110ºC 7: 115ºC 8: 120ºC 9: 125ºC
150ºC 15: 155ºC 16: 160ºC 17: 165ºC 18:
170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Lower limit value Side thermistor 5301 1 Recycled (Monochrome) 10 0~18 M 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 4
mode of control (Low temperature) 105ºC 6: 110ºC 7: 115ºC 8: 120ºC 9: 125ºC
150ºC 15: 155ºC 16: 160ºC 17: 165ºC 18:
170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Lower limit value Center thermistor 5301 2 Recycled (Color) (Low 12 0~18 M 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 4
150ºC 15: 155ºC 16: 160ºC 17: 165ºC 18:
170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Lower limit value Side thermistor 5301 3 Recycled (Color) (Low 12 0~18 M 0: 80ºC 1: 85ºC 2: 90ºC 3: 95ºC 4: 100ºC 5: 4
150ºC 15: 155ºC 16: 160ºC 17: 165ºC 18:
170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Pre-running time Plain 5308 0 Monochrome (Normal 0 0~16 M When image offset occurs from the first sheet, set 4
mode for first printing temperature) a larger value. When a larger value is set, the
0: Invalid 1: 0 sec. 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. 4: 4 sec.
5: 5 sec. 6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec. 8: 8 sec. 9: 10 sec.
10: 12 sec. 11: 14 sec. 12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec.
14: 20 sec. 15: 25 sec. 16: 30 sec.
08 Setting Process Fuser Pre-running time Plain 5308 1 Color (Normal temperature) 0 0~16 M 0: Invalid 1: 0 sec. 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. 4: 4 sec. 4
10: 12 sec. 11: 14 sec. 12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec.
14: 20 sec. 15: 25 sec. 16: 30 sec.
08 Setting Process Fuser Pre-running time Thick 5308 2 Monochrome (Normal 0 0~16 M 0: Invalid 1: 0 sec. 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. 4: 4 sec. 4
10: 12 sec. 11: 14 sec. 12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec.
14: 20 sec. 15: 25 sec. 16: 30 sec.

08 Setting Process Fuser Pre-running time Thick 5308 3 Color (Normal temperature) 0 0~16 M 0: Invalid 1: 0 sec. 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. 4: 4 sec. 4
10: 12 sec. 11: 14 sec. 12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec.
14: 20 sec. 15: 25 sec. 16: 30 sec.
08 Setting Process Fuser Pre-running time Recycled paper 5309 0 Black 0 0~16 M 0: Invalid 1: 0 sec. 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. 4: 4 sec. 4
mode for first printing (At normal 5: 5 sec. 6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec. 8: 8 sec. 9: 10 sec.
14: 20 sec. 15: 25 sec. 16: 30 sec.
08 Setting Process Fuser Pre-running time Recycled paper 5309 1 Color 0 0~16 M 0: Invalid 1: 0 sec. 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. 4: 4 sec. 4
mode for first printing (At normal 5: 5 sec. 6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec. 8: 8 sec. 9: 10 sec.
14: 20 sec. 15: 25 sec. 16: 30 sec.
08 Setting Process Fuser Applicable period Plain 5310 0 Monochrome (Normal 8 0~11 M 0: Disabled (Always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 4
mode of pre-running temperature) 1 min. 4: 2 min. 5: 3 min. 6: 5 min. 7: 7 min. 8:
time for first 10 min. 9: 15 min. 10: 30 min. 11: 60 min.
printing
08 Setting Process Fuser Applicable period Plain 5310 1 Color (Normal temperature) 8 0~11 M 0: Disabled (Always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 4
mode of pre-running 1 min. 4: 2 min. 5: 3 min. 6: 5 min. 7: 7 min. 8:
printing
08 Setting Process Fuser Applicable period Thick 5310 2 Monochrome (Normal 8 0~11 M 0: Disabled (Always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 4
printing
08 Setting Process Fuser Applicable period Thick 5310 3 Color (Normal temperature) 8 0~11 M 0: Disabled (Always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 4
printing
08 Setting Process Fuser Applicable period Recycled 5310 4 Monochrome (Normal 8 0~11 M 0: Disabled (Always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 4
printing
08 Setting Process Fuser Applicable period Recycled 5310 5 Color (Normal temperature) 8 0~11 M 0: Disabled (Always ON) 1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min. 3: 4
printing
08 Setting Process Fuser Decreasing cpm 5316 Enable/disable setting 0 0~1 M 0: Disabled 1
mode for small-size 1: Enabled
paper
08 Setting Process Fuser Wait setting Plain/Thick/Recycl 5354 0 Normal temperature 1 0~1 M Sets whether the Wait control is enabled or 4
mode before wide-size ed/Thin disabled when a print job with wide-size paper is
paper feeding carried out after one with small-size paper and
Ready have been performed.
0: Enabled
1: Disabled
08 Setting Process Fuser Wait setting Thick 1~4/Special 5354 1 Normal temperature 1 0~1 M Sets whether the Wait control is enabled or 4
mode before wide-size 1~3/OHP disabled when a print job with wide-size paper is
0: Enabled
1: Disabled

08 Setting Process Fuser Wait setting Plain/Thick/Recycl 5354 2 Low temperature 1 0~1 M Sets whether the Wait control is enabled or 4
mode before wide-size ed/Thin disabled when a print job with wide-size paper is
0: Enabled
1: Disabled
08 Setting Process Fuser Wait setting Thick 1~4/Special 5354 3 Low temperature 1 0~1 M Sets whether the Wait control is enabled or 4
mode before wide-size 1~3/OHP disabled when a print job with wide-size paper is
0: Enabled
1: Disabled
08 Setting Process Fuser Wait setting Plain/Thick/Recycl 5355 0 Print number setting 1 1 0~23 M Sets the number of the continuous printing with 4
mode before wide-size ed/Thin (Normal temperature) small-size paper to carry out the Wait control for
paper feeding wide-size paper feeding after Ready.
0: 5 Sheets 1: 10 Sheets 2: 15 Sheets 3: 20
Sheets 4: 25 Sheets 5: 30 Sheets 6: 35 Sheets
Sheets 11: 60 Sheets 12: 65 Sheets 13: 70
Sheets 20: 500 Sheets 21: 1 Sheet 22: 2
Sheets 23: 3 Sheets
* 08-5355-0, 4 and 8: This setting is available
when plain, recycled or thin paper is printed at
normal temperatures.
* Set the values so that they become 08-5355-0≦
08-5355-4≦08-5355-8.
08 Setting Process Fuser Wait setting Thick 1~4/Special 5355 1 Print number setting 1 1 0~23 M Sets the number of the continuous printing with 4
mode before wide-size 1~3/OHP (Normal temperature) small-size paper to carry out the Wait control for
Sheets 23: 3 Sheets
08-5355-5≦08-5355-9.
08 Setting Process Fuser Wait setting Plain/Thick/Recycl 5355 2 Print number setting 1 (Low 0 0~23 M Sets the number of the continuous printing with 4
mode before wide-size ed/Thin temperature) small-size paper to carry out the Wait control for
Sheets 23: 3 Sheets
08-5355-6≦08-5355-10.

08 Setting Process Fuser Wait setting Thick 1~4/Special 5355 3 Print number setting 1 (Low 0 0~23 M Sets the number of the continuous printing with 4
mode before wide-size 1~3/OHP temperature) small-size paper to carry out the Wait control for
Sheets 23: 3 Sheets
08-5355-7≦08-5355-11.
Sheets 23: 3 Sheets
08-5355-4≦08-5355-8.
Sheets 23: 3 Sheets
08-5355-5≦08-5355-9.

Sheets 23: 3 Sheets
08-5355-6≦08-5355-10.
Sheets 23: 3 Sheets
08-5355-7≦08-5355-11.
Sheets 23: 3 Sheets
08-5355-4≦08-5355-8.

Sheets 23: 3 Sheets
08-5355-5≦08-5355-9.
Sheets 23: 3 Sheets
08-5355-6≦08-5355-10.
Sheets 23: 3 Sheets
08-5355-7≦08-5355-11.
08 Setting Process Fuser Wait setting Plain/Thick/Recycl 5357 0 Period setting 1 (Normal 3 0~15 M Sets the Wait period before wide-size paper is fed. 4
mode before wide-size ed/Thin temperature) 0: 5 sec. 1: 10 sec. 2: 15 sec. 3: 20 sec. 4: 25
paper feeding sec. 5: 30 sec. 6: 35 sec. 7: 40 sec. 8: 45 sec.
9: 50 sec. 10: 55 sec. 11: 60 sec. 12: 70 sec.
13: 80 sec. 14: 90 sec. 15: 100 sec.
* The same value set in the sub code selected in
08-5355 is used.
* The Ready period before wide-side paper is fed
is included in the Wait period.

08 Setting Process Fuser Wait setting Thick 1~4/Special 5357 1 Period setting 1 (Normal 3 0~15 M Sets the Wait period before wide-size paper is fed. 4
mode before wide-size 1~3/OHP temperature) 0: 5 sec. 1: 10 sec. 2: 15 sec. 3: 20 sec. 4: 25
9: 50 sec. 10: 55 sec. 11: 60 sec. 12: 70 sec.
13: 80 sec. 14: 90 sec. 15: 100 sec.
08-5355 is used.
08 Setting Process Fuser Wait setting Plain/Thick/Recycl 5357 2 Period setting 1 (Low 4 0~15 M Sets the Wait period before wide-size paper is fed. 4
9: 50 sec. 10: 55 sec. 11: 60 sec. 12: 70 sec.
13: 80 sec. 14: 90 sec. 15: 100 sec.
08-5355 is used.
08 Setting Process Fuser Wait setting Thick 1~4/Special 5357 3 Period setting 1 (Low 4 0~15 M Sets the Wait period before wide-size paper is fed. 4
9: 50 sec. 10: 55 sec. 11: 60 sec. 12: 70 sec.
13: 80 sec. 14: 90 sec. 15: 100 sec.
08-5355 is used.
9: 50 sec. 10: 55 sec. 11: 60 sec. 12: 70 sec.
13: 80 sec. 14: 90 sec. 15: 100 sec.
08-5355 is used.
9: 50 sec. 10: 55 sec. 11: 60 sec. 12: 70 sec.
13: 80 sec. 14: 90 sec. 15: 100 sec.
08-5355 is used.
9: 50 sec. 10: 55 sec. 11: 60 sec. 12: 70 sec.
13: 80 sec. 14: 90 sec. 15: 100 sec.
08-5355 is used.

9: 50 sec. 10: 55 sec. 11: 60 sec. 12: 70 sec.
13: 80 sec. 14: 90 sec. 15: 100 sec.
08-5355 is used.
9: 50 sec. 10: 55 sec. 11: 60 sec. 12: 70 sec.
13: 80 sec. 14: 90 sec. 15: 100 sec.
08-5355 is used.
9: 50 sec. 10: 55 sec. 11: 60 sec. 12: 70 sec.
13: 80 sec. 14: 90 sec. 15: 100 sec.
08-5355 is used.
9: 50 sec. 10: 55 sec. 11: 60 sec. 12: 70 sec.
13: 80 sec. 14: 90 sec. 15: 100 sec.
08-5355 is used.
9: 50 sec. 10: 55 sec. 11: 60 sec. 12: 70 sec.
13: 80 sec. 14: 90 sec. 15: 100 sec.
08-5355 is used.

08 Setting Process Fuser Wait setting Plain/Thick/Recycl 5358 0 Small-size paper definition 4 0~12 M Selects the paper size to be judged as a small- 4
mode before wide-size ed/Thin (Normal temperature) size one.
paper feeding The Wait control before wide-side paper feeding is
performed when paper whose size is wider than
or equal to the selected one is fed after smaller-
size paper has been fed and Ready.
0: A6-R
1: ST-R
2: A5-R
3: B5-R
4: 16K-R
5: A4-R
6: LT-R/LG
7: B4/COMP
8: 8K
9: LT/LD
10: A4/A3
11: A3WIDE
12: SRA3
08 Setting Process Fuser Wait setting Thick 1~4/Special 5358 1 Small-size paper definition 4 0~12 M Selects the paper size to be judged as a small- 4
mode before wide-size 1~3/OHP (Normal temperature) size one.
0: A6-R
1: ST-R
2: A5-R
3: B5-R
4: 16K-R
5: A4-R
6: LT-R/LG
7: B4/COMP
8: 8K
9: LT/LD
10: A4/A3
11: A3WIDE
12: SRA3
08 Setting Process Fuser Wait setting Plain/Thick/Recycl 5358 2 Small-size paper definition 4 0~12 M Selects the paper size to be judged as a small- 4
mode before wide-size ed/Thin (Low temperature) size one.
0: A6-R
1: ST-R
2: A5-R
3: B5-R
4: 16K-R
5: A4-R
6: LT-R/LG
7: B4/COMP
8: 8K
9: LT/LD
10: A4/A3
11: A3WIDE
12: SRA3

08 Setting Process Fuser Wait setting Thick 1~4/Special 5358 3 Small-size paper definition 4 0~12 M Selects the paper size to be judged as a small- 4
mode before wide-size 1~3/OHP (Low temperature) size one.
0: A6-R
1: ST-R
2: A5-R
3: B5-R
4: 16K-R
5: A4-R
6: LT-R/LG
7: B4/COMP
8: 8K
9: LT/LD
10: A4/A3
11: A3WIDE
12: SRA3
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Recycled 5409 0 Monochrome (Normal 2 0~16 M 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Recycled 5409 1 Color (Normal temperature) 3 0~16 M 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Recycled 5410 0 Monochrome (Low 2 0~16 M 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 4
08 Setting Process Fuser Temperature Recycled 5410 1 Color (Low temperature) 4 0~16 M 0: 120ºC 1: 125ºC 2: 130ºC 3: 135ºC 4: 140ºC 4
08 Setting Process Fuser 5412 Threshold value for 5 0~15 M 0: None 1: 30ºC 2: 40ºC 3: 50ºC 4: 60ºC 5: 1
mode disabling elevation 70ºC 6: 80ºC 7: 90ºC 8: 100ºC 9: 110ºC 10:
correction due to low 120ºC 11: 130ºC 12: 140ºC 13: 150ºC 14:
temperature 160ºC 15: 170ºC
08 Setting Process Fuser Wait setting Number in small- 5455 0 Print number setting [1] 4 0~14 M Sets the number in the continuous printing with 4
mode before wide-size size paper small-size paper when the Wait control is carried
paper feeding continuous out for wide-size paper feeding during a
(combination job) printing combination job.
Sheets 13: 3 Sheets 14: 5 Sheets
08 Setting Process Fuser Wait setting 5456 0 Period setting [1] 1 0~15 M Sets the Wait period before wide-size paper is fed 4
mode before wide-size during a combination job.
paper feeding 0: 5 sec. 1: 10 sec. 2: 15 sec. 3: 20 sec. 4: 25
(combination job) sec. 5: 30 sec. 6: 35 sec. 7: 40 sec. 8: 45 sec.
9: 50 sec. 10: 55 sec. 11: 60 sec. 12: 70 sec.
13: 80 sec. 14: 90 sec. 15: 100 sec.

9: 50 sec. 10: 55 sec. 11: 60 sec. 12: 70 sec.
13: 80 sec. 14: 90 sec. 15: 100 sec.
9: 50 sec. 10: 55 sec. 11: 60 sec. 12: 70 sec.
13: 80 sec. 14: 90 sec. 15: 100 sec.
08 Setting Process Fuser Wait setting 5457 0 Normal temperature 0 0~1 M Sets whether the Wait control for wide-size paper 4
mode before wide-size feeding is enabled or disabled during a
paper feeding combination job in normal temperatures.
(combination job) 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting Process Fuser Wait setting 5457 1 Low temperature 0 0~1 M Sets whether the Wait control for wide-size paper 4
mode before wide-size feeding is enabled or disabled during a
paper feeding combination job in normal temperatures.
(combination job) 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting Process Fuser Noncontact 5461 0 Center thermistor 18 5~50 M The correction amount of the detection 4
mode thermistor temperature of the noncontact thermistor.
correction (degrees C)
amount
08 Setting Process Fuser Noncontact 5461 1 Side thermistor 18 5~50 M The correction amount of the detection 4
mode thermistor temperature of the noncontact thermistor.
correction (degrees C)
amount
08 Setting Process Fuser 5462 Temperature at correction 20 0~100 M The temperature of the temperature and humidity 2
mode sensor when executing in the correction mode.
08 Setting Process Fuser Energy save 5469 Enable/Disable setting of 1 0~1 M 0: Disabled 1
mode energy saving mode 1: Enabled
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM counter M 5550 Setting value Refer to 0~9999999 M Sets the threshold for displaying a message for 1
mode contents 9 PM timing.
0: Not displayed
<Default>
20ppm: 67200
25ppm: 84000
(Unit: page)
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM drive counter M 5551 Setting value 270000 0~9999999 M Sets the threshold for displaying a message for 1
mode 9 PM timing.
0: Not displayed
(Unit: count)
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM counter C 5552 Setting value Refer to 0~9999999 M Sets the threshold for displaying a message for 1
0: Not displayed
<Default>
20ppm: 67200
25ppm: 84000
(Unit: page)

08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM drive counter C 5553 Setting value 270000 0~9999999 M Sets the threshold for displaying a message for 1
mode 9 PM timing.
0: Not displayed
(Unit: count)
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM counter Developer material 5554 Setting value (K) Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default> 1
mode contents 9 20ppm: 67200
25ppm: 84000
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM drive counter Developer material 5555 Setting value (K) 174000 0~9999999 M Time accumulating counter 1
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM counter Developer material 5556 Setting value (Y) Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default> 1
25ppm: 84000
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM drive counter Developer material 5557 Setting value (Y) 174000 0~9999999 M Time accumulating counter 1
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM counter Developer material 5558 Setting value (M) Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default> 1
25ppm: 84000
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM drive counter Developer material 5559 Setting value (M) 174000 0~9999999 M Time accumulating counter 1
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM counter Developer material 5560 Setting value (C) Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default> 1
25ppm: 84000
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM drive counter Developer material 5561 Setting value (C) 174000 0~9999999 M Time accumulating counter 1
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM counter Parts 5562 Setting value Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 1
25ppm: 210000
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM drive counter Parts 5563 Setting value 675000 0~9999999 M Time accumulating counter 1
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM counter M 5564 Current value 0 0~9999999 M Counts up when the registration sensor is ON. 1
mode 9 0: clear
(Unit: page)
same as 08-6254-0
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM drive counter M 5565 Current value 0 0~9999999 M Counts the drum driving time. 1
mode 9 0: clear
Same as 08-6254-3
(Unit)
1 count = 2 seconds (Normal), 1 count = 3
seconds (Decelerating mode)
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM counter C 5566 Current value 0 0~9999999 M Counts up when the registration sensor is ON. 1
mode 9 0: clear
(Unit: page)
same as 08-6256-0

08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM drive counter C 5567 Current value 0 0~9999999 M Counts the drum driving time. 1
mode 9 0: clear
Same as 08-6254-3
(Unit)
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM counter Developer material 5568 Current value (K) 0 0~9999999 M Counts up when the registration sensor is ON. 1
mode 9 0: clear
(Unit: page)
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM drive counter Developer material 5569 Current value (K) 0 0~9999999 M Counts the drum driving time. 1
mode 9 0: clear
Same as 08-6254-3
(Unit)
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM counter Developer material 5570 Current value (Y) 0 0~9999999 M Counts up when the registration sensor is ON. 1
mode 9 0: clear
(Unit: page)
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM drive counter Developer material 5571 Current value (Y) 0 0~9999999 M Counts the drum driving time. 1
mode 9 0: clear
Same as 08-6254-3
(Unit)
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM counter Developer material 5572 Current value (M) 0 0~9999999 M Counts up when the registration sensor is ON. 1
mode 9 0: clear
(Unit: page)
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM drive counter Developer material 5573 Current value (M) 0 0~9999999 M Counts the drum driving time. 1
mode 9 0: clear
Same as 08-6254-3
(Unit)
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM counter Developer material 5574 Current value (C) 0 0~9999999 M Counts up when the registration sensor is ON. 1
mode 9 0: clear
(Unit: page)
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM drive counter Developer material 5575 Current value (C) 0 0~9999999 M Counts the drum driving time. 1
mode 9 0: clear
Same as 08-6254-3
(Unit)
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM counter Parts 5576 Current value 0 0~9999999 M Counts up when the registration sensor is ON. 1
mode 9 0: clear
(Unit: page)
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM drive counter Parts 5577 Current value 0 0~9999999 M Counts the drum driving time. 1
mode 9 0: clear
Same as 08-6254-3
(Unit)

08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM counter Switching of 5578 Y 2 0~2 M Selects the reference to notify the PM timing. (The 1
mode output message is displayed on the LCD screen.)
pages/driving 0: PM counter (The number of output pages is set
counts at 08-6190.)
1: PM time counter (The timing is set at 08-6191.)
2: Whichever comes faster
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM counter Switching of 5579 M 2 0~2 M Selects the reference to notify the PM timing. (The 1
counts at 08-6190.)
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM counter Switching of 5580 C 2 0~2 M Selects the reference to notify the PM timing. (The 1
counts at 08-6190.)
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM counter Switching of 5581 Developer material (K) 2 0~2 M Selects the reference to notify the PM timing. (The 1
counts at 08-6190.)
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM counter Switching of 5582 Developer material (Y) 2 0~2 M Selects the reference to notify the PM timing. (The 1
counts at 08-6190.)
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM counter Switching of 5583 Developer material (M) 2 0~2 M Selects the reference to notify the PM timing. (The 1
counts at 08-6190.)
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM counter Switching of 5584 Developer material (C) 2 0~2 M Selects the reference to notify the PM timing. (The 1
counts at 08-6190.)
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM counter Switching of 5585 Parts 0 0~2 M Selects the reference to notify the PM timing. (The 1
counts at 08-6190.)
08 Setting Process Development Toner near empty Toner near-empty 5810 0 K 3 1~99 M This code is used when the value of 08-5155 is 4
mode status threshold set to "4". Use this code to specify the threshold
value setting (%) value (unit: %) for displaying the toner near-empty
status. The accuracy of value is influenced by
usage environment or originals.

08 Setting Process Development Toner near empty Toner near-empty 5810 1 Y 3 1~99 M This code is used when the value of 08-5155 is 4
08 Setting Process Development Toner near empty Toner near-empty 5810 2 M 3 1~99 M This code is used when the value of 08-5155 is 4
08 Setting Process Development Toner near empty Toner near-empty 5810 3 C 3 1~99 M This code is used when the value of 08-5155 is 4
08 Setting Process Development Toner near empty Toner near-empty 5811 0 K 1000 1~9999 M This code is used when the value of 08-5155 is 4
value setting value (unit: number of sheets) for displaying the
(number of toner near-empty status. The accuracy of value is
sheets) influenced by usage environment or originals.
08 Setting Process Development Toner near empty Toner near-empty 5811 1 Y 1000 1~9999 M This code is used when the value of 08-5155 is 4
08 Setting Process Development Toner near empty Toner near-empty 5811 2 M 1000 1~9999 M This code is used when the value of 08-5155 is 4
08 Setting Process Development Toner near empty Toner near-empty 5811 3 C 1000 1~9999 M This code is used when the value of 08-5155 is 4
08 Setting Counter Double count For fee charging Paper size 6010 Large-sized paper Refer to 0~2 M 0: Counted as 1 1 Yes
mode contents 1: Counted as 2
2: Counted as 1 (Mechanical counter is double
counter)
<Default value>
JPD: 0
Others: 1
08 Setting Counter Double count For fee charging Paper size 6011 Definition setting of large 0 0~1 M 0: A3/LD 1 Yes
mode sized paper 1: A3/LD/B4/LG/FOLIO/COMP
08 Setting Counter Double count For PM Paper size 6012 Large-sized paper 1 0~1 M 0: Counted as 1 1 Yes
mode 1: Counted as 2
08 Setting Counter Double count For PM Paper size 6013 Definition setting of large 1 0~1 M 0: A3/LD 1 Yes
mode sized paper 1: A3/LD/B4/LG/FOLIO/COMP
08 Setting Counter Double count For PM Media Type 6014 Thick paper 1 0~1 M 0: Counted as 1 1 Yes
08 Setting Counter Double count For PM Media Type 6015 OHP 1 0~1 M 0: Counted as 1 1 Yes
08 Setting Counter Double count For PM Media Type 6016 Envelope 1 0~1 M 0: Counted as 1 1 Yes

08 Setting Counter Double count For PM Media Type 6017 Tab paper 1 0~1 M 0: Counted as 1 1 Yes
08 Setting Counter Double count For PM Media Type 6018 Count setting of special 1 0~1 M 0: Counted as 1 1 Yes
mode paper 1: Counted as 2
08 Setting Counter Copy Print Full color 6060 0 Large 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of output pages at the Full 14
mode 9 Color Mode in the Copier Function according to its
size (large/small).
Large:
Number of output pages of large-sized paper
defined at 08-6011
Small:
Number of output pages other than set as large-
sized paper
08 Setting Counter Copy Print Full color 6060 1 Small 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of output pages at the Full 14
size (large/small).
Large:
defined at 08-6011
Small:
sized paper
08 Setting Counter Printer Full color 6061 0 Large 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of output pages at the Full 14
mode 9 Color Mode in the Printer Function according to its
size (large/small).
Large:
defined at 08-6011
Small:
sized paper
08 Setting Counter Printer Full color 6061 1 Small 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of output pages at the Full 14
mode 9 Color Mode in the Printer Function according to its
size (large/small).
Large:
defined at 08-6011
Small:
sized paper
08 Setting Counter Copy Print Twin 6062 0 Large 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of output pages at the Twin 14
mode Color/Monocolor 9 Color Mode in the Copier Function according to its
size (large/small).
Large:
defined at 08-6011
Small:
sized paper
08 Setting Counter Copy Print Twin 6062 1 Small 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of output pages at the Twin 14
size (large/small).
Large:
defined at 08-6011
Small:
sized paper

08 Setting Counter Copy Print Black 6063 0 Large 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of output pages at the Black 14
mode 9 Mode in the Copier Function according to its size
(large/small).
Large:
defined at 08-6011
Small:
sized paper
08 Setting Counter Copy Print Black 6063 1 Small 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of output pages at the Black 14
mode 9 Mode in the Copier Function according to its size
(large/small).
Large:
defined at 08-6011
Small:
sized paper
08 Setting Counter Printer Black 6064 0 Large 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of output pages at the Black 14
mode 9 Mode in the Printer Function according to its size
(large/small).
Large:
defined at 08-6011
Small:
sized paper
08 Setting Counter Printer Black 6064 1 Small 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of output pages at the Black 14
mode 9 Mode in the Printer Function according to its size
(large/small).
Large:
defined at 08-6011
Small:
sized paper
08 Setting Counter List print Black 6065 0 Large 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of output pages at the List 14
mode 9 Print Mode Function according to its size
(large/small).
Large:
defined at 08-6011
Small:
sized paper
08 Setting Counter List print Black 6065 1 Small 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of output pages at the List 14
mode 9 Print Mode Function according to its size
(large/small).
Large:
defined at 08-6011
Small:
sized paper

08 Setting Counter FAX Print Black 6066 0 Large 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of output pages in the FAX 14
mode 9 Function according to its size (large/small).
Large:
defined at 08-6011
Small:
sized paper
08 Setting Counter FAX Print Black 6066 1 Small 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of output pages in the FAX 14
Large:
defined at 08-6011
Small:
sized paper
08 Setting Counter Copy Scanning Full color 6067 0 Large 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of scanning pages at the Full 14
size (large/small).
Large:
defined at 08-6011
Small:
sized paper
08 Setting Counter Copy Scanning Full color 6067 1 Small 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of scanning pages at the Full 14
size (large/small).
Large:
defined at 08-6011
Small:
sized paper
08 Setting Counter NW Scanning Full color 6068 0 Large 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of scanning pages at the Full 14
mode 9 Color Mode in the Scanning Function according to
its size (large/small).
Large:
defined at 08-6011
Small:
sized paper
08 Setting Counter NW Scanning Full color 6068 1 Small 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of scanning pages at the Full 14
mode 9 Color Mode in the Scanning Function according to
its size (large/small).
Large:
defined at 08-6011
Small:
sized paper

08 Setting Counter Copy Scanning Twin 6069 0 Large 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of scanning pages at the Twin 14
size (large/small).
Large:
defined at 08-6011
Small:
sized paper
08 Setting Counter Copy Scanning Twin 6069 1 Small 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of scanning pages at the Twin 14
size (large/small).
Large:
defined at 08-6011
Small:
sized paper
08 Setting Counter Copy Scanning Black 6070 0 Large 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of scanning pages at the 14
mode 9 Black Mode in the Copier Function according to its
size (large/small).
Large:
defined at 08-6011
Small:
sized paper
08 Setting Counter Copy Scanning Black 6070 1 Small 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of scanning pages at the 14
mode 9 Black Mode in the Copier Function according to its
size (large/small).
Large:
defined at 08-6011
Small:
sized paper
08 Setting Counter FAX Scanning Black 6071 0 Large 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of scanning pages in the FAX 14
Large:
defined at 08-6011
Small:
sized paper
08 Setting Counter FAX Scanning Black 6071 1 Small 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of scanning pages in the FAX 14
Large:
defined at 08-6011
Small:
sized paper

08 Setting Counter NW Scanning Black 6072 0 Large 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of scanning pages in the 14
mode 9 Scanning Function according to its size
(large/small).
Large:
defined at 08-6011
Small:
sized paper
08 Setting Counter NW Scanning Black 6072 1 Small 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of scanning pages in the 14
mode 9 Scanning Function according to its size
(large/small).
Large:
defined at 08-6011
Small:
sized paper
08 Setting Counter FAX Transmission Black 6073 0 Large 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of transmitted pages in the 14
mode 9 FAX Function according to its size (large/small).
Large:
defined at 08-6011
Small:
sized paper
08 Setting Counter FAX Transmission Black 6073 1 Small 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of transmitted pages in the 14
mode 9 FAX Function according to its size (large/small).
Large:
defined at 08-6011
Small:
sized paper
08 Setting Counter FAX Reception Black 6074 0 Large 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of received pages in the FAX 14
Large:
defined at 08-6011
Small:
sized paper
08 Setting Counter FAX Reception Black 6074 1 Small 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of received pages in the FAX 14
Large:
defined at 08-6011
Small:
sized paper
08 Setting Counter Total number Twin 6078 0 Large 0 0~9999999 SYS Displays the total number of pages of large-sized 14
mode of pages Color/Monocolor 9 paper in the Twin Color mode.
08 Setting Counter Total number Twin 6078 1 Small 0 0~9999999 SYS Displays the total number of pages of small-sized 14
mode of pages Color/Monocolor 9 paper in the Twin Color mode.

08 Setting Counter Custom For administrator Weighting/Scannin 6081 0 Black/Gray Scale 0 0~9999 SYS Weights subtraction of scanning from 4 Yes
mode counter/Job g department/user Job Quota and addition of Scan
Quota Counter to Custom Counter.
(An integer which decupled the threshold which is
divided into 0.1%-units)
08 Setting Counter Custom For administrator Weighting/Scannin 6081 1 Full Color 0 0~9999 SYS Weights subtraction of scanning from 4 Yes
mode counter/Job g department/user Job Quota and addition of Scan
Quota Counter to Custom Counter.
(An integer which decupled the threshold which is
divided into 0.1%-units)
08 Setting Counter Double count For fee charging Media Type 6083 0 Thick (Back) 0 0~1 SYS Sets the weight of fee charging count for printing 4 Yes
mode per page. Scan counter and fax counter are not
influenced.
0: Single
1: Double
08 Setting Counter Double count For fee charging Media Type 6083 1 Thick 1/2/3/4 (Back) Refer to 0~1 SYS Sets the weight of fee charging count for printing 4 Yes
mode contents per page. Scan counter and fax counter are not
influenced.
0: Single
1: Double
<Default value>
JPD, CND: 0
Others: 1
08 Setting Counter Double count For fee charging Media Type 6083 2 Special 1/2/3 (Back) Refer to 0~1 SYS Sets the weight of fee charging count for printing 4 Yes
influenced.
0: Single
1: Double
<Default value>
JPD, CND: 0
Others: 1
08 Setting Counter Double count For fee charging Media Type 6083 3 Transparency Refer to 0~1 SYS Sets the weight of fee charging count for printing 4 Yes
influenced.
0: Single
1: Double
<Default value>
JPD, CND: 0
Others: 1
08 Setting Counter Double count For fee charging Media Type 6083 4 Envelope (Back) Refer to 0~1 SYS Sets the weight of fee charging count for printing 4 Yes
influenced.
0: Single
1: Double
<Default value>
JPD, CND: 0
Others: 1
08 Setting Counter Double count For fee charging Media Type 6083 5 Tab paper Refer to 0~1 SYS Sets the weight of fee charging count for printing 4 Yes
influenced.
0: Single
1: Double
<Default value>
JPD, CND: 0
Others: 1

08 Setting Counter Double count For fee charging Media Type 6083 6 User Media Type 1 2 0~2 SYS Sets the weight of fee charging count for printing 4 Yes
influenced.
0: Single
1: Double
2: Depend on based media type
influenced.
0: Single
1: Double
influenced.
0: Single
1: Double
influenced.
0: Single
1: Double
influenced.
0: Single
1: Double
influenced.
0: Single
1: Double
influenced.
0: Single
1: Double
influenced.
0: Single
1: Double
influenced.
0: Single
1: Double

influenced.
0: Single
1: Double
08 Setting Counter Double count For administrator 6084 Enabling/Disabling custom 0 0~1 SYS When "1" (Enabled) is selected, the value of 08- 1 Yes
mode counter/Job Quota 9116 (Black-free function) becomes "0" (Disabled).
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting Counter Counter Color/Black 6087 Twin/Mono color count 0 0~1 SYS When the pages are counted for twin/mono color 1
mode Settings quota selection counter, this code sets whether the pages are
subtracted from Color Quota or Black Quota.
Not all the pages of twin/mono color are
subtracted. The pages assigned to twin/mono
color counter are subtracted. The setting of this
code is enabled only in the Color/Black Quota
mode and not enabled in the Job Quota mode.
If the value of this code is set to "0" (Color Quota),
an error occurs if a user without color permission
performs twin color printing. Note that the same
error occurs in the Job Quota mode.
0: Color Quota
1: Black Quota
Related code:
08-6084, 08-9128, 08-9892
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Copy 6093 0 Large 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 14
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Copy 6093 1 Small 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 14
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Print 6094 0 Large 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 14
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Print 6094 1 Small 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 14
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter List 6095 0 Large 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 14
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter List 6095 1 Small 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 14
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Fax 6096 0 Large 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 14
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Fax 6096 1 Small 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 14
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Copy 6097 0 A3 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
mode 9
mode 9
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Copy 6097 4 B4 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9

08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Copy 6097 5 B5 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Copy 6097 6 FOLIO 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Copy 6097 7 LD 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Copy 6097 8 LG 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Copy 6097 9 LT 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Copy 6097 10 ST 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Copy 6097 11 COMP 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Copy 6097 12 13"LG 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Copy 6097 13 8.5" x 8.5" 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Copy 6097 14 16k 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Copy 6097 15 8k 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Copy 6097 16 Wide 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Copy 6097 17 Envelope Large 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Copy 6097 18 SRA3 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Copy 6097 19 13 x 19" 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Copy 6097 20 Envelope 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Copy 6097 21 Long a 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Copy 6097 22 Long b 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Copy 6097 23 Custom Small 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Copy 6097 24 Custom Large 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Copy 6097 25 Undefined 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Print 6098 0 A3 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
mode 9
mode 9

mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Print 6098 4 B4 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Print 6098 5 B5 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Print 6098 6 FOLIO 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Print 6098 7 LD 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Print 6098 8 LG 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Print 6098 9 LT 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Print 6098 10 ST 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Print 6098 11 COMP 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Print 6098 12 13"LG 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Print 6098 13 8.5" x 8.5" 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Print 6098 14 16k 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Print 6098 15 8k 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Print 6098 16 Wide 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Print 6098 17 Envelope Large 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Print 6098 18 SRA3 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Print 6098 19 13 x 19" 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Print 6098 20 Envelope 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Print 6098 21 Long a 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Print 6098 22 Long b 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Print 6098 23 Custom Small 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Print 6098 24 Custom Large 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Print 6098 25 Undefined 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter List 6099 0 A3 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9

mode 9
mode 9
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter List 6099 4 B4 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter List 6099 5 B5 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter List 6099 6 FOLIO 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter List 6099 7 LD 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter List 6099 8 LG 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter List 6099 9 LT 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter List 6099 10 ST 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter List 6099 11 COMP 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter List 6099 12 13"LG 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter List 6099 13 8.5" x 8.5" 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter List 6099 14 16k 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter List 6099 15 8k 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter List 6099 16 Wide 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter List 6099 17 Envelope Large 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter List 6099 18 SRA3 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter List 6099 19 13 x 19" 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter List 6099 20 Envelope 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter List 6099 21 Long a 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter List 6099 22 Long b 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter List 6099 23 Custom Small 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter List 6099 24 Custom Large 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9

08 Setting Counter Sheet counter List 6099 25 Undefined 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Fax 6100 0 A3 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
mode 9
mode 9
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Fax 6100 4 B4 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Fax 6100 5 B5 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Fax 6100 6 FOLIO 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Fax 6100 7 LD 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Fax 6100 8 LG 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Fax 6100 9 LT 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Fax 6100 10 ST 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Fax 6100 11 COMP 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Fax 6100 12 13"LG 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Fax 6100 13 8.5" x 8.5" 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Fax 6100 14 16k 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Fax 6100 15 8k 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Fax 6100 16 Wide 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Fax 6100 17 Envelope Large 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Fax 6100 18 SRA3 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Fax 6100 19 13 x 19" 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Fax 6100 20 Envelope 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Fax 6100 21 Long a 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Fax 6100 22 Long b 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9

08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Fax 6100 23 Custom Small 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Fax 6100 24 Custom Large 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Sheet counter Fax 6100 25 Undefined 0 0~9999999 SYS Number of sheets 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Counter of 6110 1st drawer 0 0~9999999 M Counts the number of sheets fed from 1st drawer. 2 Yes
mode Paper feed 9
08 Setting Counter Counter of 6111 2nd drawer 0 0~9999999 M Counts the number of sheets fed from 2nd drawer. 2 Yes
mode Paper feed 9
08 Setting Counter Counter of 6112 Bypass feed 0 0~9999999 M Counts the number of sheets fed from bypass 2 Yes
mode Paper feed 9 feed.
08 Setting Counter Counter of 6113 LCF 0 0~9999999 M Counts the number of sheets fed from LCF. 2 Yes
mode Paper feed 9
08 Setting Counter Counter of 6114 PFP upper drawer 0 0~9999999 M Counts the number of sheets fed from PFP upper 2 Yes
mode Paper feed 9 drawer.
08 Setting Counter Counter of 6115 PFP lower drawer 0 0~9999999 M Counts the number of sheets fed from PFP lower 2 Yes
mode Paper feed 9 drawer.
08 Setting Counter Counter of 6116 ADU 0 0~9999999 M Counts the number of output pages of duplex 2 Yes
mode Paper feed 9 printing.
08 Setting Counter Counter of 6117 DF 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of originals fed from DF. 2 Yes
mode Paper feed 9
08 Setting Counter DF 6120 0 1 Sheet 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of times which a job with 1 14
mode 9 sheet is performed from the DF.
08 Setting Counter DF 6120 1 2 Sheets 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of times which a job with 2 14
mode 9 sheets is performed from the DF.
08 Setting Counter DF 6120 2 3Sheets 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of times which a job with 3 14
mode 9 sheets is performed from the DF.
08 Setting Counter DF 6120 3 4~5Sheets 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of times which a job with 4 to 14
mode 9 5 sheets is performed from the DF.
08 Setting Counter DF 6120 8 101~200Sheets 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of times which a job with 101 14
mode 9 to 200 sheets is performed from the DF.
08 Setting Counter DF 6120 9 201~300Sheets 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of times which a job with 201 14
mode 9 to 300 sheets is performed from the DF.
08 Setting Counter DF 6120 10 301Sheets~ 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of times which a job with 301 14
mode 9 or more sheets is performed from the DF.
08 Setting Counter RADF 6121 RADF duplex counter 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of times of scanning both 2
mode 9 sides of page in the RADF.
08 Setting Counter OCR 6122 OCR counter 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the OCR execution number. 2
mode 9

08 Setting Counter Original glass 6123 Original glass counter 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of scanning through the 1
mode 9 original glass.
* Be sure to set "0" to this code when the carriage
wire is replaced.
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM counter K 6190 Setting value Refer to 0~9999999 M Sets the threshold for displaying a message for 1 Yes
0: Not displayed
<Default value>
20ppm: 67200
25ppm: 84000
(Unit: page)
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM drive counter K 6191 Setting value 270000 0~9999999 M Sets the threshold for displaying a message for 1
mode 9 PM timing.
0: Not displayed
(Unit: count)
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM counter Y 6192 Setting value Refer to 0~9999999 M Sets the threshold for displaying a message for 1 Yes
0: Not displayed
<Default>
20ppm: 67200
25ppm: 84000
(Unit: page)
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM drive counter Y 6193 Setting value 270000 0~9999999 M Sets the threshold for displaying a message for 1
mode 9 PM timing.
0: Not displayed
(Unit: count)
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM counter K 6194 Current value 0 0~9999999 M Counts up when the registration sensor is ON. 1 Yes
mode 9 0: clear
(Unit: page)
same as 08-6250-0
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM drive counter K 6195 Current value 0 0~9999999 M Counts the drum driving time. 1 Yes
mode 9 0: clear
(Unit: 1 count = 2 seconds)
*Decelerating/Accelerating mode; 1 count = 4
seconds
Same as 08-6250-3
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM counter Y 6196 Current value 0 0~9999999 M Counts up when the registration sensor is ON. 1 Yes
mode 9 0: clear
(Unit: page)
same as 08-6252-0
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM drive counter Y 6197 Current value 0 0~9999999 M Counts the drum driving time. 1 Yes
mode 9 0: clear
(Unit: 1 count = 2 seconds)
*Decelerating/Accelerating mode; 1 count = 4
seconds
Same as 08-6252-3
08 Setting Counter Maintenance PM counter Switching of 6198 K 2 0~2 M Selects the reference to notify the PM timing. (The 1
counts at 08-6190.)
08 Setting Counter Process 6211 Accumulated counter of 0 0~9999 M Cleared to "0" by the image quality closed-loop 2
mode output pages since the control. Counts up with the number of printing job
performing of image quality received after this control.
control

08 Setting Counter Process Number of 6225 Thick paper 1 0 0~9999999 M Counts up when the registration sensor is ON in 1
mode output pages 9 the thick paper 1 mode.
08 Setting Counter Process Number of 6226 Thick paper 2 0 0~9999999 M Counts up when the registration sensor is ON in 1
mode output pages 9 the thick paper 2 mode.
08 Setting Counter Process Number of 6228 OHP film 0 0~9999999 M Counts up when the registration sensor is ON in 1
mode output pages 9 the OHP film mode.
08 Setting Counter Charger 6229 Main charger needle 0 0~9999999 M Does not count up when cleaning is not effective. 1
mode electrode cleaning counter 9
08 Setting Counter Feeding Feeding retry 6230 1st drawer 0 0~9999999 M Counts the number of times of the feeding retry 1 Yes
mode system counter 9 from the 1st drawer.
08 Setting Counter Feeding Feeding retry 6231 2nd drawer 0 0~9999999 M Counts the number of times of the feeding retry 1 Yes
mode system counter 9 from the 2nd drawer.
08 Setting Counter Feeding Feeding retry 6232 PFP upper drawer 0 0~9999999 M Counts the number of times of feeding retries from 1 Yes
mode system counter 9 the PFP upper drawer.
08 Setting Counter Feeding Feeding retry 6233 PFP lower drawer 0 0~9999999 M Counts the number of times of feeding retries from 1 Yes
mode system counter 9 the PFP upper drawer.
08 Setting Counter Feeding Feeding retry 6234 Bypass feed 0 0~9999999 M Counts the number of times of the feeding retry 1 Yes
mode system counter 9 from the bypass tray.
08 Setting Counter Feeding Feeding retry 6235 LCF 0 0~9999999 M Counts the number of times of the feeding retry 1 Yes
mode system counter 9 from the LCF.
08 Setting Counter Feeding Feeding retry Upper limit value 6236 1st drawer 20 0~9999999 M When the number of feeding retry (08-6230 to 1
mode system counter 9 6235) exceeds the setting value, the feeding retry
will not be performed subsequently. In case "0" is
set as a setting value, however, the feeding retry
continues regardless of the counter setting value.
* Feeding retry counter upper limit value
In this equipment, a toner image is formed on the
transfer belt prior to a paper feeding. When the
feeding retry occurs and the transport timing is
delayed, the toner image on the transfer belt is
cleaned off without the 2nd transfer since the
paper cannot be reached for the 2nd transfer
process. After that, the toner image formation is
retried while the paper is waited. In this case, the
toner for this image formation is consumed
wastefully since the toner image on the transfer
belt is already cleaned off, even though the
printing is normally completed.
Therefore, note that the excessive toner will be
consumed consequently when the upper limit
value of feeding retry counter is set larger or set
as "0" (no limit). The toner is also consumed
wastefully when the paper misfeeding occurs.
Replace the roller at earlier timing if the paper
misfeedings have occurred frequently.

08 Setting Counter Feeding Feeding retry Upper limit value 6237 2nd drawer 20 0~9999999 M When the number of feeding retry (08-6230 to 1
08 Setting Counter Feeding Feeding retry Upper limit value 6238 PFP upper drawer 20 0~9999999 M When the number of feeding retry (08-6230 to 1

08 Setting Counter Feeding Feeding retry Upper limit value 6239 PFP lower drawer 20 0~9999999 M When the number of feeding retry (08-6230 to 1
08 Setting Counter Feeding Feeding retry Upper limit value 6240 Bypass feed 0 0~9999999 M When the number of feeding retry (08-6230 to 1

08 Setting Counter Feeding Feeding retry Upper limit value 6241 LCF 20 0~9999999 M When the number of feeding retry (08-6230 to 1
08 Setting Counter Feeding 6243 Special paper 0 0~9999999 M Counts up when the registration sensor is ON in 1
mode system 9 the special paper mode.
08 Setting Counter Feeding 6244 Tab paper 0 0~9999999 M Counts up when the registration sensor is ON in 1
mode system 9 the tab paper mode.
08 Setting Counter Feeding 6247 Envelope 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 1
mode system 9
08 Setting Counter Toner Toner refill motor Backup counter 6249 0 Y 0 0~9999999 M The rotation time of toner refill motor is stored 14
mode for rotation time 9 when the toner cartridge becomes empty.
08 Setting Counter Toner Toner refill motor Backup counter 6249 1 M 0 0~9999999 M The rotation time of toner refill motor is stored 14
08 Setting Counter Toner Toner refill motor Backup counter 6249 2 C 0 0~9999999 M The rotation time of toner refill motor is stored 14
08 Setting Counter Toner Toner refill motor Backup counter 6249 3 K 0 0~9999999 M The rotation time of toner refill motor is stored 14
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive K 6250 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode drum pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive K 6250 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
mode drum output pages for contents 9 20ppm: 67200
replacement 25ppm: 84000
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive K 6250 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode drum the last replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive K 6250 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode drum 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive K 6250 4 Recommended driving 270000 0~9999999 M 4
mode drum counts to be replaced 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive K 6250 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode drum replacement 9

08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive K 6250 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode drum control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive K 6250 7 Present driving counts for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode drum control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive K 6250 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Times) 4
mode drum 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive K 6251 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
mode drum replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive Y 6252 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode drum pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive Y 6252 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive Y 6252 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive Y 6252 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode drum 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive Y 6252 4 Recommended driving 270000 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive Y 6252 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive Y 6252 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode drum control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive Y 6252 7 Present driving counts for 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode drum control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive Y 6252 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode drum 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive Y 6253 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive M 6254 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode drum pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive M 6254 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive M 6254 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive M 6254 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode drum 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive M 6254 4 Recommended driving 270000 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive M 6254 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive M 6254 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode drum control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive M 6254 7 Present driving counts for 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode drum control 9

08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive M 6254 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode drum 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive M 6255 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive C 6256 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode drum pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive C 6256 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive C 6256 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive C 6256 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode drum 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive C 6256 4 Recommended driving 270000 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive C 6256 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive C 6256 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode drum control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive C 6256 7 Present driving counts for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode drum control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive C 6256 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Times) 4
mode drum 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Photoconductive C 6257 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning K 6258 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode blade pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning K 6258 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
mode blade output pages for contents 9 20ppm: 67200
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning K 6258 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode blade the last replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning K 6258 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode blade 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning K 6258 4 Recommended driving 270000 0~9999999 M 4
mode blade counts to be replaced 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning K 6258 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode blade replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning K 6258 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode blade control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning K 6258 7 Present driving counts for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning K 6258 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Times) 4
mode blade 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning K 6259 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
mode blade replacement

08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning Y 6260 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode blade pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning Y 6260 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning Y 6260 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning Y 6260 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode blade 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning Y 6260 4 Recommended driving 270000 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning Y 6260 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning Y 6260 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning Y 6260 7 Present rotation counts for 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning Y 6260 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode blade 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning Y 6261 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning M 6262 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode blade pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning M 6262 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning M 6262 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning M 6262 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode blade 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning M 6262 4 Recommended driving 270000 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning M 6262 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning M 6262 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning M 6262 7 Present rotation counts for 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning M 6262 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode blade 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning M 6263 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning C 6264 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode blade pages 9

08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning C 6264 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning C 6264 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning C 6264 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode blade 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning C 6264 4 Recommended driving 270000 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning C 6264 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning C 6264 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning C 6264 7 Present rotation counts for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning C 6264 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Times) 4
mode blade 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Drum cleaning C 6265 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid K 6274 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid K 6274 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
mode output pages for contents 9 20ppm: 67200
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid K 6274 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode the last replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid K 6274 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid K 6274 4 Recommended driving 270000 0~9999999 M 4
mode counts to be replaced 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid K 6274 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid K 6274 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid K 6274 7 Present driving counts for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid K 6274 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Times) 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid K 6275 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
mode replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid Y 6276 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid Y 6276 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
(Unit: Sheets)

08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid Y 6276 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid Y 6276 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid Y 6276 4 Recommended driving 270000 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid Y 6276 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid Y 6276 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid Y 6276 7 Present rotation counts for 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid Y 6276 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid Y 6277 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
mode replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid M 6278 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid M 6278 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid M 6278 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid M 6278 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid M 6278 4 Recommended driving 270000 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid M 6278 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid M 6278 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid M 6278 7 Present rotation counts for 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid M 6278 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid M 6279 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
mode replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid C 6280 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid C 6280 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid C 6280 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid C 6280 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode 9

08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid C 6280 4 Recommended driving 270000 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid C 6280 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid C 6280 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid C 6280 7 Present rotation counts for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid C 6280 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Times) 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger grid C 6281 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
mode replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger K 6282 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode (Wire/needle) pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger K 6282 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
mode (Wire/needle) output pages for contents 9 20ppm: 67200
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger K 6282 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode (Wire/needle) the last replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger K 6282 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode (Wire/needle) 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger K 6282 4 Recommended driving 270000 0~9999999 M 4
mode (Wire/needle) counts to be replaced 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger K 6282 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode (Wire/needle) replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger K 6282 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode (Wire/needle) control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger K 6282 7 Present driving counts for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger K 6282 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Times) 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger K 6283 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
mode (Wire/needle) replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger Y 6284 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger Y 6284 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger Y 6284 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger Y 6284 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger Y 6284 4 Recommended driving 270000 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger Y 6284 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M 4

08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger Y 6284 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger Y 6284 7 Present rotation counts for 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger Y 6284 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger Y 6285 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger M 6286 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger M 6286 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger M 6286 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger M 6286 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger M 6286 4 Recommended driving 270000 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger M 6286 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger M 6286 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger M 6286 7 Present rotation counts for 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger M 6286 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger M 6287 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger C 6288 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger C 6288 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger C 6288 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger C 6288 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger C 6288 4 Recommended driving 270000 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger C 6288 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger C 6288 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger C 6288 7 Present rotation counts for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4

08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger C 6288 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Times) 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger C 6289 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning K 6290 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode pad pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning K 6290 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
mode pad output pages for contents 9 20ppm: 67200
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning K 6290 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode pad the last replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning K 6290 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode pad 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning K 6290 4 Recommended driving 270000 0~9999999 M 4
mode pad counts to be replaced 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning K 6290 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode pad replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning K 6290 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode pad control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning K 6290 7 Present driving counts for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode pad control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning K 6290 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Times) 4
mode pad 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning K 6291 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
mode pad replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning Y 6292 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode pad pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning Y 6292 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning Y 6292 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning Y 6292 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode pad 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning Y 6292 4 Recommended driving 270000 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning Y 6292 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning Y 6292 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode pad control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning Y 6292 7 Present rotation counts for 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode pad control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning Y 6292 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode pad 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning Y 6293 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2

08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning M 6294 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode pad pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning M 6294 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning M 6294 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning M 6294 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode pad 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning M 6294 4 Recommended driving 270000 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning M 6294 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning M 6294 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode pad control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning M 6294 7 Present rotation counts for 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode pad control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning M 6294 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode pad 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning M 6295 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning C 6296 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode pad pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning C 6296 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning C 6296 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning C 6296 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode pad 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning C 6296 4 Recommended driving 270000 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning C 6296 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning C 6296 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode pad control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning C 6296 7 Present rotation counts for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode pad control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning C 6296 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Times) 4
mode pad 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Charger cleaning C 6297 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
08 Setting Counter PM counter Ozone filter 6298 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode pages 9

08 Setting Counter PM counter Ozone filter 6298 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter Ozone filter 6298 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Ozone filter 6298 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Ozone filter 6298 4 Recommended driving 675000 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Ozone filter 6298 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Ozone filter 6298 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Ozone filter 6298 7 Present driving counts for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Ozone filter 6298 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Times) 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Ozone filter 6299 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
mode replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer K 6300 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode material pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer K 6300 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
mode material output pages for contents 9 20ppm: 67200
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer K 6300 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode material the last replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer K 6300 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode material 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer K 6300 4 Recommended driving 174000 0~9999999 M 4
mode material counts to be replaced 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer K 6300 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode material replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer K 6300 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode material control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer K 6300 7 Present driving counts for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer K 6300 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Times) 4
mode material 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer K 6301 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
mode material replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer Y 6302 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer Y 6302 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
(Unit: Sheets)

08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer Y 6302 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer Y 6302 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode material 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer Y 6302 4 Recommended driving 174000 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer Y 6302 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer Y 6302 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer Y 6302 7 Present driving counts for 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer Y 6302 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode material 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer Y 6303 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer M 6304 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer M 6304 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer M 6304 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer M 6304 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode material 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer M 6304 4 Recommended driving 174000 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer M 6304 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer M 6304 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer M 6304 7 Present driving counts for 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer M 6304 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode material 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer M 6305 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer C 6306 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer C 6306 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer C 6306 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer C 6306 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode material 9

08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer C 6306 4 Recommended driving 174000 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer C 6306 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer C 6306 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer C 6306 7 Present driving counts for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer C 6306 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Times) 4
mode material 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Developer C 6307 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller K 6314 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller K 6314 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller K 6314 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller K 6314 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller K 6314 4 Recommended driving 675000 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller K 6314 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller K 6314 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller K 6314 7 Present driving counts for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller K 6314 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Times) 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller K 6315 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
mode replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller Y 6316 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller Y 6316 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller Y 6316 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller Y 6316 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller Y 6316 4 Recommended driving 675000 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller Y 6316 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode replacement 9

08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller Y 6316 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller Y 6316 7 Present driving counts for 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller Y 6316 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller Y 6317 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
mode replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller M 6318 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller M 6318 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller M 6318 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller M 6318 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller M 6318 4 Recommended driving 675000 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller M 6318 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller M 6318 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller M 6318 7 Present driving counts for 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller M 6318 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller M 6319 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
mode replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller C 6320 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller C 6320 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller C 6320 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller C 6320 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller C 6320 4 Recommended driving 675000 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller C 6320 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller C 6320 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller C 6320 7 Present driving counts for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode control 9

08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller C 6320 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Times) 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter 1st transfer roller C 6321 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
mode replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Transfer belt 6328 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Transfer belt 6328 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter Transfer belt 6328 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Transfer belt 6328 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Transfer belt 6328 4 Recommended driving 675000 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Transfer belt 6328 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Transfer belt 6328 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Transfer belt 6328 7 Present driving counts for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Transfer belt 6328 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Times) 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Transfer belt 6329 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
mode replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Transfer belt 6332 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode cleaning blade pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Transfer belt 6332 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
mode cleaning blade output pages for contents 9 20ppm: 168000
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter Transfer belt 6332 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode cleaning blade the last replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Transfer belt 6332 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode cleaning blade 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Transfer belt 6332 4 Recommended driving 675000 0~9999999 M 4
mode cleaning blade counts to be replaced 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Transfer belt 6332 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode cleaning blade replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Transfer belt 6332 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode cleaning blade control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Transfer belt 6332 7 Present driving counts for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode cleaning blade control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Transfer belt 6332 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Times) 4
mode cleaning blade 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Transfer belt 6333 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
mode cleaning blade replacement

08 Setting Counter PM counter 2nd transfer roller 6340 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter 2nd transfer roller 6340 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter 2nd transfer roller 6340 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter 2nd transfer roller 6340 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter 2nd transfer roller 6340 4 Recommended driving 675000 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter 2nd transfer roller 6340 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter 2nd transfer roller 6340 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter 2nd transfer roller 6340 7 Present driving counts for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter 2nd transfer roller 6340 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Times) 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter 2nd transfer roller 6341 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
mode replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Heat roller 6346 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Heat roller 6346 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter Heat roller 6346 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Heat roller 6346 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Heat roller 6346 4 Recommended driving Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
mode counts to be replaced contents 9 20ppm: 675000
25ppm: 815000
(Unit: Counts)
08 Setting Counter PM counter Heat roller 6346 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Heat roller 6346 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Heat roller 6346 7 Present driving counts for 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Heat roller 6346 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Heat roller 6347 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
mode replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Pressure roller 6350 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode pages 9

08 Setting Counter PM counter Pressure roller 6350 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter Pressure roller 6350 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Pressure roller 6350 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Pressure roller 6350 4 Recommended driving Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
mode counts to be replaced contents 9 20ppm: 675000
25ppm: 815000
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter Pressure roller 6350 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Pressure roller 6350 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Sheets) 4
mode control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Pressure roller 6350 7 Present driving counts for 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Counts) 4
mode control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Pressure roller 6350 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: Times) 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Pressure roller 6351 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
mode replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Heat roller 6368 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode separation finger pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Heat roller 6368 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
mode separation finger output pages for contents 9 20ppm: 168000
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter Heat roller 6368 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode separation finger the last replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Heat roller 6368 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode separation finger 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Heat roller 6368 4 Recommended driving Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
mode separation finger counts to be replaced contents 9 20ppm: 675000
25ppm: 815000
(Unit: Counts)
08 Setting Counter PM counter Heat roller 6368 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode separation finger replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Heat roller 6368 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode separation finger control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Heat roller 6368 7 Present driving counts for 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode separation finger control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Heat roller 6368 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode separation finger 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Heat roller 6369 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
mode separation finger replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Pickup roller 6382 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 SYS 4
mode (RADF) pages 9

08 Setting Counter PM counter Pickup roller 6382 1 Recommended number of 120000 0~9999999 SYS 4
mode (RADF) output pages for 9
replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Pickup roller 6382 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 SYS 4
mode (RADF) the last replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Pickup roller 6382 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 SYS 4
mode (RADF) 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Pickup roller 6383 Date of previous 0 8 digits SYS 2
mode (RADF) replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller 6384 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 SYS 4
mode (RADF) pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller 6384 1 Recommended number of 120000 0~9999999 SYS 4
replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller 6384 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 SYS 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller 6384 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 SYS 4
mode (RADF) 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller 6385 Date of previous 0 8 digits SYS 2
08 Setting Counter PM counter Separation roller 6386 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 SYS 4
mode (RADF) pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Separation roller 6386 1 Recommended number of 120000 0~9999999 SYS 4
replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Separation roller 6386 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 SYS 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Separation roller 6386 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 SYS 4
mode (RADF) 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Separation roller 6387 Date of previous 0 8 digits SYS 2
08 Setting Counter PM counter Pickup roller (1st 6390 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode drawer) pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Pickup roller (1st 6390 1 Recommended number of 80000 0~9999999 M 4
mode drawer) output pages for 9
replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Pickup roller (1st 6390 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode drawer) the last replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Pickup roller (1st 6390 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode drawer) 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Pickup roller (1st 6391 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
mode drawer) replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Pickup roller 6392 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode (2nd drawer) pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Pickup roller 6392 1 Recommended number of 80000 0~9999999 M 4
mode (2nd drawer) output pages for 9
replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Pickup roller 6392 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode (2nd drawer) the last replacement 9

08 Setting Counter PM counter Pickup roller 6392 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode (2nd drawer) 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Pickup roller 6393 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
mode (2nd drawer) replacement
mode (LCF) pages 9
mode (LCF) output pages for 9
replacement
mode (LCF) the last replacement 9
mode (LCF) 9
mode (LCF) replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller (1st 6398 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller (1st 6398 1 Recommended number of 80000 0~9999999 M 4
replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller (1st 6398 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller (1st 6398 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode drawer) 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller (1st 6399 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller (2nd 6400 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller (2nd 6400 1 Recommended number of 80000 0~9999999 M 4
replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller (2nd 6400 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller (2nd 6400 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode drawer) 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller (2nd 6401 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller (LCF) 6402 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller (LCF) 6402 1 Recommended number of 160000 0~9999999 M 4
mode output pages for 9
replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller (LCF) 6402 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller (LCF) 6402 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller (LCF) 6403 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
mode replacement

08 Setting Counter PM counter Separation roller 6406 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode (1st drawer) pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Separation roller 6406 1 Recommended number of 80000 0~9999999 M 4
mode (1st drawer) output pages for 9
replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Separation roller 6406 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode (1st drawer) the last replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Separation roller 6406 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode (1st drawer) 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Separation roller 6407 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
mode (1st drawer) replacement
mode (2nd drawer) pages 9
mode (2nd drawer) output pages for 9
replacement
mode (2nd drawer) the last replacement 9
mode (2nd drawer) 9
mode (2nd drawer) replacement
mode (LCF) pages 9
mode (LCF) output pages for 9
replacement
mode (LCF) the last replacement 9
mode (LCF) 9
mode (LCF) replacement
mode (PFP upper pages 9
drawer)
mode (PFP upper output pages for 9
drawer) replacement
mode (PFP upper the last replacement 9
drawer)
mode (PFP upper 9
drawer)
mode (PFP upper replacement
drawer)

mode (PFP lower pages 9
drawer)
mode (PFP lower output pages for 9
drawer) replacement
mode (PFP lower the last replacement 9
drawer)
mode (PFP lower 9
drawer)
mode (PFP lower replacement
drawer)
mode (Bypass unit) pages 9
mode (Bypass unit) output pages for 9
replacement
mode (Bypass unit) the last replacement 9
mode (Bypass unit) 9
mode (Bypass unit) replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller (PFP 6420 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode upper drawer) pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller (PFP 6420 1 Recommended number of 80000 0~9999999 M 4
mode upper drawer) output pages for 9
replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller (PFP 6420 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode upper drawer) the last replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller (PFP 6420 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode upper drawer) 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller (PFP 6421 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
mode upper drawer) replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller (PFP 6422 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode lower drawer) pages 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller (PFP 6422 1 Recommended number of 80000 0~9999999 M 4
mode lower drawer) output pages for 9
replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller (PFP 6422 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode lower drawer) the last replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller (PFP 6422 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode lower drawer) 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller (PFP 6423 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
mode lower drawer) replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller 6424 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M 4

08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller 6424 1 Recommended number of 80000 0~9999999 M 4
replacement
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller 6424 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller 6424 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M 4
08 Setting Counter PM counter Feed roller 6425 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
mode (PFP upper pages 9
drawer)
mode (PFP upper output pages for 9
drawer) replacement
mode (PFP upper the last replacement 9
drawer)
mode (PFP upper 9
drawer)
mode (PFP upper replacement
drawer)
mode (PFP lower pages 9
drawer)
mode (PFP lower output pages for 9
drawer) replacement
mode (PFP lower the last replacement 9
drawer)
mode (PFP lower 9
drawer)
mode (PFP lower replacement
drawer)
replacement

08 Setting Pixel counter Setting 6500 Standard paper size Refer to 0~1 SYS Selects the standard paper size to convert it into 1
mode contents the pixel count (%).
0: A4
1: LT
<Default value>
NAD: 1
Others: 0
08 Setting Pixel counter Clearing 6501 All clearing - Clears all information related to the pixel counter. 3
mode
08 Setting Pixel counter Clearing 6502 Service technician - Clears all information related to the service 3
mode reference counter technician reference pixel counter.
08 Setting Pixel counter Clearing 6503 Toner cartridge reference - Clears all information related to the toner cartridge 3
mode counter reference pixel counter.
08 Setting Pixel counter Setting 6504 Pixel counter display 1 0~1 SYS Selects whether or not to display the pixel counter 1
mode on the LCD screen.
0: Displayed
1: Not displayed
08 Setting Pixel counter Setting 6505 Displayed reference 0 0~1 SYS Selects the reference when displaying the pixel 1
mode counter on the LCD screen.
0: Service technician reference
1: Toner cartridge reference
08 Setting Pixel counter Setting 6506 Toner empty determination 0 0~1 SYS Selects the counter to determine toner empty. 1
mode counter 0: Output pages
1: Pixel counter
08 Setting Pixel counter Setting Threshold 6507 Output pages 500 0~999 SYS Sets the number of output pages to determine 1
mode setting for toner toner empty. This setting is valid when "0" is set at
empty 08-6506.
determination
08 Setting Pixel counter Setting Threshold 6508 Pixel counter 21500 0~60000 SYS Sets the number of output pages to determine 1
mode setting for toner toner empty. This setting is valid when "1" is set at
empty 08-6506.
determination
08 Setting Pixel counter Clearing Flag 6509 Service technician reference 0 0~1 SYS Becomes "1" when 08-6502 is performed. 2
mode
08 Setting Pixel counter Display Cleared date 6510 Service technician reference 0 8 digits SYS Displays the date on which 08-6502 was 2
mode performed.
08 Setting Pixel counter Display Cleared date Toner cartridge 6511 Y 0 8 digits SYS Displays the date on which 08-6503 was 2
mode reference performed.
08 Setting Pixel counter Display Cleared date Toner cartridge 6512 M 0 8 digits SYS Displays the date on which 08-6503 was 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Display Cleared date Toner cartridge 6513 C 0 8 digits SYS Displays the date on which 08-6503 was 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Display Cleared date Toner cartridge 6514 K 0 8 digits SYS Displays the date on which 08-6503 was 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Display Count started Toner cartridge 6519 Y 0 8 digits SYS Displays the date on which 08-6503 was 2
mode date reference performed.
08 Setting Pixel counter Display Count started Toner cartridge 6520 M 0 8 digits SYS Displays the date on which 08-6503 was 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Display Count started Toner cartridge 6521 C 0 8 digits SYS Displays the date on which 08-6503 was 2

08 Setting Pixel counter Display Count started Toner cartridge 6522 K 0 8 digits SYS Displays the date on which 08-6503 was 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Number of Service Copy 6557 Full color 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of output pages converted to 2
mode output pages technician 9 the standard paper size in the copy function, full
reference color mode and service technician reference.
The last two digits indicate the values after the
decimal point. One hundredth of the indicated
value is "converted number of sheets for A4/LT".
08 Setting Pixel counter Number of Service Copy 6558 Black 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of output pages converted to 2
mode output pages technician 9 the standard paper size in the copy function, black
reference mode and service technician reference.
08 Setting Pixel counter Number of Service Print 6559 Full color 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of output pages converted to 2
mode output pages technician 9 the standard paper size in the printer function, full
reference color mode and service technician reference.
08 Setting Pixel counter Number of Service Print 6560 Black 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of output pages converted to 2
mode output pages technician 9 the standard paper size in the printer function,
reference black mode and service technician reference.
08 Setting Pixel counter Number of Service Fax 6561 Black 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of output pages converted to 2
mode output pages technician 9 the standard paper size in the FAX function, black
reference mode and service technician reference.
08 Setting Pixel counter Number of Toner cartridge Copy 6562 Full color (K) 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of output pages converted to 2
mode output pages reference 9 the standard paper size in the copy function, full
color mode, toner K and toner cartridge reference.
08 Setting Pixel counter Number of Toner cartridge Copy 6563 Black 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of output pages converted to 2
mode output pages reference 9 the standard paper size in the copy function, black
mode and toner cartridge reference.
08 Setting Pixel counter Number of Toner cartridge Print 6564 Full color (K) 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of output pages converted to 2
mode output pages reference 9 the standard paper size in the printer function, full
color mode, toner K and toner cartridge reference.
08 Setting Pixel counter Number of Toner cartridge Print 6565 Black 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of output pages converted to 2
mode output pages reference 9 the standard paper size in the printer function,
black mode and toner cartridge reference.

08 Setting Pixel counter Number of Toner cartridge Fax 6566 Black 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of output pages converted to 2
mode output pages reference 9 the standard paper size in the FAX function, black
mode and toner cartridge reference.
08 Setting Pixel counter Number of Toner cartridge Copy 6567 Full color (Y) 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of output pages converted to 2
color mode, toner Y and toner cartridge reference.
08 Setting Pixel counter Number of Toner cartridge Print 6568 Full color (Y) 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of output pages converted to 2
color mode, toner Y and toner cartridge reference.
08 Setting Pixel counter Number of Toner cartridge Copy 6569 Full color (M) 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of output pages converted to 2
color mode, toner M and toner cartridge
reference.
08 Setting Pixel counter Number of Toner cartridge Print 6570 Full color (M) 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of output pages converted to 2
color mode, toner M and toner cartridge
reference.
08 Setting Pixel counter Number of Toner cartridge Copy 6571 Full color (C) 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of output pages converted to 2
color mode, toner C and toner cartridge reference.
08 Setting Pixel counter Number of Toner cartridge Print 6572 Full color (C) 0 0~9999999 SYS Counts the number of output pages converted to 2
color mode, toner C and toner cartridge reference.
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Toner cartridge 6573 Y 0 0~999 SYS Counts the number of time of the toner cartridge Y 2
mode replacement replacement.
counter
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Toner cartridge 6574 M 0 0~999 SYS Counts the number of time of the toner cartridge 2
mode replacement M replacement.
counter
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Toner cartridge 6575 C 0 0~999 SYS Counts the number of time of the toner cartridge 2
mode replacement C replacement.
counter
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Toner cartridge 6576 K 0 0~999 SYS Counts the number of time of the toner cartridge K 2
mode replacement replacement.
counter

08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel Copy 6587 Full color (Y+M+C+K) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the copy 2
mode count (Service function, full color mode, all toner and service
technician technician reference.
reference) (Unit: 0.01%)
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel Copy 6588 Full color (Y) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the copy 2
mode count (Service function, full color mode, toner Y and service
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel Copy 6589 Full color (M) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the copy 2
mode count (Service function, full color mode, toner M and service
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel Copy 6590 Full color (C) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the copy 2
mode count (Service function, full color mode, toner C and service
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel Copy 6591 Full color (K) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the copy 2
mode count (Service function, full color mode, toner K and service
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel Print 6592 Full color (Y+M+C+K) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the printer 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel Print 6593 Full color (Y) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the printer 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel Print 6594 Full color (M) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the printer 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel Print 6595 Full color (C) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the printer 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel Print 6596 Full color (K) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the printer 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel PPC/PRT 6597 Full color (Y+M+C+K) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the 2
mode count (Service copy/printer function, full color mode, all toner and
technician service technician reference.
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel PPC/PRT 6598 Full color (Y) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the 2
mode count (Service copy/printer function, full color mode, toner Y and
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel PPC/PRT 6599 Full color (M) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the 2
mode count (Service copy/printer function, full color mode, toner M and

08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel PPC/PRT 6600 Full color (C) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the 2
mode count (Service copy/printer function, full color mode, toner C and
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel PPC/PRT 6601 Full color (K) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the 2
mode count (Service copy/printer function, full color mode, toner K and
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel Copy 6602 Black 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the copy 2
mode count (Service function, black mode and service technician
technician reference.
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel Print 6603 Black 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the printer 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel Fax 6604 Black 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the FAX 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel PPC/PRT/Fax 6605 Black 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the 2
mode count (Service copy/printer/FAX function, black mode and service
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel Copy 6606 Full color (Y+M+C+K) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the latest pixel count in the copy 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel Copy 6607 Full color (Y) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the latest pixel count in the copy 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel Copy 6608 Full color (M) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the latest pixel count in the copy 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel Copy 6609 Full color (C) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the latest pixel count in the copy 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel Copy 6610 Full color (K) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the latest pixel count in the copy 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel Print 6611 Full color (Y+M+C+K) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the latest pixel count in the printer 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel Print 6612 Full color (Y) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the latest pixel count in the printer 2

08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel Print 6613 Full color (M) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the latest pixel count in the printer 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel Print 6614 Full color (C) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the latest pixel count in the printer 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel Print 6615 Full color (K) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the latest pixel count in the printer 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel Copy 6616 Black 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the latest pixel count in the copy 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel Print 6617 Black 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the latest pixel count in the printer 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel Fax 6618 Black 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the latest pixel count in the FAX function, 2
mode count (Service black mode and service technician reference.
technician (Unit: 0.01%)
reference)
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel Copy 6619 Full color (Y) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the copy 2
mode count (Toner function, full color mode, toner Y and toner
cartridge cartridge reference.
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel Copy 6620 Full color (M) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the copy 2
mode count (Toner function, full color mode, toner M and toner
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel Copy 6621 Full color (C) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the copy 2
mode count (Toner function, full color mode, toner C and toner
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel Copy 6622 Full color (K) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the copy 2
mode count (Toner function, full color mode, toner K and toner
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel Copy 6623 Black 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the copy 2
mode count (Toner function, black mode and toner cartridge
cartridge reference.
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel Copy 6624 Full color (K)+black 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the copy 2
mode count (Toner function, full color/black mode, toner K and toner
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel Print 6625 Full color (Y) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the printer 2

08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel Print 6626 Full color (M) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the printer 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel Print 6627 Full color (C) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the printer 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel Print 6628 Full color (K) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the printer 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel Print 6629 Black 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the printer 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel Print 6630 Full color (K)+black 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the printer 2
mode count (Toner function, full color/black mode, toner K and toner
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel PPC/PRT 6631 Full color (Y) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the 2
mode count (Toner copy/printer function, full color mode, toner Y and
cartridge toner cartridge reference.
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel PPC/PRT 6632 Full color (M) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the 2
mode count (Toner copy/printer function, full color mode, toner M and
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel PPC/PRT 6633 Full color (C) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the 2
mode count (Toner copy/printer function, full color mode, toner C and
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel PPC/PRT/Fax 6634 Full color (K)+black 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the 2
mode count (Toner copy/printer/FAX function, black mode, toner K
cartridge and toner cartridge reference.
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Average pixel Fax 6635 Black 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the average pixel count in the FAX 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel Copy 6636 Full color (Y) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the latest pixel count in the copy 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel Copy 6637 Full color (M) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the latest pixel count in the copy 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel Copy 6638 Full color (C) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the latest pixel count in the copy 2

08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel Copy 6639 Full color (K) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the latest pixel count in the copy 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel Print 6640 Full color (Y) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the latest pixel count in the printer 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel Print 6641 Full color (M) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the latest pixel count in the printer 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel Print 6642 Full color (C) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the latest pixel count in the printer 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel Print 6643 Full color (K) 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the latest pixel count in the printer 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel Fax 6644 Black 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the latest pixel count in the FAX function, 2
mode count (Toner black mode and toner cartridge reference.
cartridge (Unit: 0.01%)
reference)
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Pixel count Copy 6713 0 0-5% 0 0~9999999 SYS The pixel count data are divided into 10 ranges. 14
mode distribution (Full 9 The number of output pages in each range is
color (Y)) displayed. In this code, the distributions in the
copy function, full color mode and toner Y are
displayed.
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Pixel count Copy 6713 1 5.1-10% 0 0~9999999 SYS The pixel count data are divided into 10 ranges. 14
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.

displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
color (M)) displayed. In this code, the distributions in the
copy function, full color mode and toner M are
displayed.

displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.

displayed.
displayed.
color (C)) displayed. In this code, the distributions in the
copy function, full color mode and toner C are
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.

displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
color (K)) displayed. In this code, the distributions in the
copy function, full color mode and toner K are
displayed.
displayed.

displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.

displayed.
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Pixel count Print 6717 0 0-5% 0 0~9999999 SYS The pixel count data are divided into 10 ranges. 14
printer function, full color mode and toner Y are
displayed.
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Pixel count Print 6717 1 5.1-10% 0 0~9999999 SYS The pixel count data are divided into 10 ranges. 14
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.

displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
printer function, full color mode and toner M are
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.

displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.

printer function, full color mode and toner C are
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.

displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
printer function, full color mode and toner K are
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.

displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
displayed.
mode distribution 9 The number of output pages in each range is
(Black) displayed. In this code, the distributions in the
copy function and black mode are displayed.


printer function and black mode are displayed.

08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Pixel count Fax 6723 0 0-5% 0 0~9999999 SYS The pixel count data are divided into 10 ranges. 14
FAX function and black mode are displayed.
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Pixel count Fax 6723 1 5.1-10% 0 0~9999999 SYS The pixel count data are divided into 10 ranges. 14

08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel Copy 6724 Black 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the latest pixel count in the copy 2
08 Setting Pixel counter Counter Latest pixel Print 6725 Black 0 0~10000 SYS Displays the latest pixel count in the printer 2
08 Setting Counter 6817 Calibration counter 0 0~9999999 SYS Displays the number of times a calibration chart is 1
mode 9 printed. When "0" is set for this code, and also
when in the line adjustment mode or when the fee
charging counter is reset, this counter is reset.
The counter value goes up every time a
calibration chart is printed, regardless of the
setting value of the code 08-9894 (Calibration
chart charging method).
08 Setting Counter Counter 6984 Waste toner box nearly-full 0 0~9999999 M Total count of the values of Y, M, C, and BK of 1
mode detection counter 9 counter for period of toner cartridge rotation time.
08 Setting Counter PM counter LED gap spacer 6985 0 Present number of output 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode (K) pages 9

08 Setting Counter PM counter LED gap spacer 6985 1 Recommended number of Refer to 0~9999999 M <Default value> 4
mode (K) output pages for contents 9 20ppm: 67200
(Unit: Sheets)
08 Setting Counter PM counter LED gap spacer 6985 2 Number of output pages at 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode (K) the last replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter LED gap spacer 6985 3 Present driving counts 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode (K) 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter LED gap spacer 6985 4 Recommended driving 270000 0~9999999 M 4
mode (K) counts to be replaced 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter LED gap spacer 6985 5 Driving counts at the last 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode (K) replacement 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter LED gap spacer 6985 6 Present output pages for 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode (K) control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter LED gap spacer 6985 7 Present driving counts for 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode (K) control 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter LED gap spacer 6985 8 Number of times replaced 0 0~9999999 M 4
mode (K) 9
08 Setting Counter PM counter LED gap spacer 6986 Date of previous 0 8 digits M 2
mode (K) replacement
mode (Y) pages 9
mode (Y) output pages for contents 9 20ppm: 67200
(Unit: Sheets)
mode (Y) the last replacement 9
mode (Y) 9
mode (Y) counts to be replaced 9
mode (Y) replacement 9
mode (Y) control 9
mode (Y) control 9
mode (Y) 9
mode (Y) replacement
mode (M) pages 9
mode (M) output pages for contents 9 20ppm: 67200
(Unit: Sheets)

mode (M) the last replacement 9
mode (M) 9
mode (M) counts to be replaced 9
mode (M) replacement 9
mode (M) control 9
mode (M) control 9
mode (M) 9
mode (M) replacement
mode (C) pages 9
mode (C) output pages for contents 9 20ppm: 67200
(Unit: Sheets)
mode (C) the last replacement 9
mode (C) 9
mode (C) counts to be replaced 9
mode (C) replacement 9
mode (C) control 9
mode (C) control 9
mode (C) 9
mode (C) replacement
08 Setting Counter Cleaning Main charger 6993 Cleaning counter 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: times) 1
mode 9
08 Setting Counter Cleaning LED head/LSU 6994 Cleaning counter 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: times) 1
mode slit glass 9
08 Setting Counter Cleaning LED head/LSU 6995 Number of times of 0 0~9999999 M (Unit: times) 1
mode slit glass cleaning/0 clear 9
08 Setting Counter Image control Execution Full mode 6997 0 Execution number counter 0 0~9999999 M Clearing the number to 0 is only available. 4
mode number counter execution number of image quality control 9 (Unit: number)

08 Setting Counter Image control Execution Short paper and 6997 1 Execution number counter 0 0~9999999 M Clearing the number to 0 is only available. 4
mode number counter full color mode of image quality control 9 (Unit: number)
execution number
08 Setting Counter Image control Execution Short paper and 6997 2 Execution number counter 0 0~9999999 M Clearing the number to 0 is only available. 4
mode number counter monochrome of image quality control 9 (Unit: number)
mode execution
number
08 Setting Image Image All clearing Adjustment 7000 PPC related codes - Clears the values of the following codes and PPC 3
mode Processing values of all 05/08 related areas of the HDD.
image process 05-7025~7026
codes 05-7056~7287
05-7618~7995
08-7034
08-7052
08-7610~7617
08-8103
08 Setting Image Image All clearing Gamma 7001 PPC related codes - Clears PPC related areas of the HDD. 3
mode Processing correction table
08 Setting Image Scanner wire 7003 Disabled/enabled 1 0~1 SYS Performs image correction if the scanner wire is 1
mode Processing extension extended because of scanning with large numbers
correction through the original glass.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting Image User interface Custom Copy 7034 Black 0 0~2 SYS 0: Not displayed 1 Yes
mode Processing 1: Text/Photo base
2: Text base
08 Setting Image Automatic tone Last updated Color PPC 7052 0 Plain paper 0 0~4212312 SYS Last updated date and time of automatic tone 14 Yes
mode Processing correction data date and time 359 correction data.
YYMMDDHHMM
YY: year, MM: month, DD: day, HH: hour, MM:
minute
08 Setting Image Automatic tone Last updated Color PPC 7052 1 Thick 0 0~4212312 SYS Last updated date and time of automatic tone 14 Yes
YYMMDDHHMM
minute
08 Setting Image Automatic tone Last updated Color PPC 7052 2 Recycled paper 0 0~4212312 SYS Last updated date and time of automatic tone 14 Yes
YYMMDDHHMM
minute
08 Setting Image Automatic tone Last updated Color PPC 7052 3 Thick paper 1 0 0~4212312 SYS Last updated date and time of automatic tone 14 Yes
YYMMDDHHMM
minute
08 Setting Image Automatic tone Last updated Color PPC 7052 4 Thick paper 2 0 0~4212312 SYS Last updated date and time of automatic tone 14 Yes
YYMMDDHHMM
minute

08 Setting Image Automatic tone Last updated Color PPC 7052 7 Special paper 1 0 0~4212312 SYS Last updated date and time of automatic tone 14 Yes
YYMMDDHHMM
minute
08 Setting Image Automatic tone Last updated Color PPC 7052 8 Special paper 2 0 0~4212312 SYS Last updated date and time of automatic tone 14 Yes
YYMMDDHHMM
minute
08 Setting Image Image All clearing Adjustment 7300 NW PRT related codes - Clears the values of the following codes: 3
mode Processing values of all 05/08 05-7302~7387
codes 08-7310~7354
08-8005
08-8103~8110
08 Setting Image Image All clearing Gamma 7301 NW PRT related codes - Clears print related area in HDD. 3
mode Processing correction table
08 Setting Image Screen Printer 7310 600 x 600 dpi (Black) 0 0~1 SYS 0: High screen ruling value 1
mode Processing switchover 1: Low screen ruling value
08 Setting Image Automatic tone Last updated NW printer (600 7352 0 Plain paper 0 0~4212312 SYS Last updated date and time of automatic tone 14 Yes
mode Processing correction data date and time dpi) 359 correction data.
YYMMDDHHMM
minute
08 Setting Image Automatic tone Last updated NW printer (600 7352 1 Thick 0 0~4212312 SYS Last updated date and time of automatic tone 14 Yes
YYMMDDHHMM
minute
08 Setting Image Automatic tone Last updated NW printer (600 7352 2 Recycled paper 0 0~4212312 SYS Last updated date and time of automatic tone 14 Yes
YYMMDDHHMM
minute
08 Setting Image Automatic tone Last updated NW printer (600 7352 3 Thick paper 1 0 0~4212312 SYS Last updated date and time of automatic tone 14 Yes
YYMMDDHHMM
minute
YYMMDDHHMM
minute
08 Setting Image Automatic tone Last updated NW printer (600 7352 7 Special paper 1 0 0~4212312 SYS Last updated date and time of automatic tone 14 Yes
YYMMDDHHMM
minute
YYMMDDHHMM
minute

08 Setting Image Automatic tone Last updated NW printer (1200 7354 0 Plain paper 0 0~4212312 SYS Last updated date and time of automatic tone 14 Yes
YYMMDDHHMM
minute
08 Setting Image Automatic tone Last updated NW printer (1200 7354 1 Thick 0 0~4212312 SYS Last updated date and time of automatic tone 14 Yes
YYMMDDHHMM
minute
08 Setting Image Automatic tone Last updated NW printer (1200 7354 2 Recycled paper 0 0~4212312 SYS Last updated date and time of automatic tone 14 Yes
YYMMDDHHMM
minute
YYMMDDHHMM
minute
YYMMDDHHMM
minute
YYMMDDHHMM
minute
YYMMDDHHMM
minute
08 Setting Image Image All clearing Adjustment 7400 NW SCN related codes - Clears the values of the following codes: 3
mode Processing values of all 05/08 05-7400~7489
codes 08-7003
08-7401
08-8300
08 Setting Image User interface Custom NW SCN 7401 Black 0 0~3 SYS 0: Not displayed 1 Yes
mode Processing 1: Black TEXT/PHOTO base
2: Black TEXT base
3: Black PHOTO base
08 Setting Image Image All clearing Adjustment 7500 Fax related codes - Clears the adjustment values of the following 3
mode Processing values of all 05/08 codes:
codes 08-7003
08 Setting Image User interface PPC (Color) 7610 Display setting of red seal Refer to 0~1 SYS 0: Display setting OFF 1
mode Processing color mode contents 1: Display setting ON
<Default value>
CND: 1
Others: 0

08 Setting Image Image 7612 Image repeat gap 5 0~10 SYS (Unit: mm) 1
mode Processing
08 Setting Image User interface Custom Copy 7614 Color 0 0~5 SYS 0: Not displayed 1 Yes
mode Processing 1: TEXT/PHOTO base
2: TEXT base
3: Printed image base
4: Photo base
5: Map base
08 Setting Image Image PPC 7617 ADF noise reduction 3 0~3 SYS Sets the adjustment level for reducing color 1
mode Processing streaks when the RADF is used.
3: Disabled (default)
2: Noise reduction level - Low
1: Noise reduction level - Middle (recommended)
0: Noise reduction level - High
* This code is valid in the Text/Photo mode for
color copying. This code is valid in the Text/Photo
mode and Text mode for monochrome copying.
08 Setting Image User interface Color NW printer Display setting of 8005 Display of check box Refer to 0~1 SYS 0: Display setting OFF 1
mode Processing red seal color contents 1: Display setting ON
mode <Default value>
CND: 1
Others: 0
08 Setting Image Image quality TRC correction 8103 Switchover of 1 0~1 SYS Switches the enable/disable setting of tone 1
mode Processing control enable/disable setting of correction with image quality TRC control. Do not
tone correction change the value as it may decrease the tone
correction.
0: Disable
1: Enable
08 Setting Image Screen Printer 8110 600x600 dpi (Color) 0 0~1 SYS 0: High screen ruling value 1
mode Processing switchover 1: Low screen ruling value
08 Setting Image Screen Printer Low screen ruling 8111 600x600 dpi (Color) 0 0~1 SYS 0: Low screen ruling to reduce unevenness of the 1
mode Processing switchover value printed image
1: Low screen ruling to reduce jitter
08 Setting Image Image Scanning 8300 ADF noise reduction 3 0~3 SYS Sets the adjustment level for reducing color 1
mode Processing streaks when the RADF is used.
3: Disabled (default)
2: Noise reduction level - Low
1: Noise reduction level - Middle (recommended)
0: Noise reduction level - High
08 Setting Image User interface Custom NW SCN 8303 Color 0 0~4 SYS 0: Not displayed 1 Yes
mode Processing 1: Text/Photo base
2: Text base
3: Photo base
4: e-document base
* e-document: This is the mode that corresponds
to the law in Japan. This mode is used to clarify
area where changes were made with such as a
correction fluid.
08 Setting System General 8504 Feeding method of odd 0 0~1 SYS 0: One side 1
mode page number in duplex 1: Both sides
printing (Raw print)
08 Setting System General 8506 Forcible mode change in 0 0~2 SYS 0: Sleep mode 1
mode cartridge empty status 1: Automatic Energy Save mode
2: Ready

08 Setting System General 8508 Controlling method for print 0 0~2 SYS 0: No control 1
mode image position adjustment 1: Cuts the image
in secondary scanning 2: Shifts the image
direction
08 Setting System General 8509 Controlling amount for print 12 0~36 SYS 0-36 1
mode image position adjustment
in secondary scanning
direction
08 Setting System General 8510 Menu display for controlling 0 0~1 SYS 0: Menu not displayed 1
mode print image position 1: Menu displayed
adjustment in secondary
scanning direction
08 Setting System General 8511 Wide A4 Mode (for PCL) 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disable 1
mode 1: Enable
08 Setting System General 8512 Number of jobs in batch 10 2~10 SYS 2-10: From 2 to jobs can be specified 1
mode processing
08 Setting System General Overprint 8513 0 For PDF printing 2 0~2 SYS Enables or disables the overprinting function 4
mode function setting setting when printing PDF files.
0: OFF
1: ON
2: ON (only for PDF/X files)
08 Setting System General Overprint 8513 1 For PostScript printing 0 0~1 SYS Enables or disables the overprinting function 4
mode function setting setting for PostScript printing.
0: OFF
1: ON
08 Setting System General 8514 Threshold value setting for 20 5~30 SYS This code is used for changing the range in which 1 Yes
mode RIP standard paper non-standard paper sizes are judged as standard
judgment ones. If the page size data are within the standard
paper size ± the setting value, the page size is
judged as a standard paper size in PS/PDF
printing. If the page size data are out of the range,
the page size is judged as a non-standard paper
size. The unit for the setting value is PS points. 1
PS point is approx. 0.35 mm.
08 Setting System General Outside erase 8515 PPC 0 -3~3 SYS The larger the value, area to be erased increases. 1
mode Judgment The smaller the value, area to be erased
threshold decreases.
(Default)
08 Setting System General Outside erase 8516 NW SCN 0 -3~3 SYS The larger the value, area to be erased increases. 1
mode Judgment The smaller the value, area to be erased
threshold decreases.
(Default)
08 Setting System General 8517 Remote Scan User 1 0~1 SYS 0: OFF (A user always enters manually (current 1
mode authentication automatic method))
login 1: ON (Previous authentication information will be
used)
08 Setting System General 8518 Overwriting mode for 0 0~3 SYS 0: Always OFF 1
mode scanned files 1: Meta Scan function ON/Normal scan function
OFF
2: Meta Scan function OFF/Normal scan function
ON
3: Always ON
08 Setting System General 8519 Scan PDF file Paper size 1 0~1 SYS 0: Equivalent to scan image size 1
mode 1: Fitted into any standard size

08 Setting System General 8520 Underscore conversion of 1 0~1 SYS Sets the prohibited characters in filename to 1
mode prohibited character in covert to underscore.
filename 0: \ / > < , " | ? * : ; = [ ] +
1: \ / > < " | ? * :
* 0: Existing model standard 1: Windows standard
Since setting the value to "1" allows some
prohibited characters, filename might not be
processed in external application or server.
08 Setting System General 8521 Switchover of output format Refer to 0~1 SYS Switches the output format of date in attachment 1
mode of Service Notification contents of Service Notification.
attachment 0: YYYY.MM.DD
1: YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS
<Default value>
NAD: 1
Others: 0
08 Setting System User interface Display setting 8523 Toner near-empty status Refer to 0~1 SYS 0: ON 1 Yes
mode Message contents 1: OFF
<Default value>
JPD, NAD, MJD, AUD, ARD: 1
ASD, TWD, CND: 0
08 Setting System User interface Display setting 8524 No paper message 1 0~1 SYS 0: ON 1
mode 1: OFF
08 Setting System User interface Display setting 8525 No paper message (T-LCF 0 0~1 SYS 0: ON 1
mode left tray) 1: OFF
08 Setting System User interface 8526 Scan Preview Default 0 0~1 SYS 0: OFF 1
mode setting 1: ON
08 Setting System General Transfer belt Short size 8529 0 Number of pages released 4 0~9 SYS Sets a threshold (the number of pages) for 4
mode release (Copier) switching from ACS to the black mode. When the
threshold in ACS specified number of pages has been printed in the
black mode only, the transfer belt is released and
ACS shifts to the black
(Unit: page)
mode release (Printer) switching from ACS to the black mode. When the
ACS shifts to the black mode.
(Unit: page)
mode release (Box print) switching from ACS to the black mode. When the
ACS shifts to the black mode.
(Unit: page)
08 Setting System General 8532 Control panel Brightness 4 1~7 SYS 1-7: Brightness level 1
mode level adjustment
08 Setting System General 1st transfer roller Contact/release 8533 Except copy 0 0~2 SYS When jittering occurs during the printing of thick 1
mode setting paper in the black mode with the 1st transfer roller
released from the transfer belt, this setting makes
the roller contact.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled only for thick paper and special paper
2: Enabled for all media types

08 Setting System General 1st transfer roller Contact/release 8534 Copy 0 0~2 SYS When jittering occurs during the printing of thick 1
mode setting paper in the black mode with the 1st transfer roller
released from the transfer belt, this setting makes
the roller contact.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled only for thick paper and special paper
2: Enabled for all media types
08 Setting System General 8537 Sorting method for 0 0~1 SYS Changes the sorting order for print jobs on the 1
mode displaying private/hold print private/hold print list.
jobs 0: Descending order
1: Ascending order
08 Setting System User interface 8538 Toner near empty 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode notification setting 1: Enabled
08 Setting System User interface Scanning 8540 Date/time format in the 1 0~1 SYS 0: YYYY/MM/DDhh:mm:ss.mmm 1
mode Meta Scan XML file 1: YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.mmmTZD
08 Setting System User interface 8543 Switching to the low power 1 0~1 SYS 0: Not switched 1 Yes
mode consumption mode in the 1: Switched under certain conditions
Sleep mode
08 Setting System User interface 8544 Tolerance for switching to 5 5~600 SYS Sets the range of tolerance in which the 1 Yes
mode Super Sleep mode equipment returns to the Super Sleep mode after
the system is started during that mode.
(Unit: Second)
08 Setting System User interface 8546 Input setting of minus value 0 0~1 SYS 0: Inputting a minus value is disabled. 1 Yes
mode for image shift when 1: Inputting a minus value is enabled.
copying
08 Setting System User interface Paper feeding 8548 Operation of drawer size 0 0~1 SYS 0: Operation of cassette size change is disabled. 1
mode change when printing is 1: Operation of cassette size change is enabled.
interrupted by size
mismatch
08 Setting System User interface Counter 8549 Hardware key control when 0 0~1 SYS 0: No control 1
mode external counter is installed 1: Mode switch key is disabled.
08 Setting System User interface Manual change 8558 0 1st drawer 1 0~1 SYS 0: Manual 4
mode of the standard 1: Auto
size
08 Setting System User interface Manual change 8558 1 2nd drawer 1 0~1 SYS 0: Manual 4
size
08 Setting System User interface Manual change 8558 2 3rd drawer 1 0~1 SYS 0: Manual 4
size
08 Setting System User interface Manual change 8558 3 4th drawer 1 0~1 SYS 0: Manual 4
size
08 Setting System 8559 Password at VNC SYS Sets a password within 6 to 8 alphanumeric 11
mode connection character digits when VNC is connected.
08 Setting System notification Quota 8567 near empty 0 0~10000 SYS Sets the number of print pages to notify that the 1
mode Quota has been nearly reached when it has been
selected.
0: Not notified
1 to 10000: Notified when printed pages reach the
set number

08 Setting System eAPI 8568 Authentication time-out 30 1~180 SYS Sets the time-out period when authentication is 1
mode Application performed by an external application.
(Unit: seconds)
08 Setting System eAPI 8569 Error sound when an event 0 0~1 SYS 0: OFF (not sounded) 1
mode Application generated by a card does 1: ON (sounded)
not reach
08 Setting System External Interface 8574 Color/Size signal timing 0 0~20 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode counter 1~20: Delays setting value x 10msec
* This code is valid only when the code 08-9016 is
set "5".
08 Setting System External 8577 Key-map setting us SYS Sets a key-map of an externally-connected 11
mode keyboard keyboard such as a USB device.
us: US keyboard (USA)
uk: UK keyboard (UK)
de: DE keyboard (German)
fr: FR keyboard (France)
dk: DK keyboard (Denmark)
es: ES keyboard (Spain)
fi: FI keyboard (Finland)
it: IT keyboard (Italia)
nl: NL keyboard (Netherland)
no: NO keyboard (Norway)
pl: PL keyboard (Poland)
ru: RU keyboard (Russia)
se: SE keyboard (Sweden)
tr: TR keyboard (Turkey)
jp: JP keyboard (Japan)
br: BR keyboard (Brazil)
08 Setting System Network 8585 Edit setting of E-mail 1 0~1 SYS 0: Not allowed 1
mode subject 1: Allowed
08 Setting System Network 8586 Addition of date and time to 1 0~1 SYS 0: Not added 1
mode E-mail subject 1: Added
08 Setting System Network 8587 Character string of E-mail 0 0~1 SYS Switches the default character string of subject. 1
mode subject 0: Character string at the shipment
1: Character string specified by users
08 Setting System User interface 8597 Automatic update of 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode private/hold print job list 1: Enabled
08 Setting System Maintenance 8598 Template icon layout on the 0 0~1 SYS 0: Pattern 1 1
mode control panel (1) (2) (3) (4)
(5) (6) (7) (8)
(9) (10) (11) (12)
(13) (14) (15) (16)
1: Pattern 2
(1) (2) (9) (10)
(3) (4) (11) (12)
(5) (6) (13) (14)
(7) (8) (15) (16)
08 Setting System General Outside erase 8600 Change of default value 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1 Yes
mode 1: Enabled
08 Setting System User interface 8603 Special usage of external 0 0~2 SYS 0: None 1
mode options I/F 1: Usage 1
2: Usage 2

08 Setting System User interface 8607 Display of the keyboard 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether or not to display the keyboard on the 1
mode touch panel when entering characters.
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed
08 Setting System Network Prioritized 8608 Windows 0 0~16 SYS Sets the prioritized authentication server to be 1 Yes
mode authentication searched (0 to 16). The servers displayed on the
server screen accessed by TopAccess -> Administration -
> Maintenance -> Directory Service are numbered
beginning at the top (0 to 16).
08 Setting System Network Prioritized 8609 LDAP 0 0~16 SYS Sets the prioritized authentication server to be 1 Yes
08 Setting System Network Prioritized 8610 Card 0 0~16 SYS Sets the prioritized authentication server to be 1 Yes
08 Setting System User interface Fax 8611 Recipient selection method 0 0~2 SYS 0: Group recipients selectable (Recipients 1
mode switching registered in a group cannot be selected
individually.)
1: Group recipients selectable (Recipients
registered in the selected group cannot be
selected individually.)
2: Group recipients not selectable (Only individual
recipients registered in a group can be selected.)
08 Setting System User interface Department 8612 EWB 1 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1 Yes
08 Setting System User interface Shutdown type 8613 Display/non-display of the Refer to 0~1 SYS 0: Not displayed 1
mode selection selection menu contents 1: Displayed
<Default value>
CND: 0
Others: 1
08 Setting System User interface Shutdown type 8614 Shutdown type selection 1 0~1 SYS 0: Shutdown 1
mode selection when the selection menu is 1: Hibernation
not displayed * "0" is set in the high security mode.
08 Setting System Maintenance MFP 8615 Execution of the MFP use - Employ this to make the MFP state so that it can 3
mode management end process be returned from a user site due to the end of use
caused by the expiration of the contract period.
* The MFP becomes unusable.
* The customer information such as network
settings is all deleted.
08 Setting System Maintenance MFP 8616 Clearance of the MFP use - Employ this to make the MFP, to which the use 3
mode management end state end process has been applied, usable.
* The customer information such as network
settings has been all deleted.

08 Setting System User 8618 Information synchronization 0 0~2 HDD/ Sets whether to synchronize the user 1
mode management setting SSD management information with another MFP.
Select "1" to share the user management
information of this equipment with another MFP.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (Primary)
2: Enabled (Secondary)
* "1" and "2" can be selected only when 08-9293
is set to "0" (local authentication).
08 Setting System User Media Registration 8619 0 User Media Type 1 0 0~1 SYS 0: Not registered 4 Yes
mode Type status 1: Registered
08 Setting System User Media Type name 8620 0 User Media Type 1 Refer to HDD/ Maximum 16 letters 11
mode Type contents SSD

08 Setting System User Media Base media type 8621 0 User Media Type 1 0 Refer to SYS Sets the base media type. 4 Yes
mode Type contents 0: Plain 1: Thick 1 2: Thick 2 6: Special 1 7:
Special 2 8: Recycled 14: Thick 16: OHP 32:
Envelope
Envelope
Envelope
Envelope
Envelope
Envelope
Envelope
Envelope
Envelope
Envelope
08 Setting System User interface 8622 Date and time addition 1 0~1 SYS 0: Not added 1
mode setting to file name of scan 1: Added
to file/E-mail
08 Setting System General 8623 0 RIP function setting 1 0~1 SYS Enables/Disables the function related to Excel 4
mode boarder rendering of PCL6. The function is to
prevent missing lines when scaling down and
inconsistent line width when scaling up.
0: Disabled (No correction. Compliant with PCL6
language)
1: Enabled
08 Setting System User interface 8624 Switchover of filename 3 0~3 SYS Switches the display method of filename. 1 Yes
mode display method 0: Displays the filename from the beginning
1: Displays the trailing characters
2: Displays the beginning and trailing characters
3: Displays the filename without abbreviation

08 Setting System Waste toner At nearly-full 8625 Display message 0 0~1 SYS Sets whether or not to display the following items 1 Yes
mode box status when the waste toner box has become the nearly-
full status.
- A message on the status window
- A waste toner box replacing guidance when the
front cover is opened
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed
08 Setting System Waste toner At determining 8626 Waste toner box replacing Refer to 0~1 SYS Sets whether or not to display the waste toner box 1 Yes
mode box the full status guidance contents replacing guide while the front cover is opened
when the full status of the box has been
determined.
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed
<Default value>
CND: 1
Others: 0
08 Setting System User interface 8628 Job operation on the COPY 0 0~1 SYS This setting enables user to move from the COPY 1
mode screen when the coin screen to JOB STATUS screen, and then operate
controller is connected jobs during printing when the coin controller is
connected. This code is valid when the value of
08-9016 is "1".
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System User interface User 8629 EWB 1 0~1 HDD/ Sets to disable or enable the user authentication 1
mode authentication SSD in EWB.
setting 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System User interface User 8630 Functional user 1 0~1 HDD/ Sets to disable or enable the functional user 1
mode authentication authentication SSD authentication.
setting 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System FAX 8631 Filename creation at Fax 0 0~1 SYS 0: Use address name (family-name/first-name) as 1
mode reception and forwarding filename if multiple names are found by address
book search of TSI (sender information).
1: Use address name (family-name/first-name) as
filename only when single name is found by
address book search of TSI (sender information).
08 Setting System Weekly timer 8632 Enable/Disable setting 0 0~1 HDD/ 0: Disabled 1
mode SSD 1: Enabled
08 Setting System Weekly timer 8633 0 Sunday (ON) 00:00:00 HDD/ HH:MM:SS 4
mode SSD
08 Setting System Weekly timer 8633 1 Sunday (OFF) 24:00:00 HDD/ HH:MM:SS 4
mode SSD
08 Setting System Weekly timer 8633 2 Monday (ON) 00:00:00 HDD/ HH:MM:SS 4
mode SSD
08 Setting System Weekly timer 8633 3 Monday (OFF) 24:00:00 HDD/ HH:MM:SS 4
mode SSD
08 Setting System Weekly timer 8633 4 Tuesday (ON) 00:00:00 HDD/ HH:MM:SS 4
mode SSD
08 Setting System Weekly timer 8633 5 Tuesday (OFF) 24:00:00 HDD/ HH:MM:SS 4
mode SSD
08 Setting System Weekly timer 8633 6 Wednesday (ON) 00:00:00 HDD/ HH:MM:SS 4
mode SSD

08 Setting System Weekly timer 8633 7 Wednesday (OFF) 24:00:00 HDD/ HH:MM:SS 4
mode SSD
08 Setting System Weekly timer 8633 8 Thursday (ON) 00:00:00 HDD/ HH:MM:SS 4
mode SSD
08 Setting System Weekly timer 8633 9 Thursday (OFF) 24:00:00 HDD/ HH:MM:SS 4
mode SSD
08 Setting System Weekly timer 8633 10 Friday (ON) 00:00:00 HDD/ HH:MM:SS 4
mode SSD
08 Setting System Weekly timer 8633 11 Friday (OFF) 24:00:00 HDD/ HH:MM:SS 4
mode SSD
08 Setting System Weekly timer 8633 12 Saturday (ON) 00:00:00 HDD/ HH:MM:SS 4
mode SSD
08 Setting System Weekly timer 8633 13 Saturday (OFF) 24:00:00 HDD/ HH:MM:SS 4
mode SSD
08 Setting System NTP 8634 0 Enable/Disable setting 0 0~1 HDD/ 0: Disabled 4
mode Authentication SSD 1: Enabled
08 Setting System NTP 8634 1 Key ID 1 1~65535 HDD/ 4
08 Setting System NTP 8635 Password HDD/ ASCII, 8Byte 11
08 Setting System Built-in 8636 Package management - Displays the built-in application package 3 Yes
mode application management screen. The following operations are
available in the management screen.
- Displaying of the list of the installed applications
- Installation and uninstallation of the applications
- Displaying of the language pack date for the
installed applications
- Installation of the language pack for the installed
applications
Before installing the built-in application package,
be sure to gain approval from users. In addition,
confirmation of the license agreement
(browseable from TopView) by users is necessary.
08 Setting System Built-in 8638 License management - Displays the built-in application license 3 Yes
mode application management screen. The following operations are
available in the management screen.
- Displaying of the list of the installed licenses
- Installation and uninstallation of the licenses
08 Setting System User interface 8640 Job build operation when 0 0~1 SYS This setting enables user to use the job build 1
mode the coin controller is function when the coin controller is connected.
connected This code is valid when the value of 08-9016 is "1".
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System General 8641 Notification setting for job 1 0~1 SYS Sets the notification setting for job cancel. This 1
mode cancel setting is effective for the following error codes:
1CC0, 2BB0, 2CC0, 2DC0, 2EC0
0: Disabled (Not notified)
1: Enabled (Notified)
08 Setting System Sound 8657 Placing original 0 0~1 SYS 0: OFF 1 Yes
mode 1: ON
08 Setting System Sound 8660 Completion of job (except 0 0~1 SYS 0: OFF 1 Yes
mode for Fax) 1: ON

08 Setting System Sound 8661 End of warming- 0 0~1 SYS 0: OFF 1 Yes
mode up/prewarming/sleep 1: ON
08 Setting System Sound 8662 Job interrupt (out of paper) 0 0~1 SYS 0: OFF 1 Yes
mode 1: ON
08 Setting System Sound 8663 Fax transmission error 0 0~1 SYS 0: OFF 1 Yes
mode 1: ON
08 Setting System Sound Hours for mute 8664 0 Enable/Disable setting of 0 0~1 SYS 0: Mute is disabled 4 Yes
mode mute 1: Mute is enabled
08 Setting System Sound Hours for mute 8664 1 Starting time 0 0~2359 SYS (HHMM) 4 Yes
mode
08 Setting System Sound Hours for mute 8664 2 Ending time 0 0~2359 SYS (HHMM) 4 Yes
mode
08 Setting System General 8667 Saving image log 0 0~1 HDD/ 0: Disabled 1
mode SSD 1: Enabled
* This setting is available only when the value for
08-8673 is "1" (Open to the public).
08 Setting System General 8668 Number of pages saved as 1 0~1 HDD/ 0: First page 1
mode image log SSD 1: All pages
* This setting is available only when the value for
08-8673 is "1" (Open to the public).
08 Setting System General 8670 e-Filing print setting when 0 0~1 SYS 0: Not allowed 1
mode key counter/totalizer is 1: Allowed
installed
08 Setting System Network Number of retry 8671 0 FTP 0 0~10 SYS The transmission may succeed when the number 4
mode for file transfer of retry increases. However, it takes longer time to
complete the job.
08 Setting System Network Number of retry 8671 1 SMB 0 0~10 SYS The transmission may succeed when the number 4
complete the job.
08 Setting System Network Number of retry 8671 2 NetWare 0 0~10 SYS The transmission may succeed when the number 4
complete the job.
08 Setting System Network Retry interval for 8672 0 FTP 0 0~999 SYS The transmission may succeed when the retry 4
mode file transfer interval becomes longer. However, it takes longer
time to complete the job. (Unit: sec.)
08 Setting System Network Retry interval for 8672 1 SMB 0 0~999 SYS The transmission may succeed when the retry 4
08 Setting System Network Retry interval for 8672 2 NetWare 0 0~999 SYS The transmission may succeed when the retry 4
08 Setting System General 8673 Disclosure of image log 0 0~1 HDD/ 0: Not opened to public 1
mode function SSD 1: Opened to public
08 Setting System General Transition to 8674 During network initialization 1 0~1 SYS 0: Allowed 1
mode automatic sleep 1: Prohibited
mode
08 Setting System FAX Initialized 8675 Line 1 - The destination code when the fax board for line 1 2 Yes
mode destination has been initialized
08 Setting System FAX Initialized 8676 Line 2 - The destination code when the fax board for line 2 2 Yes
mode destination has been initialized

08 Setting System OCR Counter 8677 When using two types of 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether or not to count doubly when the 1 Yes
mode the file format to be output result of OCR scanning is output by means of two
types of the file format.
0: Not counted doubly
1: Counted doubly
08 Setting System HDD backup 8679 Disabled/enabled 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether the HDD backup function is enabled 1
mode or disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System HDD backup Backup to 8680 Disabled/enabled 0 0~1 SYS Sets whether or not to save the HDD backup data 1
mode external server in an external server.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System HDD backup Automatic Schedule setting 8681 0 Execution interval 0 0~3 SYS Sets the execution interval of the automatic HDD 4
mode backup backup.
0: Disabled
1: Once per week
2: Once every two weeks
3: Once per month
08 Setting System HDD backup Automatic Schedule setting 8681 1 Execution day of week 0 0~6 SYS Sets the execution day of the week of the 4
mode backup automatic HDD backup.
0: Sun 1: Mon 2: Tue 3: Wed 4: Thu 5: Fri 6:
Sat
* When "2" is set for 08-8681, the backup will be
executed on the specified day of the 1st and 3rd
week of every month.
* When "3" is set for 08-8681, the backup will be
executed on the specified day of the 1st week of
every month.
08 Setting System HDD backup Automatic Schedule setting 8681 2 Execution time (hour) 0 0~23 SYS Sets the execution time of the automatic HDD 4
mode backup backup.
08 Setting System HDD backup Automatic Schedule setting 8681 3 Execution time (minute) 0 0~59 SYS Sets the execution time of the automatic HDD 4
mode backup backup.
08 Setting System HDD backup Backup to Communication 8682 Protocol 0 0~2 HDD/ Sets the protocol which accesses an external 1
mode external server setting SSD server.
0: SMB
1: FTP
2: FTPS
08 Setting System HDD backup Backup to Communication 8683 Port number 0 0~65535 HDD/ Sets the port number to access an external server. 1
mode external server setting SSD
08 Setting System HDD backup Backup to Communication 8684 Server name HDD/ Sets the name of an external server. 11
mode external server setting SSD Maximum 64 characters (ASCII)
08 Setting System HDD backup Backup to Communication 8685 Network path HDD/ Sets the path of an external server. 11
08 Setting System HDD backup Backup to Communication 8686 Login user name HDD/ Sets the user name to log into an external server. 11
08 Setting System HDD backup Backup to Communication 8687 Password HDD/ Sets the password to log into an external server. 11
08 Setting System HDD backup Backup items 8688 0 Each setting value of the 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether or not to back up this item at HDD 4
mode MFP backup.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled

08 Setting System HDD backup Backup items 8688 1 User data 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether or not to back up this item at HDD 4
mode backup.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System HDD backup Backup items 8688 2 Home data 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether or not to back up this item at HDD 4
mode backup.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System HDD backup Backup items 8688 3 Application data 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether or not to back up this item at HDD 4
mode backup.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System HDD backup Backup items 8688 4 e-Filing data 0 0~1 SYS Sets whether or not to back up this item at HDD 4
mode backup.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System HDD backup Backup items 8688 5 F-cod data 0 0~1 SYS Sets whether or not to back up this item at HDD 4
mode backup.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System General License control License activation 8693 IP address Refer to HDD/ Sets the IP address of the license activation proxy 11
mode proxy server contents SSD server
Maximum 128 letters (ASCII)
08 Setting System General License control License activation 8694 Port number 80 1~65535 HDD/ Sets the port number of the license activation 1
mode proxy server SSD proxy server
08 Setting System General License control License activation 8695 Logon user name Refer to HDD/ Sets the logon user name of the license activation 11
mode proxy server contents SSD proxy server
08 Setting System General License control License activation 8696 Password Refer to HDD/ Sets the logon password of the license activation 11
mode proxy server contents SSD proxy server
08 Setting System User interface Remote panel 8699 SSL function setting 0 0~1 SYS Sets enable or disable of the SSL connection 1
mode function when the remote panel is accessed
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
* This function is not worked when "0" (Not
allowed to connect) is set in 08-8794 (VNC
connection of control panel).
08 Setting System FAX 8700 Secret reception setting 0 0~2 SYS When the value of 08-8924 is "0", the value of this 1
mode code can be set to "1" or "2".
0: Always Off
1: Always On
2. Scheduled reception
08 Setting System User interface 8709 Display setting of Service Refer to 0~1 SYS Sets whether the [SERVICE NOTIFICATION] 1 Yes
mode Notification contents button is displayed on the screen accessed by
[USER FUNCTIONS] -> [ADMIN] -> [SERVICE].
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
<Default value>
JPD, NAD, MJD: 1
Others: 0
08 Setting System Scanning 8710 Designation of language 0 0~2 SYS 0: Automatic selection 1
mode code for ScanToFTP 1: UTF8
2: Shift-JIS

08 Setting System General Hardcopy 8711 Enable/Disable setting of 1 0~1 SYS Set this code to "1: Disabled" to disable the 1
mode security printing watermark information watermark information tracking application at
tracking application hardcopy security printing. When this code is set
to "1: Disabled", a license error occurs even if the
license for hardcopy security printing is enabled. If
this error occurs, hardcopy security printing is
available, but copy prohibition function and
tracking application are not available.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System User interface 8712 Display setting of the 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether the drawer button in USER 1 Yes
mode drawer setting button FUNCTIONS is displayed or not.
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed
08 Setting System User interface 8713 Setting of web upload/web 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether the web upload and web printing 1
mode printing function is enabled or disabled.
- Web upload is a function which uploads the
image data created on the equipment to the web
page displayed on EWB.
- Web printing is a function which prints the web
page displayed on EWB or the PDF file included
in the web page displayed on EWB.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System User interface Service 8715 Password for zip file with #1048109 HDD/ Password for zip file with password of service 11
mode notification password SSD notification information.
information Minimum number of digits: 0, maximum number of
digits: 20
Available character: alphanumeric characters and
symbols
The values are returned to the initial ones when
the HDD is replaced or cleared.
08 Setting System Network 8719 MTU setting of network 1500 576~1500 HDD/ Normally there's no need to change the MTU 1
mode communication SSD value. However, set the proper MTU value when
MFP is connected to the Internet using broadband
router and so on.
08 Setting System User interface 8720 Department code display 0 0~1 SYS 0: Displays department code with asterisk when 1 Yes
mode with asterisk inputting it.
1: Displays department code as it is when
inputting it.
08 Setting System FAX Automatic 8721 Operation is being 0 0~1 SYS Sets whether or not to send the already scanned 1 Yes
mode sending setting interrupted at the next originals when auto clear or overwriting login
original confirmation. occurs while the interruption screen to confirm the
next original at scanning is being displayed.
0: Sends the already scanned originals
1: Cancels jobs
08 Setting System User interface 8722 Display method of "Cannot 0 0~1 SYS Sets the display method of error if the Home 1 Yes
mode find the Home Directory" on Directory for user cannot be obtained from the
the control panel server when setting the Home Directory for
scanning. Use this code to disable the pop-up
display when the Home Directory cannot be
obtained depending on the user.
0: Displays the pop-up dialogue when user logs in
1: Displays the message in the guidance area
when the Scan to File screen is displayed

08 Setting System User interface Display/Non- 8723 Logging out of user 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether the pop-up dialog of confirmation for 1 Yes
mode display of a pop- authentication logging out is displayed or not.
up 0: Logs out without displaying pop-up dialog
1: Displays pop-up dialog when logging out
08 Setting System User interface 8724 Display setting of Edit From 1 0~1 SYS 0: Not displayed (From Address cannot be edited) 1 Yes
mode Address button for Scan to 1: Displayed (From Address can be edited)
E-mail
08 Setting System User interface 8725 Display setting of [USER 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether the [CHANGE LANGUAGE] button 1 Yes
mode FUNCTIONS]-> CHANGE accessed from [USER FUNCTIONS] button is
LANGUAGE button displayed or not. Use this code to prohibit users
from changing the language displayed on the
control panel. Administrators can change the
language.
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed
08 Setting System General 8726 Job deletion on the Job 0 0~1 SYS Use this code to enable the job deletion on the 1 Yes
mode Status screen [Job Status] screen. When "3: High level" is set
for code 08-8911, be sure to disable this setting.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System User interface Card reading 8727 Display of dedicated screen 0 0~1 SYS Switches whether the message to hold a card 1
mode device for card authentication over the card reader is displayed on the login
screen when the card authentication is enabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System Forced printing 8728 0 Display/Non-display setting 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 4
mode of user name in TopAccess 1: Enabled
08 Setting System Forced printing 8728 1 Enable/Disable setting of 0 0~1 SYS Normally this setting is made in TopAccess. 4
mode of user name forced printing 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System Forced printing 8728 2 Prioritizing printer driver 1 0~1 SYS Normally this setting is made in TopAccess. 4
mode of user name setting 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System Forced printing 8728 3 Application to network Fax 0 0~1 SYS Normally this setting is made in TopAccess. 4
mode of user name job 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System Forced printing 8728 4 Enable/Disable setting of 0 0~1 SYS Normally this setting is made in TopAccess. 4
mode of user name prefix/suffix 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System Forced printing 8728 5 Obfuscation setting 0 0~1 SYS Normally this setting is made in TopAccess. 4
mode of user name 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System Forced printing 8728 6 White background setting 1 0~1 SYS Normally this setting is made in TopAccess. 4
mode of user name 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System Forced printing 8728 7 Print position 0 0~3 SYS Normally this setting is made in TopAccess. 4
mode of user name 0: Bottom left
1: Top left
2: Bottom right
3: Top right
08 Setting System Forced printing 8728 8 Fine adjustment of print 3 0~100 SYS Adjusts the print position in X direction. The print 4
mode of user name position (X) position shifts toward inside of original when the
value increases. Unit: pt. 1pt = 0.35 mm.

08 Setting System Forced printing 8728 9 Fine adjustment of print 3 0~100 SYS Adjusts the print position in Y direction. The print 4
mode of user name position (Y) position shifts toward inside of original when the
value increases. Unit: pt. 1pt = 0.35 mm.
08 Setting System Forced printing 8728 10 Font setting 0 0~9 SYS Normally this setting is made in TopAccess. 4
mode of user name 0: Helvetica 1: AlbertusMT 2: Chicago 3:
Eurostile 4: Geneva 5: GillSans 6: LetterGothic
7: Monaco 8: Taffy 9: TimesNewRomanPSMT
08 Setting System Forced printing 8728 11 Font size setting 8 6~16 SYS Normally this setting is made in TopAccess. 4
mode of user name 6-16pt.
08 Setting System Forced printing 8728 12 Font color setting 0 0~7 SYS Normally this setting is made in TopAccess. 4
mode of user name 0: Black 1: Gray 2: Red 3: Green 4: Blue 5:
Light red 6: Light green 7: Light blue
08 Setting System Forced printing 8728 13 Density setting of light font 40 10~90 SYS Sets the density when the font color is set to gray, 4
mode of user name color light red, light green, or light blue.
08 Setting System Forced printing 8729 Prefix setting Printed by SYS Normally this setting is made in TopAccess. 11
mode of user name Maximum 64 characters.
08 Setting System Forced printing 8730 Suffix setting SYS Normally this setting is made in TopAccess. 11
mode of user name Maximum 64 characters.
08 Setting System User interface 8732 Default screen for Menu 0 0~1 SYS 0: My Menu (Default) 1
mode 1: Public Menu
08 Setting System HDD/SSD 8733 0 HDD/SSD model name - 14
mode information
08 Setting System HDD/SSD 8733 1 HDD/SSD serial No. - 14
mode information
08 Setting System HDD/SSD 8733 2 Number of the motor start- -1 - - When non-supported, the value is "-1". 14
mode information up times 1~2147483
647
08 Setting System HDD/SSD 8733 3 Number of the alternate -1 - - When non-supported, the value is "-1". 14
mode information sectors 1~2147483
647
08 Setting System HDD/SSD 8733 4 Power-ON hours -1 - - When non-supported, the value is "-1". 14
mode information 1~2147483
647
08 Setting System HDD/SSD 8733 5 Number of the power -1 - - When non-supported, the value is "-1". 14
mode information ON/OFF times 1~2147483
647
08 Setting System HDD/SSD 8733 6 Shock sensor count -1 - - When non-supported, the value is "-1". 14
647
08 Setting System HDD/SSD 8733 7 Number of the emergency -1 - - When non-supported, the value is "-1". 14
mode information unload times 1~2147483
647
08 Setting System HDD/SSD 8733 8 Number of the load/unload -1 - - When non-supported, the value is "-1". 14
mode information times 1~2147483
647
08 Setting System HDD/SSD 8733 9 Minimum temperature -1 -1~255 - When non-supported, the value is "-1". 14
mode information
08 Setting System HDD/SSD 8733 10 Maximum temperature -1 -1~255 - When non-supported, the value is "-1". 14
mode information

mode information event times 1~2147483
647
mode information pending sectors 1~2147483
647
08 Setting System HDD/SSD 8733 13 CRC error count -1 - - When non-supported, the value is "-1". 14
647
08 Setting System HDD/SSD 8733 14 Load time -1 - - When non-supported, the value is "-1". 14
647
08 Setting System HDD/SSD SSD 8733 15 Erase count 1 -1 - - When non-supported, the value is "-1". 14
647
08 Setting System HDD/SSD SSD 8733 16 Erase count 2 -1 - - When non-supported, the value is "-1". 14
647
08 Setting System Scanning 8735 Sending setting of 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode ScanToURL 1: Enabled
08 Setting System Scanning 8736 Maximum size for 5 0~100 SYS Sets the maximum size of attachment that can be 1
mode ScanToURL attachment sent with ScanToURL.
0: Always sends URL
1-100: Maximum size (MB)
08 Setting System General 8737 Restart behavior when out 0 0~1 SYS 0: Automatically restarted 1
mode of paper is solved (bypass 1: Restarted by pressing the [START] button
feeding)
08 Setting System User interface Display setting 8738 E-mail address direct input 1 0~1 SYS Switches the display setting of the [INPUT @] 1 Yes
mode button button.
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed
* When the value of 08-8738 is changed to "0"
while that of 08-3693-0 is set to "2", it is
overwritten to "0".
08 Setting System Public Home Synchronization 8739 IP address Refer to HDD/ Sets the IP address of the server to manage the 11
mode data contents SSD synchronization data of the public HOME
management Maximum 64 letters (ASCII)
server
08 Setting System Public Home Synchronization 8740 Port number 21 1~65535 HDD/ Sets the port number of the server to manage the 1
mode data SSD synchronization data of the public HOME
management * When the status is shifted to the high security
server mode, the default value becomes "990".
08 Setting System Public Home Synchronization 8741 Logon user name Refer to HDD/ Sets the logon user name of the server to manage 11
mode data contents SSD the synchronization data of the public HOME
server
08 Setting System Public Home Synchronization 8742 Password Refer to HDD/ Sets the logon password of the server to manage 11
mode data contents SSD the synchronization data of the public HOME
server

08 Setting System Public Home Synchronization 8743 SSL function setting 0 0~1 HDD/ Sets enable or disable of the SSL connection 1
mode data SSD function when communicating with a server which
management manages the synchronization data of the public
server HOME
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
* When the status is shifted to the high security
mode, the default value becomes "1".
08 Setting System User interface Display/Non- 8744 During scanning 1 0~1 SYS Switches the pop-up display during scanning 1
mode display of a pop- 0: Not displayed
up 1: Displayed
08 Setting System User interface 8745 Enable/Disable setting of 0 0~1 SYS Sets whether part of the cookie, password, and 1
mode EWB history form data of user who logs in to EWB is saved or
not.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System Network 8746 Port number setting of 162 1~65535 HDD/ Sets the port number of destination 10 for sending 1
mode destination 10 for sending SSD SNMP trap. If the port is used when using the real
trap time log notification function, change the port
number.
08 Setting System User interface 8747 Switchover of screen 1 0~1 SYS Switches screen transition at job end of self- 1
mode transition at self-copying copying.
0: Traditional
1: New
08 Setting System User interface 8748 Input of department code at 0 0~1 SYS 0: Not required 1
mode user authentication 1: Required
08 Setting System Network 8749 User authentication by 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode logon information to domain 1: Enabled
(External authentication) * When this code is enabled, 08-8774 is
automatically disabled.
08 Setting System General 8750 Time to wait for print image 8 0~30 SYS Sets whether or not to execute drum idling when 1
mode waiting for print images occurred. If there is a
stain on the back side of the paper, set the value
of this code to "0".
When the value is set to "0", the number of times
the equipment stops printing may increase. When
a larger value is set, stains on the back side of the
paper may occur or the life of the consumables
may become shortened.
(Unit: Sec.)
08 Setting System Maintenance 8752 Switchover of display of 0 0~1 SYS Specifies the contents of the message displayed 1 Yes
mode notice on the control panel on the control panel when the time to replace the
when the time to replace unit has come.
the unit has come 0: Contact the service engineer for replacement
1: Replacement by user
08 Setting System General 8754 Output of error sheet at 1 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode reception of PDL data not 1: Enabled
supported
08 Setting System Maintenance Notification of 8755 Enable/Disable setting 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1 Yes
mode remaining 1: Enabled
amount of toner
08 Setting System Maintenance Notification of 8756 0 Remaining amount at first 25 0~100 SYS 0 to 100% 4 Yes
mode remaining notification
amount of toner

08 Setting System Maintenance Notification of 8756 1 Notification interval 10 1~25 SYS 1 to 25% 4 Yes
mode remaining
amount of toner
08 Setting System User interface Display setting LED head/Main 8757 Cleaning button 2 0~2 SYS 0: Not displayed 1 Yes
mode charger 1: Displayed (USER FUNCTIONS -> USER)
2: Displayed (USER FUNCTIONS -> ADMIN)
08 Setting System User interface Card reading 8758 Overwriting of login at 0 0~1 SYS Switches the enable/disable setting for the 1
mode device authentication function to overwrite the login information at the
card authentication.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System General 8761 Retention of print (spooling) 0 0~1 SYS Use this code to retain and obtain the print data 1 Yes
mode data (spooling data) if problem occurs. After obtaining
the data, be sure to disable the setting.
0: Disabled (print data is deleted)
1: Enabled (print data is retained)
08 Setting System Maintenance Display of 8762 0 K 0 0~100 SYS 0 to 100% 14
mode remaining
amount of toner
(for
RDMS/MMDT)
08 Setting System Maintenance Display of 8762 1 C 0 0~100 SYS 0 to 100% 14
mode remaining
amount of toner
(for
RDMS/MMDT)
08 Setting System Maintenance Display of 8762 2 M 0 0~100 SYS 0 to 100% 14
mode remaining
amount of toner
(for
RDMS/MMDT)
08 Setting System Maintenance Display of 8762 3 Y 0 0~100 SYS 0 to 100% 14
mode remaining
amount of toner
(for
RDMS/MMDT)
08 Setting System User interface 8763 Notification setting for thick 1 0~1 SYS If thick paper is set to the 1st drawer, this code 1 Yes
mode paper sets whether the notification to set the thick paper
to the drawer is displayed or not when the drawer
is opened.
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed
08 Setting System Network 8771 Account setting for access 0 0~1 SYS 0: Setting of Remote 1 is used 1
mode to Home Directory 1: Setting of Remote 1 and Remote 2 is used
08 Setting System Network 8774 Password authentication of 0 0~1 SYS Sets whether the user authentication for network 1
mode print job printing/FAX/InternetFAX using the user
information and password input on the printer
driver is enabled or disabled. When this setting is
enabled, the setting of 08-8749 is automatically
disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System Network PIN code 8775 PIN code authentication 0 0~2 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode setting at user 1: PIN code
authentication 2: Card+PIN code

08 Setting System Network PIN code 8776 Logging setting of PIN code 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode 1: Enabled
08 Setting System Network PIN code 8780 Prioritized authentication 1 1~3 SYS Sets the prioritized authentication server to be 1
mode server searched.
08 Setting System User interface Display setting 8781 Default setting of print 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled (The setting of 08-9236 is used) 1
mode screen when USB is 1: USB print screen
inserted
08 Setting System General Interval setting Transition to 8782 For Fax 15 15~600 SYS Sets the interval to shift to Super Sleep again 1 Yes
mode Super Sleep after recovery from Super Sleep. (Unit: seconds)
08 Setting System General 8783 Switchover of document 1 0~1 SYS 0: Sorted by saved date 1
mode sorting order of e-Filing Box 1: Sorted by document name
08 Setting System User interface Display/Non- 8785 After the success of card Refer to 0~1 SYS Sets whether the pop-up is displayed or not after 1
mode display of a pop- authentication contents the success of card authentication. This code is
up effective when the value of 08-8727 is "1"
(Enabled).
0: Does not display pop-up 1: Displays pop-up
<Default value>
JPD: 0
Others: 1
08 Setting System User interface Default keyboard 8786 0 Japanese 3 0~4 SYS 0: Romaji 4
mode setting for 1: Hiragana
inputting user 2: Katakana (one-byte)
name 3: Alphabetical character (one-byte)
4: Symbol (one-byte)
08 Setting System User interface Default keyboard 8786 1 Chinese 0 0~2 SYS 0: Alphabetical character (one-byte) 4
mode setting for 1: Pinyin
inputting user 2: Symbol (one-byte)
name
08 Setting System Network 8788 Detection interval when 60 1~1440 HDD/ Sets the interval to access the authentication 1
mode authentication server is SSD server again after the detection of server down.
down 1-1440 (min.)
08 Setting System User interface Display/Non- 8789 Automatic job output after 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether the pop-up is displayed or not when 1
mode display of a pop- user authentication jobs are automatically released after user
up authentication. This code is effective when the
value of 08-8915 is "1" (Enabled).
0: Does not display pop-up
1: Displays pop-up
08 Setting System Network 8790 Switchover of server when 0 0~1 HDD/ Enables/disables the function that switches the 1
mode authentication server is SSD access to another authentication server when it is
down detected that the authentication server is down.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System Network 8791 Transition to sleep mode 1 0~1 SYS This code sets whether the equipment shifts to 1 Yes
mode after printing the sleep mode again immediately after
completion of printing when the equipment
recovers from the super-sleep mode for network
printing.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System Network 8792 Format of host name used 0 0~2 SYS 0: IP address 1
mode for Scan To URL 1: Host name (FQDN)
2: NetBIOS name
08 Setting System General 8794 VNC connection of control 0 0~1 SYS 0: Not allowed to connect 1
mode panel 1: Allowed to connect

08 Setting System User interface 8795 Default setting of duplex Refer to 0~1 SYS 0: Single-sided 1
mode mode for printer driver contents 1: Duplex
<Default value>
JPD, CND: 0
Others: 1
08 Setting System Maintenance General 8796 Performing of special reboot 1 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode 1: Enabled
08 Setting System Maintenance General 8797 Reboot setting for resource 1 0~1 SYS 0: OFF 1
mode check 1: ON
08 Setting System Network IEEE802.1X 8800 Enable/Disable setting 2 1~2 HDD/ 1: Enabled 1
mode SSD 2: Disabled
08 Setting System Network IPsec 8802 Enable/Disable setting 2 1~2 HDD/ 1: Enabled 1
08 Setting System Network SNMPv3 8803 Enable/Disable setting 2 1~2 HDD/ 1: Enabled 1
08 Setting System Network IP Filtering 8804 Enable/Disable setting 2 1~2 HDD/ 1: Enabled 1
08 Setting System Network MAC Address 8805 Enable/Disable setting 2 1~2 HDD/ 1: Enabled 1
mode Filtering SSD 2: Disabled
08 Setting System Network IPsec NAT-Traversal 8820 Enable/Disable setting 1 1~3 HDD/ 1: Default (IKEv1: Disabled, IKEv2: Enabled) 1
mode SSD 2: Enable IKEv1 & IKEv2
3: Disable IKEv1 & IKEv2
08 Setting System Network IPsec CRL 8821 Enable/Disable setting 2 1~2 HDD/ 1: Enable CRL 1
mode SSD 2: Disable CRL
08 Setting System Network 8824 FTP client mode 0 0~2 HDD/ Sets the FTP transfer mode when FTP is selected 1
mode SSD for "FILE" to save the scanned data.
0: Automatic
1: Passive mode
2: Active mode
08 Setting System Network 8825 Sending of host 2 1~2 HDD/ Since MFP is deleted from the master browser of 1
mode announcement in Super SSD Windows network if MFP is in the Super Sleep
Sleep mode mode for 36 minutes or more, enable this setting
to always display MFP in the browse list.
1: Enabled
2: Disabled
08 Setting System Network Dynamic update 8826 Enable/Disable setting 1 1~2 HDD/ Sets whether the function that gets the secondary 1 Yes
mode of DNS server SSD DNS server to work as the primary DNS server
temporarily is enabled or not when the primary
DNS server is not available.
1: Enabled
2: Disabled
08 Setting System Network Dynamic update 8827 Operating interval 60 1~1440 HDD/ Sets the operating interval of dynamic update. 1 Yes
mode of DNS server SSD 1-1440 (min.)
08 Setting System Network 8830 0 Beep setting to identify 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether the beep for identifying printer is 4
mode printer for AirPrint IPP emitted or not when IPP is used for AirPrint.
0: No beep
1: Emits beep
08 Setting System Network 8830 1 Blinking setting to identify 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether the blinking for identifying printer is 4
mode printer for AirPrint IPP enabled or not when IPP is used for AirPrint.
0: Disabled (No blinking)
1: Enabled

08 Setting System Network 8830 2 AirPrint switch of a part of 1 1~2 SYS AirPrint switch of a part of pdf document under 4
mode pdf document under iOS iOS printing
printing 1. Apple mode - print PDF with A4/Lt size(AirPrint
spec compatible)
2. Toshiba mode - print PDF with original PDF
size (AirPrint spec uncompatible)
08 Setting System Network 8831 Time-out period for EWB 60 1~300 SYS 1 to 300 (sec.) 1
mode network connection
08 Setting System Network 8833 SMB server protocol 3 1~3 HDD/ 1: SMB 1.0 1
mode SSD 2: SMB 2.0
3: SMB 3.0
08 Setting System Network 8834 SMB client protocol 3 1~3 HDD/ 1: SMB 1.0 1
mode SSD 2: SMB 2.0
3: SMB 3.0
08 Setting System Network 8835 Link down detection of 1 0~1 HDD/ 0: Disabled 1
mode network cable SSD 1: Enabled
08 Setting System Network 8836 Time-out period for SMB 30 1~180 HDD/ Sets the time-out period for the SMB client 1
mode client connection SSD connection to a server.
1 to 180 (seconds)
* If a small value is set, connection to an SMB
server may fail.
* If the time-out is carried out while a connection
to No. 445 port of an SMB server is set, the
connection request is switched to No. 139 port.
08 Setting System Network 8837 IPP PrinterOrganization Organizatio HDD/ Maximum 127 characters. 11
mode nName SSD
08 Setting System Network 8838 IPP PrinterOrganizationUnit Organizatio HDD/ Maximum 127 characters. 11
mode nalUnitNam SSD
e
08 Setting System Client 8839 Interface setting 1 0~1 SYS Sets to disable or enable the interface of the 1
mode application following client applications.
- File Downloader
- BackUp-Restore Utility
-Addressbook Viewer
-TWAIN Driver
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System Network Port setting 8843 WebInstaller in MFP Refer to 1~2 HDD/ Selects the port name and the printer name which 1 Yes
mode contents SSD will be used in WebInstaller equipped in the MFP.
1: NetBIOS name
2: IPv4 address
* When "1" is set, printing is available only when
any of the following conditions is satisfied.
- A client PC and the equipment are in the same
segment.
- A network used by a user is controlled by a DNS
or WINS server.
<Default value>
JPD: 2
Others: 1
08 Setting System EWB Pop-up bloc 8844 Enable/Disable setting 1 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode 1: Enabled

08 Setting System Authentication Sorting of results 8846 Enable/disable setting of 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode of name the sorting function 1: Enabled
resolution in the * If it takes a while for authentication when
DNS server Kerberos has been used for user or card
authentication, set "1".
08 Setting System Network Intranet Fax 8847 Port number 25 1~65535 HDD/ Sets the port number to be connected when 1 Yes
mode SSD Intranet Fax is used. Communication is possible
with the default value "25" usually. This setting is
not applied to the Internet Fax and E-mail
transmission.
08 Setting System Network SMB server 8852 Guest Logon settings 1 0~1 HDD/ Switches enable or disable the guest logon 1
mode authentication SSD function of the SMB server authentication
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System Network SMB server 8853 Logon user name Refer to HDD/ Sets the logon user name of the SMB server 11
mode authentication contents SSD authentication
08 Setting System Network SMB server 8854 Password Refer to HDD/ Sets the logon password of the SMB server 11
mode authentication contents SSD authentication
08 Setting System General Recovery control 8856 Pre-recovery control by 1 0~1 SYS Switches enable or disable the pre-recovery 1
mode means of receiving a control when receiving a network printing job
network printing job during Disable this setting if the pre-recovery control will
the sleep or super sleep be a cause of unnecessary recovering from the
mode sleep or super sleep mode depending on the user
environment.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System Network DNS 8857 Single request settings 0 0~1 HDD/ Switches enable or disable the single request of 1
mode SSD DNS
Enable this setting when the response from DNS
is delayed.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System 8858 Toner nearly empty Refer to 0~1 SYS Sets to switch whether or not to make the toner 1 Yes
mode information reply contents nearly empty reply in the Public MIB response
0: ON (replied)
1: OFF (not replied)
* When "1" (OFF) is set, toner nearly empty will
not be displayed on the printer driver screen.
<Default value>
JPD/NAD/MJD/AUD/ARD: 1
Others: 0
08 Setting System General Registration 8900 0 Total 2000 1000~2000 SYS Changes the maximum number for workflow that 4
mode number for is registrable.
workflow
08 Setting System General Registration 8900 1 Number of interrupt copy 1 1 SYS Changes the maximum number for workflow that 4
workflow
08 Setting System General Registration 8900 2 Number of transmission 100 10~100 SYS Changes the maximum number for workflow that 4
mode number for and calling of Fax/Internet is registrable.
workflow Fax
08 Setting System General Registration 8900 3 Number of printing 1000 150~1000 SYS Changes the maximum number for workflow that 4
workflow

08 Setting System Preview Fax 8901 Default setting 0 0~1 SYS Sets whether the preview function is enabled or 1
mode disabled by default when using the Fax function.
0: OFF
1: ON
08 Setting System Printer Job Skip 8904 Enable/Disable setting 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode 1: Enabled
08 Setting System 8905 Forcible printing against 0 0~1 SYS 0: OFF (printing not continued) 1
mode unacceptable paper error 1: ON (printing continued by automatically
selecting the available exit tray)
08 Setting System Finisher Continuous print 8906 Copy 0 0~1 SYS 0: OFF (copying not continued) 1
mode setting when 1: ON (copying continued by canceling punching
punching dust setting)
box is full
08 Setting System Finisher Continuous print 8907 Printer/e-Filing 1 0~1 SYS 0: OFF (printing not continued) 1
mode setting when 1: ON (printing continued by canceling punching
punching dust setting)
box is full
08 Setting System Barcode 8909 Counting as an OCR job 0 0~1 SYS 0: Counted 1
mode processing 1: Not counted
08 Setting System General 8910 Time to auto-clearing when 0 0~5 SYS 0: None 1
mode in the self-diagnostic mode 1: 1 min.
2: 5 min.
3: 10 min.
4: 30 min.
5: 99 min.
08 Setting System Security 8911 Security mode (level) setting 1 1~4 SYS Level setting for security function 1
mode 1: Low level
2: -
3: High level
4: -
08 Setting System Maintenance General 8912 Serial number display of - FIN S/N: XXXXXXXXX 2 Yes
mode finisher
08 Setting System Maintenance General 8913 Warning display for 15 0~30 SYS 0: None 1 Yes
mode password expiration 1-30: Remaining days until the password
expiration for warning start.
08 Setting System MFP function 8914 0 Copy 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether the Copier function is enabled or 4
mode setting disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System MFP function 8914 1 e-Filing 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether the filing function is enabled or 4
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System MFP function 8914 2 Fax 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether the Fax function is enabled or 4
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System MFP function 8914 3 Internet FAX 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether the Internet FAX function is enabled 4
mode setting or disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled

08 Setting System MFP function 8914 4 E-mail 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether the E-mail function is enabled or 4
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System MFP function 8914 5 Save as Local HDD 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether the function that saves data to HDD 4
mode setting in the equipment is enabled or disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System MFP function 8914 6 Save as Local HDD from 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether the function that saves data to HDD 4
mode setting Print in the equipment using print function is enabled or
disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System MFP function 8914 7 Save as Local HDD from 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether the function that saves data to HDD 4
mode setting Fax in the equipment using Fax function is enabled or
disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System MFP function 8914 8 Save to USB Media 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether the function that saves scanned 4
mode setting data of originals to USB media is enabled or
disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System MFP function 8914 9 Save as FTP 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether the function that saves scanned 4
mode setting data of originals to FTP server is enabled or
disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System MFP function 8914 10 Save as FTPS 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether the function that saves scanned 4
mode setting data of originals to FTP server using SSL is
enabled or disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System MFP function 8914 11 Save as SMB 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether the function that saves scanned 4
mode setting data of originals to the SMB server is enabled or
disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System MFP function 8914 12 Save as Netware 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether the function that saves scanned 4
mode setting data of originals to the Netware server is enabled
or disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System MFP function 8914 13 Web Service Scanning (WS 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether the WS scanning function is 4
mode setting Scan) enabled or disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System MFP function 8914 14 Twain Scanning (Remote 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether the remote scanning function is 4
mode setting Scan) enabled or disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled

08 Setting System MFP function 8914 15 Send to External Controller 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether the function that saves data to the 4
mode setting external server is enabled or disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System MFP function 8914 16 Network Fax 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether the Network Fax function is enabled 4
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System MFP function 8914 17 Intranet Fax 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether the Intranet FAX function is enabled 4
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System Network 8915 Automatic output of jobs at 0 0~1 SYS Sets whether the Intranet FAX function is enabled 1
mode login or disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System Security 8919 Service password SYS Sets the password to log into the self-diagnostic 11 Yes
mode mode and Service UI.
Maximum 64 characters(ASCII)
08 Setting System Option Fax 8920 Output tray for Fax/Internet 0 0~2 SYS Selects the tray onto which the received 1 Yes
mode Fax/E-mail printing document is output.
* When MJ-1042 is installed:
0: Finisher upper receiving tray
1: Finisher lower receiving tray
* When MJ-1109/1110 is installed:
0: Exit tray
1: Finisher upper receiving tray
* When the job separator is installed:
0: Job separator tray
1: Exit tray
08 Setting System Department 8921 Clearing of the 1 0~1 SYS 0: Not allowed 1 Yes
mode management user/department counter 1: Allowed
08 Setting System User interface E-mail 8922 E-mail header print setting 0 0~1 SYS Sets whether the header of an E-mail or an 1
mode Internet Fax is printed or not as they are received.
0: Not printed
1: Printed
08 Setting System User interface E-mail 8923 E-mail body print setting 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether the body of an E-mail or an Internet 1
mode Fax is printed or not as they are received.
0: Not printed
1: Printed
08 Setting System User interface 8924 Registration of the received 0 0~1 SYS Registers the received Fax/Internet Fax/E-mail 1
mode Fax/Internet Fax/E-mail jobs to the hold queue instead of printing
jobs to hold queue immediately. Data in the hold queue are not
printed unless the user allows printing by means
of the control panel.
0: Not registered (normal printing)
1: Registered

08 Setting System 8925 Data tampering checking at 0 0~1 SYS Sets whether data tampering is checked or not at 1
mode start-up startup.
0: Not checked
1: Checked
* When the value of 08-8911 is set to "3" (Security
mode: High level), the value of this code is
automatically set to "1."
08 Setting System Department 8926 Clearing of all department - In cases when the administrator has prohibited 3 Yes
mode management counters the clearing of department counter data using
code 08-8921, a service technician can clear the
data using this code.
08 Setting System Department 8927 Clearing of all user counter - In cases when the administrator has prohibited 3 Yes
mode management the clearing of user counter data using code 08-
8921, a service technician can clear the data
using this code.
08 Setting System Password 8929 Administrator password - The default password is set. When "3: High level" 3 Yes
mode reset is set for code 08-8911, the default password is
set as a temporary password.
08 Setting System User interface Off Device 8931 Output Management 1 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode Customization Service setting 1: Enabled
Architecture
08 Setting System User interface 8932 Availability of Netware 2 1~2 HDD/ 1: Enabled 1
08 Setting System User interface SSL 8933 SSL SMTP Client 2 1~3 HDD/ 1: Enabled (accepts all server certificates) 1
3: Enabled (uses the imported CA certificate)
08 Setting System User interface SSL 8934 SMTP Client SSL/TLS 1 1~2 HDD/ 1: STARTTLS 1
mode SSD 2: Over SSL
08 Setting System User interface Remote Scan 8935 Enable/Disable setting 1 0~1 HDD/ 0: Disabled 1
mode SSD 1: Enabled
08 Setting System User interface Remote Scan 8936 Remote scanning with SSL 0 0~1 HDD/ 0: Disabled 1
mode SSD 1: Enabled
08 Setting System User interface Remote Scan 8937 Port number 20080 0~65535 HDD/ 1
mode SSD
08 Setting System User interface Remote Scan 8938 SSL port number 20443 0~65535 HDD/ 1
mode SSD
08 Setting System 8942 Debug level setting 2 0, 2 HDD/ Sets the output volume of debug log. When the 1
mode SSD value is set to "0", the performance may decrease.
0: Debug log level - high
2: Debug log level - normal
08 Setting System Maintenance RDMS Acquisition time 8946 0 Acquisition starting time for 0 0~9999999 SYS Month/day/hour/minute of starting time 14
mode for RDMS RDMS 9
08 Setting System Maintenance RDMS Acquisition time 8946 1 Acquisition ending time for 0 0~9999999 SYS Month/day/hour/minute of ending time 14
mode for RDMS RDMS 9
08 Setting System User interface Card reading 8947 Automatic user registration 0 0~1 HDD/ 0: Disabled 1
mode device for card authentication SSD 1: Enabled
08 Setting System User interface 8948 Language package - Displays the information of the installed language 2 Yes
mode information package.
08 Setting System Version 8952 External version of HD data HDD/ External version of file system for system software. 2
mode SSD

08 Setting System Version 8960 UI customize data version HDD/ Displays the UI customize data version 2
mode information SSD information.
(Maximum 26 characters)
08 Setting System Feeding 8967 Rotation printing by guides 1 0~1 SYS If the printing size and the guides width of the 1
mode system width of bypass feed tray bypass feed tray are different, it is judged that
paper is set in the wrong direction. The
occurrence frequency of interruption by the error
of the guides width may be decreased. However,
this code does not work depending on the
conditions, such as when stapling is selected. Set
this code when requested by user or the guides
width sensor is broken. Related code: 08-4621.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
08 Setting System User interface General Language 8969 WebHelp - Displays the language package information of the 2 Yes
mode package installed WebHelp.
information
08 Setting System User interface General Language 8970 Service UI - Displays the language package information of the 2 Yes
mode package installed Service UI.
information
08 Setting System User interface General 8971 Installation of language - Installs the language package. 3 Yes
mode package
08 Setting System General Self-certificate 8973 Length of public key 1 0~1 SYS 0: 1024 bit 1
mode 1: 2048 bit
08 Setting System General Self-certificate 8974 Signature algorithm 2 0, 2, 3, 4 SYS 0: SHA1 1
mode 2: SHA256
3: SHA384
4: SHA512
08 Setting System Network 8975 Data clearing of Point and - Point and Print in the equipment is deleted when 3
mode Print this code is performed. Perform this code when a
trouble occurs such as when uploading Point and
Print is not possible. After performing this code,
upload Point and Print from [Maintenance] menu
in the [Administration] menu of TopAccess.
08 Setting System General Detection of 8977 0 Copy 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether the originals that are prohibited from 4
mode originals duplication are detected or not.
prohibited from 0: Detection disabled
duplication 1: Detection enabled
08 Setting System General Detection of 8977 1 Scan 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether the originals that are prohibited from 4
08 Setting System General Detection of 8977 2 Fax 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether the originals that are prohibited from 4
08 Setting System Scanning 8980 Execution of Remote Scan 0 0~1 HDD/ Sets whether the remote scanning is enabled or 1
mode while control panel is SSD disabled if the user is logged in using the control
operated panel when user authentication or department
management is enabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled

08 Setting System General Scheduled 8981 Day of the week 64 0~255 SYS Sets the condition and day of the week for 1
mode automatic reboot scheduled automatic reboot. The condition and
day of the week are assigned to each bit as
follows. Input the sum of each bit as setting value.
<Input value>
bit1: Monday 0: Disabled 1: Enabled
bit2: Tuesday 0: Disabled 2: Enabled
bit3: Wednesday 0: Disabled 4: Enabled
bit4: Thursday 0: Disabled 8: Enabled
bit5: Friday 0: Disabled 16: Enabled
bit6: Saturday 0: Disabled 32: Enabled
bit7: Sunday 0: Disabled 64: Enabled
bit8: Set the condition of reboot
0: Reboots only when in the sleep or super
sleep mode
128: Reboots regardless of the sleep mode
<Example>
- Reboots every day regardless of the sleep
mode: 255
(1+2+4+8+16+32+64+128=255)
- Reboots on Sundays: 192
(0+0+0+0+0+0+64+128=192)
- Reboots every day only when in the sleep or
super sleep mode: 127
(1+2+4+8+16+32+64+0=127)
- Reboots on Sundays only when in the sleep or
super sleep mode: 64
(0+0+0+0+0+0+64+0=64)
08 Setting System General Scheduled 8982 Time (Hour) 3 0~23 SYS Sets time (hour) for scheduled automatic reboot. 1
mode automatic reboot
08 Setting System General Scheduled 8983 Time (Minute) 0 0~59 SYS Sets time (minute) for scheduled automatic reboot. 1
mode automatic reboot
08 Setting System User interface NFC reader Second type 8986 Device setting 0 0~4294967 SYS 8986 JPD Only 5 Yes
mode 295
08 Setting System User interface NFC reader Second type 8987 Format information 1 0 0~4294967 SYS 8987 JPD Only 5 Yes
mode 295
08 Setting System User interface NFC reader Second type 8988 Format information 2 0 0~4294967 SYS 8988 JPD Only 5 Yes
mode 295
08 Setting System User interface NFC reader Second type 8989 Format information 3 0 0~0xFFFFF SYS 8989 JPD Only 5 Yes
mode FFFFFFFFF
FF
08 Setting System Maintenance Notification of 8991 Notification setting 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 2 Yes
mode equipment 1: Enabled
information
08 Setting System Maintenance Notification of 8992 Notification day 1 0 0~31 SYS 1st to 31th. Input "0" to disable this setting. 1 Yes
mode equipment
information
08 Setting System Maintenance Notification of 8993 Notification day 2 0 0~31 SYS 1st to 31th. Input "0" to disable this setting. 1 Yes
mode equipment
information

08 Setting System Maintenance Notification of 8994 Notification day of the week 0 0~127 SYS Input the value which corresponds to the day of 1 Yes
mode equipment the week. Input "0" to disable this setting.
information Sunday: 64
Monday: 32
Tuesday: 16
Wednesday: 8
Thursday: 4
Friday: 2
Saturday: 1
e.g.)
Monday: 32
Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday,
Thursday, Friday, Saturday: 127
(64+32+16+8+4+2+1=127)
08 Setting System Maintenance Notification of 8995 Notification time 300 0~2359 SYS (Hour/Hour/Minute/Minute) 1 Yes
mode equipment
information
08 Setting System Maintenance Notification of 8996 E-mail address 1 for SYS Maximum 192 characters. 11 Yes
mode equipment notification
information
information
information
08 Setting System Maintenance Notification of 8999 1 Adjustment mode (05) data 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 4 Yes
mode equipment list 1: Enabled
information
08 Setting System Maintenance Notification of 8999 2 Setting mode (08) data list 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 4 Yes
information
08 Setting System Maintenance Notification of 8999 3 PM support mode data list 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 4 Yes
information
08 Setting System Maintenance Notification of Pixel counter list 8999 4 Toner cartridge reference 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 4 Yes
information
08 Setting System Maintenance Notification of Pixel counter list 8999 5 Service engineer reference 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 4 Yes
information
08 Setting System Maintenance Notification of Error history list 8999 6 Maximum 1000 items 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 4 Yes
information
08 Setting System Maintenance Notification of Error history list 8999 7 Latest 80 items 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 4 Yes
information
08 Setting System Maintenance Notification of Firmware upgrade 8999 8 Maximum 200 items 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 4 Yes
mode equipment log 1: Enabled
information
08 Setting System Maintenance Notification of 8999 9 Power ON/OFF log 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 4 Yes
information

08 Setting System Maintenance Notification of 8999 10 Version list 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 4 Yes
information
08 Setting System Maintenance Notification of 8999 11 Engine firmware log 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 4 Yes
information
08 Setting System Maintenance Notification of 8999 12 Total counter list 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 4 Yes
information
08 Setting System Maintenance Notification of 8999 14 13Code List 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 4 Yes
information
08 Setting System Maintenance Notification of 8999 15 Application list 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 4 Yes
information
08 Setting System General 9000 Destination selection Refer to 0~2 M 0: Others 1
mode contents 1: North America
2: Japan
<Default value>
NAD: 1
JPD: 2
Others: 0
08 Setting System FAX 9001 Destination setting Refer to 0~33 SYS 0: Japan 1: Asia(Singapore) 2: Australia 3: 1 Yes
mode contents Hong Kong 4: U.S.A./Canada 5: Germany 6:
U.K. 7: Italy 8: Belgium 9: Netherlands 10:
Finland 11: Spain 12: Austria 13: Switzerland
14: Sweden 15: Denmark 16: Norway 17:
Portugal 18: France 19: Greece 20: Poland 21:
Hungary 22: Czech Republic 23: Turkey 24:
Republic of South Africa 25: Taiwan 26: Russia
27: Brazil 28: China 29: New Zealand 30:
Malaysia 31: Thailand 32: Universal 33:
European
<Default value>
NAD: 4
MJD: 33
JPD: 0
Others: : 1
08 Setting System HDD alert S.M.A.R.T self- 9006 0 Execution setting 1 0~1 SYS 0: Not executed 4 Yes
mode test 1: Executed
08 Setting System HDD alert S.M.A.R.T self- Schedule setting 9006 1 Execution day of week 0 0~6 SYS Sets the execution day of the week of the 4 Yes
mode test S.M.A.R.T self-test.
0: Sun 1: Mon 2: Tue 3: Wed 4: Thu 5: Fri 6:
Sat
08 Setting System HDD alert S.M.A.R.T self- Schedule setting 9006 2 Execution time (hour) 0 0~23 SYS Sets the execution time of the S.M.A.R.T. self-test. 4 Yes
mode test
08 Setting System HDD alert S.M.A.R.T self- Schedule setting 9006 3 Execution time (minute) 0 0~59 SYS Sets the execution time of the S.M.A.R.T. self-test. 4 Yes
mode test
08 Setting System HDD alert 9008 Judgment result 0~3 - 0: No problem occurred 2 Yes
mode 1: Backup required
2: Replacement required
3: S.M.R.A.T. self-test being performed

08 Setting System HDD alert Warning 9009 0 HDD replacement 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 4 Yes
mode indication 1: Enabled
* If "1" is set for this code, a message to replace
the HDD is displayed on the control panel and
TopAccess when the value of 08-9008 is "2".
08 Setting System HDD alert Warning 9009 1 HDD backup Refer to 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 4 Yes
mode indication contents 1: Enabled
* If "1" is set for this code, the message to back
up the HDD is displayed in the control panel and
TopAccess when the value of 08-9008 is "1".
* In the following cases, even if "1" is set for this
code, the warning is not displayed when the value
of 08-9008 is "1".
-When the value of 08-8681 is not "0"
-When the HDD backup has ever been executed
using the HDD backup function in the past
<Default value>
JPD: 1
Others: 0
08 Setting System General 9010 Line adjustment mode 0 0~1 M 0: For factory shipment 1
mode 1: For line
Field: "0" must be selected
08 Setting System General 9012 Language selection to be Refer to SYS en_US: English 11
mode displayed at power-ON contents de_DE: German
fr_FR: French
es_ES: Spanish
it_IT: Italian
ja_JP: Japanese
en_GB: English (British)
zh_CN: Simplified Chinese
zh_TW: Traditional Chinese
ko_KR: Korean
<Default value>
JPD: Japanese
CND: Simplified Chinese
TWD: Traditional Chinese
MJD: English (British)
Others: English
08 Setting System User interface 9016 Externally installed counter 0 0~5 M 0: No external counter 1
mode 1: Coin controller (If the value of 08-9979 is "0"
(ACS), it is changed to "2" (Full color). If the
value of 08-3829-0 is "0" (Auto color), it is
changed to "2" (Full color).)
2: Copy key card (This value is valid only when "2"
is set for 08-9000.)
3: Key copy counter
5: Coin controller supporting ACS/mixed-size (The
value of 08-4131 is set to "1")
* "4" cannot be set.
* When an external counter is being installed, the
default value of the color mode becomes full color
even if "5" is set to this code and "0" (ACS) is set
to 08-9979.

08 Setting System Counter 9017 Setting for counter installed 1 0~7 M Selects the job to count up for the external 1
mode externally counter. 3: Copy+Fax
0: Not selected 4: Print
1: Copy
5: Copy+Print
2: Fax
6: Fax+Print
08 Setting Mode 197a Ver05

08 Setting System General Memory 9020 Size information - Displays the sizes of the main memory and page 2 Yes
mode of memory memory.
Enables to check if each memory is properly
recognized.
08 Setting System General 9022 Production process 99 0~99 SYS Perform this code when an error occurs during the 1
mode management status for easy setup (unpacking manual adjustment) and
easy setup you want to finish the easy setup, or when you
want to restart the unpacking manual adjustment
from the beginning. Only 0 to 9 and 99 are
available for this code.
0: Packing mode completed (before starting to
unpack)
1: Auto toner adjustment completed
2: Installation of toner cartridge confirmed
3: Installation of toner cartridge completed
4: Forced image quality control completed
5: Forced registration completed
6: Enforced performing of fuser thermistor
correction completed
7: Auto gamma adjustment (PPC) completed
8: Auto gamma adjustment (PRT 600 dpi)
completed
9: Auto gamma adjustment (PRT 1200 dpi)
completed
99: Unpacking and adjustment completed
08 Setting System Initialization 9030 Initialization after software - Perform this code when the software in this 3 Yes
mode version up equipment has been upgraded.
08 Setting System User interface 9036 ON/OFF setting of self- 0 0~1 SYS Sets whether the self-copy function is enabled or 1
mode copy function disabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System User interface External counter 9037 Job handling-short paid- 1 0~2 SYS Sets whether to pause or stop the printing job 1
mode coin controller when a short payment is made using a coin
controller.
0: Pause the job
1: Stop the job
2: Stop the job in a moment
* In case printing of multiple jobs will be performed
together, set "2". (If "1" is set, the stopping of a
job may be delayed.)
08 Setting System Maintenance Notification of 9046 HDD alert 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
information
08 Setting System General License control 9053 License reinitialization - Recreates license data in the SRAM from the 3
mode license database
08 Setting System Maintenance General 9059 Operation switching at Refer to 0~1 SYS Switches whether a menu for selecting paper in 1 Yes
mode calibration contents user calibration (automatic gamma adjustment) is
displayed or not.
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed (copy/print)
<Default value>
MJD: 1
Others: 0

08 Setting System 9060 Destination display at Refer to 0~255 SYS 0: MJD 1: NAD 2: JPD 3: AUD 4: CND 5: Not 2
mode SRAM initialization contents defined 6: TWD 7: Not defined 8: Not defined 9:
ASD 10: ARD 11: Not defined
<Default value>
JPD: 2, NAD: 1, MJD: 0, ASD: 9, AUD: 3, TWD: 6,
CND: 4, ARD: 10
08 Setting System HDD 9065 HDD diagnostic menu - Displays the HDD information. 2 Yes
mode display
08 Setting System FAX Address book ID searching 9069 0 Enable/Disable setting 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 4
mode function 1: Enabled
* When this code is changed in the equipment in
which user authentication has been enabled, log
out and then log into the equipment again to
reflect the changed content.
08 Setting System FAX Address book ID searching 9069 1 Initial setting of the items 1 0~3 SYS 0: None 4
mode function for searching 1: FAX and Internet FAX
2: FAX only
3: Internet FAX only
08 Setting System FAX Address book ID searching 9069 2 Automatic selection of 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 4
mode function searched results 1: Enabled
08 Setting System HDD 9072 Performing HDD testing - Checks the bad sector. It may take more than 30 3
mode minutes to finish the checking.
08 Setting System FAX Address book 9076 Sorting method of searched Refer to 0~1 SYS 0: Index 1
mode results contents 1: ID number
<Default value>
JPD: 1
Others: 0
08 Setting System FAX Address book 9077 Index automatic entry at the Refer to 0~1 SYS Sets whether or not to enter the index 1
mode address registration contents automatically when the addresses are registered
in the address book
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
<Default value>
JPD: 0
Others: 1
08 Setting System General 9081 Initialization of department - Initializing of the department management 3
mode management information information
Enter the code with the digital keys and press the
[INITIALIZE] button to perform the initialization.
If the area storing the department management
information is destroyed for some reason, "Enter
Department Code" is displayed on the control
panel even if the department management
function is not set on. In this case, initialize the
area with this code. This area is normally
initialized at the factory.
08 Setting System Initialization 9083 Initialization of NIC - Returns the value to the factory shipping default 3 Yes
mode information value.

08 Setting System All clear LGC-SRAM 9090 Printer all clear - Initializes all the self-diagnosis 05/08 codes with 3 Yes
mode board "M" in the "RAM" field.
08 Setting System General 9100 Date and time setting 13 digits - Year/month/date/day/hour/minute/second 5
mode Example:
03 07 01 3 13 27 48
"Day" - "0" is for "Sunday". Proceeds Monday
through Saturday from "1" to "6".
08 Setting System User interface 9102 Date display format Refer to 0~2 SYS 0: YYYY.MM.DD 1
mode contents 1: DD.MM.YYYY
2: MM.DD.YYYY
<Default value>
MJD: 1
JPD: 0
Others: 2
08 Setting System General 9103 Time differences Refer to Refer to SYS 0: +12.0h 2: +11.0h 4: +10.0h 5: +9.5h 6: 1
mode contents contents +9.0h 8: +8.0h 10: +7.0h 11: +6.5h 12: +6.0h
13: +5.5h 14: +5.0h 15: +4.5h 16: +4.0h 17:
+3.5h 18: +3.0h 20: +2.0h 22: +1.0h 24: 0.0h
26: -1.0h 28: -2.0h 30: -3.0h 31: -3.5h 32: -
4.0h 34: -5.0h 36: -6.0h 38: -7.0h 40: -8.0h
42: -9.0h 44: -10.0h 46: -11.0h
<Default value>
MJD: 24
NAD: 40
JPD/KRD: 6
ASU: 18
AUD: 4
ARD: 30
Others: 8
* After this code has been set, doing so for 08-
9105 is required accordingly. For details of the
setting, see "Appendix-1".
08 Setting System General 9105 Area setting for time zone Refer to Refer to SYS Sets the destination corresponding to the time 1
mode contents contents zone.
<Default value>
ASD/AUD/ARD: 2
TWD: 4
KRD: 1
Others: 0
* After 08-9103 has been set, doing so for this
code is required accordingly. For details of the
setting, see "Appendix-1".
08 Setting System Feeding Paper size Envelope custom 9107 2nd drawer 162/100 162~380/10 SYS Value of feeding/widthwise direction 10
mode system setting size 0~240
08 Setting System Feeding Paper size Envelope custom 9108 3rd drawer 162/100 162~380/10 SYS Value of feeding/widthwise direction 10
08 Setting System Feeding Paper size Envelope custom 9109 4th drawer 162/100 162~380/10 SYS Value of feeding/widthwise direction 10
08 Setting System User interface 9110 Auto-clear timer setting 3 0~10 SYS Timer to return the equipment to the default 1
mode settings when the [START] button is not pressed
after the function and the mode are set
0: Not cleared
1 to 10: Set number x 15 sec.

08 Setting System User interface 9111 Auto power save mode 4 0, 4, 6~15 SYS Timer to automatically switch to the auto power 1 Yes
mode timer setting save mode when the equipment has not been
used
0: Invalid 4: 1 min. 6: 3 min. 7: 4 min. 8: 5 min.
9: 7 min. 10: 10 min. 11: 15 min. 12: 20 min.
13: 30 min. 14: 45 min. 15: 60 min.
08 Setting System User interface 9112 Auto Shut Off timer 21 0~21 SYS Timer to turn OFF the power or to enter the Sleep 1 Yes
mode setting (Sleep mode) Mode automatically when the equipment has not
been used.
0: 3 min. 1: 5 min. 2: 10 min. 3: 15 min. 4: 20
min. 5: 25 min. 6: 30 min. 7: 40 min. 8: 50 min.
9: 60 min. 10: 70 min. 11: 80 min. 12: 90 min.
13: 100 min. 14: 110 min. 15: 120 min. 16: 150
min. 17: 180 min. 18: 210 min. 19: 240 min. 21:
1 min.
08 Setting System User interface Energy save 9113 Setting for turning the 1 0~1 SYS 0: OFF 1 Yes
mode screen OFF for Auto Power 1: ON
Save mode or the Auto
Shut Off mode
08 Setting System User interface General 9116 No Limit Black 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1 Yes
mode 1: Enabled
When "1" (enabled) is set at this code, "1" (black)
is automatically set at the code 08-9979. In this
case "0" (ACS) and "2" (full color) are not
selectable for 08-9979.
When "0" (Invalid) is set at 08-9120 and "1"
(Valid) is set at 08-9264, the value for this code
becomes "0" (disabled) automatically ("1" is not
selectable).
When the value of 08-6084 is "1" (Quota type =
Job Quota), the value of this code cannot be set
to "1".
08 Setting System General Raw printing job 9117 Blank page will not be 0 0~1 SYS 0: OFF 1 Yes
mode printed 1: ON
08 Setting System User interface Department 9120 Enable/Disable setting 0 0~1 SYS 0: Invalid 1 Yes
mode setting 1: Valid
08 Setting System User interface Department 9121 Print setting without 1 0~2 SYS 0: Printed forcibly 1 Yes
mode setting department code 1: Not printed
2: Deleted forcibly
08 Setting System User interface Department 9122 Copy 1 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1 Yes
08 Setting System User interface Department 9123 Fax 1 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1 Yes
08 Setting System User interface Department 9124 Printer/e-Filing 1 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1 Yes
08 Setting System User interface Department 9125 Scanning 1 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1 Yes
08 Setting System User interface Department 9126 List print 1 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1 Yes
08 Setting System Counter 9128 Counting method in Twin 0 0~2 SYS Sets the counting method of fee charging or 1
mode Color Mode duplexing count in the Twin Color Mode.
0: Count as Twin Color Mode
1: Count as Black Mode
2: Count as Full Color Mode

08 Setting System User interface External counter Coin controller 9129 Duplex print setting 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether duplex printing is allowed or not 1 Yes
mode (only permitting single printing) when a coin
controller is used.
0: Invalid (printing only one side)
1: Valid (printing both sides)
08 Setting System User interface 9130 Highlighting display on LCD 0 0~1 SYS 0: Black letter on white background 1
mode 1: White letter on black background
08 Setting System User interface Default mode Default setting 9131 ID setting of the Home Refer to HDD/ Sets the ID of the Home application to be started 11 Yes
mode setting application as the default contents SSD when it is set as the default mode.
mode Maximum 128 characters (ASCII)
08 Setting System User interface Default mode Default setting 9132 Default setting of screen 6 0~10, 99 SYS Sets the screen to be displayed after the auto- 1 Yes
mode setting (Function) clear time has passed or it has recovered from the
energy saving mode or sleep mode.
0: Copier
1: Fax
2: Scan
3: Box
4: Print
5: Template
6: Home
7: Job Status
8: Simple Copy
9: Simple Scan
10: Home application
99: EWB
* Only 0~10, 99 can be entered.
08 Setting System User interface 9133 Default setting for APS/AMS 0 0~2 SYS 0: APS (Automatic Paper Selection) 1
mode 1: AMS (Automatic Magnification Selection)
2: Not selected
08 Setting System User interface Default setting of 9134 Default setting 0 0~1 SYS 0: Continuous feeding (by pressing the [START] 1 Yes
mode DF mode button)
1: Single feeding (by setting original on the tray)
08 Setting System User interface 9135 Book type original priority 0 0~1 SYS 0: Left page to right page 1
mode 1: Right page to left page
08 Setting System User interface 9136 Maximum number of copy 1 1~3 SYS 1: 999 1
mode volume 2: 99
3: 9
08 Setting System User interface Default mode Default setting 9137 Setting for automatic 0 0~3 SYS 0: Invalid 1 Yes
mode setting duplexing mode 1: Single-sided to duplex copying
2: Two-sided to duplex copying
3: User selection

08 Setting System User interface 9140 Paper size selection for the Refer to 0~431 SYS Press the icon on the LCD to select the size. 9
mode [OTHER] button contents 4: A4
19: A3
20: A4-R
21: A5-R
22: A6-R
37: B5
52: B4
53: B5-R
64: LT
80: LT-R
81: LD
82: LG
83: ST-R
84: COMP
85: FOLIO
86: 13"LG
87: 8.5" x 8.5"
129: 16K
144: 8K
145: 16K-R
146: JPostcard
301: Com10
331: DL
361: Monarch
381: Cho3
391: You4
431: Kaku2
255: Undefined
<Default value>
NAD: COMP
JPD: A5-R
Others: FOLIO
08 Setting System User interface Default setting of 9142 Default setting of RADF 0 0~1 SYS 0: Same size originals 1 Yes
mode DF mode original size 1: Mixed size originals
08 Setting System Feeding 9143 Time lag before auto-start 10 0~10 SYS Sets the time taken to add paper feeding when 1
mode system of bypass feeding paper in the bypass tray has run out during the
bypass feed copying.
0: Paper is not drawn in unless the [START]
button is pressed.
1-10: Setting value x 0.5 sec.
08 Setting System User interface 9144 Blank copying prevention 0 0~1 SYS 0: OFF 1
mode mode during RADF jamming 1: ON (Start printing when the scanning of each
page is finished)
08 Setting System User interface Rotation printing 9146 Rotation printing at the non- 0 0~1 SYS 0: Not rotating 1 Yes
mode sorting 1: Rotating
08 Setting System User interface 9148 Inner receiving tray priority 0 0~1 SYS 0: Normal 1
mode at Non-sort Mode 1: Inner receiving tray
08 Setting System User interface 9149 Width setting for image 0 0~1 SYS 0: ON 1
mode shift copying (linkage of 1: OFF
front side and back side)
08 Setting System User interface 9150 Automatic Sorting Mode 2 0~4 SYS 0: Invalid 1
mode setting (DF) 1: STAPLE
2: SORT
3: GROUP
4: ROTATE SORT

08 Setting System User interface 9151 Default setting of Sorter 0 0~4 SYS 0: NON-SORT 1
mode Mode 1: STAPLE
2: SORT
3: GROUP
4: ROTATE SORT
08 Setting System User interface 9152 Correction of reproduction 10 0~10 SYS Sets the reproduction ratio for the "X in 1" printing 1
mode ratio in editing copy (including magazine sort) to the "Reproduction
ratio x Correction ratio".
0: 90% 1: 91%
2: 92% 3: 93%
4: 94% 5: 95%
6: 96% 7: 97%
8: 98% 9: 99%
10: 100%
08 Setting System User interface 9153 Image position in editing 2 0, 2 SYS Sets the page pasted position for "X in 1" to the 1
mode upper left corner/center.
0: Cornering (PPC)/Cornering (PRT)
2: Cornering (PPC)/Centering (PRT)
08 Setting System User interface 9155 Magazine sort setting 0 0~1 SYS 0: Left page to right page 1
mode 1: Right page to left page
08 Setting System User interface 9156 2 in 1/4 in 1 page allocating 0 0~1 SYS 0: Horizontal 1
mode order setting 1: Vertical
08 Setting System User interface 9157 Printing format setting for 0 0~1 SYS Hyphen 1
mode Time Stamp and Page 0: OFF
Number 1: ON
Note:
Hyphen printing format
ON: -1- OFF: 1
08 Setting System User interface Cascade PPC/Fax 9158 0 Enable/Disable setting 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 4
mode operation setting 1: Enabled
08 Setting System User interface Cascade PPC/Fax 9158 1 Operation setting 0 0~1 SYS 0: Once 4
mode operation setting 1: Circulation (Loop)
08 Setting System User interface Cascade Printer/Box 9159 0 Enable/Disable setting 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 4
mode operation setting 1: Enabled
08 Setting System User interface Cascade Printer/Box 9159 1 Operation setting 0 0~1 SYS 0: Once 4
mode operation setting 1: Circulation (Loop)
08 Setting System User interface 9163 Default setting of printing 0 0~1 SYS 0: Short edge 1
mode direction for Time Stamp 1: Long edge
and Page Number
08 Setting System User interface Paper Feed Auto-start setting 9164 Remote 0 0~1 SYS Sets whether or not feeding a paper automatically 1 Yes
mode for bypass feed into the copier when it is placed on the bypass
printing tray.
0: OFF (Press the [START] button to start
feeding.)
1: ON (Automatic feeding)
08 Setting System User interface Paper Feed Auto-start setting 9165 Local 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether or not feeding a paper automatically 1
mode for bypass feed into the copier when it is placed on the bypass
printing tray.
0: OFF (Press the [START] button to start
feeding.)
1: ON (Automatic feeding)
08 Setting System User interface Twin color copy 9178 Color 1 (The color judged 0 0~6 SYS 0: K 1: Y 2: M 3: C 4: R 5: G 6: B 1
mode as black)

08 Setting System User interface Twin color copy 9179 Color 2 (The color judged 4 0~6 SYS 0: K 1: Y 2: M 3: C 4: R 5: G 6: B 1
mode as other than black)
08 Setting System Option Fax 9183 Application of paper source 0 0~1 SYS 0: Not subjected for APS judgment 1 Yes
mode 1: Subjected for APS judgment
08 Setting System User interface Feeding paper 9185 0 Copier 259 Refer to SYS Sets a media type for APS drawer searching in 4
mode media contents the copier functions.
Only 1, 2, 3, 256, 257, 258 and 259 are available
to be set. The meaning of each value is as below.
1: Plain
2: Recycled
3: Plain and Recycled
256: User Media Type
257: Plain and User Media Type
258: Recycled and User Media Type
259: Plain, Recycled and User Media Type
* Do not set the paper type that is not supported.
08 Setting System User interface Feeding paper 9185 1 Printer/Box 1 1 SYS Sets a media type to print on plain paper in the 4
mode media printer/box functions. This setting is used for
drawer searching or media type inconsistency
judgment. The setting result does not affect other
media types, other than plain paper.
Acceptable value (decimal number): 1 only
Each bit 0: Excluded from feeding target media
Each bit 1: Feeding target media
bit 0: Plain paper
bit 1: N/A (Always set "0")
08 Setting System Network Retention period 9193 Web data retention period 10 0~999 SYS When a certain period of time has passed without 1 Yes
mode operation after accessing TopAccess, the data
being registered is automatically reset. This period
is set at this code.
(Unit: minute)
08 Setting System User interface 9198 Offsetting between jobs 1 0~1 SYS 0: Invalid 1
mode 1: Valid
08 Setting System General 9199 Automatic interruption page 500 0~9999 SYS Sets the number of pages to interrupt printing 1
mode number setting for printing automatically.
If "1" or more is set to this code, printing is
interrupted at the set value. If "0" is set, printing is
not interrupted automatically. By the combination
of this code and 08-2509, performing image
quality control is possible while processing jobs.
Even if the number of jobs exceeds the set value
of 08-2509, image quality control can be
performed around the set value of 08-2509 by
interrupting printing automatically with this code,
and the change of image density can be
suppressed.
However, image problems may occur if the value
extremely smaller than the default value is set to
the equipment whose print ratio of monochrome is
relatively high.
(unit: pages)
08 Setting System Network Retention period 9200 File retention period 30 0~999 SYS 0: No limits 1 Yes
mode 1 to 999: 1 to 999 days
08 Setting System Network E-mail 9201 Max. size in E-mail/Internet 30 2~100 SYS 2 to 100 M bytes 1 Yes
mode Fax transmission

08 Setting System User interface When judging as 9204 Binarizing level selection 3 1~5 SYS 1: Step -2 1
mode black in the ACS 2: Step -1
Mode 3: Step 0 (center)
4: Step 1
5: Step 2
The binarizing level of each step is set at 08-9230.
08 Setting System Electronic filing 9207 Default setting of user box 0 0~999 SYS Sets the data retention period when creating a 1
mode retention period user box.
0: Not deleted
1 to 999: Retention period (Unit: Day)
08 Setting System HDD 9208 Warning notification-File 90 0~100 SYS Sets the percentage of HDD partition filled when 1 Yes
mode Share/e-Filling warning notification is sent.
0 to 100: 0 to 100%
* Checks the remaining amount of HDD with the
searching interval set at 08-9225.
08 Setting System Scanning E-mail 9209 Notification setting of E- 3 0~99 SYS Sets the days left the notification of E-mail saving 1
mode mail saving time limit time limit appears
0 to 99: 0 to 99 days
08 Setting System Scanning E-mail 9210 Default setting of partial 0 0~6 SYS Sets the default value for the partial size of E-mail 1
mode size when transmitting E- to be transmitted when creating a template.
mail 0: Not divided
1: 64
2: 128
3: 256
4: 512
5: 1024
6: 2048
(Unit: KB)
08 Setting System Option Fax 9211 Default setting of page by 0 0~4 SYS Sets the default value for the page by page of 1 Yes
mode page-I Fax Internet FAX to be transmitted when creating a
template.
0: Not divided
1: 256
2: 512
3: 1024
4: 2048
(Unit: KB)
08 Setting System User interface Default mode Default setting 9213 Default set of density adjust 0 0~11 SYS 0: Automatic density 1 Yes
mode setting (SCN) (Black) 1: Step -5 2: Step -4
3: Step -3 4: Step -2
5: Step -1 6: Step 0 (center)
7: Step +1 8: Step +2
9: Step +3 10: Step +4
11: Step +5
(1 to 11: Manual density)
08 Setting System User interface Default mode Default setting of 9214 Full Color 5 1~9 SYS 1: Step -4 1
mode setting background 2: Step -3
adjustment 3: Step -2
4: Step -1
5: Step 0 (center)
6: Step +1
7: Step +2
8: Step +3
9: Step +4

08 Setting System User interface Default mode Default setting 9215 Color mode 0 0~4 SYS 0: Black 1 Yes
mode setting (SCN) 1: Gray Scale
3: Full Color
4: Auto Color
08 Setting System User interface Default mode Default setting of 9216 Full Color 2 0~5 SYS 0: 100 dpi 1 Yes
mode setting resolution (SCN) 1: 150 dpi
2: 200 dpi
3: 300 dpi
4: 400 dpi
5: 600 dpi
08 Setting System User interface Default mode Default setting of 9217 Gray Scale 2 0~5 SYS 0: 100 dpi 1 Yes
2: 200 dpi
3: 300 dpi
4: 400 dpi
5: 600 dpi
08 Setting System User interface Default mode Default setting of 9218 Black 1 0~5 SYS 0: 150 dpi 1 Yes
2: 300 dpi
3: 400 dpi
4: 600 dpi
5: 100 dpi
08 Setting System User interface Default mode Default setting 9219 Original mode (Full color) 0 0~3 SYS 0: Text 1 Yes
mode setting (SCN) 1: Text/Photo
2: Photo
3: Custom (Valid only when a setting other than
"0" is set for 08-8303)
08 Setting System User interface Default mode Default setting 9220 Original mode (Black) 0 0~3 SYS 0: Text 1 Yes
mode setting (SCN) 1: Text/Photo
2: Photo
3: Custom
The value other than "0" needs to be set for 08-
7401 to select "3: Custom."
08 Setting System User interface Default mode 9221 Default setting of duplexing 0 0~2 SYS 0: Single 1
mode setting mode 1: Book
2: Tablet
08 Setting System User interface Default mode 9222 Default setting of rotation 0 0~3 SYS 0: 0 degree 1
mode setting mode 1: 90 degrees
2: 180 degrees
3: 270 degrees

08 Setting System User interface Default mode 9223 Default setting of original 0 0~22 SYS 0: Automatic 1
mode setting paper size 1: A3
2: A4
3: LD
4: LT
5: A4-R
6: A5-R
7: LT-R
8: LG
9: B4
10: B5
11: ST-R
12: COMP
13: B5-R
14: FOLIO
15: 13"LG
16: 8.5"x 8.5"
18: A6-R
19: Size mixed
20: 8K
21: 16K
22: 16K-R
08 Setting System General 9225 Searching interval of 12 1~24 SYS Sets the search interval of deleting expired files 1
mode deleting expired files and and checking capacity of HDD partitions.
checking capacity of HDD (Unit: Hour)
partitions Related code: 08-9208
08 Setting System User interface Default mode 9226 Default setting of 5 1~9 SYS 1: Step -4 1
mode setting background adjustment 2: Step -3
(Gray Scale) 3: Step -2
4: Step -1
5: Step 0 (Center)
6: Step +1
7: Step +2
8: Step +3
9: Step +4
08 Setting System User interface Default setting of E-mail 9227 Black 1 0~18 SYS 0: TIFF (Multi) 1: PDF (Multi) 3: TIFF (Single) 4: 1 Yes
mode filing format PDF (Single) 5: XPS (Multi) 6: XPS (Single) 7:
PDF/A (Multi) 8: PDF/A (Single) 9: Searchable
PDF (Multi) 10: Searchable PDF (Single) 11:
Searchable PDF/A (Multi) 12: Searchable PDF/A
(Single) 13: Word (Multi) 14: Word (Single) 15:
Excel (Multi) 16: Excel (Single) 17: PowerPoint
(Multi) 18: PowerPoint (Single)
08 Setting System User interface Default setting of Storing files 9228 Color/ACS 1 0~22 SYS 0: TIFF (Multi) 1: PDF (Multi) 2: JPG 3: TIFF 1 Yes
mode filing format (Single) 4: PDF (Single) 5: SlimPDF (Multi) 6:
SlimPDF (Single) 7: XPS (Multi) 8: XPS (Single)
9: PDF/A (Multi) 10: PDF/A (Single) 11:
Searchable PDF (Multi) 12: Searchable PDF
(Single) 13: Searchable SlimPDF (Multi) 14:
Searchable SlimPDF (Single) 15: Searchable
PDF/A (Multi) 16: Searchable PDF/A (Single) 17:
Word (Multi) 18: Word (Single) 19: Excel (Multi)
20: Excel (Single) 21: PowerPoint (Multi) 22:
PowerPoint (Single)

08 Setting System User interface Default setting of Storing files 9229 Black Refer to 0~18 SYS 0: TIFF (Multi) 1: PDF (Multi) 3: TIFF (Single) 4: 1 Yes
mode filing format contents PDF (Single) 5: XPS (Multi) 6: XPS (Single) 7:
PDF/A (Multi) 8: PDF/A (Single) 9: Searchable
PDF (Multi) 10: Searchable PDF (Single) 11:
Searchable PDF/A (Multi) 12: Searchable PDF/A
(Single) 13: Word (Multi) 14: Word (Single) 15:
Excel (Multi) 16: Excel (Single) 17: PowerPoint
(Multi) 18: PowerPoint (Single)
<Default value>
MJD/CND: 1
Others: 0
08 Setting System Image ACS When judging as 9230 0 Threshold for step-2 140 0~255 SYS Sets the binarizing level of each step. 4
mode black When the value increases, the image becomes
lighter. When the value decreases, the image
becomes darker.
* This is the threshold when the value for 08-9204
is "1".
> 1 > 2 > 3 > 4.
becomes darker.
is "2".
> 1 > 2 > 3 > 4.
mode black (center) When the value increases, the image becomes
becomes darker.
is "3".
> 1 > 2 > 3 > 4.
08 Setting System Image ACS When judging as 9230 3 Threshold for step+1 50 0~255 SYS Sets the binarizing level of each step. 4
becomes darker.
is "4".
> 1 > 2 > 3 > 4.
08 Setting System Image ACS When judging as 9230 4 Threshold for step+2 20 0~255 SYS Sets the binarizing level of each step. 4
becomes darker.
is "5".
> 1 > 2 > 3 > 4.
08 Setting System Scanning 9233 Equipment name and user 0 0~2 SYS Sets whether or not adding the equipment name 1
mode name setting to a folder and user name to the folder when saving files.
when saving files 0: Not added
1: Add the equipment name
2: Add the user name

08 Setting System User interface Default mode 9236 Default setting of print 1 1~6 SYS 1: Private print screen (When user authentication 1
mode setting screen is enabled, the file list of the log-in user is
displayed.)
2: Hold print screen (When user authentication is
enabled, the file list of the log-in user is displayed.)
3: Private print screen
- Private print screen (When user authentication is
enabled, all user list is displayed if a user logs in
as GUEST, and the file list of the log-in user is
displayed if a user logs in as a general user.)
- Hold print screen (When user authentication is
4: Hold print screen
5: Shared print screen (When user authentication
is enabled, the file list of the log-in user is
displayed.)
6: Shared print screen
* If the user data department management (08-

9264) is changed from "Disabled" to "Enabled",
the value in this code is altered from "1" to "2",
and "3" to "4". The value is not altered if it is "2" or
"4". Reset this value as necessary when the user
data department management (08-9264) is
changed from "Disabled" to "Enabled".
08 Setting System Data overwrite 9240 HDD data overwriting type 3 0~3 SYS Select the type of the overwriting level for deleting 1
mode enabler setting HDD data. (This setting is enabled only when the
GP-1070 is installed.)
0: LOW
Standard overwriting method.
1: MEDIUM
More secure overwriting method than LOW. The
overwriting time is between LOW and HIGH.
2: HIGH
The most secure overwriting method. The
overwriting time is the longest.
3: SIMPLE
Simple overwriting method. The time for
overwriting is the shortest.
08 Setting System User interface Default setting Omit blank page 9243 0 Copy 0 0~1 SYS Switches the default value of the setting of the 4
mode function omit blank page function
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System User interface Default setting Omit blank page 9243 1 NW Scan 0 0~1 SYS Switches the default value of the setting of the 4
mode function omit blank page function
0: Disabled
1: Enabled

08 Setting System Feeding 9248 Tab paper/Inserter paper 1 0~1 SYS 0: Invalid 1
mode system automatic feeding setting 1: Valid
(Remote)
08 Setting System User interface 9250 Image setting for Electronic 0 0~3 SYS 0: General 1
mode Filing printing (Only for 1: Photograph
color image) 2: Presentation
3: Line art
08 Setting System User interface 9251 Access code entry for 0 0~1 SYS 0: Renewed automatically 1
mode Electronic Filing printing 1: Enter every time
08 Setting System User interface 9252 Clearing timing for files and 1 0~1 SYS 0: Immediately after the completion of scanning 1
mode Electronic Filing Agent 1: Cleared by Auto Clear
08 Setting System Feeding 9253 Setting of paper size 0 0~2 SYS 0: Not switched 1
mode system switching to 13" LG 1: LG -> 13"LG
2: FOLIO -> 13"LG
08 Setting System Option Fax 9255 FOLIO/A4-R judgment 0 0~1 SYS When the value of this code is "0", the paper size 1
mode when width of paper is is judged by performing switchback.
mixed When the value of this code is "1" and the paper
size is AB-series, FOLIO is judged as A4-R and
switchback is not performed. When the paper size
is LT-series, the switchback is always performed.
When the value of this code is set to "1", the
scanning performance increases at fax
transmission. However, the whole image cannot
be output since FOLIO is judged as A4-R.
0: Judgment is enabled
1: Judgment is disabled
08 Setting System User interface 9261 Maximum number of time 1000 5~1000 SYS Sets the maximum number of time a job build has 1
mode job build performed been performed.
5-1000: 5 to 1000 times
08 Setting System User interface User 9264 Enable/disable setting 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode authentication 1: Enabled
setting
08 Setting System Feeding 9267 Detection method of 13" LG 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode system for single-size document 1: Enabled
08 Setting System Option Fax 9268 Inbound Fax function 1 0~1 SYS 0: OFF (Function disabled) 1 Yes
mode (Forwarding by TSI) 1: ON (Function enabled)
08 Setting System Option Fax 9269 Tab/cover sheet-Fax 0 0~1 SYS Sets ON or OFF of the printing function of special 1 Yes
mode Printing stop function sheets such as tab or cover sheet of FAX, Email
or list print.
0: Function OFF
1: Function ON
08 Setting System Network 9271 Authentication method of 0 0~2 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode "Scan to E-mail" 1: SMTP authentication
2: LDAP authentication
08 Setting System Network 9272 Setting whether use of the 0 0~1 SYS 0: Not permitted 1
mode Internet Fax is permitted at 1: Permitted
the time of authentication

08 Setting System Network 9274 "From" address assignment 0 0~3 SYS 0: User name + @ + Domain name 1
mode method at the time of 1: LDAP searching
authentication 2: Use the address registered at "From" field of E-
mail setting
3: Use the address registered at Local User of E-
mail setting
* "3" can be set only when "0" (Local
authentication) is set in 08-9293.
08 Setting System Network 9276 Setting for "From" address 0 0~1 SYS 0: Not permitted 1
mode edit at "Scan to E-mail" 1: Permitted
08 Setting System Network E-mail 9278 Domain name SYS 96 + 2 (delimiter) character 11
mode ASCII sequence only
08 Setting System User interface Sound 9280 Error sound 1 0~1 SYS 0: OFF 1 Yes
mode 1: ON
08 Setting System User interface Sound 9281 Sound setting -- Energy Refer to 0~1 SYS 0: OFF 1 Yes
mode Saving contents 1: ON
<Default value>
JPD: 0
Others: 1
08 Setting System General Color 9288 User data management 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode limitation setting 1: Enabled
08 Setting System General Color 9289 User data management 0 Refer to SYS 0-9,999,999: 0-9,999,999 sheets 1
mode limitation Setting by number contents
of printouts
08 Setting System General 9290 Default screen for the entry 1 0~4 SYS 0: Roman 1
mode of Japanese characters 1: Hiragana
2: Katakana
3: Alphabet
4: Symbol
08 Setting System User interface User 9293 User authentication method 0 0~2 SYS 0: Local authentication 1
mode authentication 1: Windows domain authentication
setting 2: LDAP authentication
* Only when the value of 08-9264 (User
authentication setting) is "1" (Enabled), this code
can be set to "1" or "2".
08 Setting System General 9294 Automatic user registration 1 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode for external authentication 1: Enabled
08 Setting System General 9295 User data management 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode limitation setting 1: Enabled
08 Setting System General 9296 User data management 0 Refer to SYS 0-9,999,999: 0-9,999,999 sheets 1
mode limitation Setting by number contents
of printouts
08 Setting System Network 9298 Restriction on Address 0 0~1 SYS Some restrictions can be given on the 1
mode book operation by administrator for operating the Address book.
administrator 0: No restriction
1: Can be operated only under the administrator's
authorization
08 Setting System Network 9299 Restriction on "To" ("cc") 0 0~3 SYS 0: No restriction 1
mode address 1: Can be set from both of the Address book and
LDAP server
2: Can be set only from the Address book
3: Can be set only from the LDAP server

08 Setting System Feeding Paper information 9300 1st drawer 0 Refer to SYS 0: Plain paper 1: Thick paper 1 8: Recycled 1
mode system contents paper 14: Thick paper 80: User Media Type 1
81: User Media Type 2 82: User Media Type 3
89: User Media Type 10
* Only the above values can be set. Do not set the
paper type that is not supported. Before User
Media Type is set, specify the User Media Type to
be set in 08-8619-x (User Media Type).
08 Setting System Feeding Paper information 9301 2nd drawer 0 Refer to SYS 0: Plain paper 1: Thick paper 1 8: Recycled 1
mode system contents paper 14: Thick paper 80: User Media Type 1
89: User Media Type 10
08 Setting System Feeding Paper information 9302 3rd drawer 0 Refer to SYS 0: Plain paper 1: Thick paper 1 8: Recycled 1
mode system contents paper 14: Thick paper 32: Envelope 80: User
Media Type 1 81: User Media Type 2 82: User
Media Type 9 89: User Media Type 10
08 Setting System Feeding Paper information 9303 4th drawer 0 Refer to SYS 0: Plain paper 1: Thick paper 1 8: Recycled 1
mode system contents paper 14: Thick paper 32: Envelope 80: User
Media Type 9 89: User Media Type 10
08 Setting System Feeding Paper information 9304 LCF 0 Refer to SYS 0: Plain paper 8: Recycled paper 14: Thick 1
mode system contents paper 80: User Media Type 1 81: User Media
Type 2 82: User Media Type 3 83: User Media
Type 10

08 Setting System Feeding Paper information 9305 Bypass tray 0 0~142 SYS 0: Plain 1: Thick 1 2: Thick2 6: Special1 7: 1
mode system Special2 8: Recycled 12: Special3 14: Thick 16:
OHP 32: Envelope 80: User Media Type1 81:
User Media Type2 82: User Media Type3 83:
User Media Type10 128: Plain(back) 129: Thick
1(back) 130: Thick2(back) 134: Special1(back)
135: Special2(back) 136: Recycled(back) 142:
Thick(back)
* Do not set the paper type that is not supported.
08 Setting System Feeding Size conversion 9306 LT <-> A4/LD <-> A3 0 0~1 SYS Sets to whether to print a document in a different 1
mode system paper size from the one selected if there is no
drawer which has the same size setting.
0: Enabled
Prints a document specified in an LT/LD size with
an A4/A3 one, or vice versa.
1: Disabled:
Sets to display a message notifying that the same
paper size as the one selected should be used.
* If "1" is set in 08-3654, only "1" (Disabled) can
be set in this code.
08 Setting System Network Print Retention period 9307 Storage period at trail and 14 0~53 SYS 0: No limits 1 Yes
mode private 1 to 30: 1 to 30 days
31: 1 hour 32: 2 hours 33: 4 hours 34: 8 hours
35: 12 hours 50: 5 min. 51: 10 min. 52: 15 min.
53: 30 min.
08 Setting System Network Print Raw printing job 9308 Duplex 1 0~1 SYS 0: Valid 1
mode 1: Invalid
08 Setting System Network Print Raw printing job 9309 Paper size Refer to 0~13 SYS 0: LD 1: LG 1
mode contents 2: LT 3: COMP
4: ST 5: A3
6: A4 7: A5
8: A6 9: B4
10: B5 11: FOLIO
12: 13"LG
13: 8.5" x 8.5"
<Default value>
NAD: 2
Others: 6
08 Setting System Network Print Raw printing job 9310 Media Type 0 0~2, 4, 7, SYS 0: Plain 1: Thick 1 2: Thick 2 4: OHP 7: 1
mode 11 Recycled 11: Thick
08 Setting System Network Print Raw printing job 9311 Paper direction 0 0~1 SYS 0: Portrait 1
mode 1: Landscape
08 Setting System Network Print Raw printing job 9312 Staple 1 0~1 SYS 0: Valid 1
mode 1: Invalid
08 Setting System Network Print Raw printing job 9313 Exit tray 0 0~2,4,5 SYS 0: Exit tray 1
mode 1: Finisher Upper receiving tray
2: Finisher Lower receiving tray
5: Exit tray
* The settings 1 and 2 are effective only when the
Finisher is installed.
* The settings 4 and 5 are effective only when the
Job separator is installed.

08 Setting System Network Print Raw printing job 9314 Number of form lines 1200 500~12800 SYS Sets the number of form lines from 5 to 128. (A 1
mode hundredfold of the number of form lines is defined
as the setting value.)
08 Setting System Network Print Raw printing job 9315 PCL font pitch 1000 44~9999 SYS Sets the font pitch from 0.44 to 99.99. (A 1
mode hundredfold of the font pitch is defined as the
setting value.)
08 Setting System Network Print Raw printing job 9316 PCL font size 1200 400~99975 SYS Sets the font size from 4 to 999.75. (A 1
mode hundredfold of the font size is defined as the
setting value.)
08 Setting System Network Print Raw printing job 9317 PCL font number 0 0~9999 SYS Sets the PCL font number. 1
mode
08 Setting System Feeding Paper size 9318 Memory 1 148/100 148~432/10 SYS Registers the paper size of bypass feed (non- 10
mode system (bypass 0~297 standard type) into [MEMORY 1].
feeding/non- Feeding/Widthwise direction.
standard type) (Unit: mm)
08 Setting System User interface Sound 9325 Key touch sound of control 1 0~1 SYS 0: OFF 1 Yes
mode panel 1: ON
08 Setting System User interface Display setting 9326 Size indicator 0 0~1 SYS 0: Invalid 1 Yes
mode 1: Valid
08 Setting System General Banner 9327 Setting of banner 0 0~1 SYS Sets whether or not displaying the banner 1
mode advertising advertising display advertising. The setting contents of 08-9328 and
9329 are displayed at the time display section on
the right top of the screen. When both are set,
each content is displayed alternately.
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed
08 Setting System General Banner 9328 Banner advertising display 1 SYS Maximum 27 letters (one-byte character) 11
mode advertising
08 Setting System General Banner 9329 Banner advertising display 2 SYS Maximum 27 letters (one-byte character) 11
mode advertising
08 Setting System General Banner 9330 Display of the [BANNER 0 0~1 SYS 0: Not displayed 1
mode advertising MESSAGE] button 1: Displayed
This button enables the entry of "Banner
advertising display 1 (08-9328)" and "Banner
advertising display 2 (08-9329)" on the control
panel.

08 Setting System Network 9331 Local I/F time-out period 6 1~50 SYS Sets the period of time when the job is judged as 1
mode completed in local I/F printing (USB or parallel).
1: 1.0 sec.
2: 1.5 sec.
50: 25.5 sec.
(in increments of 0.5 sec.)
08 Setting System User interface 9332 Original counter display Refer to 0, 2, 4 SYS Sets whether the original counter is displayed or 1
mode contents not.
0: Not displayed
2: Displayed
4: Displayed (Double sized original is counted as
2.)
<Default value>
MJD: 2
Others: 0
08 Setting System Network Print 9334 PCL line feed code setting 0 0~3 SYS Sets the PCL line feed code. 1
mode 0: Automatic setting
1: CR=CR, LF=LF
2: CR=CR+LF, LF=LF
3: CR=CR, LF=CR+LF
08 Setting System Feeding 9336 Default setting of drawers 1 1~5 SYS 1: LCF 1
mode system (Printer/BOX) 2: 1st drawer
3: 2nd drawer
4: PFP upper drawer
5: PFP lower drawer
08 Setting System User interface 9337 Restriction of the template 0 0~1 SYS Selects the restriction of the template function 1
mode function with the usage setting.
administrator privilege 0: No restriction
1: Only available with the administrator privilege.
08 Setting System Network Print Raw printing job 9338 Paper feeding drawer 0 0~5 SYS 0: AUTO 1
mode 1: 1st drawer
2: 2nd drawer
3: PFP upper drawer
4: PFP lower drawer
5: LCF
08 Setting System Network Print Raw printing job 9339 PCL symbol set 0 0~39 SYS 0: Roman-8 1: ISO 8859/1 Latin 1 2: ISO 8859/2 1
mode Latin 2 3: ISO 8859/9 Latin 5 4: PC-8, Code
Page 437 5: PC-8 D/N, Danish/Norwegian 6: PC-
850, Multilingual 7: PC-852, Latin2 8: PC-8
Turkish 9: Windows 3.1 Latin 1 10: Windows 3.1
Latin 2 11: Windows 3.1 Latin 5 12: DeskTop
13: PS Text 14: Ventura International 15:
Ventura US 16: Microsoft Publishing 17: Math-8
18: PS Math 19: Ventura Math 20: Pi Font 21:
Legal 22: ISO 4: United Kingdom 23: ISO 6:
ASCII 24: ISO 11 25: ISO 15: Italian 26: ISO 17
27: ISO 21: German 28: ISO 60:
Danish/Norwegian 29: ISO 69: French 30:
Windows 3.0 Latin 1 31: MC Text 32: PC Cyrillic
33: ITC Zapf Dingbats 34: ISO 8859/10 Latin 6
35: PC-775 36: PC-1004 37: Symbol 38:
Windows Baltic 39: Wingdings
08 Setting System User interface Copy Binding margin 9341 0 Left binding front (Right 7 0~100 SYS Sets the binding margin displayed as default on 4 Yes
mode setting binding back) the setting screen for the top/bottom/left/right
binding function when copying.
(Unit: mm)

08 Setting System User interface Copy Binding margin 9341 1 Left binding back (Right 7 0~100 SYS Sets the binding margin displayed as default on 4 Yes
mode setting binding front) the setting screen for the top/bottom/left/right
(Unit: mm)
08 Setting System User interface Copy Binding margin 9341 2 Top binding front (Bottom 7 0~100 SYS Sets the binding margin displayed as default on 4 Yes
mode setting binding back) the setting screen for the top/bottom/left/right
(Unit: mm)
08 Setting System User interface Copy Binding margin 9341 3 Top binding back (Bottom 7 0~100 SYS Sets the binding margin displayed as default on 4 Yes
mode setting binding front) the setting screen for the top/bottom/left/right
(Unit: mm)
08 Setting System User interface Copy Binding margin 9342 Margin width (Book binding) 14 0~30 SYS Sets the binding margin displayed as default on 1 Yes
mode setting the setting screen for the book binding function
when copying.
08 Setting System Feeding Automatic Auto 9343 Printing/BOX printing 1 1~2 SYS Sets whether the drawer is changed automatically 1 Yes
mode system change of paper if the paper runs out in the selected drawer and
source the paper of the same size is in other drawer.
paper direction and size: ex. A4 to A4)
paper size. Paper with the different direction is
acceptable as long as the size is the same: ex.,
A4 to A4-R, LT-R to LT. "1" is applied when the
staple/hole punch is specified.)
08 Setting System Network Print 9344 Restriction mode of 0 0~3 SYS 0: Normal 1
mode network printing 1: Private-print-only mode
2: Hold-print-only mode
3: Private/Hold-print-only mode
08 Setting System User interface 9352 Display of paper size Refer to 0~1 SYS 0: Not displayed 1
mode setting by installation contents 1: Displayed
operation of drawers <Default value>
MJD/JPD/CND: 0
Others: 1
08 Setting System General Print 9357 Enhanced bold for PCL6 0 0~1 SYS 0: OFF 1
mode 1: ON (Enhanced bold for PCL6.)
08 Setting System User interface Paper Feed 9359 Printing resume after jam 1 0~1 SYS 0: Auto resume 1 Yes
mode releasing 1: Resume by users
08 Setting System General Color profile Available profile 9361 0 PS_OP_00.icc - Displaying the current Output Profile and PG CIE 14
mode display Based Pure GrayTRC attribute (PG CIE Based
PureGray TRC attribute in the same sub-code is
displayed at the same time.)




08 Setting System General Color profile 9362 Recovery of the profile at 0 0~53 - Recovers the default Output Profile and PG CIE 1
mode the shipment Based Pure GrayTRC
code is recovered to the default.)
0: PS_OP_00 1: PS_OP_01 2: PS_OP_02 ...
51: PS_OP_51 52: PS_OP_52 53: PS_OP_53
08 Setting System General Color profile 9363 Copying the profile at the 0 0~53 - Copies the default Output Profile and PG CIE 1
mode shipment to USB memory Based Pure Gray TRC to the USB memory.
0: PS_OP_00 1: PS_OP_01 2: PS_OP_02 ...
51: PS_OP_51 52: PS_OP_52 53: PS_OP_53

08 Setting System General Color profile 9364 Uploading the profile at the 0 0~53 - Uploads the default Output Profile and PG CIE 1
mode shipment from USB memory Based Pure GrayTRC from the USB memory.
0: PS_OP_00 1: PS_OP_01 2: PS_OP_02 ...
51: PS_OP_51 52: PS_OP_52 53: PS_OP_53
08 Setting System General Color profile Displaying the 9365 0 PS_OP_00.000 - Displays the default Output Profile and PG CIE 14
mode attribute of the Based Pure Gray TRC attribute. (PG CIE Based
profile at the Pure Gray TRC attribute in the same sub-code is
shipment displayed at the same time.)




08 Setting System General Color profile 9366 Making the profile available 0 0~53 - Selecting a profile Overwrites the adjusted Output 1
mode Profile on the current area (PG CIE Based Pure
Gray TRC in the same sub-code is replaced with
the adjusted profile at the same time.)
0: PS_OP_00 1: PS_OP_01 2: PS_OP_02 ...
51: PS_OP_51 52: PS_OP_52 53: PS_OP_53
08 Setting System General Color profile 9367 Copying the adjusted 0 0~53 - Copies the adjusted Output Profile and PG CIE 1
mode profile to USB memory Based Pure GrayTRC to the USB memory.
code is copied to the USB memory at the same
time.)
0: PS_OP_00 1: PS_OP_01 2: PS_OP_02 ...
51: PS_OP_51 52: PS_OP_52 53: PS_OP_53
08 Setting System General Color profile 9368 Uploading the adjusted 0 0~53 - Uploads the Output Profile and PG CIE Based 1
mode profile from USB memory Pure Gray TRC from the USB memory.
0: PS_OP_00 1: PS_OP_01 2: PS_OP_02 ...
51: PS_OP_51 52: PS_OP_52 53: PS_OP_53
08 Setting System General Color profile Displaying the 9369 0 PS_OP_00.001 - Displays the adjusted Output Profile and PG CIE 14
mode attribute of the Based Pure GrayTRC attribute in the same sub-
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment

shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment

shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment

shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment

shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
shipment
08 Setting System User interface Security 9379 AES data encryption 0 0~2 SYS 0: Encryption invalid 1
mode function setting 1: Encryption valid (Security priority) Encrypts all
of the user's data.
2: Encryption valid (Performance priority) Encrypts
the user's data except the files temporarily created
and deleted in the image processing such as
copying or printing.
* If the setting is changed, the data including
user's data are erased.
08 Setting System User interface E-mail 9380 Converting 1-byte katakana 0 0~1 SYS 0: Non-conversion 1
mode into 2 byte-katakana at E- 1: With conversion
mail transmission
08 Setting System General Paper size 9381 Custom size (Photo size) 148/100 10~434/10~ SYS Value of feeding/widthwise direction 10
mode setting 300

08 Setting System User interface Default setting of E-mail 9384 Color/ACS 1 0~22 SYS 0: TIFF (Multi) 1: PDF (Multi) 2: JPG 3: TIFF 1 Yes
mode filing format (Single) 4: PDF (Single) 5: SlimPDF (Multi) 6:
SlimPDF (Single) 7: XPS (Multi) 8: XPS (Single)
9: PDF/A (Multi) 10: PDF/A (Single) 11:
Searchable PDF (Multi) 12: Searchable PDF
(Single) 13: Searchable SlimPDF/A (Multi) 14:
Searchable SlimPDF/A (Single) 15: Searchable
PDF/A (Multi) 16: Searchable PDF/A (Single) 17:
Word (Multi) 18: Word (Single) 19: Excel (Multi)
20: Excel (Single) 21: PowerPoint (Multi) 22:
PowerPoint (Single)
08 Setting System Network Notification of 9386 0 When job completed 0 0~1 SYS Sets the notification method of scan job 4
mode scan job completion.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
08 Setting System Network Notification of 9386 1 On error 0 0~1 SYS Sets the notification method of scan job 4
mode scan job completion.
0: Invalid
1: Valid
08 Setting System Network Scanning 9387 File name format of "Save 0 0~6 SYS Sets the naming method of the file of "Save as 1
mode as file" and E-mail file" and Email transmission.
transmission 0: [FileName]-[Date]-[Page]
1: [FileName]-[Page]-[Date]
2: [Date]-[FileName]-[Page]
3: [Date]-[Page]-[FileName]
4: [Page]-[FileName]-[Date]
5: [Page]-[Date]-[FileName]
6: [FileName]_[Date]-[Page]
08 Setting System Network Scanning 9388 Date display format of the 0 0~5 SYS Sets the data display format of the file for "Save 1
mode file name of "Save as file" as file" and Email transmission.
and E-mail transmission 0: [YYYY][MM][DD][HH][mm][SS]
1: [YY][MM][DD][HH][mm][SS]
2: [YYYY][MM][DD]
3: [YY][MM][DD]
4: [HH][mm][SS]
5: [YYYY][MM][DD][HH][mm][SS][mm0]
The order of [YY], [MM] and [DD] varies

depending on the setting of the code 08-9102
(Data display format).
08 Setting System Network Scanning 9389 Single page data saving 0 0~1 SYS Sets the directory where the file of "Save as file" is 1
mode directory at "Save as file" saved.
0: Save it under a subfolder
1: Save it without creating a subfolder
08 Setting System Network Scanning 9390 Page number display 4 3~6 SYS Sets the digit of a page number attached on the 1
mode format of the file of "Save file.
as file" and E-mail 3-6: 3-6 digits
transmission
08 Setting System Network Scanning 9391 Extension (suffix) format of 3 3~6 SYS Sets the extension digits of the file to be saved. 1
mode the file of "Save as file" 3: Auto
4: 4 digits
5: 5 digits
6: 6 digits
08 Setting System Network Scanning 9394 Single-page option for 0 0~1 SYS 0: Sets 1 page as 1 file 1
mode storing File and sending E- 1: Makes a file based on the original
mail

08 Setting System User interface LDAP 9397 Execution of user 2 0~2 SYS 0: Forcible execution 1
mode authentication authentication when the 1: Execution impossible (pooled in the invalid
user ID is not entered queue)
2: Forcible deletion
08 Setting System User interface LDAP 9399 Role Based Access LDAP 0 0~4294967 SYS This code is used to specify the ID for the LDAP 5
mode authentication search index 295 server to implement Role-Based Access Control.
08 Setting System Network Ethernet 9403 Communication speed and 1 1~5, 7 HDD/ 1: Auto 1
mode settings of Ethernet SSD 2: 10MBPS Half Duplex
3: 10MBPS Full Duplex
4: 100MBPS Half Duplex
08 Setting System Network TCP/IP 9406 Method of acquiring IP 2 1~3 HDD/ 1: Fixed IP address 1
mode address SSD 2: Dynamic IP address
3: Dynamic IP address without Auto IP
08 Setting System Network 9407 Domain name HDD/ Maximum 96 letters 11
mode SSD
08 Setting System Network TCP/IP 9408 IP address Refer to Refer to HDD/ <Default value> 11 Yes
mode contents contents SSD 0.0.0.0
<Acceptable value>
0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255
08 Setting System Network TCP/IP 9409 Subnet mask Refer to Refer to HDD/ <Default value> 11 Yes
<Acceptable value>
0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255
08 Setting System Network TCP/IP 9410 Gateway Refer to Refer to HDD/ <Default value> 11 Yes
<Acceptable value>
0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255
08 Setting System Network IPX/SPX 9411 Enable/disable setting of 2 1~2 HDD/ 1: Enabled 1
mode IPX/SPX SSD 2: Disabled
08 Setting System Network AppleTalk 9414 Availability of AppleTalk 2 1~2 HDD/ 1: Enabled 1
08 Setting System Network LDAP 9416 Availability of LDAP 1 1~2 HDD/ 1: Available 1
mode SSD 2: Not available
08 Setting System Network DNS 9417 Availability of DNS 1 1~2 HDD/ 1: Enabled 1 Yes
08 Setting System Network DNS 9418 IP address to DNS server Refer to HDD/ <Acceptable value> 11 Yes
mode (Primary) contents SSD 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255
08 Setting System Network DNS 9419 IP address to DNS server Refer to HDD/ <Acceptable value> 11 Yes
mode (Secondary) contents SSD 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255
08 Setting System Network NetWare 9421 Availability of SLP 1 1~2 HDD/ Sets the availability of SLP on NetWare. 1
mode SSD 1: Enabled
2: Disabled
08 Setting System Network 9423 NetBios name MFP-serial HDD/ Maximum 15 letters 11
mode SSD The network-related serial number of the
equipment appears at "serial"
08 Setting System Network 9424 Name of WINS server or IP Refer to Refer to HDD/ 000.000.000.000-255.255.255.255 11
mode address (Primary) contents contents SSD (Default value: 000.000.000.000)
08 Setting System Network 9425 Name of WINS server or IP Refer to Refer to HDD/ 000.000.000.000-255.255.255.255 11
mode address (Secondary) contents contents SSD (Default value: 000.000.000.000)

08 Setting System Network NetWare 9426 Availability of Bindery 1 1~2 HDD/ 1: Available 1
08 Setting System Network NetWare 9427 Availability of NDS 1 1~2 HDD/ 1: Available 1
08 Setting System Network HTTP 9430 Availability of HTTP server 1 1~2 HDD/ 1: Available 1
08 Setting System Network SMTP 9437 Availability of SMTP client 1 1~2 HDD/ 1: Available 1
08 Setting System Network SMTP 9438 FQDN or IP address to HDD/ Maximum 128 Bytes 11
mode SMTP server SSD
08 Setting System Network SMTP 9440 Availability of SMTP server 1 1~2 HDD/ 1: Available 1
08 Setting System Network POP3 9446 Availability of POP3 clients 1 1~2 HDD/ 1: Available 1
08 Setting System Network 9459 Availability of FTP server 1 1~2 HDD/ 1: Available 1
08 Setting System Network SNMP 9463 Availability of MIB function 1 1~2 HDD/ 1: Valid 1
mode SSD 2: Invalid
08 Setting System User interface Default setting of Storing files 9471 PDF/A grade setting 0 0~1 SYS Sets the PDF/A grade of the file format for 1 Yes
mode filing format scanning.
0: PDF/A-1B
1: PDF/A-2B
08 Setting System Network Raw TCP 9473 Availability of Raw/TCP 1 1~2 HDD/ 1: Available 1
08 Setting System Network LPD 9475 Availability of LPD client 1 1~2 HDD/ 1: Available 1
08 Setting System Network IPP 9478 Availability of IPP 1 1~2 HDD/ 1: Valid 1
mode SSD 2: Invalid
08 Setting System Network IPP 9481 IPP printer name MFPserial HDD/ Maximum 127 letters 11
08 Setting System Network IPP 9486 IPP printer "Make and Refer to HDD/ Maximum 127 characters 11
mode Model" contents SSD <Default value>
MFP model name
08 Setting System Network IPP 9487 IPP printer information HDD/ Maximum 127 characters 11
mode (more) MFGR SSD
08 Setting System Network IPP 9488 IPP message from operator HDD/ Maximum 127 characters 11
mode SSD
08 Setting System Network FTP 9489 Use of FTP print 2 1~2 HDD/ 1: Enabled 1
08 Setting System Network E-mail 9499 Page number limitation for 5 1~99 SYS 1
mode printing text of received E-
mail
08 Setting System Network 9505 Bonjour setting 1 1~2 HDD/ 1: Available 1

08 Setting System Network 9514 Host name MFP_serial HDD/ Maximum 63 letters 11
08 Setting System Network Windows 9515 Windows domain No.1 of SYS Maximum 96 letters 11
mode authentication user authentication
08 Setting System Network Windows 9516 PDC (Primary Domain SYS Maximum 128 letters 11
mode authentication Controller) name No.1 of
authentication
08 Setting System Network Windows 9517 BDC (Backup Domain SYS Maximum 128 letters 11
mode authentication Controller) name No.1 of
authentication
08 Setting System Network Windows 9518 Windows domain of device 4 3~4 HDD/ 3: ON (Domain selected) 1
mode authentication authentication SSD 4: OFF (Work group selected)
08 Setting System Network 9519 Workgroup name Workgroup HDD/ Maximum 15 letters 11
mode SSD The default value "Workgroup" is set when "4"
(OFF: Work group selected) is set to 08-9518 or
Window logon fails.
08 Setting System Network 9525 Display of MAC address HDD/ (**:**:**:**:**:**) 2 Yes
mode SSD The address is displayed as above. 6-byte data is
divided by colon.
* "FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF" is displayed at MAC
address abnormality.
08 Setting System Network SSL 9548 HTTP server OFF/ON 2 1~2 HDD/ 1: Enabled 1
08 Setting System Network SSL 9550 IPP server OFF/ON setting 2 1~2 HDD/ 1: Enabled 1
08 Setting System Network SSL 9552 SSL ftp server OFF/ON 2 1~2 HDD/ OFF/ON 1
mode SSD 1: Valid
2: Invalid
08 Setting System Network SSL 9556 SSL POP3 Client OFF/ON 2 1~3 HDD/ OFF/ON 1
mode SSD 1: Valid (Accepts all the certification of the server)
2: Invalid
3: Use the imported certification.
08 Setting System Network SMB 9561 SMB Max Connections 13 1~50 HDD/ Sets the maximum connectable numbers of the 1
mode SSD Samba server.
1 to 50 (Number)
08 Setting System Network TCP/IP 9563 IP Conflict Detect 1 1~2 HDD/ OFF/ON 1
mode SSD 1: Valid
2: Invalid
08 Setting System Network SNTP 9564 SNTP Enable 2 1~2 HDD/ OFF/ON 1
mode SSD 1: Valid
2: Invalid
08 Setting System Network SNTP 9565 SNTP Polling rate 24 1~168 HDD/ Data obtaining interval (Unit: Hour) 1
mode SSD
08 Setting System Network SNTP 9567 Primary SNTP Address HDD/ SNTP server IP Address (Primary) 11
mode SSD
08 Setting System Network SNTP 9568 Secondary SNTP Address HDD/ SNTP server IP Address (Secondary) 11
mode SSD
08 Setting System Network SNTP 9569 Port number to SNTP 123 1~65535 HDD/ 1
mode SSD

08 Setting System Network DHCP DNS Server 9580 Enabling server's IP 1 1~2 HDD/ Domain Name Server option (6) 1
mode address acquired by DHCP SSD 1: Enabled
2: Disabled
* This value is used only when DHCP is enabled.
08 Setting System Network DHCP NetBIOS over 9581 Enabling server's IP 1 1~2 HDD/ NetBIOS over TCP/IP Name Server option (44) = 1
mode TCP/IP Name address acquired by DHCP SSD Primary and Secondary Wins NAME
Server 1: Enabled
2: Disabled
08 Setting System Network DHCP SMTP 9584 SMTP Server Option (69) 2 1~2 HDD/ 1: Enabled 1
mode Simple Mail Server Address SSD 2: Disabled
08 Setting System Network DHCP POP3 9585 POP3 Server Option (70) 2 1~2 HDD/ 1: Enabled 1
mode Post Office Server Address SSD 2: Disabled
08 Setting System Network DHCP SNTP 9587 Enabling server's IP 2 1~2 HDD/ SNTP Server Option (42) NTP Server Address 1
mode address acquired by DHCP SSD 1: Enabled
2: Disabled
08 Setting System Network SMB 9599 Samba server ON/OFF 1 1~4 HDD/ 1: Samba enabled 1
mode setting SSD 2: Samba disabled
3: Print Share disabled
4: File Share disabled
08 Setting System Maintenance General 9601 Equipment number (serial 9 digits SYS Fist digit: Production country (fixed) 11 Yes
mode number) display Second digit: Model (fixed)
Third digit: Month (variable)
Fourth to ninth digit: serial number (variable)
This can be also entered with 05-9043.
08 Setting System Maintenance 9602 Dealer's name SYS Maximum 100 letters 11
mode Needed at initial registration
08 Setting System Maintenance RDMS 9603 Login name SYS Maximum 20 letters 11 Yes
mode Needed at initial registration
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- Call /Display 9604 Display set of the [Service Refer to 0~1 SYS 0: Not displayed 1 Yes
mode controlled service function Notification] button contents 1: Displayed
<Default value>
NAD/MJD: 1
Others: 0
08 Setting System Maintenance RDMS 9605 Sending error contents of 0 0~1 SYS 0: Invalid 1
mode equipment 1: Valid
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- 9606 Setting total counter SYS (Hour/Hour/Minute/Minute) 1
mode controlled service transmission time PM3:00 -> 1500
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- 9607 Destination E-mail address SYS Maximum 192 letters 11
mode controlled service 2
08 Setting System Maintenance RDMS 9610 Polling day selection Day-1 0 0~31 SYS 0: OFF 1
mode 1 to 31: 1st to 31st of a month

08 Setting System Maintenance RDMS Remote- 9614 Sunday 1 0~1 SYS 0: Invalid 1 Yes
mode controlled service 1: Valid
polling day
08 Setting System Maintenance RDMS Remote- 9615 Monday 1 0~1 SYS 0: Invalid 1 Yes
polling day
08 Setting System Maintenance RDMS Remote- 9616 Tuesday 1 0~1 SYS 0: Invalid 1 Yes
polling day
08 Setting System Maintenance RDMS Remote- 9617 Wednesday 1 0~1 SYS 0: Invalid 1 Yes
polling day
08 Setting System Maintenance RDMS Remote- 9618 Thursday 1 0~1 SYS 0: Invalid 1 Yes
polling day
08 Setting System Maintenance RDMS Remote- 9619 Friday 1 0~1 SYS 0: Invalid 1 Yes
polling day
08 Setting System Maintenance RDMS Remote- 9620 Saturday 1 0~1 SYS 0: Invalid 1 Yes
polling day
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- Information of 9621 Setting of toner cartridge C 0 0~1 SYS 0: Invalid 1
mode controlled service supplies 1: Valid
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- Information of 9622 Setting of toner cartridge M 0 0~1 SYS 0: Invalid 1
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- Information of 9623 Setting of toner cartridge Y 0 0~1 SYS 0: Invalid 1
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- Information of 9624 Setting of toner cartridge K 0 0~1 SYS 0: Invalid 1
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- Information of 9625 Setting of waste toner box 0 0~1 SYS 0: Invalid 1
08 Setting System Maintenance RDMS Long interval 9626 Setting of polling at the end 0 0~1 SYS 0: Invalid 1
mode polling of month 1: Valid
08 Setting System Network Internet Fax 9627 Sending mail text of 1 0~1 SYS 0: Invalid 1
mode Internet Fax 1: Valid
08 Setting System Wireless LAN 9649 Wireless LAN setting 2 1~2 HDD/ Sets whether the wireless LAN connection is 1
mode SSD enabled or disabled.
1: Enabled
2: Disabled
* Referencing the value and changing the setting
value to "2" are only possible.
08 Setting System Bluetooth 9668 BIP ON/OFF setting 0 0~1 HDD/ 0: OFF 1
mode SSD 1: ON
08 Setting System Bluetooth 9680 Bluetooth ON/OFF setting 0 0~1 HDD/ 0: OFF 1
mode SSD 1: ON
08 Setting System Bluetooth 9681 Bluetooth Device name Refer to HDD/ Maximum 32 letters. Only alphanumeric 11
mode contents SSD characters, spaces, and symbols are acceptable.
<Default value>
MFPserial

08 Setting System Bluetooth 9682 Bluetooth Discovery 1 0~1 HDD/ 0: Not allowed 1
mode SSD 1: Allowed
08 Setting System Bluetooth 9683 Bluetooth Security 1 0~1 HDD/ Switches the security level of the Bluetooth. 1
mode SSD 0: Low
1: High
08 Setting System Bluetooth 9684 Bluetooth PIN 0000 HDD/ Maximum 16 digits 11
mode SSD (16-digit sequence)
This setting is valid only when the Bluetooth
security function is ON.
08 Setting System Bluetooth 9685 Bluetooth Data encryption 1 0~1 HDD/ 0: Not encrypted 1
mode SSD 1: Encrypted
This setting is valid only when the Bluetooth
security function is ON.
08 Setting System Network DHCP DNS Client 9694 Enabling server's IP 1 1~2 HDD/ DNS domain name Option (15) DNS domain 1
mode address acquired by DHCP SSD name of the client
1: Enabled
2: Disabled
This value is used only when DHCP is enabled.
08 Setting System User interface 9698 Color mode notification 0 0~1 SYS 0: Color 1
mode setting at ACS 1: Black
08 Setting System Maintenance General 9700 Service technician 32 digits SYS A telephone number can be entered up to 32 11 Yes
mode telephone number digits.
Use the [PAUSE] to enter a hyphen (-).
08 Setting System User interface 9702 Automatic calibration 1 0~2 SYS Sets the disclosing level of automatic calibration. 1
mode disclosure level 0: Service technician
1: Administrator
2: User
08 Setting System Maintenance General 9703 Error history display - Displays the latest 20 errors data 2 Yes
mode
08 Setting System Network Scanning 9709 Default data saving 0 0~2 SYS 0: Local directory 1
mode directory of "Scan to File" 1: REMOTE 1
2: REMOTE 2
08 Setting System Maintenance RDMS General 9710 Remote-controlled service 2 0~2 SYS 0: Valid (Remote-controlled server) 1 Yes
mode function 1: Valid (L2)
2: Invalid
08 Setting System Maintenance RDMS HTTP 9711 Remote-controlled service SYS Maximum 256 letters 11 Yes
mode URL setting
08 Setting System Maintenance RDMS HTTP 9715 Initially-registered server Refer to SYS Maximum 256 letters 11 Yes
mode URL setting contents <Default value>
https://device2.mfp-
support.com:443/device/firstregist.ashx
08 Setting System Maintenance RDMS 9718 Short time interval setting 24 1~48 SYS Sets the time interval to recover from the 1
mode of recovery from Emergency Mode to the Normal Mode.
Emergency Mode (Unit: Hour)
08 Setting System Maintenance RDMS 9719 Short time interval setting 60 30~360 SYS (Unit: Minute) 1
mode of Emergency Mode
08 Setting System Maintenance RDMS General 9723 Periodical polling timing 930 0~2359 SYS (Hour/Hour/Minute/Minute) 1 Yes
mode 0 (0:00) to 2359 (23:59)
08 Setting System Maintenance RDMS General 9724 Writing data of self- 0 0~1 SYS 0: Prohibited 1 Yes
mode diagnostic code 1: Accepted

08 Setting System Maintenance RDMS General 9726 Remote-service initial 0 0~3 SYS 0: OFF 1 Yes
mode registration 1: Start
2: Only certification is scanned
3: RDMS communication starts
08 Setting System Maintenance RDMS General 9727 Remote-controlled service SYS Maximum 10 letters 11 Yes
mode tentative password
08 Setting System Maintenance RDMS General 9729 Status of remote-service 0 0~1 SYS 0: Not registered 2 Yes
mode initial regist 1: Registered
08 Setting System Maintenance RDMS Call /Display 9730 Service center call function 1 0~2 SYS 0: OFF 1 Yes
mode function 1: Notifies all service calls
2: Notifies all but paper jams
08 Setting System Maintenance RDMS HTTP 9732 Service center call HTTP SYS Maximum 256 letters 11 Yes
mode server URL setting
08 Setting System Counter External counter 9736 Interrupt copying 0 0~1 SYS 0: Invalid 1
mode 1: Valid
08 Setting System Maintenance RDMS Call /Display 9739 Toner-end notification 0 0~2 SYS 0: RDMS toner empty notified immediately 1 Yes
mode function 1: RDMS toner empty notified once a day
2: RDMS toner empty not notified
08 Setting System Maintenance RDMS HTTP 9740 HTTP proxy setting 1 0~1 SYS 0: Valid 1 Yes
mode 1: Invalid
08 Setting System Maintenance RDMS HTTP 9741 HTTP proxy IP address Refer to SYS Input IP address or FQDN. 11 Yes
mode setting contents Maximum 128 letters
<Default value>
0.0.0.0
08 Setting System Maintenance RDMS HTTP 9742 HTTP proxy port number 0 0~65535 SYS 1 Yes
mode setting
08 Setting System Maintenance RDMS HTTP 9743 HTTP proxy ID setting SYS Maximum 30 letters 11 Yes
mode
08 Setting System Maintenance RDMS HTTP 9744 HTTP proxy password SYS Maximum 30 letters 11 Yes
mode setting
08 Setting System Maintenance RDMS HTTP 9745 HTTP proxy panel display 1 0~1 SYS 0: Valid 1 Yes
mode 1: Invalid
08 Setting System Network Security 9746 802.1x Dynamic WEP 1 0~1 SYS Switches whether a selecting button for Security 1
mode selecting button display mode 802.1x Dynamic WEP is displayed or not.
0: Not displayed
1: Displayed
08 Setting System Network Scanning 9749 WIA Scan Driver 1 1~2 HDD/ Selects WIA Scan Driver. 1
mode SSD 1: TTEC
2: Microsoft
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- Automatic 9750 Ordering method 3 0~3 SYS 0: Ordered by FAX 1
mode controlled service ordering function 1: Ordered by E-mail
of supplies 2: Ordered by HTTP
3: OFF
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- Automatic 9751 Fax number SYS Maximum 32 digits 11
mode controlled service ordering function Enter hyphen with the [Pause] button
of supplies
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- Automatic 9752 E-mail address SYS Maximum 192 letters 11
mode controlled service ordering function List: 256 digits
of supplies

08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- Automatic 9756 User's name HDD/ Maximum 50 letters 11
mode controlled service ordering function SSD
of supplies
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- Automatic 9757 User's telephone number SYS Maximum 32 digits 11
mode controlled service ordering function Enter hyphen with the [Pause] button
of supplies
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- Automatic 9758 User's E-mail address SYS Maximum 192 letters 11
mode controlled service ordering function List: 256 digits
of supplies
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- Automatic 9759 User's address HDD/ Maximum 100 letters 11
of supplies
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- Automatic 9760 Service number SYS Maximum 5 digits 11
mode controlled service ordering function
of supplies
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- Automatic 9761 Service technician's name HDD/ Maximum 50 letters 11
of supplies
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- Automatic 9762 Service technician's SYS Maximum 32 digits 11
mode controlled service ordering function telephone number Enter hyphen with the [Pause] button
of supplies
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- Automatic 9763 Service technician's E-mail SYS Maximum 192 letters 11
mode controlled service ordering function address List: 256 digits
of supplies
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- Automatic 9764 Supplier's name HDD/ Maximum 50 letters 11
of supplies
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- Automatic 9765 Supplier's address HDD/ Maximum 100 letters 11
of supplies
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- Automatic 9766 Notes HDD/ Maximum 128 letters 11
of supplies
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- Information of 9767 Part number of toner HDD/ Maximum 20 digits 11
mode controlled service supplies cartridge C SSD
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- Information of 9768 Order quantity of toner 1 1~99 SYS 1
mode controlled service supplies cartridge C
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- Information of 9769 Condition number of toner 1 1~99 SYS 1
mode controlled service supplies cartridge C
mode controlled service supplies cartridge M SSD
mode controlled service supplies cartridge M
mode controlled service supplies cartridge M
mode controlled service supplies cartridge Y SSD
mode controlled service supplies cartridge Y

mode controlled service supplies cartridge Y
mode controlled service supplies cartridge K SSD
mode controlled service supplies cartridge K
mode controlled service supplies cartridge K
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- Information of 9779 Part number of waste toner HDD/ Maximum 20 digits 11
mode controlled service supplies box SSD
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- Information of 9780 Order quantity of waste 1 1~99 SYS 1
mode controlled service supplies toner box
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- Information of 9781 Condition number of waste 1 1~99 SYS 1
mode controlled service supplies toner box
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- Automatic 9783 Call /Display function Refer to 0~2 SYS 0: Valid (FAX/Internet FAX) 1 Yes
mode controlled service ordering function contents 1: Valid (FAX/Internet FAX/HTTP)
of supplies 2: Invalid
<Default value>
NAD: 0
Others: 2
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- Automatic 9784 Counter notification SYS Maximum 32 digits 11
mode controlled service ordering function Remote Fax setting Enter hyphen with the [Pause] button
of supplies
08 Setting System Counter 9787 Suspend when quota is 0 0~1 SYS Sets whether the process is suspended 1
mode empty immediately or suspended after the job is
completed if quota is used up.
0: Suspended immediately
1: Suspended after the job is finished
08 Setting System Maintenance 9788 Service call checking 6 0~12 SYS 0: No checking period specified (= Calls service 1
mode period setting technician immediately)
1: 10 minutes
2: 30 minutes
3: 1 hour
4: 6 hours
5: 12 hours
6: 24 hours
7: 48 hours
8: 7 days
9: 1 month
10: 1 year
11: 5 years
12: Not limited (= Calls service technician if such
error has occurred in the past even once or more)
08 Setting System General 9789 Default repeat count 2 2~8 SYS (Unit: times) 1
mode
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- 9793 Service Notification setting 0 0~2 SYS Enables to set up to 3 E-mail addresses to be 1
mode controlled service sent. (08-9794, 9607, 9608)
0: Invalid
1: Valid (E-mail)
2: Valid (FAX)

08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- 9795 Total counter information 0 0~1 SYS 0: Invalid 1
mode controlled service transmission setting 1: Valid
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- 9796 Total counter transmission 0 0~31 SYS 0 to 31 1
mode controlled service date setting
08 Setting System Maintenance Remote- 9797 PM counter notification 0 0~1 SYS 0: Invalid 1
mode controlled service setting 1: Valid
08 Setting System Network 9798 Temporary communication 99999 SYS Sets a temporary communication password. The 11
mode password setting password can be entered in alphanumeric
characters (A to Z, a to z, 0 to 9) up to 10 digits.
The entered password is displayed with "*" on the
touch panel and the self-diagnostic lists.
(Maximum 10 digits, minimum 5 digits)
08 Setting System User Local 9799 Switchover of mode 0 0~1 SYS Sets the authentication mode when "0: (Internal 1
mode management authentication authentication)" is selected in the code 08-9293.
0: Card ID differs from the User ID
1: Card ID is the same as the User ID
08 Setting System Process 9804 Forcible mode change in 0 0~2 SYS 0: SLEEP MODE 1
mode toner empty status 1: AUTO POWER SAVE
2: READY
08 Setting System Finisher Interruption of 9810 0 Copying 1 0~1 SYS When staple runs out while printing in the stapling 4
mode stapling mode, sets whether printing is interrupted or
operation (no printing is continued by switching to sorting. This
staple) code is valid only when printing in the stapling
mode. However, printing is always interrupted
when staple for saddle stitch runs out.
0: Continues printing by switching to sort setting
1: Interrupts printing
08 Setting System Finisher Interruption of 9810 1 Printing/BOX printing 0 0~1 SYS When staple runs out while printing in the stapling 4
mode stapling mode, sets whether printing is interrupted or
operation (no printing is continued by switching to sorting. This
staple) code is valid only when printing in the stapling
mode. However, printing is always interrupted
when staple for saddle stitch runs out.
0: Continues printing by switching to sort setting
1: Interrupts printing
08 Setting System Finisher Stapling setting Long size 9811 0 Plain/Recycled/Thick 0 -50~50 SYS -50 to 50 4
mode Acceptable
number of
sheets
exceeding upper
limit
08 Setting System Finisher Stapling setting Long size 9811 1 Thick 1 0 -50~50 SYS -50 to 50 4
mode Acceptable
number of
sheets
exceeding upper
limit
08 Setting System Finisher Stapling setting Long size 9811 2 Thick 2 0 -50~50 SYS -50 to 50 4
mode Acceptable
number of
sheets
exceeding upper
limit

08 Setting System General Number of 9814 At normal temperatures 4 0~100 SYS When the setting value of this code is "1" or 1
mode output pages for higher, the 2nd transfer resistance detection is
pausing performed every time the number of pages of
continuous (setting value X 100) have output.
printing for 2nd When resistance is detected, printing will be
transfer interrupted for 1 or 2 seconds.
resistance When a smaller value is set, the image stability at
detection control continuous printing will become better.
08 Setting System General Number of 9815 At low temperatures 10 0~100 SYS When the setting value of this code is "1" or 1
mode output pages for higher, the 2nd transfer resistance detection is
pausing performed every time the number of pages of
continuous (setting value X 10) have output.
printing for 2nd When resistance is detected, printing will be
transfer interrupted for 1 or 2 seconds.
resistance When a smaller value is set, the image stability at
detection control continuous printing will become better.
08 Setting System General 9816 Addition of the page 0 0~1 SYS Only when job is executed with TimeStamp 1
mode number to the multi-page enabled for file storage, page number is added
file name of File with the format set at 08-9387.
0: Invalid (Page number not added)
1: Valid (Page number added)
08 Setting System General 9817 Maximum number of 2 0~6 SYS 0 to 6 digits 1
mode decimals in the extension
fields
08 Setting System General 9818 The default value of the 0 0~1 SYS 0: DOCYYMMDD 1
mode stored/attached file name 1: NetBios name
of a File/E-mail
08 Setting System User interface Off Device 9819 STAGE SSL 0 0~1 SYS Sets whether SSL communication is enabled or 1
mode Customization disabled for remote scanning.
Architecture 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System User interface Off Device 9820 STAGE I/F 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether interface is enabled or disabled for 1
mode Customization remote scanning.
Architecture 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System User interface Off Device 9821 Port number 49629 0~65535 SYS Sets a port number for the remote scanning. 1
mode Customization
Architecture
08 Setting System User interface Off Device 9822 SSL port number 49630 0~65535 SYS Sets an SSL port number for remote scanning 1
mode Customization using SSL communication.
Architecture
08 Setting System Network 9823 User name and password 0 0~2 SYS 0: User name and password of the device 1
mode at user authentication or 1: User name and password at the user
"Save as file" authentication (Template registration information
comes first when a template is retrieved.)
2: User name and password at the user
authentication (User information of the
authentication comes first when a template is
retrieved.)
08 Setting System Image 9825 Image quality of the black 0 0~1 SYS 0: Black 1
mode part in the ACS mode 1: Gray scale

08 Setting System General Department 9829 Limitation setting 0 0~3 SYS Decide the default limitation setting when the new 1
mode management department code is created.
0: No limit
1: Limited only in the black mode
2: Limited in the color mode
3: Limited in the black/color mode
08 Setting System Bluetooth 9841 Bluetooth BIP Print type 0 0~3 SYS 0: Fit page 1
mode 1: 1/2 size
2: 1/4 size
3: 1/8 size
08 Setting System Bluetooth 9846 Bluetooth BIP Paper size Refer to Refer to SYS 0: Ledger 1: Legal 2: Letter 3: Computer 4: 1
mode contents contents Statement 5: A3 6: A4 7: A5 9: B4 10: B5 11:
Folio 12: Legal13" 13: LetterSquare 14: 8K 15:
16K
<Default value>
NAD: 2
Others: 6
08 Setting System Finisher 9847 Hole punching setting 0 0~1 SYS 0: Invalid 1
mode 1: Valid
08 Setting System General Display setting 9848 Registration disclosure 2 0~2 SYS 0: Displays no icons 1
mode level setting 1: ADMIN
2: USER
08 Setting System General Remote- Automatic 9880 Total counter data 0 0~31 SYS 0 to 31 1
mode controlled service ordering function transmission date 2
of supplies
08 Setting System General Remote- Automatic 9881 Day of the total counter 0 0~127 SYS 1 byte 00000000(0)-01111111(127) 1
mode controlled service ordering function data transmission From the 2nd bit - Sunday, Monday, Tuesday,
of supplies Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday
08 Setting System General Security Hardcopy security 9883 Enable/Disable setting 0 0~1 SYS 0: Disabled 1
08 Setting System General Security Hardcopy security 9884 Counting method switchover 0 0~1 SYS 0: Counted as 1 1
mode printing 1: Counted as 2
08 Setting System General 9886 Decimal point indication for Refer to 0~1 SYS 0: Comma 1
mode Enhanced Scan Template contents 1: Full stop
<Default value>
MJD: 0
Others: 1
08 Setting System General 9888 Permission setting for 0 0~1 SYS 0: Prohibited 1
mode changing the scan 1: Accepted
parameter when recalling
an extension template
08 Setting System General Data cloning 9889 Data cloning function setting 0 0~1 SYS 0: Accepted 1 Yes
mode 1: Prohibited
08 Setting System User interface Display setting 9891 Warning message when 1 0~1 SYS 0: No warning notification 1 Yes
mode PM time has come 1: Warning notification
08 Setting System General 9892 Monocolor counting method 0 0~2 SYS Sets the method of fee charge counting or 1
mode duplexing counting in the Mono color mode. The
department and user counters are not applicable.
0: Mono/Twin color
1: Black
2: Full color

08 Setting System General 9894 Calibration chart charging 0 0~1 SYS Decide whether the calibration chart printing is 1
mode method charged or not
0: No charge
1: Charge
08 Setting System Image Default value Background peak 9897 Black 5 1~9 SYS 1: -4 2: -3 3: -2 4: -1 5: 0 6: +1 7: +2 8: +3 9: 1
mode setting adjustment +4
08 Setting System Image Default value Density in the 9898 Color 6 0~11 SYS 0: Auto 1: -5 2: -4 3: -3 4: -2 5: -1 6: 0 7: +1 1
mode setting scan mode 8: +2 9: +3 10: +4 11: +5
08 Setting System Image Default value Density in the 9899 Grayscale 6 0~11 SYS 0: Auto 1: -5 2: -4 3: -3 4: -2 5: -1 6: 0 7: +1 1
mode setting scan mode 8: +2 9: +3 10: +4 11: +5
08 Setting System Version System 9900 System software ROM HDD/ 2 Yes
mode version SSD
08 Setting System Version Engine 9901 Engine firmware version - 2 Yes
mode
08 Setting System Version Scanner 9902 Scanner firmware version - 2 Yes
mode
08 Setting System Version DF 9903 DF firmware version - 2 Yes
mode
08 Setting System Version Finisher 9904 Finisher firmware version - 2 Yes
mode
08 Setting System Version Fax 1st line 9905 Fax firmware version - 2 Yes
mode
08 Setting System Version System 9930 System firmware version HDD/ 2 Yes
mode SSD
08 Setting System Network LDAP 9933 Domain participation 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether domain participation of a client 1
mode authentication confirmation of printing computer for print job authentication is confirmed
when LDAP authentication or not when LDAP is selected as the
is used authentication method for user authentication.
This function is enabled only when department
management is enabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System General S-ACS operation 9934 0 Copy 1 1~9 SYS 1: The number of contact control: 1 4
mode setting Continuous color control: 1 sheet
2: The number of contact control: 2
Continuous color control: 2 sheets

08 Setting System General S-ACS operation 9934 1 Print 1 1~9 SYS 1: The number of contact control: 1 4
08 Setting System General S-ACS operation 9934 2 Box, Others 1 1~9 SYS 1: The number of contact control: 1 4
08 Setting System Finisher Stapling setting Short size 9937 0 Plain/Recycled 0 -100~100 SYS -100 to 100 4
mode Acceptable
number of
sheets
exceeding upper
limit
08 Setting System Finisher Stapling setting Short size 9937 1 Thick 1 0 -100~100 SYS -100 to 100 4
mode Acceptable
number of
sheets
exceeding upper
limit
08 Setting System Finisher Stapling setting Short size 9937 2 Thick 2 0 -100~100 SYS -100 to 100 4
mode Acceptable
number of
sheets
exceeding upper
limit

08 Setting System Finisher Stapling setting Saddle stitch 9938 0 Plain/Recycled 0 -15~15 SYS -15 to 15 4
mode Acceptable
number of
sheets
exceeding upper
limit
08 Setting System Finisher Stapling setting Saddle stitch 9938 1 Thick 1 0 -15~15 SYS -15 to 15 4
mode Acceptable
number of
sheets
exceeding upper
limit
08 Setting System Version Engine 9940 PFC firmware version - 2 Yes
mode
08 Setting System Version Finisher 9944 Punch firmware version - 2 Yes
mode
08 Setting System Network E-mail 9946 Number of E-mail 3 0~14 SYS 0 to 14 times 1 Yes
mode transmission retries
08 Setting System Network E-mail 9947 E-mail transmission retry 1 0~15 SYS 0 to 15 min. 1 Yes
mode interval
08 Setting System General 9954 Counter/job list printing 0 0~1 SYS 0: Invalid 1
mode operation 1: Valid
08 Setting System Network E-mail 9958 Bcc address display 0 0~1 SYS Sets whether or not to display the Bcc address on 1
mode ON/OFF setting (Job JobLog/JobStatus when Bcc is selected in the E-
Log/Job Status) mail address specifying method.
0: OFF (Bcc address not displayed)
1: ON (Bcc address displayed)
08 Setting System Network E-mail 9959 Bcc address display 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether or not to display the Bcc address on 1
mode ON/OFF setting (Job JobNotification which will be sent to other than
Notification) administrators when Bcc is selected in the E-mail
address specifying method.
0: OFF (Bcc address not displayed)
1: ON (Bcc address displayed)
08 Setting System Maintenance 9960 Display of equipment Refer to 0~2 SYS Displays the equipment information in SRAM. 2
mode information (SRAM) contents 0: Not set
1: Destinations other than NAD
2: NAD
<Default value>
NAD: 2
Others: 1
08 Setting System User interface 9963 Display of receiving job on 2 0~2 SYS 0: Disabled 1
mode PRINT/JOB STATUS 1: Enabled (Other user's receiving job can be
screen deleted)
2: Enabled (Other user's receiving job cannot be
deleted)
* This setting is automatically disabled in the high
security mode.
08 Setting System General Home data 9964 Synchronization settings 0 0~2 SYS Uses this to share the HOME data 1
mode 0: Disabled
1: Enabled (Synchronization in a network server)
2: Enabled (Synchronization between MFPs)
08 Setting System Version Scanner 9968 Boot Version - Boot version of the scanner 2 Yes
mode

08 Setting System Version Fax 2nd line 9969 Fax firmware version - ROM version of the 2nd line of Fax board 2 Yes
mode
08 Setting System User interface Default mode Default setting 9970 Original mode (Black) 0 0~4 SYS 0: Text/Photo 1 Yes
mode setting (PPC) 1: Text
2: Photo
3: Gray Scale
4: Custom mode
08 Setting System User interface Default setting Image quality 9971 PPC (black) 0 0~1 SYS 0: Auto 1
mode density 1: Manual
08 Setting System User interface Default setting Blank page 9972 PPC 0 -3~3 SYS The larger the value, the more the paper is judged 1
mode judgment: Default as a blank page. The smaller the value, the less
setting the paper is judged as a blank page.
08 Setting System User interface Default setting Blank page 9973 NW SCN 0 -3~3 SYS The larger the value, the more the paper is judged 1
mode judgment: Default as a blank page. The smaller the value, the less
setting the paper is judged as a blank page.
08 Setting System User interface Default setting ACS judgment 9974 PPC 0 -3~3 SYS The larger the value, the more the original is 1
mode adjustment: judged as color data. The smaller the value, the
Default setting less the original is judged as black data.
08 Setting System User interface Default setting ACS judgment 9975 NW SCN 0 -3~3 SYS The larger the value, the more the original is 1
mode adjustment: judged as color data. The smaller the value, the
Default setting less the original is judged as black data.
08 Setting System User interface Default mode Default setting 9976 Original mode (Color) 0 0~6 SYS Sets this code if you want to change the default 1 Yes
mode setting (PPC) setting of the original mode when the full color
mode is specified in copying.
0: Text/Photo
1: Text
2: Photo
3: Printed image
4: Map
5: Custom
6: Reproduction of red seal color
* If you want to select "5" (Custom), it is
necessary to set "1" to "5" (other than "0") for 08-
7614.
* If you want to select "6" (Red seal color), it is
necessary to set "1" for 08-7610.
08 Setting System User interface Default setting ACS original mode 9977 PPC 0 0~2 SYS 0: Text/Photo 1
mode 1: Text
2: Printed image
08 Setting System User interface Default setting Image quality 9978 ACS/PPC (full color) 1 0~1 SYS 0: Auto 1
mode density 1: Manual
08 Setting System User interface Default mode Default setting 9979 Color mode 2 0~2 SYS 0: Auto color 1 Yes
mode setting (PPC) 1: Black
2: Full color
When the value of the code 08-9116 is "1:
Enabled", "1: Black" is automatically set for this
code and "0: ACS" and "2: Full color" become
unselectable.

08 Setting System Network E-mail 9980 Receiver's address fixing 0 0~4 SYS Sets address of TO/CC/BCC when the user 1
mode function at authentication authentication and E-mail authentication are
enabled.
When the value of this code is set to "1", the
address specified as From Address is input to TO
destination field. TO/CC/BCC field cannot be
edited.
When the value of this code is set to "2 to 4", the
address specified as From Address is input to
each field. TO/CC/BCC field can be edited by
pressing the TO/CC/BCC button.
0: Disabled
1: Fixed to TO field.
2: Added to TO field.
3: Added to CC field.
4: Added to BCC field.
08 Setting System Network E-mail 9981 Sending body text of E-mail 1 0~1 SYS Sets whether the job information is output in the 1
mode body of e-mail when executing e-mail send job.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
08 Setting System User interface 9984 Document or file name 0 0~1 SYS 0: Displays with the document or file name 1
mode display form for the PRINT 1: Does not display the document or file name
screen, JOB STATUS
screen, Job Status tab and
Logs tab
08 Setting System Maintenance 9987 Retention of Fax sending 0 0~3 SYS Sets whether the fax sending settings are retained 1
mode settings or not.
0: Clears all settings (The authentication screen is
displayed if user authentication or department
management is enabled.)
1: Clears all
2: Clears only addresses
3: Retains all settings
* When the value of this code is set to "3", the
value of 08-3847 (FAX mistransmission
prevention) is automatically set to "1" (Enabled).
08 Setting System Version 9989 DF - Boot version of the DF 2 Yes
mode
08 Setting System Version 9990 NIC firmware SYS Firmware version of the NIC 2 Yes
mode
08 Setting System Feeding Paper size Custom size 9991 1st drawer 210/140 210~432/14 SYS Value of feeding/widthwise direction 10
08 Setting System Feeding Paper size Custom size 9992 2nd drawer 210/140 210~432/14 SYS Value of feeding/widthwise direction 10
08 Setting System Feeding Paper size Custom size 9993 3rd drawer 210/140 210~432/14 SYS Value of feeding/widthwise direction 10
08 Setting System Feeding Paper size Custom size 9994 4th drawer 210/140 210~432/14 SYS Value of feeding/widthwise direction 10
08 Setting System DF 9995 RADF/DSDF installation 0 0~2 - Uses this when searching the DF installation 2
mode information information by means of the remote management
system
0: Not installed
1: RADF
2: DSDF

GD-1370
05/08 Sub- Default Acceptable Proc
Mode Element Sub Element Item Subitem Code Details RAM Contents ServiceUI
/13 Code value value edure
13 Function Dial Transmission PSTN 104 Line1 1 0~1 - Selects which is to be used for the PSTN, DTC or 1
mode setting LCC.
0: No check 1: DTC
13 Function Dial Transmission PABX 110 Line1 0 0~1 - Selects which is to be used for the PABX, DTC or 1
mode setting LCC.
0: No check 1: DTC
13 Function Dial Transmission Response Waiting time(T1) 116 Line1 Refer to 0~4 - Sets the time to wait for a response from the 1
mode setting setting contents receiver after dialing is completed.
(Unit: sec)
0: 60 1: 35 2: 90 3: 55 4: 115
<Default value>
JP: 4 ASIA: 0 AU: 3 HK: 0 US/CA: 3 DE: 2
GB: 2 IT: 2 BE :2 NL: 2 FI: 2 ES: 2 AT: 2
CH: 2 SE: 2 DK: 2 NO: 2 PT: 2 FR: 2 GR: 2
PL: 2 HU: 2 CZ: 2 TR: 0 ZA: 0 TW: 3 RU: 2
BR: 3 CN: 1 NZ: 3 MY: 0 TH: 0 UNIV: 0 EU: 2
13 Function Dial Transmission Response 117 Time-out period setting Refer to 0~1 - Sets the transmission to be terminated due to an 1
mode setting contents error without redialing the number if T1 time-out
(no response from the receiver) having occurred
during automatic dialing.
0: OFF 1: ON
<Default value>
GB: 0 IT: 0 BE : 0 NL: 0 FI: 0 ES: 0 AT: 0
CH: 0 SE: 0 DK: 0 NO: 0 PT: 0 FR: 0 GR: 0
PL: 0 HU: 0 CZ: 0 TR: 0 ZA: 0 TW: 0 RU: 0
13 Function Dial DP Pulse setting 125 Line1 Refer to 0~2 - Sets the definition of the pulse for the DP dial. 1
mode contents 0: Normal 1: Shift 2: Reverse
Normal: n
Shift: n+1
Reverse:10-n
(n= Dial No.)
<Default value>
GB: 0 IT: 0 BE : 0 NL: 0 FI: 0 ES: 0 AT: 0
CH: 0 SE: 1 DK: 0 NO: 2 PT: 0 FR: 0 GR: 0
PL: 0 HU: 0 CZ: 0 TR: 0 ZA: 0 TW: 0 RU: 0
13 Function Dial Redial 128 No. of redials Refer to 0~14 - Sets the number of redials. 1
mode contents (Unit: times)
0: No Retry
1: 1 ~ 14: 14
<Default value>
GB: 4 IT: 3 BE : 3 NL: 5 FI: 3 ES: 3 AT: 1
CH: 4 SE: 5 DK: 4 NO: 9 PT: 3 FR: 5 GR: 4
PL: 3 HU: 3 CZ: 3 TR: 5 ZA: 5 TW: 2 RU: 3
13 FUNCTION MODE 1 Ver05

GD-1370
13 Function Dial Posing time 129 Line1 Refer to 0~5 - Sets the time for a pause when it is inserted 1
mode contents between the dial numbers.
(Unit: sec)
0: 0 1: 1 2: 2 3: 4 4: 3 5: 10
<Default value>
GB: 4 IT: 4 BE : 4 NL: 4 FI: 4 ES: 4 AT: 4
CH: 4 SE: 4 DK: 4 NO: 4 PT: 4 FR: 4 GR: 4
PL: 4 HU: 4 CZ: 3 TR: 4 ZA: 3 TW: 3 RU: 4
13 Function Dial Redial 135 Interval Refer to 0~15 - Sets the interval between redialing. 1
mode contents (Unit: min)
0: 3 1: 1 ~ 15: 15
<Default value>
GB: 0 IT: 3 BE : 2 NL: 2 FI: 0 ES: 2 AT: 2
CH: 2 SE: 1 DK: 0 NO: 0 PT: 1 FR: 3 GR: 3
PL: 3 HU: 3 CZ: 3 TR: 3 ZA: 3 TW: 2 RU: 0
BR:1 CN: 3 NZ: 1 MY: 3 TH: 3 UNIV: 3 EU: 0
13 Function Dial DP Pulse speed 137 Line1 Refer to 0~1 - Sets the pulse speed for DP dialing. 1
mode contents (Unit: pps)
0: 10 1: 20
<Default value>
GB: 0 IT: 0 BE : 0 NL: 0 FI: 0 ES: 0 AT: 0
CH: 0 SE: 0 DK: 0 NO: 0 PT: 0 FR: 0 GR: 0
PL: 0 HU: 0 CZ: 0 TR: 0 ZA: 0 TW: 0 RU: 0
13 Function Dial MF Transmission 141 Line1 Refer to 0~15 - Sets the attenuator value for the MF signal. 1
mode attenuator value contents (Unit: dB)
0: 0 1: -1 ~ 15: -15 (Per -1dB)
<Default value>
GB: 7 IT: 7 BE : 7 NL: 7 FI: 7 ES: 7 AT: 7
CH: 7 SE: 7 DK: 7 NO: 7 PT: 7 FR: 7 GR: 7
PL: 7 HU: 5 CZ: 7 TR: 7 ZA: 9 TW: 6 RU: 8
13 Function Dial International Tone detection 142 Line1 Refer to 0~17 - Selects the frequency range for the dial tone of 1
mode Dialing contents the first pause to be detected.
(Unit: Hz)
0: No Check 1: 300-600 2: 300-650 3: 390-550
4: 400-450 5: 350-480 6: 300-500 7~10: Not
Used 11: 300-600 12: 300-650 13: 390-550 14:
400-450 15: 350-480 16: 300-500 17: Not Used
<Default value>
GB: 0 IT: 0 BE : 0 NL: 0 FI: 0 ES: 0 AT: 0
CH: 0 SE: 0 DK: 0 NO: 0 PT: 0 FR: 0 GR: 0
PL: 0 HU: 0 CZ: 0 TR: 0 ZA: 0 TW: 2 RU: 0
13 Function Dial International Access code 143 Line1 1000 0~1000 - Sets the international access code. 1
mode Dialing (3 digits)

GD-1370
13 Function Communication Receiving 149 Line1 Refer to 0~3 - Sets the receiver attenuator for line1. 1
mode sensitivity contents (Unit: dbm)
0: -48 1: -43 2: -38 3: -33
<Default value>
GB: 1 IT: 1 BE : 1 NL: 1 FI: 1 ES: 1 AT: 1
CH: 1 SE: 1 DK: 1 NO: 1 PT: 1 FR: 1 GR: 1
PL: 1 HU: 1 CZ: 1 TR: 1 ZA: 1 TW: 1 RU: 1
13 Function Dial MF Signal level 152 Line1 Refer to 0~15 - Sets the difference between the high output and 1
mode difference setting contents low output of the MF signal.
(Unit: dB)
0: 2.0 1: 2.5 2: 3.0 3: 3.5 4: 4.0 5: 4.5 6: 5.0
7: 5.5 8: -2.0 9: -1.5 10: -1.0 11: -0.5 12: 0 13:
+0.5 14: +1.0 15: +1.5
<Default value>
GB: 0 IT: 0 BE : 0 NL: 0 FI: 0 ES: 0 AT: 0
CH: 0 SE: 0 DK: 0 NO: 0 PT: 0 FR: 0 GR: 0
PL: 0 HU: 0 CZ: 0 TR: 0 ZA: 15 TW: 0 RU: 2
BR: 0 CN: 0 NZ: 14 MY: 15 TH: 0 UNIV: 0 EU:
0
13 Function Dial Exchange type 200 Line1 0 0~1 - Selects the exchange type. 1
mode 0: PSTN 1: PABX
13 Function Dial Dialer type 203 Line1 1 0~1 - Selects the dial type. 1
mode 0: DP 1: MF
13 Function Dial Exchange type 210 Line2 0 0~1 - Selects the exchange type. 1
mode 0: PSTN 1: PABX
13 Function Dial Dialer type 213 Line2 1 0~1 - Selects the dial type. 1
mode 0: DP 1: MF
13 Function Dial Transmission PSTN 224 Line2 1 0~1 - Selects which is to be used for the PSTN, DTC or 1
mode setting LCC.
0: No check 1: DTC
13 Function Dial Transmission PABX 230 Line2 0 0~1 - Selects which is to be used for the PABX, DTC or 1
mode setting LCC.
0: No check 1: DTC
13 Function Dial Transmission Response Waiting time(T1) 236 Line2 Refer to 0~4 - Sets the time to wait for a response from the 1
mode setting setting contents receiver after dialing is completed.
(Unit: sec)
0: 60 1: 35 2: 90 3: 55 4: 115
<Default value>
GB: 2 IT: 2 BE : 2 NL: 2 FI: 2 ES: 2 AT: 2
CH: 2 SE: 2 DK: 2 NO: 2 PT: 2 FR: 2 GR: 2
PL: 2 HU: 2 CZ: 2 TR: 0 ZA: 0 TW: 3 RU: 2

GD-1370
13 Function Dial DP Pulse setting 245 Line2 Refer to 0~2 - Sets the definition of the pulse for the DP dial. 1
mode contents 0: Normal 1: Shift 2: Reverse
Normal: n
Shift: n+1
Reverse:10-n
(n= Dial No.)
<Default value>
GB: 0 IT: 0 BE : 0 NL: 0 FI: 0 ES: 0 AT: 0
CH: 0 SE: 1 DK: 0 NO: 2 PT: 0 FR: 0 GR: 0
PL: 0 HU: 0 CZ: 0 TR: 0 ZA: 0 TW: 0 RU: 0
13 Function Dial Posing time 249 Line2 Refer to 0~5 - Sets the time for a pause when it is inserted 1
mode contents between the dial numbers.
(Unit: sec)
0: 0 1: 1 2: 2 3: 4 4: 3 5: 10
<Default value>
GB: 4 IT: 4 BE : 4 NL: 4 FI: 4 ES: 4 AT: 4
CH: 4 SE: 4 DK: 4 NO: 4 PT: 4 FR: 4 GR: 4
PL: 4 HU: 4 CZ: 3 TR: 4 ZA: 3 TW: 3 RU: 4
13 Function Dial Redial 250 Redialing method 0 0~1 - Selects the redialing method. 1
mode * Only in Japan
0: 3 minutes/3 times mode
1: Continuous mode
13 Function Dial Redial 251 No. of redials in continuous Refer to 0~15 - Sets the number of redials when "1" is selected in 1
mode mode contents 13-250.
(Unit: times)
* Only in Japan
0: No Retry 1: 1 ~ 15: 15
<Default value>
GB: 0 IT: 0 BE : 0 NL: 0 FI: 0 ES: 0 AT: 0
CH: 0 SE: 0 DK: 0 NO: 0 PT: 0 FR: 0 GR: 0
PL: 0 HU: 0 CZ: 0 TR: 0 ZA: 0 TW: 0 RU: 0
13 Function Dial DP Pulse speed 267 Line2 Refer to 0~1 - Sets the pulse speed for DP dialing. 1
mode contents (Unit: pps)
0: 10 1: 20
<Default value>
GB: 0 IT: 0 BE : 0 NL: 0 FI: 0 ES: 0 AT: 0
CH: 0 SE: 0 DK: 0 NO: 0 PT: 0 FR: 0 GR: 0
PL: 0 HU: 0 CZ: 0 TR: 0 ZA: 0 TW: 0 RU: 0
13 Function Dial MF Transmission 271 Line2 Refer to 0~15 - Sets the attenuator value for the MF signal. 1
mode attenuator value contents (Unit: dB)
0: 0 1: -1 ~ 15: -15 (Per -1dB)
<Default value>
GB: 7 IT: 7 BE : 7 NL: 7 FI: 7 ES: 7 AT: 7
CH: 7 SE: 7 DK: 7 NO: 7 PT: 7 FR: 7 GR: 7
PL: 7 HU: 5 CZ: 7 TR: 7 ZA: 9 TW: 6 RU: 8

GD-1370
13 Function Dial International Tone detection 272 Line2 Refer to 0~17 - Selects the frequency range for the dial tone of 1
mode Dialing contents the first pause to be detected.
(Unit: Hz)
0: No Check 1: 300-600 2: 300-650 3: 390-550
4: 400-450 5: 350-480 6: 300-500 7~10: Not
Used 11: 300-600 12: 300-650 13: 390-550 14:
400-450 15: 350-480 16: 300-500 17: Not Used
<Default value>
GB: 0 IT: 0 BE : 0 NL: 0 FI: 0 ES: 0 AT: 0
CH: 0 SE: 0 DK: 0 NO: 0 PT: 0 FR: 0 GR: 0
PL: 0 HU: 0 CZ: 0 TR: 0 ZA: 0 TW: 2 RU: 0
13 Function Dial International Access code 273 Line2 1000 0~1000 - Sets the international access code. 1
mode Dialing (3 digits)
13 Function Communication Receiving 279 Line2 Refer to 0~3 - Sets the receiver attenuator for line2. 1
mode sensitivity contents (Unit: dbm)
0: -48 1: -43 2: -38 3: -33
<Default value>
GB: 1 IT: 1 BE : 1 NL: 1 FI: 1 ES: 1 AT: 1
CH: 1 SE: 1 DK: 1 NO: 1 PT: 1 FR: 1 GR: 1
PL: 1 HU: 1 CZ: 1 TR: 1 ZA: 1 TW: 1 RU: 1
13 Function Dial MF Signal level 282 Line2 Refer to 0~15 - Sets the difference between the high output and 1
mode difference setting contents low output of the MF signal.
(Unit: dB)
0: 2.0 1: 2.5 2: 3.0 3: 3.5 4: 4.0 5: 4.5 6: 5.0
7: 5.5 8: -2.0 9: -1.5 10: -1.0 11: -0.5 12: 0 13:
+0.5 14: +1.0 15: +1.5
<Default value>
GB: 0 IT: 0 BE : 0 NL: 0 FI: 0 ES: 0 AT: 0
CH: 0 SE: 0 DK: 0 NO: 0 PT: 0 FR: 0 GR: 0
PL: 0 HU: 0 CZ: 0 TR: 0 ZA: 15 TW: 0 RU: 2
BR: 0 CN: 0 NZ: 14 MY: 15 TH: 0 UNIV: 0 EU:
0
13 Function Reception CI history hold 312 Line1 Refer to 0~4 - Sets the time for the CI history to remain. 1
mode time contents (Unit: sec)
0: 4 1: 8 2: 10 3: 11 4: 12.5
<Default value>
GB: 1 IT: 1 BE : 1 NL: 1 FI: 1 ES: 1 AT: 1
CH: 1 SE: 3 DK: 1 NO: 1 PT: 1 FR: 1 GR: 2
PL: 1 HU: 1 CZ: 1 TR: 1 ZA: 1 TW: 1 RU: 1

GD-1370
13 Function Communication 317 Judgment during RTN Refer to 0~1 - Selects whether or not to handle communication 1
mode reception contents as an error when the RTN signal is received.
When it is handled as an error, transmits the DCN
signal to stop the communication. When it is not
handled as an error, continuously sends the next
page.
0: communication stop
1: communication continue
<Default value>
GB: 0 IT: 0 BE : 0 NL: 0 FI: 0 ES: 0 AT: 0
CH: 0 SE: 0 DK: 0 NO: 0 PT: 0 FR: 0 GR: 0
PL: 0 HU: 0 CZ: 0 TR: 1 ZA: 1 TW: 0 RU: 0
13 Function Communication V.17/V.34 Transmission 325 Line1 Refer to 0~15 - Sets the modem transmission level for 1
mode attenuator value contents communication. The smaller the value is, the
higher the transmission level becomes. If errors
occur frequently or training is not sent, the
transmission level should be changed.
(Unit: dB)
0: 0 1:-1 ~ 15: -15 (Per -1dB)
<Default value>
JP: 10 ASIA: 11 AU: 13 HK: 11 US/CA: 11
DE: 11 GB: 11 IT: 11 BE : 11 NL: 11 FI: 11
ES: 11 AT: 11 CH: 11 SE: 11 DK: 11 NO: 11
PT: 11 FR: 11 GR: 11 PL: 11 HU: 11 CZ: 11
TR: 11 ZA: 9 TW: 12 RU: 14 BR: 9 CN: 11 NZ:
13 MY: 12 TH: 10 UNIV: 11 EU: 11
13 Function Communication V.17/V.34 Cable Equalizer 329 Line1 Refer to 0~3 - Sets the equalizer value which has frequency 1
mode for RX contents characteristics. For the long distance
communication, it is recommended to set a large
value.
(Unit: dB)
0: 0 1: -4 2: -8 3: -12
<Default value>
GB: 2 IT: 2 BE : 2 NL: 2 FI: 2 ES: 2 AT: 2
CH: 2 SE: 2 DK: 2 NO: 2 PT: 2 FR: 0 GR: 2
PL: 2 HU: 2 CZ: 2 TR: 2 ZA: 2 TW: 2 RU: 2
13 Function Communication V.21 Echo measures 331 Signal transmission delay Refer to 0~1 - Selects whether or not to move the timing by 1
mode setting contents delaying transmission of the V.21 signal by 500
msec to prevent line echo.
0: OFF (0msec) 1: ON (500msec)
<Default value>
GB: 1 IT: 1 BE : 1 NL: 1 FI: 1 ES: 1 AT: 1
CH: 1 SE: 1 DK: 1 NO: 1 PT: 1 FR: 1 GR: 1
PL: 1 HU:1 CZ: 1 TR: 1 ZA: 1 TW: 1 RU: 1
13 Function Communication Modem speed 335 Default 1 Refer to - Sets the default modem speed to be declared by 1
mode contents DIS/DCS.
(Unit: bps)
0: 2400 1: 14.4k(V.17) 4: 4800 5: 12k(V.17) 8:
9600 9: 9600(V.17) 12: 7200 13: 7200(V.17)
13 Function Sound Monitor 337 Line sound up to Phase B 0 0~1 - Monitors the line sound up to Phase B during 1
mode communication.
0: OFF 1: ON

GD-1370
13 Function Sound Monitor 338 Line selection 0 0~2 - 1
mode Selects a line to be monitored.
0: OFF 1: Line1 2: Line2
13 Function Communication Recording 346 Paper empty 0 0~1 - When the specified paper size in the specified 1
mode width capacity drawer is not available, selects whether to declare
declaration the paper in another one or that in the installed
one as the maximum recording width.
0: Paper 1: Drawer
13 Function Sound 351 Off-hook alarm after end of Refer to 0~7 - Sets the alarm volume when the handset has 1
mode communication contents been left off the cradle after the end of
communication.
0: No ringing 1: Level 1 (Min.) ~ 7: Level 7 (Max.)
<Default value>
GB: 3 IT: 3 BE : 3 NL: 3 FI: 3 ES: 3 AT: 3
CH: 3 SE: 3 DK: 3 NO: 3 PT: 3 FR: 3 GR: 3
PL: 3 HU: 3 CZ: 3 TR: 0 ZA: 0 TW: 0 RU: 3
13 Function Sound 353 Ringer volume Refer to 0~7 - Sets the ringer sound during CI reception and the 1
mode contents pseudo bell volume in the TEL/FAX mode.
0: Level 0 (Min.) ~ 7: Level 7 (Max.)
<Default value>
GB: 0 IT: 0 BE : 0 NL: 0 FI: 0 ES: 0 AT: 0
CH: 0 SE: 0 DK: 0 NO: 0 PT: 0 FR: 0 GR: 0
PL: 0 HU: 0 CZ: 0 TR: 0 ZA: 0 TW: 0 RU: 5
13 Function Report 355 Memory transmission report Refer to Refer to - Selects whether or not to output the memory 1
mode contents contents transmission report, as well as the output
conditions.
0: Not printed 2: ALWAYS 3: ON Error 6:
Always(W) 7: ON Error(W)
<Default value>
GB: 6 IT: 6 BE : 6 NL: 6 FI: 6 ES: 6 AT: 6
CH: 6 SE: 6 DK: 6 NO: 6 PT: 6 FR: 6 GR: 6
PL: 6 HU: 6 CZ: 6 TR: 7 ZA: 7 TW: 7 RU: 6
13 Function Report 356 Multi-address transmission Refer to 0~4 - Selects whether or not to output the multi-address 1
mode report contents transmission report, as well as the output
conditions.
0: Not printed 1: Always 2: On Error 3:
Always(W) 4: On Error(W)
<Default value>
GB: 3 IT: 3 BE : 3 NL: 3 FI: 3 ES: 3 AT: 3
CH: 3 SE: 3 DK: 3 NO: 3 PT: 3 FR: 3 GR: 3
PL: 3 HU: 3 CZ: 3 TR: 4 ZA: 4 TW: 4 RU: 3
13 Function Report 357 Direct transmission report 1 0~2 - Selects whether or not to output the direct 1
mode transmission report, as well as the output
conditions.
0: Not printed 1: Always 2: On Error

GD-1370
13 Function Report 359 Polling report Refer to 0~2 - Selects whether or not to output the polling 1
mode contents transmission report, as well as the output
conditions.
0: Not printed 1: Always 2: On Error
<Default value>
GB: 1 IT: 1 BE : 1 NL: 1 FI: 1 ES: 1 AT: 1
CH: 1 SE: 1 DK: 1 NO: 1 PT: 1 FR: 1 GR: 1
PL: 1 HU: 1 CZ: 1 TR: 2 ZA: 2 TW: 2 RU:1
13 Function Report 361 Relay originator report 3 0~4 - Selects whether or not to output the relay 1
mode originator report, as well as the output conditions.
13 Function Report 362 Relay station report Refer to 0~4 - Selects whether or not to output the relay station 1
mode contents report, as well as the output conditions.
<Default value>
GB: 3 IT: 3 BE : 3 NL: 3 FI: 3 ES: 3 AT: 3
CH: 3 SE: 3 DK: 3 NO: 3 PT: 3 FR: 3 GR: 3
PL: 3 HU: 3 CZ: 3 TR: 4 ZA: 4 TW: 4 RU:3
13 Function Report 363 Relay destination report‫‏‬ 2 0~4 - Selects whether or not to transmit the relay 1
mode destination report, as well as the transmission
conditions.
13 Function Report 365 Relay station reception Refer to 0~1 - Selects whether or not to output the relay station 1
mode report contents reception report.
0: Not printed 1: ON
<Default value>
GB: 1 IT: 1 BE : 1 NL: 1 FI: 1 ES: 1 AT: 1
CH: 1 SE: 1 DK: 1 NO: 1 PT: 1 FR: 1 GR: 1
PL: 1 HU: 1 CZ: 1 TR: 0 ZA: 0 TW: 0 RU:1
13 Function Report 367 F-code reception report Refer to 0~3 - When the document is registered in the F-code 1
mode contents confidential box or bulletin board, selects whether
or not to output the reception report, as well as the
output conditions.
0: Not printed
1: Printed in the remote mode / Not printed in the
local mode
2: Not printed in the remote mode / Printed in the
local mode
3: Not printed
<Default value>
GB: 1 IT: 1 BE : 1 NL: 1 FI: 1 ES: 1 AT: 1
CH: 1 SE: 1 DK: 1 NO: 1 PT: 1 FR: 1 GR: 1
PL: 1 HU: 1 CZ: 1 TR: 0 ZA: 0 TW: 0 RU:1
13 Function Report 368 Auto transmission journal 1 0~1 - Selects whether or not to automatically output the 1
mode output transmission journal.
0: Not printed 1: Printed

GD-1370
13 Function Report Transmission 370 Addition of status 1 0~1 - Selects whether or not to add the communication 1
mode journal report (OK/Not OK) to the transmission journal.
0: Not added 1: Added
13 Function Report Transmission 371 Addition of error code 1 0~1 - Selects whether or not to add the communication 1
mode journal error code to the transmission journal.
13 Function Reception CI 372 Line1 Refer to 0~15 - Sets the CI counter value for the machine to enter 1
mode detectioncount contents the automatic reception mode.
er value (Unit: times)
0: 1 (With no ringing sound) 1: 1 ~ 15:15(Per
1time)
<Default value>
GB: 2 IT: 2 BE : 2 NL: 2 FI: 2 ES: 2 AT: 2
CH: 2 SE: 2 DK: 2 NO: 2 PT: 2 FR: 2 GR: 2
PL: 2 HU: 2 CZ: 2 TR: 1 ZA: 1 TW: 2 RU: 2
13 Function Sound 373 Monitor volume Refer to 0~7 - Sets the monitor volume. 1
mode contents 0: Level 0 (Min.) ~ 7: Level 7 (Max.)
<Default value>
GB: 3 IT: 3 BE : 3 NL: 3 FI: 3 ES: 3 AT: 3
CH: 3 SE: 3 DK: 3 NO: 3 PT: 3 FR: 3 GR: 3
PL: 3 HU: 3 CZ: 3 TR: 4 ZA: 4 TW: 3 RU: 4
13 Function Print 375 Rear-end discard length 1 0~4 - Sets the length to be discarded if the received 1
mode document exceeds the effective recording length.
(Unit: mm)
0: 0 (No Eliminate) 1: 10 2: 18 3: 22 4: 34
13 Function Print 377 Reduced printing in vertical 0 0~1 - Determines the appropriate recording size for the 1
mode direction received document, and selects whether or not
automatically to reduce the size in the vertical
direction.
0: Auto Reduction 1: No Reduction
13 Function Print 378 Rear-end discard printing 1 0~1 - Selects whether or not to perform discard printing. 1
mode 0: OFF 1: ON
13 Function Print 379 Maximum reduction ratio in Refer to 0~1 - Sets the maximum reduction ratio in the vertical 1
mode vertical direction contents direction.
(Unit: %)
0: 90 1: 75
<Default value>
GB: 1 IT: 1 BE : 1 NL: 1 FI: 1 ES: 1 AT: 1
CH: 1 SE: 1 DK: 1 NO: 1 PT: 1 FR: 1 GR: 1
PL: 1 HU: 1 CZ: 1 TR: 0 ZA: 0 TW: 1 RU:1
13 Function Print 382 Addition of receiver 0 0~1 - Selects whether or not to add the receiver 1
mode information information to the received document.
13 Function Reception 389 RX mode 1 0~2 - Selects the RX mode. 1
mode 0: TEL 1: FAX 2: TEL/FAX
* Value "2" is valid for JP only.
13 Function Communication 391 ECM function 1 0~1 - Selects whether or not to perform an ECM 1
mode communication.
0: OFF 1: ON

GD-1370
13 Function Job 394 Recovery transmission 6 1~24 - Sets the retention period of the document in the 1
mode retention period HDD when the transmission is unsuccessfully
completed.
(Unit: hour)
1: 1 ~ 24: 24
13 Function Dial 398 Default line 0 0~1 - Sets the priority line when both Line 1 and Line 2 1
mode are not in use.
0: Line1 1: Line2
13 Function Communication V.17/V.34 Transmission 430 Line2 Refer to 0~15 - This value is to set the modem transmission level 1
mode attenuator value contents for communication. The smaller the value is, the
higher the transmission level becomes. If errors
occur frequently or training is not sent, the
transmission level should be changed.
(Unit: dB)
0: 0 1: -1 ~ 15: -15 (Per -1dB)
<Default value>
JP: 10 ASIA: 11 AU: 13 HK: 11 US/CA: 11
DE: 11 GB: 11 IT: 11 BE : 11 NL: 11 FI: 11
ES: 11 AT: 11 CH: 11 SE: 11 DK: 11 NO: 11
PT: 11 FR: 11 GR: 11 PL: 11 HU: 11 CZ: 11
TR: 11 ZA: 9 TW: 12 RU:14 BR: 9 CN: 11 NZ:
13 MY: 12 TH: 10 UNIV: 11 EU: 11
13 Function Communication V.17/V.34 Cable Equalizer 434 Line2 Refer to 0~3 - Sets the equalizer value which has frequency 1
mode for RX contents characteristics. For the long distance
communication, it is recommended to set a large
value.
(Unit: dB)
0: 0 1: -4 2: -8 3: -12
<Default value>
GB: 2 IT: 2 BE : 2 NL: 2 FI: 2 ES: 2 AT: 2
CH: 2 SE: 2 DK: 2 NO: 2 PT: 2 FR: 0 GR: 2
PL: 2 HU: 2 CZ: 2 TR: 2 ZA: 2 TW: 2 RU: 2
13 Function Communication ECM 501 Communication control 1 0~2 - Selects the communication control method when 1
mode communication when PPR is received 4 PPR is received 4 times.
times 0:EOR transmission
1:CTC (Disconnect the line after receiving
PPR(2400bps) as 4 times)
2:CTC (EOR transmission after receiving
PPR(2400bps) for 4 times)
13 Function Communication G3 508 Received image error 0 0~1 - Sets the judgment type when received the error 1
mode judgment type image in G3.
0: RATE 1: LINE
13 Function Communication International 509 Modem speed 0 0~2 - Sets the initial transmission speed for overseas 1
mode Dialing communication.
(Unit: bps)
0: 9600 1: 7200 2: 4800
13 Function Print 510 Insertion position of header 1 1~3 - Selects the position where the sender information 1
mode for transmission and Security Stamp are inserted.
1: Clear at 5 mm from the top edge (when both
edges are enabled, TTI: Inserted at 5 mm from the
top edge, Security Stamp: Clear at 5 mm from the
top edge)
2: Clear at 5 mm from the top edge (when both
edges are enabled, clear at 10 mm)
3: Inserted at 5 mm from the top edge (both edges
are enabled, Inserted at 10 mm)

GD-1370
13 Function Communication 511 Addition of transmission 1 0~1 - Selects whether or not to insert sender information. 1
mode information 0: Not added 1: Added
13 Function Communication G3 RTN 512 Image error rate 1 0~3 - Sets the threshold level for the error rate of the 1
mode transmission image received in the G3 mode. If error lines
conditions exceed this threshold level, transmits the RTN
signal to the sender.
(Unit: %)
0: 5 1: 10 2: 15 3: 25
13 Function Communication G3 RTN 513 Continuous detection of 2 0~3 - If error lines are continuously detected at the 1
mode transmission image errors setting value, transmits the RTN signal to the
conditions sender. If they exceed 1/2 of the threshold level,
transmits the RTP signal to the sender.
0: OFF 1: 3 line /STD 2: 6 line /STD 3: 12 line
/STD
13 Function Communication G3 Line 514 Error line generating setting 0 0~5 - If error lines exceed the setting value, disconnects 1
mode disconnection the line.
(Unit: line)
0: No Limit 1: 128 2: 256 3: 512 4: 1028 5: 2048
13 Function Print 517 Regular reduction printing 0 0~1 - Selects whether or not to perform regular 1
mode reduction printing (from A3 to B4 or A4, from B4 to
A4 or B5) for the received image.
0: OFF 1: ON
13 Function Print 518 Duplex printing 0 0~1 - Selects whether or not to perform duplex printing 1
mode for the received document.
0: OFF 1: ON
13 Function Print 519 Paper selection for received Refer to 0~1 - Sets the priority order of the series of paper to 1
mode fax document contents print the received document when there is a
mixture of the AB series and the LT series in a
drawer.
0: Millimeter series, 1: Inch series
<Default value>
GB: 0 IT: 0 BE : 0 NL: 0 FI: 0 ES: 0 AT: 0
CH: 0 SE: 0 DK: 0 NO: 0 PT: 0 FR: 0 GR: 0
PL: 0 HU: 0 CZ: 0 TR: 0 ZA: 0 TW: 0 RU: 0
13 Function Print 520 Maximum length of 0 0~1 - Sets the maximum length of the received 1
mode received document document. If it exceeds the threshold level,
disconnects the line.
0: 2m 1: No limit
13 Function Communication V.34 Control channel 564 Line1 0 0~1 - Selects the control channel speed for the V.34 1
mode speed communication.
Unit: BPS
0: 1200 1: 2400
13 Function Communication V.34 Fallback 565 Line1 5 0~10 - Sets the number of the PPR reception for fall-back 1
mode condition for condition
transmitter in the V.34 transmission.
Unit: Times
0: 1 1: 2 ~ 10: 11
13 Function Communication V.34 569 Maximum line speed 14 0~14 - Sets the initial communication speed for V.34 1
mode transmission.
（Unit: kbps)
0:V.34 not installed 1: 2.4 2: 4.8 3: 7.2 4: 9.6 5:
12 6: 14.4 7: 16.8 8: 19.2 9: 21.6 10: 24 11:
26.4 12: 28.8 13: 31.2 14: 33.6

GD-1370
13 Function Communication 571 SUB/SEP/PWD 1 0~1 - Selects whether to enable or disable 1
mode SUB/SEP/PWB communication when data are
received.
0: Disabled 1: Enabled
13 Function Communication 574 Coding 3 0~3 - Sets the coding capability to declare the receiver 1
mode during communication.
0: MH 1: MH/MR 2: MH/MR/MMR 3:
MH/MR/MMR/JBIG
13 Function Sound Reception end 575 Successful completion 1 0~2 - Sets the timing to sound the reception end tone. 1
mode tone 0: OFF, 1: When printing is completed, 2: When
reception is completed
13 Function Communication V.34 Symbol rate 576 Line1 4 0~4 - Sets the initial value for the symbol rate for V.34 1
mode communication. Maximum modem speed for each
setting are as follows.
2400: 21600bps 2800: 26400bps 3000:
28800bps 3200: 31200bps 3492: 33600bps
0: 2400 1: 2800 2: 3000 3: 3200 4: 3429
13 Function Job 578 Recovery transmission 0 0~1 - Selects whether to enable or disable the recovery 1
mode transmission.
13 Function Job 581 Batch transmission 0 0~1 - Selects whether to enable or disable the batch 1
mode transmission.
13 Function Print 584 Rotate sort 0 0~1 - Selects whether to enable or disable the Rotate 1
mode sort.
13 Function Report 585 Transmission journal Refer to 0~1 - Selects whether to enable or disable a search for 1
mode contents the receiver name on the transmission journal.
(Relay reception report is not supported.)
<Default value>
GB: 0 IT: 0 BE : 0 NL: 0 FI: 0 ES: 0 AT: 0
CH: 0 SE: 0 DK: 0 NO: 0 PT: 0 FR: 0 GR: 0
PL: 0 HU: 0 CZ: 0 TR: 0 ZA: 0 TW: 0 RU: 0
13 Function Sound Communication 586 Volume Refer to 0~7 - Sets the volume of the communication end tone. 1
mode end tone contents 0: Level 0 (Min.) ~ 7: Level 7 (MAX.)
<Default value>
GB: 4 IT: 4 BE : 4 NL: 4 FI: 4 ES: 4 AT: 4
CH: 4 SE: 4 DK: 4 NO: 4 PT: 4 FR: 4 GR: 4
PL: 4 HU: 4 CZ: 4 TR: 4 ZA: 4 TW: 4 RU: 4
* This setting is available only when the fax board
is installed.
13 Function Sound Communication 587 Ringing time 2 0~10 - Sets the ringing time of the communication end 1
mode end tone tone.
(Unit: sec)
0: No ringing 1: 0.5 2: 1.0 3: 1.5 4: 2.0 5: 2.5
6: 3.0 7: 3.5 8: 4.0 9: 4.5 10: 5.0
is installed.

GD-1370
13 Function Sound Transmission 593 Successful completion 0 0~3 - Sets the timing to sound the transmission end 1
mode end tone tone.
0: OFF, 1: Only when transmission is successfully
completed, 2: Only when transmission is
unsuccessfully completed, 3: When transmission
is completed
13 Function Sound Transmission 594 Transmission error 4 1~8 - Sets the ringing time of the transmission error end 1
mode end tone tone.
(Unit: sec)
1: 1.0 2: 2.0 3: 3.0 4: 4.0 5: 5.0 6: 6.0 7: 7.0
8: 8.0
is installed.
13 Function Sound Communication 595 Frequency 4 0~4 - Sets the frequency of the communication end tone. 1
mode end tone (Unit: Hz)
0: 400 1: 800 2: 1000 3: 2000 4: 3000
is installed.
13 Function Reception CI history hold 601 Line2 Refer to 0~4 - Sets the time for the CI history to remain. 1
mode time contents (Unit: sec)
0: 4 1: 8 2: 10 3: 11 4: 12.5
<Default value>
GB: 1 IT: 1 BE : 1 NL: 1 FI: 1 ES: 1 AT: 1
CH: 1 SE: 3 DK: 1 NO: 1 PT: 1 FR: 1 GR: 2
PL: 1 HU: 1 CZ: 1 TR: 1 ZA: 1 TW: 1 RU: 1
13 Function Reception CI 607 Line2 Refer to 0~15 - Sets the CI counter value for the machine to enter 1
mode detectioncount contents the automatic reception mode.
er value (Unit: times)
0: 1 (With no ringing sound) 1: 1 ~ 15:15(Per
1time)
<Default value>
GB: 2 IT: 2 BE : 2 NL: 2 FI: 2 ES: 2 AT: 2
CH: 2 SE: 2 DK: 2 NO: 2 PT: 2 FR: 2 GR: 2
PL: 2 HU: 2 CZ: 2 TR: 1 ZA: 1 TW: 2 RU: 2
13 Function Communication V.34 Control channel 610 Line2 0 0~1 - Selects the control channel speed for the V.34 1
mode speed communication.
(Unit: bps)
0: 1200 1: 2400
13 Function Communication V.34 Fallback 611 Line2 5 0~10 - Sets the number of the PPR reception for fall-back 1
mode condition for condition
transmitter in the V.34 transmission.
(Unit: times)
0: 1 1: 2 ~ 10: 11
13 Function Communication V.34 Symbol rate 614 Line2 4 0~4 - Sets the initial value for the symbol rate for V.34 1
mode communication. Maximum modem speed for each
setting are as follows.
2400: 21600bps 2800: 26400bps 3000:
28800bps 3200: 31200bps 3492: 33600bp
0: 2400 1: 2800 2: 3000 3: 3200 4: 3429

GD-1370
13 Function Communication V.34 618 Maximum line speed 14 0~14 - Sets the initial communication speed for V.34 1
mode transmission (RX).
(Unit: kbps)
0: Not used 1: 2.4(V.34) 2: 4.8(V.34) 3:
7.2(V.34) 4: 9.6(V.34) 5: 12(V.34) 6: 14.4(V.34)
7: 16.8(V.34) 8: 19.2(V.34) 9: 21.6(V.34) 10:
24(V.34) 11: 26.4(V.34) 12: 28.8(V.34) 13:
31.2(V.34) 14: 33.6
13 Function Communication RX speed limit 619 Line1 1 0~1 - Sets the V.34 capacity declaration (Line1) 1
mode 0: OFF 1: ON
13 Function Communication RX speed limit 620 Line2 1 0~1 - Sets the V.34 capacity declaration (Line2) 1
mode 0: OFF 1: ON
13 Function Reception Simple remote 706 On-hook determination time 3 0~3 - Selects the on-hook determination time for simple 1
mode remote.
(Unit: msec)
0: 20 1: 40 2: 60 3: 80
13 Function Reception Remote 707 Reception method Refer to 0~2 - Selects the response method for remote reception. 1
mode contents 0: OFF 1: Dial 2: Simple
<Default value>
GB: 0 IT: 0 BE : 0 NL: 0 FI: 0 ES: 0 AT: 0
CH: 0 SE: 0 DK: 0 NO: 0 PT: 0 FR: 0 GR: 0
PL: 0 HU: 0 CZ: 0 TR: 0 ZA: 0 TW: 0 RU: 0
13 Function Reception Remote Reception 711 Dial No. 5 0~9 - Sets the dial number to switch to reception. 1
mode switching 1 digit
(Dialing method)
13 Function Reception TEL/FAX mode 724 No. of calling times 6 0~15 - Sets the number of operator calling times in the 1
mode TEL/FAX mode.
(Unit: times)
0: 0 ~ 15: 15
13 Function Reception CNG Detection 726 Line1 1 0~1 - Sets number of CNG detection attempts to be 1
mode Counter repeated until the start of the automatic reception
in the TEL/FAX mode.
(Unit: times)
0: 1 1: 2
13 Function Sound 922 Method of destination 0 0~1 - Selects whether to set the phone number 1
mode display after Phase B transmitted by the CSI signal, the name of the
destination in the address book or the phone
number dialed for the destination display after
Phase B in the transmission control.
0: CSI signal of the receiver
1: Name of the destination in the address book or
phone number dialed
13 Function Display 923 Search for sender's 0 0~1 - Selects whether to search by partial or exact 1
mode address name by the phone match to retrieve the phone number registered in
number of the TSI signal the address book with the one included in the TSI
signal.
The sender's address name retrieved is also used
as the name of the saved file during transfer. (File
names in Save As File and E-filing are supported,
but ones in E-mail transmission are not.)
0: Partial match search of the phone number by
the TSI signal and the registered phone number
1: Exact match search of the phone number by
the TSI signal and the registered phone number

GD-1370
13 Function Print 924 Duplex printing at 0 0~1 - Selects whether or not to perform duplex printing 1
mode forwarding destination and output the received documents at the
forwarding destination, when duplex printing is
selected in "Duplex printing for received
documents" (13-518).
0: OFF 1: ON
13 Function Report 925 Report attachment to image Refer to 0~1 - Sets not to attach an image only to the report 1
mode during F-code transmission contents during transmission when F-code is transmitted in
the confidential box or bulletin board.
0: Follows the setting of the report
1: Does not attach an image
<Default value>
GB: 0 IT: 0 BE : 0 NL: 0 FI: 0 ES: 0 AT: 0
CH: 0 SE: 0 DK: 0 NO: 0 PT: 0 FR: 0 GR: 0
PL: 0 HU: 0 CZ: 0 TR: 0 ZA: 0 TW: 0 RU: 0
13 Function Communication 926 Paper width declaration in 0 0~1 - Selects the paper size to declare when paper is 1
mode recording paper empty state selected in "Recording width capacity declaration"
(13-346).
0: A4 1: B4
13 Function Communication 927 B4 declaration for B5 0 0~1 - Declares the capacity of receiving B4 width when 1
mode recording paper B5 recording paper is loaded.
When a short B5 document with B4 width is
received, it can be printed in the same size as B5
paper.
0: Does not declare 1: Declares
13 Function Display 940 UI display of Tx ATT in the 0 0~1 - Selects whether or not to display the [Tx ATT] icon 1
mode Phone Book in the Phone Book registration screen. When "16"
is set for the TX attenuation, the transmission
level of the equipment is determined by the setting
values of the following items.
13-325: TX attenuation value (V.17/V.34) (Line1)
13-430: TX attenuation value (V.17/V.34) (Line2)
0: OFF 1: ON
13 Function Display 941 UI display of TTI recording Refer to 0~1 - Selects whether or not to display ON/OFF 1
mode setting contents switching of [TTI recording] in USER
FUNCTIONS - USER - FAX.
0: Does not display 1: Displays
<Default value>
GB: 0 IT: 0 BE : 0 NL: 0 FI: 0 ES: 0 AT: 0
CH: 0 SE: 0 DK: 0 NO: 0 PT: 0 FR: 0 GR: 0
PL: 0 HU: 0 CZ: 0 TR: 1 ZA: 1 TW: 0 RU: 0
13 Function Reception 950 Dial-in 0 0~1 - Sets dial-in service. 1
mode 0: OFF 1: ON
13 Function Communication 962 TTI format Refer to 0~1 - Selects the FCC type or the one for Japan for TTI 1
mode contents format.
0: Type for Japan 1: FCC type
<Default value>
GB: 1 IT: 1 BE : 1 NL: 1 FI: 1 ES: 1 AT: 1
CH: 1 SE: 1 DK: 1 NO: 1 PT: 1 FR: 1 GR: 1
PL: 1 HU: 1 CZ: 1 TR: 1 ZA: 1 TW: 1 RU:1

GD-1370
13 Function Caller ID Display Connect setting 965 Line1 0 0~1 - Sets to connect to "Caller ID Display" line. 1
mode 0: Not connect to "Caller ID Display" line
1: Connect to "Caller ID Display" line
* Caller ID is not displayed in MFP.
* This code is valid for JP only.
13 Function Caller ID Display Connect setting 966 Line2 0 0~1 - Sets to connect to "Caller ID Display" line. 1
mode 0: Not connect to "Caller ID Display" line
1: Connect to "Caller ID Display" line
* Caller ID is not displayed in MFP.
* This code is valid for JP only.
13 Function Report 970 Format of address for Refer to 0~2 - Sets the format of the address for 1
mode transmission/reception contents transmission/reception journal.
journal 0: Conventional 1: DTS 2: US
<Default value>
GB: 1 IT: 1 BE : 1 NL: 1 FI: 1 ES: 1 AT: 1
CH: 1 SE: 1 DK: 1 NO: 1 PT: 1 FR: 1 GR: 1
PL: 1 HU: 1 CZ: 1 TR: 0 ZA: 0 TW: 0 RU:1
13 Function Print 979 Shift printing 0 0~1 - Prints the received document by shifting it to the 1
mode upper edge of the image by approx. 3 mm.
0: OFF 1: ON
13 Function Communication V.34 TX speed limit 980 V. 17 notification Refer to 0~1 - Selects whether or not to transmit the final 1
mode contents document waiting to be redialed due to a
communication error during V.34 transmission, for
V.17 transmission.
0: OFF 1: ON
<Default value>
GB: 0 IT: 0 BE : 0 NL: 0 FI: 0 ES: 0 AT: 0
CH: 0 SE: 0 DK: 0 NO: 0 PT: 0 FR: 0 GR: 0
PL: 0 HU: 0 CZ: 0 TR: 0 ZA: 0 TW: 0 RU: 0
13 Function Communication V.34 981 Transmission level change 0 0~1 - Selects whether or not to perform transmission by 1
mode reducing the transmission level by 3 dB when a
communication error occurs during V.34
transmission.
0: OFF 1: ON
13 Function Job Retransmission 983 Start page setting 0 0~1 - Selects whether to start to send a page following 1
mode the one that has been sent or always start to
resend the first page for fax recovery
transmission.
0: Start to send a page following the one that has
been sent
1: Always start to resend the first page

Code 05 TEST PRINT 86 Printer gamma correction table creation pattern(Special 2/PS/600dpi)
1 Grid pattern (Monochome)

87 Printer gamma correction table confirmation pattern(Special2/PS/600dpi)
3 Grid pattern (Monochome/Duplex)

98 Grid pattern 2 (For printing K(4)/Plain)
4 Copier gamma adjustment pattern(Color & Monochome integrated/All media types)

99 Grid pattern 2 (For printing K(4)/Thick1)
6 Copier gamma confirmation pattern (Monochome/All media types)

100 Grid pattern 1 (Full color/Thick1)
7 Copier gamma confirmation pattern(Color/All media types)

101 Grid pattern 1 (Monochome/Thick1)
8 Grid pattern (Color)

104 Color deviation confirmation pattern (A3/LD)
55 Grid pattern (Full Color/Thick2)

200 Copier gamma adjustment pattern(Color & Monochome integrated/Plain)
57 Grid pattern (Full Color/OHP)

201 Copier gamma confirmation pattern(Color/Plain)
58 Grid pattern (Monochome/Thick2)

202 Copier gamma adjustment pattern(Color & black / Thick)
60 Grid pattern (Monochome/OHP)

203 Copier gamma confirmation pattern(Color / Thick)
70 Printer gamma correction table creation pattern(Plain/PS/600dpi)

204 Copier gamma adjustment pattern(Color & Monochome integrated/Recycled)
71 Printer gamma correction table confirmation pattern(Plain/PS/600dpi)

205 Copier gamma confirmation pattern(Color/Recycled)
72 Printer gamma correction table creation pattern(Thick/PS/600dpi)

206 Copier gamma adjustment pattern(Color & Monochome integrated/Thick1)
73 Printer gamma correction table confirmation pattern(Thick/PS/600dpi)

207 Copier gamma confirmation pattern(Color/Thick1)
74 Printer gamma correction table creation pattern(Recycled/PS/600dpi)

208 Copier gamma adjustment pattern(Color & Monochome integrated/Thick2)
75 Printer gamma correction table confirmation pattern(Recycled/PS/600dpi)

209 Copier gamma confirmation pattern(Color/Thick2)
76 Printer gamma correction table creation pattern(Thick1/PS/600dpi)

214 Copier gamma adjustment pattern(Color & Monochome integrated/Special1)
77 Printer gamma correction table confirmation pattern(Thick1/PS/600dpi)

215 Copier gamma confirmation pattern(Color/Special1)
78 Printer gamma correction table creation pattern(Thick2/PS/600dpi)

216 Copier gamma adjustment pattern(Color & Monochome integrated/Special2)
79 Printer gamma correction table confirmation pattern(Thick2/PS/600dpi)

217 Copier gamma confirmation pattern(Color/Special2)
84 Printer gamma correction table creation pattern(Special1/PS/600dpi)

230 Printer gamma adjustment pattern(Plain/PS/1200dpi)
85 Printer gamma correction table confirmation pattern(Special1/PS/600dpi)
05 Test Print 1 05 Test Print 2

231 Printer gamma confirmation pattern(Plain/PS/1200dpi) 327 Color deviation confirmation pattern (A3/LD)(Thick)
Printer 4.2mm void image location confirmation pattern (Simlex/Thick)（A4/A4-R/LT/LT-

232 Printer gamma correction table creationpattern(Thick/PS/1200dpi) 328
R/A3/LD）
Printer 4.2mm void image location confirmation pattern (Duplex/Thick)（A4/A4-R/LT/LT-
233 Printer gamma correction table confirmation pattern(Thick/PS/1200dpi) 329
R/A3/LD）
234 Printer gamma adjustment pattern(Recycled/PS/1200dpi)
235 Printer gamma confirmation pattern(Recycled paper/PS/1200dpi)
236 Printer gamma adjustment pattern(Thick paper 1/PS/1200dpi)
237 Printer gamma confirmation pattern(Thick paper 1/PS/1200dpi)
238 Printer gamma adjustment pattern(Thick paper 2/PS/1200dpi)
239 Printer gamma confirmation pattern(Thick paper 2/PS/1200dpi)
244 Printer gamma adjustment pattern(Special paper 1/PS/1200dpi)
245 Printer gamma confirmation pattern(Special paper 1/PS/1200dpi)
246 Printer gamma adjustment pattern(Special paper 2/PS/1200dpi)
247 Printer gamma confirmation pattern(Special paper 2/PS/1200dpi)
315 Printer 4.2mm void image location confirmation pattern (Simplex)（A4/A4-R/LT/LT-R/A3/LD）
Printer 4.2mm void image location confirmation pattern (Duplex/Plain)（A4/A4-R/LT/LT-

316
R/A3/LD）
Printer 4.2mm void image location confirmation pattern (Duplex/Thick1)（A4/A4-R/LT/LT-
317
R/A3/LD）
Printer 4.2mm void image location confirmation pattern (Duplex/Thick3)（A4/A4-R/LT/LT-
318
R/A3/LD）
321 Grid pattern 1 (Monochome/Thick)
322 Grid pattern 1 (Color/Thick)
323 Grid pattern 1 (Monochome/Thick/Duplex)
324 Grid pattern 2 (For printing K(4)/Thick)
326 Copier gamma confirmation pattern(Monochome/Thick)
05 Test Print 3 05 Test Print 4

Appendix-1: Time zone area correspondence table for 08-9103 and 08-9105
08-9103 08-9105 Utilization area
0 0 (GMT+12:00) Wellington, Auckland
0 1 (GMT+12:00) Fiji, Kamchatka, Marshall Is.
0 2 (GMT-12:00) Ewinotek, Kwajalein
2 0 (GMT+11:00) Magadan, Solomon Is., New Caledonia
4 0 (GMT+10:00) Brisbane
4 1 (GMT+10:00) Vladivostok
4 2 (GMT+10:00) Canberra, Melbourne, Sydney
4 3 (GMT+10:00) Guam, Port Moresby
4 4 (GMT+10:00) Hobart
5 0 (GMT+9:30) Adelaide
5 1 (GMT+9:30) Darwin
6 0 (GMT+9:00) Osaka, Sapporo, Tokyo
6 1 (GMT+9:00) Seoul
6 2 (GMT+9:00) Yakutsk
8 0 (GMT+8:00) Beijing, Chongqing, Hong Kong, Urumqi
8 1 (GMT+8:00) Irkutsk, Ulaan Bataar
8 2 (GMT+8:00) Kuala Lumpur, Singapore
8 3 (GMT+8:00) Perth
8 4 (GMT+8:00) Taipei
10 0 (GMT+7:00) Bangkok, Hanoi, Jakarta
10 1 (GMT+7:00) Krasnoyarsk
11 0 (GMT+6:30) Rangoon
12 0 (GMT+6:00) Astana, Dhaka
12 2 (GMT+6:00) Almaty, Novosibirsk
12 3 (GMT+6:00) Sri Jayawardenepura
13 0 (GMT+5:30) Bombay, Calcutta, Chennai, New Delhi, Colombo
14 0 (GMT+5:00) Ekaterinburg
14 1 (GMT+5:00) Islamabad, Karachi, Tashkent
15 0 (GMT+4:30) Kabul
16 0 (GMT+4:00) Abu Dhabi, Muscat
16 1 (GMT+4:00) Baku, Tbilisi
17 0 (GMT+3:30) Tehran
18 0 (GMT+3:00) Baghdad, Kuwait, Riyadh
18 1 (GMT+3:00) Nairobi
18 2 (GMT+3:00) Moscow, St. Petersburg, Volgograd
20 0 (GMT+2:00) Athens, Istanbul, Minsk
20 1 (GMT+2:00) Israel
20 2 (GMT+2:00) Cairo
20 3 (GMT+2:00) Harare, Pretoria
20 4 (GMT+2:00) Bucharest
20 5 (GMT+2:00) Helsinki, Riga, Tallinn, Sofija, Vilnius
22 0 (GMT+1:00) Amsterdam, Berlin, Bern, Rome, Stockholm, Vienna
22 1 (GMT+1:00) Sarajevo, Skopje, Warsaw, Zagreb
22 2 (GMT+1:00) Brussels, Copenhagen, Madrid, Paris
22 3 (GMT+1:00) Belgrade, Bratislava, Budapest, Ljubljana, Prague
22 4 (GMT+1:00) West Central Africa
24 0 (GMT) Greenwich Mean Time: Dublin, Edinburgh, Lisbon, London
24 1 (GMT) Casablanca, Monrovia
26 0 (GMT-1:00) Azores, Cape Verde Is.
28 0 (GMT-2:00) Mid-Atlantic
30 0 (GMT-3:00) Brasilia
30 1 (GMT-3:00) Greenland
30 2 (GMT-3:00) Buenos Aires, Georgetown
31 0 (GMT-3:30) Newfoundland
32 0 (GMT-4:00) Atlantic Time (Canada)
32 1 (GMT-4:00) Caracas, La Paz
32 2 (GMT-4:00) Santiago
34 0 (GMT-5:00) Bogota, Lima, Quito
34 1 (GMT-5:00) Indiana (East)
34 2 (GMT-5:00) Eastern Time (US & Canada)
36 0 (GMT-6:00) Central Time (US & Canada)
36 1 (GMT-6:00) Saskatchewan
36 2 (GMT-6:00) Mexico City, Tegucigalpa
36 3 (GMT-6:00) Central America
38 0 (GMT-7:00) Arizona
38 1 (GMT-7:00) Mountain Time (US & Canada)
40 0 (GMT-8:00) Pacific Time (US & Canada); Tijuana
42 0 (GMT-9:00) Alaska
44 0 (GMT-10:00) Hawaii
46 0 (GMT-11:00) Midway Island, Samoa
46 1 (GMT+13:00) Nuku'alofa
Setting example: When the equipment is used in the Auckland area:

Set “0” in 08-9103 and then “0” in 08-9105.
REVISION RECORD
Ver Release Date Mode Contents

00 2016/3/10 Initial release
Contents 2731-0~3, 2732-0~3
Service UI 4103-0~4, 4104-0~4, 4105-0~4, 4106-0~4, 4107-0~4, 4128-0~4, 4129-0~4
05 Adjustment mode Sub element, Contents 3009
Item 2757-1, 2758-1
Item, Details 2756-0, 2757-0, 2758-0,2~9
Added 2190-0~28, 2191-0~28, 4757, 8960
Deleted 6817, 6900, 6905-0~3, 6906~6908, 6925~6933, 6935
Item 9134, 9142, 9902
Subitem 8999-14, 9905
Service UI 2042, 2505, 4659, 6087, 8758, 8796, 8797, 8929
01 2016/7/29
Contents 2020-0~1, 2052, 2053-0~3, 2054, 2055, 2282-0~1, 3618-0~6, 3767, 3768, 3777, 3778, 3883, 5260-0~9,
08 Setting Mode 5299-0~1, 5308-0~5, 5309-0~1, 5550, 5552, 6346-4, 6350-4, 6368-4, 6557~6572, 6713-0~9, 6714-0~9, 6715-0~9,
6716-0~9, 6717-0~9, 6718-0~9, 6719-0~9, 6720-0~9, 6721-0~9, 6722-0~9, 6723-0~9, 6984, 8618, 8737, 8738, 9120,
9135, 9155, 9700, 9741, 9814, 9815
Item, Details 9903
Subitem, Details 9969
Details, Contents 6117
Default value, Acceptable value, Contents 3702
Default value 501
13 Function Mode
05 Adjustment mode Default value 3030
Added 8679~8688, 8843, 9006~9009, 9046

Default value 4747, 6509
08 Setting Mode Contents 3500~3503, 5565, 5567, 5569, 5571, 5573, 5575, 5577, 6350-4, 8986~8989, 9387
Default value, Acceptable value 6510~6514, 6519~6522
02 2016/11/25
Default value, Contents 2212-4, 4711, 4712, 4731, 8530-1,2, 8531-0~2, 8613
Added 595
Comments 337
13 Function Mode
Sub element 587
Sub element, Default value, Comments 586
e-STUDIO2000AC/2500AC 1
03 TEST MODE
[F2]ON/[F1]OFF/[F3]OFF-[5]C
(Input Check)
Added 2764
Deleted 4820-0~1, 4821-0~1, 4823-5, 4824, 4826, 4827
Contents 2662-0~3, 2964-0, 7012, 7097, 7098, 7252, 7340, 7341, 7342, 7534, 7690, 7707, 7708, 7709, 7710, 7711,
7712, 7901, 7902, 7903, 7904, 7905, 7906, 7909, 7910, 7911, 7912-0~9, 7960-0~2, 7961-0~2, 7962-0~2, 7963-0~2,
7964-0~2, 7965-0~2, 7966-0~2, 7967-0~2, 7968-0~2, 7969-0~2, 7970-0~2, 7971-0~2, 7972-0~2, 7973-0~2, 7974-0~2,
7975-0~2, 7976-0~2, 7977-0~2, 7978-0~2, 7979-0~2, 7980-0~2, 7981-0~2, 7982-0~2, 7983-0~2, 7984-0~2, 7985-0~2,
7986-0~2, 7987-0~2, 8010-0~2, 8011-0~2, 8012-0~2, 8016, 8017, 8018, 8019, 8118-2, 8144-0~9, 8145, 8148-0~9,
8149, 8244-1, 8309, 8310, 8311, 8339, 8340, 8341, 8370
Default value 2731-3
Sub element, Subitem, Details 2995
Sub element 3040, 3042, 3043, 3044, 3045, 3360, 3361
Item 4019-0~2, 7431, 7432, 7433, 7436, 7437, 7438, 7439, 7441, 7444, 7445, 7446, 7447, 7456, 7457, 7458, 7459,
05 Adjustment mode 7470, 7475, 7478, 7480-0~2, 7485-0~2, 7487-0~2, 7488-0~2, 7489, 8102-0, 8118-0, 8130-0~3, 8131-0~3, 8132-0~3
Item, Subitem, Details 4050, 4052, 4053, 4054, 4056, 4057
Item, Subitem, Details, Contents 4064-0, 4064-1
Item, Subitem, Contents 4064-2~5, 7350-0~4, 7356-0~4
Acceptable value 4823-0~3, 4825
Sub element, Contents 7218-0~4, 7219-0~4, 7595-0~4
Item, Subitem 7237, 7360-0~2, 7361-0~2, 7362-0~2, 7363-0~2, 7364-0~2, 7365-0~2, 7366-0~2, 7367-0~2, 7368-0~2
Subitem 7325, 7326, 7327
Item, Details 7430, 7850-0~5
RAM 7871-1, 8004-0, 8004-2, 8004-3, 8004-4, 8004-7, 8004-8, 8005-0, 8005-2, 8005-3, 8005-4, 8005-7, 8005-8,
8008, 8009
Subitem, Contents 8013-0~2, 8014-0~2, 8015-0~2
Details 8354
Added 2504, 3515-20~29, 3516-20~29, 3517-20~29, 3518-0~29, 3654-0~3, 3655-0~6, 3656, 3786-0, 3799, 3827,
3828, 4541, 8574, 8611, 8632, 8633-0~13, 8634-0~1, 8635, 8636, 8638, 8677, 8844, 8846, 8909, 8999-15, 9007-4~5,
9009-0~1, 9069-0~2, 9076, 9077, 9565, 9567, 9568, 9569
Deleted 4130, 4774, 9009
Default value 3515-0~19, 3516-0~19, 3661, 8834, 9380, 9700
03 2017/4/27 Acceptable value 3517-0~19, 3879, 6211, 6575, 6576, 9603, 9727
Sub element 3657, 4011, 4016-0~1, 4020-0~1, 4021-0~1, 4022-0~1, 4023-0~1, 4024-0~1, 4025, 4542, 6230, 6231,
6232, 6233, 6234, 6235, 9207, 9343, 9718
Contents 3719, 3720, 4101~4104, 4140, 6250-0, 6250-2~3, 6250-5~8, 6256-0, 6256-2~3, 6256-5~8, 6258-0, 6258-
2~3, 6258-5~8, 6264-0, 6264-2~3, 6264-5~8, 6274-0, 6274-2~3, 6274-5~8, 6280-0, 6280-2~3, 6280-5~8, 6282-0,
6282-2~3, 6282-5~8, 6288-0, 6288-2~3, 6288-5~8, 6290-0, 6290-2~3, 6290-5~8, 6296-0, 6296-2~3, 6296-5~8, 6298-
0, 6298-2~3, 6298-5~8, 6300-0, 6300-2~3, 6300-5~8, 6306-0, 6306-2~3, 6306-5~8, 6314-0, 6314-2~3, 6314-5~8,
6320-2~3, 6320-5~8, 6328-0, 6328-2~3, 6328-5~8, 6332-0, 6332-2~3, 6332-5~8, 6340-0, 6340-2~3, 6340-5~8, 6350-
0, 6350-2~3, 6350-5~8, 7000, 7001, 7300, 7301, 7400, 8111, 8506, 8667, 8668, 8684, 8685, 8686, 8687, 8907, 8914-17,
08 Setting Mode
8919, 8920, 9112, 9132, 9140, 9274, 9293, 9306, 9318, 9319, 9320, 9321, 9341-0~3, 9384, 9387, 9417, 9486, 9515,
9580, 9581, 9587, 9649, 9751, 9757, 9762, 9784, 9958, 9959
Subitem 4532
Item 4695, 4696, 6406-0~2, 6406-8, 6407, 8843
Acceptable value, Contents 4768, 9037
Item, Details 5316, 8904
Procedure 6122
Item, Contents 7034, 7401, 7614, 8303
Subitem, Contents 7500
Details 9150, 9221, 9888
Item, Subitem, Details, Contents 9230-0~4
RAM, Procedure 9564
Item, Subitem, Contents 9584, 9585
Added 966
Item 980
Details 353, 511
Details, Contents 359, 361~363, 365, 584
Sub element, Item 619, 620
13 Function Mode
Sub element, Details 941
Sub element, Details, Contents 940, 965
Default value 922
Default value, Contents 149
Contents 116, 125, 128, 137, 141, 142, 245, 267, 271, 272, 279, 325, 346, 370~372, 389, 430, 574 ,576, 607, 724
Added 7843-0~4, 7988-0~2, 7989-0~2, 7990-0~2, 7991-0~2, 7992-0~2, 7993-0~2, 7994-0~2, 7995-0~2
Item 2627-0~1, 2628-0~1, 2629-0~1, 2630-0~1, 7025, 7026, 7056~7058, 7061, 7086, 7097, 7098, 7101, 7102, 7105,
7106, 7115, 7116, 7124, 7125, 7134, 7137, 7138, 7141, 7150~7152, 7189-0~2, 7190-0~2, 7191-0~2, 7192-0~2, 7193-
0~2, 7218-0~4, 7219-0~4, 7237, 7249, 7252, 7286, 7287, 7340~7342, 7350-0~4, 7356-0~4, 7400~7404, 7430~7433,
7437~7439, 7441, 7445~7447, 7457~7459, 7470, 7475, 7478, 7480-0~2, 7485-0~2, 7487-0~2, 7488-0~2, 7489,
7533~7535, 7542, 7543, 7595-0~4, 7641-0~2, 7642-0~2, 7657~7662, 7665-0~5, 7666-0~5, 7667-0~5, 7669-0~5, 7670-
0~5, 7671-0~5, 7675-0~5, 7676-0~5, 7677-0~5, 7679-0~5, 7680-0~5, 7681-0~5, 7708, 7709, 7711, 7712, 7714~7719,
7721~7726, 7794, 7795, 7797~7800, 7802, 7803, 7805, 7806, 7812, 7816, 7817, 7841, 7842, 7850-0~5, 7889~7892,
7901~7904, 7911, 7912-0~9, 7913-0~4, 7913-7~8, 7913-11~12, 7960-0~2, 7961-0~2, 7962-0~2, 7964-0~2, 7965-0~2,
7966-0~2, 7967-0~2, 7969-0~2, 7970-0~2, 7971-0~2, 7972-0~2, 7974-0~2, 7975-0~2, 7976-0~2, 7977-0~2, 7979-0~2,
04 2017/12/15 05 Adjustment mode
7980-0~2, 7981-0~2, 7982-0~2, 7983-0~2, 7984-0~2, 7985-0~2, 7986-0~2, 7987-0~2, 8023-0~2, 8024-0~2, 8025-0~2,
8026-0~2, 8027-0~2, 8028-0~2, 8029-0~2, 8030-0~2, 8031-0~2, 8032-0~2, 8033-0~2, 8034-0~2, 8035-0~2, 8036-0~2,
8037-0~2, 8038-0~2, 8039-0~2, 8040-0~2, 8041-0~2, 8066, 8108-0~2, 8109-0~2, 8110-0~2, 8111-0~2, 8112-0~2,
8113-0~2, 8118-0~2, 8121~8126, 8130-0~3, 8131-0~3, 8132-0~3, 8133~8135, 8210-0~3, 8211-0~3, 8212-0~3,
8213~8215, 8218, 8244-0~1, 8249-0~4, 8250-0~4, 8251-0~4, 8252-0~4, 8253-0~4, 8254-0~4, 8304-0~2, 8310, 8311,
8315, 8316, 8319~8321, 8325, 8326, 8335, 8336, 8340, 8341, 8354, 8370~8373, 8375, 8380, 8412~8415, 8419~8422,
8425-0~2, 8426-0~2, 8427-0~2, 8428-0~2
Details 2731-0~3, 2732-0~3, 2758-2~9, 2961-0, 3031, 4100-0~4, 4101-0~4, 4103-0~4, 4104-0~4, 4105-0~4, 4106-
0~4, 4107-0~4, 4108-0~4, 4109-0~4, 4110-0~4, 4115-0~4, 4116-0~4, 4117-0~4, 4118-0~4, 4120-0~4, 4128-0~4, 4129-
0~4, 7012, 7727, 7730, 7733, 7736
Contents 2737, 2995, 3034, 3035, 3203, 4529-0, 4529-3~4, 4529-7, 4532-3, 4532-7, 4808-0~2, 4809-0~2, 4810-0~2,
4811-0~2, 4822-0~1, 4823-0~4, 4825, 4831, 4832-0~1, 4838-0~3, 4838-5, 4838-7, 7000, 7001, 8002, 9104, 9107
Subitem 2934-0~2, 2934-4~7, 2934-10, 2934-16~25, 2935-0~2, 2935-5~7, 2935-10, 2935-16~25, 2936-0~2, 2936-
4~7, 2936-10, 2936-16~25, 2937-0~2, 2937-5~7, 2937-10, 2937-16~25, 2962-1, 2966-1, 4064-2~3, 7386-0~2, 7387,
8239-0, 8239-2
Subitem, Details 2938-0~2, 2938-4~7, 2938-10, 2939-0~2, 2939-5~7, 2939-10, 2940-0~2, 2940-4~7, 2940-10, 2941-
0~2, 2941-5~7, 2941-10, 2962-0, 2966-0, 4064-0~1, 4064-4~5
Details, RAM, Contents 3209
RAM 3219
Item, Details 3350, 7100, 7114, 7123, 7436, 7444, 7456, 7656, 7707, 7710, 7713, 7720, 7796, 7801, 7804, 7811, 7840,
7905, 7906, 7909, 7910, 8240, 8241, 8309, 8314, 8324, 8339
Default value, Contents 4532-0, 4532-4
Details, Contents 4731-0~7, 4838-4, 4838-6
Item, Subitem 7302, 7307-0~2, 7309-0~2, 7310-0~2, 7315-0~2, 7316-0~2, 7317-0~2, 7318-0~2, 7319-0~2, 7320-0~2,
04 2017/12/15 05 Adjustment mode
7325~7327, 7360-0~2, 7361-0~2, 7362-0~2, 7363-0~2, 7364-0~2, 7365-0~2, 7366-0~2, 7367-0~2, 7368-0~2, 7668-
0~5, 7678-0~5, 7963-0~2, 7968-0~2, 7973-0~2, 7978-0~2, 8004-0, 8004-2, 8005-0~2, 8008, 8009, 8010-0~2, 8011-
0~2, 8012-0~2, 8013-0~2, 8014-0~2, 8015-0~2, 8016~8019, 8042-0~2, 8043-0~2, 8044-0~2, 8045-0~2, 8046-0~2,
8047-0~2, 8048-0~2, 8049-0~2, 8050-0~2, 8051-0~2, 8052-0~2, 8053-0~2, 8054-0~2, 8055-0~2, 8056-0~2, 8057-0~2,
8058-0~2, 8059-0~2, 8060-0~2, 8061-0~2, 8062-0~2, 8063-0~2, 8064-0~2, 8065-0~2, 8070-0~2, 8070-11~12, 8071-
0~2, 8071-11~12, 8089-0~2, 8089-11~12, 8090-0~2, 8090-11~12, 8144-0~9, 8145, 8148-0~9, 8149, 8160-0~2, 8161,
8242-0~1, 8243-0~3, 8268-0~2, 8269-0~2, 8270-0~2, 8271-0~2, 8272-0~2, 8273-0~2, 8274-0~2, 8275-0~2
Item, Contents 7322-0~2, 7644-0~3, 7645-0~3, 7647-0~3, 7649-0~3, 7651-0~3, 7652-0~3, 7690, 7693, 7694, 8101-
0~2, 8102-0~2, 8245
Item, RAM 7869, 7871-0~2
Item, Details, RAM 7871-3~4, 7871-7~8
Item, Subitem, Details 8004-1, 8004-3~4, 8004-7~8, 8005-3~4, 8005-7~8, 8070-3~4, 8070-7~8, 8071-3~4, 8071-7~8,
8089-3~4, 8089-7~8, 8090-3~4, 8090-7~8
Subitem, Contents 8239-1, 8239-3
Added 3026, 3886, 8612, 8847, 9056, 9131
Deleted 9007-0~5
Details, Contents 2010-0~7, 2017-0~1, 2018-0~1, 2053-0~3, 2140-0~7, 2141~2143, 2179-0~1, 2194-0~1, 2195-0~1,
2205-0~7, 2206-0~7, 2208-0~1, 2209-0~1, 2282-0~1, 4713-0~3, 4713-5~14, 5258-0~9, 5259-0~9, 5260-0~9, 5261-
0~9, 5262-0~9, 5293-0~3, 5294-0~3, 5300-0~3, 5301-0~3, 5308-0, 5355-0, 5355-2, 5355-4, 5355-6, 5355-8, 5355-
10, 5357-0, 5357-2, 5357-4, 5357-6, 5357-8, 5357-10, 5358-0, 5358-2, 5409-0~1, 5410-0~1, 5455-0, 5456-0~2,
6081-0, 8830-2, 8914-3~4, 8924, 9746, 9818, 9846
Subitem, Details, Contents 2020-0~1, 2050-0, 5355-1, 5355-3, 5355-5, 5355-7, 5355-9, 5355-11, 5357-1, 5357-3,
5357-5, 5357-7, 5357-9, 5357-11, 5358-1, 5358-3, 6083-1~2
Subitem, Details 2049-0, 2622-0~7, 7352-3~4, 7352-7~8, 7354-3~4, 7354-7~8
04 2017/12/15 08 Setting Mode Contents 2051, 2052, 2233, 2250, 2495, 2497, 2498, 2500, 2506, 2507, 2556, 2600, 2677, 2707-0~3, 3015, 3501,
3509-0, 3612, 3635, 3637, 3638, 3644, 3662, 3674, 3695-1, 3803, 3810, 3820, 3822, 3833, 3851~3857, 3859~3862,
3864, 3875, 4100~4104, 4140, 4551-1, 4586, 4608, 4616-0~5, 4659, 4661, 4713-4, 4746-1~2, 4757, 4768, 5156-0~3,
5207, 5316, 5354-0, 5354-2, 5412, 5457-0~1, 5469, 6010, 6081-1, 6087, 6190, 6236~6241, 6500, 6505, 7612, 8510,
8511, 8517, 8518, 8523~8526, 8540, 8544, 8558-0~3, 8621-0~9, 8657, 8660~8663, 8664-0, 8709, 8728-0~10, 8735,
8771, 8786-0~1, 8795~8797, 8844, 8846, 9000, 9009-0~1, 9012, 9017, 9022, 9059, 9060, 9076, 9102, 9103, 9110, 9111,
9117, 9143, 9152, 9165, 9210, 9213, 9223, 9227~9229, 9236, 9278, 9290, 9293, 9300~9303, 9305, 9352, 9384, 9397,
9610~9613, 9700, 9715, 9719, 9789, 9881, 9886, 9888, 9960
Subitem, Contents 2054-0, 2055-0, 2246-0~1, 5299-0, 5354-1, 5354-3, 6083-3~5
Subitem 2079-0~1, 2081-0~1, 2085-8~9, 2085-13~14, 3692-0~2, 5299-1, 5309-0~1, 5578~5585, 6014~6018, 6083-0,
6198, 6561, 6566, 7352-0~2, 7354-0~2, 9158-0~1
Details 2080-0~3, 2085-0~5, 2087-0~3, 2190-0~5, 2190-8~9, 2190-12~13, 2190-15~20, 2190-23~24, 2190-27~28,
2191-0~5, 2191-8~9, 2191-12~13, 2191-15~20, 2191-23~24, 2191-27~28, 2307, 2620-0~7, 2621-0~7, 3642-2, 3669,
3695-3, 3840, 4118, 4143~4145, 4708, 5308-1~3, 5310-0~5, 6097-13, 6097-19, 6098-13, 6098-19, 6099-13, 6099-19,
6100-13, 6100-19, 7052-3~4, 7052-7~8, 7310, 8110, 8111, 8585~8587, 8622, 8710, 8724, 8749, 8782, 8900-2, 8977-2,
8996~8998, 9036, 9112, 9116, 9123, 9156, 9226, 9248, 9271, 9272, 9276, 9306, 9330, 9387, 9388, 9390, 9394, 9604,
9751, 9784, 9810-1, 9811-1~2, 9841, 9937-1~2, 9938-1, 9954, 9958, 9971, 9987
RAM 3510, 3600-0~53, 3601~3603, 3604-0~53, 3606, 3607, 3619, 3651, 3654-0, 3654-2~3, 3655-1~6, 3670, 3676,
3677-0~1, 6501~6503, 7000, 7001, 7300, 7301, 7400, 7500, 8618, 8629, 8630, 8632, 8634-0~1, 8668, 8673, 8682, 8683,
8715, 8788, 8926, 8927, 8929, 8942, 8947, 8975, 9020, 9030, 9065, 9072, 9081, 9083, 9090, 9361-0~53, 9362, 9363,
9365-0~53, 9366~9368, 9369-0~53, 9525, 9565, 9569, 9703, 9756, 9759, 9761, 9764~9767, 9770, 9773, 9776, 9779,
9900, 9930, 9933, 9990
Sub element, Details, RAM, Contents 3515-0~29, 3516-0~29, 3517-0~29, 3518-0~29
RAM, Contents 3605, 3646~3650, 3654-1, 3655-0, 3724-0~1, 8667, 8790, 8804, 8805, 8952, 8960, 9564
Item 3658, 3848, 3849, 6587~6603, 6606~6617, 6619~6633, 6636~6643, 6724, 6725, 6994, 6995, 7610, 8611, 8723,
8785, 9183, 9947, 9980
Details, RAM 3666, 8633-0~13, 9364
Sub element, Contents 3698, 3798, 3799, 8636, 8638
RAM, Procedure 3702~3709, 3718~3723, 3725~3732, 3754, 3755, 3767, 3768, 3770~3772, 3774, 3777~3782, 3793,
8719, 8746, 8820, 8821, 8824, 8825, 8827, 8835~8838, 8843, 8932~8938, 8980, 9406~9411, 9414, 9416~9419, 9421,
9423, 9426, 9427, 9430, 9437, 9438, 9440, 9446, 9459, 9463, 9473, 9475, 9478, 9481, 9486, 9488, 9489, 9505,
9514~9519, 9548, 9550, 9561, 9567, 9568, 9580, 9581, 9587, 9599, 9649, 9694, 9749
RAM, Contents, Procedure 3736, 3739, 3743, 3757~3760, 3765, 3766, 3827, 3865, 8635, 8684~8687, 8800, 8802, 8803,
8826, 9424, 9425, 9552, 9556, 9563, 9584, 9585
Subitem, RAM 3809
Acceptable value, Contents 3817, 9132, 9289, 9296, 9313, 9332
Item, Details 3847, 8920, 9201, 9269, 9499, 9627, 9905, 9946, 9969, 9981
Sub element 4131
04 2017/12/15 08 Setting Mode
Item, Details, Contents 4722, 4723, 8721, 8922, 8923, 9140, 9211, 9268, 9380
Acceptable value 6573, 6574, 9153
Item, Subitem 6604, 6605, 6618, 6634, 6635, 6713-0~9, 6714-0~9, 6715-0~9, 6716-0~9, 6717-0~9, 6718-0~9, 6719-
0~9, 6720-0~9, 6721-0~9, 6722-0~9, 6723-0~9
Item, Subitem, Contents 6644
Item, Contents 8789, 9255
Default value, RAM, Contents, Procedure 8833, 8834
Details, Acceptable value, Contents 9310
Acceptable value, RAM, Procedure 9403
Details, RAM, Procedure 9487, 9668, 9680~9685
Added 203, 321, 321, 322, 323, 324, 326, 327, 328, 329
05 Test Print
Deleted 12, 13, 14, 15
03 TEST MODE Changed
(Input Check) FAX(OFF)+COPY(OFF)+SCAN(OFF)+5(-D)
Added 7357-0~2, 7358-0~2, 7359-0~2, 7383-0~2, 8114-0~2, 8164-0~2, 8165-0~2, 8166-0~2, 8167-0~2, 8168-0~2,
8169-0~2, 8170-0~2, 8171-0~2, 8172-0~2, 8173-0~2, 8174-0~2, 8175-0~2
Subitem, Details 2995
Item 3218
Item, Contents 3219
05 Adjustment mode
Details 7106, 7134, 7137, 7150, 7237, 7249, 7252, 7400, 7441, 7470, 7475, 7478, 7661, 7690, 7718, 7725, 7795, 7816,
7841, 7843-3, 8304-0~2, 8370~8373, 8375, 8380, 8412, 8422, 8428-0~2
Subitem 7189-0~2, 7480-0~2, 7670-0~5, 7680-0~5, 7693, 7980-0~2, 7981-0~2, 7982-0~2, 7983-0~2, 7992-0~2, 7993-
0~2, 7994-0~2, 7995-0~2, 8016~8019
Contents 7322-0~2, 8101-0~2, 8102-0~2
Added 3609, 3627, 3632, 3633-0~1, 3634, 3829-0~4, 3830-0~2, 3895, 3896, 6061-0~1, 6063-0~1, 6065-0~1, 6067-0~1,
6069-0~1, 6071-0~1, 6072-0~1, 6073-0~1, 6074-0~1, 6078-0~1, 6083-6~15, 6817, 8620-0~9, 8693~8696, 8699,
8739~8743, 8852~8854, 8856~8858, 9053, 9105, 9243-0~1, 9471, 9964
Deleted 9056
Contents 2506, 3500, 3640, 4695, 4696, 5455-0, 7000, 7001, 7300, 7301, 7400, 7500, 8636, 9016, 9120, 9229, 9352,
05 2019/3/25
9683~9685, 9970, 9976
Details, Contents 3510, 8830-2
Sub element, Item, Details 3669, 3670
Item, Subitem, Details, Contents 3802
08 Setting Mode Item 7034, 7401, 7614, 8303
Acceptable value 8621-0~9, 9289, 9296
Sub element, Item 8629, 8630
Default value 8796, 8797, 8981, 8982
Default value, Acceptable value, Contents 8974, 9185-0
Acceptable value, Contents 9103, 9300~9304, 9846
Sub element, Item, Details, Contents 9264
Sub element, Item, Contents 9293
Details, Default value, Contents 9489
Details 9889
Contents 135, 317, 329, 372, 434, 586, 587, 594, 595, 707
13 Function Mode Acceptable value 335
Acceptable value, Contents 355

es2000AC SMC EN 0005a

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

es2000AC SMC EN 0005a

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE

Release Date March 2019

2. General Precautions at Service

[1] Identification label

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE OPERATION PROCEDURE

Operation Stop Operation Self-diagnostic

Operation Test mode Self-diagnostic

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE OPERATION PROCEDURE

Operation Operation Test mode Self-diagnostic

[FS] [03] (Code) [START] Self-diagnostic mode OFF

[FS] [03] *1 (Code) [START] [Digital keys] [START] Self-diagnostic

* Return to the standby screen for code input by pressing [CLEAR].

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE OPERATION PROCEDURE

[FS] (Code) (Media selection) [START] Self-diagnostic

Media Color Self-diagnostic

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE OPERATION PROCEDURE

* Press the [FUNCTION CLEAR] button to enter minus (-).

[FS] [05] [Digital key]

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE OPERATION PROCEDURE

* Press the [FUNCTION CLEAR] button to enter minus (-).

[Digital key] Automatic Self-diagnostic

* When the automatic adjustment ends abnormally, an error message is displayed.

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE OPERATION PROCEDURE

*1 If there is no sub-code, entry is unnecessary.

[Digital key] [Digital key] Value [OK] Self-diagnostic

[FS] [Digital key] [START] [Digital key] [OK] Self-diagnostic

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE OPERATION PROCEDURE

[CLEAR] [FUNCTION CLEAR] [START]

05 ADJUSTMENT MODE (Test print)

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE OPERATION PROCEDURE

* Press the [FUNCTION CLEAR] button to enter minus (-).

[Digital key] [OK] Self-diagnostic

[Digital key] Self-diagnostic

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE OPERATION PROCEDURE

* Press the [FUNCTION CLEAR] button to enter minus (-).

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE OPERATION PROCEDURE

*1 If there is no sub-code, entry is unnecessary.

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE OPERATION PROCEDURE

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE OPERATION PROCEDURE

Input check (Test mode 03) Stop/Non-regular

A - - - [F2] button: OFF/[F1] button: ON/[F3] button OFF

04 TEST PRINT MODE

33 Overall halftone for printer (Image) 5 SYS

Printer secondary scanning direction

245 Halftone (3 pixels) 1 LGC

For checking the image

04 TEST PRINT MODE 1

05 Adjustment Mode 1 Ver05

05 Adjustment Mode 2 Ver05

05 Adjustment Mode 3 Ver05

05 Adjustment Mode 4 Ver05

05 Adjustment Mode 5 Ver05

05 Adjustment Mode 6 Ver05

05 Adjustment Mode 7 Ver05

05 Adjustment Mode 8 Ver05

05 Adjustment Mode 9 Ver05

05 Adjustment Mode 10 Ver05

05 Adjustment Mode 11 Ver05

05 Adjustment Mode 12 Ver05

05 Adjustment Mode 13 Ver05

05 Adjustment Mode 14 Ver05

05 Adjustment Mode 15 Ver05